LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT
N-4, 1999-07-08
Previous: PIONEER BANCORPORATION, 10-12G/A, 1999-07-08
Next: DIPLOMAT DIRECT MARKETING CORP, PRE 14A, 1999-07-08



      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 8, 1999

                                                             File No. 333-
                                                             File No. 811-7924
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM N-4

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                       AND
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1940

                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 22

                  LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT
                           (Exact Name of Registrant)

                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                               (Name of Depositor)
                              206 South 13th Street
                             Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
               (Complete Address of Depositor's Principal Office)

                                   JOHN MORRIS
                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                              206 South 13th Street
                             Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
                                 1-800-525-9287
                (Name and Complete Address of Agent for Service)

                                    Copy to:

                               JOAN E. BOROS, ESQ.
                           Jorden Burt Boros Cicchetti
                             Berenson & Johnson LLP
                        1025 Thomas Jefferson Street N.W.
                                 Suite 400 East
                           Washington, D.C. 20007-0805
                            ------------------------
SECURITIES BEING OFFERED: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY
                          CONTRACTS

Approximate  Date of Proposed  Public  Offering:  As soon as  practicable  after
effective date.

An indefinite  number of shares are deemed to be registered and no filing fee is
due because of reliance on Section 24(f) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such dates as may be
necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file a further
amendment  which  specifically  states that this  registration  statement  shall
thereafter  become  effective in accordance  with Section 8(a) of the Securities
Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement shall become effective on such
date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

Showing Location in Part A (Prospectus) and Part B of Registration  Statement of
Additional Information Required by Form N-4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4
PART A: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN A PROSPECTUS
       <S>                                                 <C>
       1.  Cover Page.....................................  Cover Page
       2.  Definitions....................................  Definitions
       3.  Synopsis.......................................  Questions and Answers About your Contract; Fee Tables; Examples;
                                                            Explanation of Fee Tables and Examples
       4.  Condensed Financial Information
           (a) Accumulation Unit Values...................  Not Applicable
           (b) Explanation of Calculation of
                 Performance..............................  Appendix A: Portfolios and Performance Data
           (c) Location of Other Financial Statements.....  Condensed Financial Data
       5.  General Description of Registrant, Depositor,
             and Portfolio Companies
           (a) Depositor..................................  Lincoln Benefit Life Company
           (b) Registrant.................................  Separate Account
           (c) Portfolio Companies........................  The Portfolios
           (d) Portfolio Company Prospectuses.............  The Portfolios
           (e) Voting Rights..............................  Voting Rights
           (f) Administrators.............................  Administration
       6.  Deductions
           (a) General....................................  Contract Charges
           (b) Sales Load Percent.........................  Sales Charges
           (c) Special Purchase Plans.....................  Sales Charges
           (d) Commissions................................  Distribution of the Contracts
           (e) Portfolio Expenses.........................  Other Expenses
           (f) Operating Expenses.........................  Fee Tables; Contract Charges
       7.  General Description of Contracts
           (a) Persons with Rights........................  Description of the Contracts; Annuity Benefits;
                                                            Other Contract Benefits; Voting Rights; Beneficiary
           (b) (i)  Allocation of Purchase Payments.......  Allocation of Purchase Payments
              (ii) Transfers..............................  Purchases and Contract Value; Transfers During
                                                            Annuity Period
              (iii) Exchanges.............................  Not Applicable
           (c) Changes....................................  Modification of the Contract
           (d) Inquiries..................................  Questions and Answers about Your Contract: Who
                                                            Should I Contact for More Information
       8.  Annuity Period.................................  Annuity Benefits; Enhanced Death Benefit and Income Benefit Rider
       9.  Death Benefit..................................  Death Benefit; Enhanced Death Benefit Rider;
                                                            Enhanced Death Benefit and Income Benefit Rider
      10.  Purchases and Contract Value...................  Purchases and Contract Value; Distribution of
                                                            the Contracts
      11.  Redemptions
           (a) By Owners..................................  Withdrawals (Redemptions); Substantially Equal
                                                            Periodic Payments; Systematic Withdrawal
                                                            Program
           (b) By Annuitant...............................  Annuity Options
           (c) Texas ORP..................................  Not Applicable
           (d) Lapse......................................  Minimum Contract Value
           (e) Free Look..................................  Free Look Period
      12.  Taxes..........................................  Taxes
      13.  Legal Proceedings..............................  Legal Proceedings
      14.  Table of Contents of SAI.......................  Table of Contents of SAI

PART B: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN A STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      15.  Cover Page.....................................  Cover Page

      16.  Table of Contents..............................  Table of Contents

      17.  General Information and History
           (a) Depositor's Name...........................  Not Applicable
           (b) Assets of Subaccount.......................  Not Applicable
           (c) Control of Depositor.......................  Prospectus: Lincoln Benefit Life Company

      18.  Services
           (a) Fees and Expenses of Registrant............  Not Applicable
           (b) Management Contracts.......................  Not Applicable
           (c) Custodian..................................  Prospectus: Separate Account
           Independent Public Accountant..................  Prospectus: Experts
           (d) Assets of Registrant.......................  Prospectus: Separate Account
           (e) Affiliated Persons.........................  Not Applicable
           (f) Principal Underwriter......................  Prospectus: Distribution of the Contracts

      19.  Purchase of Securities Being Offered...........  Prospectus: Distribution of the Contracts

      20.  Underwriters...................................  Prospectus: Distribution of the Contracts

      21.  Calculation of Performance Data................  Prospectus: Appendix A: Portfolios and
                                                            Performance Data; Separate Account Performance

      22.  Annuity Payments...............................  SAI: The Contract

      23.  Financial Statements
           (a) Financial Statements of Registrant.........  SAI: Financial Statements
           (b) Financial Statements of Depositor..........  Prospectus: Financial Statements

</TABLE>

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION
The  information  required to be provided in Part C is separately  identified by
Item number.

<PAGE>


                                FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                 INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                    ISSUED BY
                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                               IN CONNECTION WITH
                  LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT
           STREET ADDRESS: 206 SOUTH 13TH ST., LINCOLN, NE 68508-1993
            MAILING ADDRESS: P. O. BOX 82532, LINCOLN, NE 68501-2532
                        TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-525-9287

The  Contract is a deferred  annuity  contract  designed to aid you in long-term
financial  planning.  You may  purchase it on either a tax  qualified or non-tax
qualified basis.

Because  this is a  flexible  premium  annuity  contract,  you may pay  multiple
premiums.  We allocate your premium to the investment options under the Contract
and our Fixed Account in the proportions that you choose. The Contract currently
offers forty  investment  options,  each of which is a subaccount of the Lincoln
Benefit Life Variable  Annuity  Account  ("Separate  Account").  Each Subaccount
invests exclusively in shares of one of the following Portfolios:

GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE  INSURANCE  TRUST:  CORE Small Cap Equity,  International
Equity

J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II:  Small Company

LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.:  Emerging Markets, International Equity

LSA  VARIABLE  SERIES  TRUST:  Aggressive  Equity,   Balanced,   Growth  Equity,
Structured Equity, Value Equity

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS: Mid-Cap Growth,  Mid-Cap Value, High
Yield Bond

OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST:  Equity, Small Cap

PIMCO VARIABLE  INSURANCE  TRUST:  Stocks PLUS Growth and Income,  Foreign Bond,
Total Return Bond, Money Market

SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS:  Capital

Some of the portfolios described in this Prospectus may not be available in your
Contract. We may make available other investment options in the future.

Your Contract Value will vary daily as a function of the investment  performance
of the  Subaccounts  to  which  you have  allocated  Purchase  Payments  and any
interest credited to the Fixed Account. We do not guarantee any minimum Contract
Value for  amounts  allocated  to the  Subaccounts.  Benefits  provided  by this
Contract,  when  based on the  Fixed  Account,  are  subject  to a Market  Value
Adjustment, which may result in an upwards or downwards adjustment in withdrawal
benefits, death benefits, settlement values, and transfers to the Subaccounts.

You may not purchase a Contract if either you or the  Annuitant are 85 years old
or older before we receive your application.

In  certain  states  the  Contract  may be  offered  as a  group  contract  with
individual ownership represented by Certificates. The discussion of Contracts in
this prospectus  applies equally to Certificates  under group contracts,  unless
the content specifies otherwise.

This prospectus sets forth the information you ought to know about the Contract.
You should read it before investing and keep it for future reference.

We have filed a Statement of  Additional  Information  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The current Statement of Additional  Information is
dated July 7, 1999. The  information in the Statement of Additional  Information
is incorporated by reference in this

                                                        (continued on next page)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  HAS NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  THESE
SECURITIES NOR HAS IT PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS JULY 7, 1999.

prospectus.  You can  obtain a free  copy by  writing  us or  calling  us at the
telephone  number  given  above.  The  Table of  Contents  of the  Statement  of
Additional Information appears on page [ ] of this prospectus.

At least  once  each  year we will  send you an  annual  statement.  The  annual
statement details values and specific information for your Contract. It does not
contain our financial statements.  Our financial statements begin on page F-1 of
this  prospectus.  Lincoln  Benefit will file annual and  quarterly  reports and
other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any reports, statements or
other information we file at the SEC's public reference room in Washington, D.C.
You can  obtain  copies of these  documents  by  writing to the SEC and paying a
duplicating fee. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330  for further  information
as to the  operation  of the public  reference  room.  Our SEC  filings are also
available to the public on the SEC Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY IF ACCOMPANIED OR PRECEDED BY CURRENT PROSPECTUSES
FOR THE  PORTFOLIOS  LISTED ABOVE.  IF ANY OF THESE  PROSPECTUSES  IS MISSING OR
OUTDATED, PLEASE CONTACT US AND WE WILL SEND YOU THE PROSPECTUS YOU NEED.

PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY AND RETAIN IT FOR YOUR FUTURE REFERENCE.



<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS......................................................

FEE TABLES.......................................................

EXAMPLES.........................................................

EXPLANATION OF FEE TABLES AND EXAMPLES...........................

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT........................

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION..................................

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS.....................................
Summary..........................................................
Contract Owner...................................................
Annuitant........................................................
Modification of the Contract.....................................
Assignment.......................................................
Free Look Period.................................................

PURCHASES AND CONTRACT VALUE.....................................
Minimum Purchase Payment.........................................
Automatic Payment Plan...........................................
Credit Enhancement...............................................
Allocation of Purchase Payments..................................
Contract Value...................................................
Separate Account Accumulation Unit Value.........................
Transfer During Accumulation Period..............................
Transfers Authorized by Telephone................................
Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging Program..........................
Portfolio Rebalancing............................................

THE INVESTMENT AND FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS.........................
Separate Account Investments.....................................
The Portfolios...................................................
Voting Rights....................................................
Additions, Deletions, and Substitutions of Securities............
The Fixed Account................................................
General..........................................................
Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option.........................
Market Value Adjustment..........................................
Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option.......................

ANNUITY BENEFITS.................................................
Annuity Date.....................................................
Annuity Options..................................................
Other Options....................................................
Annuity Payments: General........................................
Variable Annuity Payments........................................
Fixed Annuity Payments...........................................
Transfers During Annuity Period..................................
Death Benefit During Annuity Period..............................
Certain Employee Benefit Plans...................................

OTHER CONTRACT BENEFITS..........................................
Death Benefit....................................................
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider.....................................
Beneficiary......................................................
Contract Loans for 401(a), 401(k), and 403(b) Contracts..........
Withdrawals (Redemptions)........................................
Substantially Equal Periodic Payments............................
Systematic Withdrawal Program....................................
ERISA Plans......................................................
Minimum Contract Value...........................................

CONTRACT CHARGES.................................................
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge................................
Administrative Charges...........................................
Contract Maintenance Charge......................................
Administrative Expense Charge....................................
Transfer Fee.....................................................
Sales Charges....................................................
Withdrawal Charge................................................
Free Withdrawal..................................................
Waiver Benefits..................................................
General..........................................................
Confinement Waiver Benefit.......................................
Terminal Illness Waiver Benefit..................................
Waiver of Withdrawal Charge for Certain Qualified Plan
 Withdrawals.....................................................
Premium Taxes....................................................
Deduction for Separate Account Income Taxes......................
Other Expenses...................................................

FEDERAL TAX MATTERS..............................................
Taxation of Annuities in General.................................
Tax Qualified Contracts..........................................
Income Tax Withholding...........................................

DESCRIPTION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT..........................................................
Lincoln Benefit Life Company.....................................
Consolidated Financial Statements of Lincoln Benefit.............
Selected Financial Data..........................................
Investments by Lincoln Benefit...................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
 Results of Operations...........................................
Competition......................................................
Employees........................................................
Properties.......................................................
Executive Officers and Directors of Lincoln Benefit..............
Executive Compensation...........................................
State Regulation of Lincoln Benefit..............................
Separate Account.................................................

ADMINISTRATION...................................................

MARKET TIMING AND ASSET ALLOCATION SERVICES......................

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS........................................

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS................................................

LEGAL MATTERS....................................................

EXPERTS..........................................................

REGISTRATION STATEMENT...........................................

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.........

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................         F-1

APPENDIX A--PORTFOLIOS AND PERFORMANCE DATA.....................          A-1
APPENDIX B--ILLUSTRATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT............         B-1

THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.  WE DO NOT  AUTHORIZE  ANYONE TO PROVIDE
ANY  INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATIONS  REGARDING THE OFFERING  DESCRIBED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.


<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS

Please refer to this list for the meaning of the following terms:

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD - The period,  beginning  on the Issue Date,  during  which
Contract Value builds up under your Contract.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT - A unit of  measurement  which we use to calculate  Contract
Value.

ANNUITANT  - The  natural  person on whose  life the  annuity  benefits  under a
Contract are based.

ANNUITIZATION - The process to begin annuity payments under the Contract.

ANNUITIZED  VALUE - The Contract Value  adjusted by any applicable  Market Value
Adjustment and less any applicable taxes.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are scheduled to begin.

ANNUITY PERIOD - The period during which annuity  payments are paid. The Annuity
Period begins on the Annuity Date.

ANNUITY UNIT - A unit of  measurement  which we use to  calculate  the amount of
Variable Annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY(IES) - The person(s)  designated to receive any death benefits under
the Contract.

COMPANY ("WE," "US," "OUR," "LINCOLN BENEFIT") - Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - Each anniversary of the Issue Date.

CONTRACT  OWNER  ("YOU") - The  person(s)  having the  privileges  of  ownership
defined in the  Contract.  If your  Contract  is issued as part of a  retirement
plan, your ownership privileges may be modified by the plan.

CONTRACT VALUE - The sum of the values of your  interests in the  Subaccounts of
the Separate Account and the Fixed Account.

CONTRACT YEAR - Each  twelve-month  period  beginning on the Issue Date and each
Contract Anniversary.

CONTRIBUTION  YEAR - Each  twelve-month  period beginning on the date a Purchase
Payment is allocated to a Subaccount, or each anniversary of that date.

CREDIT  ENHANCEMENT  - An amount we add to your  Contract  Value when a Purchase
Payment is received.  Each Credit  Enhancement will be counted as earnings under
your Contract.

FIXED  ACCOUNT - The  portion of the  Contract  Value  allocated  to our general
account.

FIXED ANNUITY - A series of annuity payments that are fixed in amount.

GUARANTEE  PERIODS - A period of years for which we have  guaranteed  a specific
effective annual interest rate on an amount allocated to the Fixed Account.

ISSUE DATE - The date when the Contract becomes effective.

LATEST  ANNUITY DATE - The latest date by which you must begin annuity  payments
under the Contract.

LOAN  ACCOUNT  -  An  account  established  for  amounts  transferred  from  the
Subaccounts or the Fixed Account as security for outstanding Contract loans.

MARKET  VALUE  ADJUSTMENT  - An  amount  added  to or  subtracted  from  certain
transactions involving your interest in the Fixed Account, to reflect the impact
of changing interest rates.

NET  INVESTMENT  FACTOR  -  The  factor  used  to  determine  the  value  of  an
Accumulation Unit and Annuity Unit in any Valuation Period. We determine the Net
Investment Factor separately for each Subaccount.

NON-QUALIFIED  PLAN - A  retirement  plan which  does not  receive  special  tax
treatment under Sections 401, 403(b), 408, 408A or 457 of the Tax Code.

PORTFOLIO(S) - The underlying mutual funds in which the Subaccounts invest. Each
Portfolio  is an  investment  company  registered  with  the  SEC or a  separate
investment series of a registered investment company.

PURCHASE  PAYMENTS - Amounts paid to us as premium for the Contract by you or on
your behalf.

QUALIFIED PLAN - A retirement  plan which receives  special tax treatment  under
Sections  401,  403(b),  408 or 408A of the Tax Code or a deferred  compensation
plan for a state and local government or another tax exempt  organization  under
Section 457 of the Tax Code.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT - The Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account, which is a
segregated investment account of the Company.

SUBACCOUNT - A subdivision  of the Separate  Account,  which  invests  wholly in
shares of one of the Portfolios.

SURRENDER VALUE - The amount paid upon complete surrender of the Contract, equal
to the Contract Value, less any applicable premium taxes, Withdrawal Charge, and
the contract  maintenance  charge and increased or decreased by any Market Value
Adjustment.

TAX CODE - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

TREASURY RATE - The U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield for the preceding
week as reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15.

VALUATION DATE - Each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

VALUATION  PERIOD - The period of time over which we determine the change in the
value of the Subaccounts in order to price Accumulation Units and Annuity Units.
Each  Valuation  Period  begins at the close of normal  trading  on the New York
Stock Exchange ("NYSE")  currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on each Valuation Date
and ends at the close of the NYSE on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY - A series of annuity  payments  that vary in amount  based on
changes in the value of the  Subaccounts  to which your Contract  Value has been
allocated.

WITHDRAWAL  CHARGE - The  contingent  deferred sales charge that may be required
upon some withdrawals.

                                   FEE TABLES

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge -- Withdrawal Charge
(as a percentage of Purchase Payments)

CONTRIBUTION  APPLICABLE  CONTRIBUTION  APPLICABLE
    YEAR        CHARGE        YEAR        CHARGE
- ------------  ----------  ------------  ----------
     1            8%
    2-3           7%           7            4%
    4-5           6%           8            3%
     6            5%           9+           0

ANNUAL CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE (waived if total
Purchase Payments are greater than $40,000)....................  $   35.00
TRANSFER FEE (Applies solely to the second and
 subsequent transfers within a calendar month.
 We are currently waiving the transfer fee)....................  $   10.00
SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES (AS A PERCENTAGE OF
 DAILY NET ASSET VALUE DEDUCTED FROM EACH OF THE
 SUBACCOUNTS OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT)

        Mortality and Expense Risk Charge*.....................      1.30%
        Administrative Expense Charge..........................      0.10%
                                                                 ---------
        Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.................      1.40%

- ------------------------
*   If you select the Enhanced  Death Benefit  Rider,  the Mortality and Expense
    Risk  Charge  will be equal to 1.50% of your  Contract's  average  daily net
    assets in the Separate Account.

                        PORTFOLIO COMPANY ANNUAL EXPENSES
                (AS A PERCENTAGE OF PORTFOLIO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                MANAGEMENT FEE   RULE 12b-1 FEES  OTHER EXPENSES      TOTAL
                                                                --------------   ---------------  --------------      -----
GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
<S>                      <C>                                          <C>                 <C>           <C>            <C>
   Core Small Cap Equity (1)                                          0.75%               0             0.15%          0.90%
   International Equity (1)                                           1.00%               0             0.25%          1.25%

J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II
   Small Company (after reimbursement)(2)                             0.60%               0             0.55%          1.15%

LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.
   Emerging Markets                                                   1.00%             0.25%             0            1.25%
   International Equity                                               0.75%             0.25%             0            1.00%

LSA VARIABLE TRUST
   Aggressive Equity (3)                                              0.95%               0              .30%          1.25%
   Balanced (3)                                                       0.85%               0              .30%          1.15%
   Growth Equity (3)                                                  0.85%               0              .30%          1.15%
   Structured Equity (3)                                              0.75%               0              .30%          1.05%
   Value Equity (3)                                                   0.85%               0              .30%          1.15%

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS
   Mid-Cap Growth (6)                                                 0.75%               0              .30%          1.05%
   Mid-Cap Value (6)                                                  0.75%               0              .30%          1.05%
   High Yield Bond (7)                                                0.50%               0              .30%          0.80%

OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
   Equity                                                             0.80%               0               0            0.80%
   Small Cap                                                          0.80%               0               0            0.80%

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
   Stocks PLUS Growth and Income (4)                                  0.40%               0             0.25%          0.65%
   Foreign Bond (4)                                                   0.60%               0             0.30%          0.90%
   Total Return Bond (4)                                              0.40%               0             0.25%          0.65%
   Money Market (4)                                                   0.30%               0             0.20%          0.50%

SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS
   Capital (5)                                                          0                 0             1.00%          1.00%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------

(1)  The investment advisers have voluntarily agreed to reduce Other Expenses to
     the extent such expenses exceed the amount  reflected  above.  Without such
     reductions, Other Expenses and Total expenses for the period ended December
     31, 1998 would have been 3.17 and 3.92% for CORE Small Cap Equity, and 1.97
     and 2.97% for International  Equity. Such expense  reductions,  if any, are
     calculated  monthly  on a  cumulative  basis  and  may be  discontinued  or
     modified by the Investment Advisers in their discretion at any time.

(2)  Without  reimbursement,  Other Expenses and Total Operating  Expenses would
     have been 2.83% and 3.43% for Small  Company.  There is no  guarantee  that
     such reimbursement will continue beyond December 31, 1999.

(3)  The Manager has agreed to reduce Other  Expenses or reimburse  the Funds so
     that no Fund will incur  expenses  that  exceed  0.30% of its  assets.  The
     Portfolios   commenced  operations  with  the  offering  of  the  Contracts
     described  in this  Prospectus.  Without  these fee  reductions  or expense
     reimbursements,  the  Manager  estimates  that  Other  Expenses  and  Total
     Expenses will be [ ]. These fee reductions or expense reimbursements may be
     terminated at any time without notice.

(4)  The  investment  adviser  has  agreed to  reduce  its  administrative  fees
     included in Total  Expenses such that without the expense  reduction  Total
     Expenses  would have been 0.72,  0.92%,  0.67%,  and .052% for Stocks PLUS,
     Foreign Bond, Real Return Bond, and Money Market respectively.

(5)  The fund manager is currently  waiving all  management  fees and reimburses
     the fund for certain  expenses such that Total  Operating  Expenses for the
     Fund will not exceed 1.00%. Without such waivers and reductions, Management
     Fees,  Other Expenses and Total  Expenses  would have been .85%,  2.41% and
     3.26%  respectively  for the Capital Fund. The fund manager may discontinue
     this waiver at any time.

(6)  The  management  fee for each of the portfolios is 0.75% for the first $500
     million in  assets,  0.70% for $500  million  to $1 billion in assets,  and
     0.65% for assets in excess of $1 billion.  The advisor has agreed to reduce
     its  management  fee and/or  reimburse  the  Portfolio so that Total Annual
     Operating  expenses  of the  Portfolios  will not exceed  1.05%,  excluding
     certain investment related expenses such as foreign country tax expense and
     interest  expense on amounts  borrowed.  Without  such fee  reductions  and
     reimbursements, Total Expenses for the period ended December 31, 1998 would
     have been 1.57% for Mid Cap Value. For fiscal year ended December 31, 1998,
     the  adviser  received  a fee of (net of fee  waivers)  equal to 0.23%  for
     MidCap Value. Fee waivers and expense  reimbursements  may be terminated at
     any time.

(7)  The management fee for the portfolio is 0.50% for the first %500 million in
     assets,  0.45% for $500  million to $1  billion  in  assets,  and 0.40% for
     assets  in excess of $1  billion.  The  advisor  has  agreed to reduce  its
     management  fee  and/or  reimburse  the  Portfolio  so  that  Total  Annual
     Operating  expenses  of the  Portfolios  will not exceed  0.80%,  excluding
     certain investment related expenses such as foreign country tax expense and
     interest  expense on amounts  borrowed.  Without  such fee  reductions  and
     reimbursements, Total Expenses for the period ended December 31, 1998 would
     have been 1.15% for High Yield  Bond.  For fiscal year ended  December  31,
     1998, the adviser received a fee of (net of fee waivers) equal to 0.15% for
     High Yield Bond Value. Fee waivers and expense reimbursements may be waived
     at any time.

EXAMPLES

IF YOU SURRENDER  YOUR CONTRACT AT THE END OF THE  APPLICABLE  TIME PERIOD,  YOU
WOULD PAY THE FOLLOWING  EXPENSES ON A $1,000  INVESTMENT,  ASSUMING A 4% CREDIT
ENHANCEMENT AND A 5% ANNUAL RETURN ON ASSETS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Sub-Account                                1 Year        3 Years
- -----------------------------------------                            -------        --------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>
Goldman CORE Small Cap Equity                                           $93           $137
Goldman International Equity                                            $97           $148

J.P. Morgan Small Company                                               $96           $145

LAZARD Emerging Markets                                                 $97           $148
LAZARD International Equity                                             $94           $140

LSA Aggressive Equity                                                   $97           $148
LSA Balanced                                                            $96           $145
LSA Growth Equity                                                       $96           $145
LSA Structured Equity                                                   $95           $142
LSA Value Equity                                                        $96           $145

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Mid-Cap Growth                               $95           $142
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Mid-Cap Value                                $95           $142
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter High Yield Bond                              $94           $140

OCC Equity                                                              $89           $124
OCC Small Cap                                                           $92           $134

PIMCO Stocks PLUS Growth and Income                                     $92           $134
PIMCO Foreign Bond                                                      $91           $129
PIMCO Total Return Bond                                                 $92           $134
PIMCO Money Market                                                      $91           $129

Salomon Brothers Capital                                                $93           $137
</TABLE>


If you  annuitize  or if you do not  surrender  your  contact  at the end of the
applicable  time  period,  you  would  pay the  following  expenses  on a $1,000
investment, assuming A 4% CREDIT ENHANCEMENT AND A 5% annual return on assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Sub-Account                                 1 Year         3 Years
- -----------------------------------------                             -------        --------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>
Goldman CORE Small Cap Equity                                           $25            $77
Goldman International Equity                                            $29            $89

J.P. Morgan Small Company                                               $28            $85

LAZARD Emerging Markets                                                 $29            $89
LAZARD International Equity                                             $26            $81

LSA Aggressive Equity                                                   $29            $89
LSA Balanced                                                            $28            $85
LSA Growth Equity                                                       $28            $85
LSA Structured Equity                                                   $27            $82
LSA Value Equity                                                        $28            $85

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Mid-Cap Growth                               $27            $82
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Mid-Cap Value                                $27            $82
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter High Yield Bond                              $26            $81

OCC Equity                                                              $21            $65
OCC Small Cap                                                           $24            $74

PIMCO Stocks PLUS Growth and Income                                     $24            $74
PIMCO Foreign Bond                                                      $23            $69
PIMCO Total Return Bond                                                 $24            $74
PIMCO Money Market                                                      $23            $69

Salomon Brothers Capital                                                $25            $77
</TABLE>

* We will not  charge a  Withdrawal  Charge  on  Annuitization  if you  select a
Payment  Option  that  provides  payments  over at least  five years or over the
Annuitant's lifetime.

                     EXPLANATION OF FEE TABLES AND EXAMPLES

1. We have  included  the  table  and  examples  shown  above to  assist  you in
understanding  the costs and expenses  that you will bear directly or indirectly
by  investing  in the  Separate  Account.  The table  reflects  expenses  of the
Separate  Account as well as the  Portfolios.  For additional  information,  you
should read "Contract  Charges," which begins on page [ ] below; you should also
read the sections relating to expenses of the Portfolios in their  prospectuses.
The  examples do not include any taxes or tax  penalties  you may be required to
pay if you surrender your Contract.

2. The examples  assume that you did not make any  transfers.  We are  currently
waiving the transfer fee, but in the future, we may decide to charge $10 for the
second and each subsequent  transfer within a calendar month.  Premium taxes are
not reflected.  Currently, we deduct premium taxes (which range from 0% to 3.5%)
from Contract Value upon full surrender, death or annuitization.

3. To reflect the contract  maintenance charge in the examples,  we estimated an
equivalent  percentage charge,  which we calculated by dividing the total amount
of contract  maintenance  charges  expected to be collected during a year by the
total  estimated  average net assets of the  Subaccounts  and the Fixed  Account
attributable to the Contracts.

4. The examples reflect any Free Withdrawal Amounts.

NEITHER THE FEE TABLES NOR THE EXAMPLES SHOULD BE CONSIDERED  REPRESENTATIONS OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES.  YOUR ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE
SHOWN. SIMILARLY,  THE ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN OF 5% ASSUMED IN THE EXAMPLE IS NOT
AN ESTIMATE OR GUARANTEE OF FUTURE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE.



                              QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
                               ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT

The  following  are answers to some of the  questions you may have about some of
the  more  important  features  of the  Contract.  The  Contract  is more  fully
described in the rest of the Prospectus. Please read the Prospectus carefully.

1. WHAT IS THE CONTRACT?

The Contract is a flexible premium deferred  variable  annuity  contract.  It is
designed for tax-deferred  retirement  investing.  The Contract is available for
non-qualified or qualified  retirement  plans.  The Contract,  like all deferred
annuity  contracts,  has two  phases:  the  Accumulation  Period and the Annuity
Period.  During the Accumulation  Period,  earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred
basis and are taxed as income when you make a  withdrawal.  The  Annuity  Period
begins  when you  begin  receiving  payments  under one of the  annuity  payment
options  described in the answer to Question 2. The amount of money  accumulated
under your Contract during the Accumulation Period will be used to determine the
amount of your annuity payments during the Annuity Period.

Your  premiums  are invested in one or more of the  Subaccounts  of the Separate
Account or  allocated  to the Fixed  Account,  as you  instruct  us. If we offer
additional  Subaccounts in the future,  we may limit your right to allocate your
Contract  Value to up to twenty-one  options  under the Contract,  counting each
Subaccount  and the  Fixed  Account  as one  option.  We will  treat all of your
Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Account as one option for purposes of this
limit, even if you have chosen more than one Guarantee Period. The value of your
Contract will depend on the investment  performance of the  Subaccounts  and the
amount of interest we credit to the Fixed Account.

Each Subaccount will invest in a single investment  portfolio (a "Portfolio") of
a mutual fund.  The  Portfolios  offer a range of  investment  objectives,  from
conservative  to  aggressive.  You bear the  entire  investment  risk on amounts
allocated  to the  Subaccounts.  The  investment  policies  and  risks  of  each
Portfolio are described in the accompanying prospectuses for the Portfolios.

In some states,  you may also allocate all or part of your Contract Value to the
"Fixed Account", as described in the answer to Question 5.

2. WHAT ANNUITY OPTIONS DOES THE CONTRACT OFFER?

You may receive annuity payments on a fixed or a variable basis or a combination
of the two. We offer a variety of annuity options including:

- -    a life annuity with payments guaranteed for five to twenty years;

- -    a joint and full survivorship annuity, with payments guaranteed for five to
     twenty years; and

- -    fixed payments for a specified period of five to thirty years.

Call us to inquire about other options.

You may change your  annuity  option at any time before  annuitization.  You may
select the date to annuitize the Contract. The date you select,  however, may be
no later than the later of the tenth  Contract  Anniversary  or the  Annuitant's
90th birthday.  If your Contract was issued in connection with a qualified plan,
different deadlines may apply.

If you select annuity  payments on a variable basis,  the amount of our payments
to you will be affected by the  investment  performance of the  Subaccounts  you
have selected.  The fixed portion of your annuity  payments,  on the other hand,
generally  will be equal in amount  to the  initial  payment  we  determine.  As
explained in more detail below, however, during the Annuity Period you will have
a limited  ability to change the relative  weighting of the Subaccounts on which
your  variable  annuity  payments  are based or to increase  the portion of your
annuity payments consisting of Fixed Annuity payments.

3. HOW DO I BUY A CONTRACT?

You can obtain a Contract  application from your Lincoln Benefit agent. You must
pay at least  $10,000  in  Purchase  Payments  during the first  Contract  Year.
Purchase  Payments  must be at least  $500,  unless you  enroll in an  automatic
payment  plan.  Your periodic  payments in an automatic  payment plan must be at
least $100 per month.  We may lower these  minimums at our sole  discretion.  We
will not issue a  Contract  to you if either you or the  Annuitant  is age 85 or
older before we receive your application.

4. WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES UNDER THE CONTRACT?

You can allocate and reallocate your investment among the  Subaccounts,  each of
which in turn invests in a single  Portfolio.  Under the Contract,  the Separate
Account currently invests in the following Portfolios:

            Fund                       Portfolio(s)
- -----------------------------  -------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable              CORE Small Cap Equity
Insurance Trust                     International Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
J.P. Morgan Series                  Small Company
Trust II
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
LAZARD Retirement Series, Inc.      Emerging Markets
                                    International Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Variable Series Trust           Aggressive Equity
                                    Balanced
                                    Growth Equity
                                    Structured Equity
                                    Value Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter          Mid-Cap Growth
Universal Funds                     Mid-Cap Value
                                    High Yield Bond
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
OCC Accumulation Trust              Equity
                                    Small Cap
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust      Stocks PLUS
                                    Foreign Bond
                                    Total Return Bond
                                    Money Market
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable           Capital
Series Funds
- --------------------------------------------------------------------

Some of the Portfolios described in this Prospectus may not be available in your
Contract.

Each  Portfolio  holds  its  assets  separately  from the  assets  of the  other
Portfolios. Each Portfolio has distinct investment objectives and policies which
are described in the accompanying prospectuses for the Portfolios.

5. WHAT IS THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION?

We offer two Fixed Account interest crediting options:  the Guaranteed  Maturity
Fixed Account Option and the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option.

We will credit  interest to amounts  allocated to the Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed
Account Option at a specified rate for a specified  Guarantee Period. You select
the  Guarantee  Period  for each  amount  that you  allocate  to the  Guaranteed
Maturity  Fixed  Account  Option.  We will  tell you  what  interest  rates  and
Guarantee  Periods we are  offering  at a  particular  time.  At the end of each
Guarantee  Period,  you may select a new Guarantee Period from among the choices
we are then making  available or transfer or withdraw  the relevant  amount from
the Fixed Account without any Market Value Adjustment.

We may offer Guarantee  Periods ranging from one to ten years in length.  We are
currently  offering  Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven, and ten years
in length.  In the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of different lengths or
stop offering some Guarantee Periods.

We will not change the interest rate credited to a particular  allocation  until
the end of the relevant  Guarantee Period.  From time to time,  however,  we may
change  the  interest  rate that we offer to credit  to new  allocations  to the
Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option and to amounts rolled over in the Fixed
Account for new Guarantee Periods.

In addition,  if you participate in our dollar cost averaging  program,  you may
designate  amounts to be held in the Dollar Cost Averaging  Fixed Account Option
until they are transferred  monthly to the  Subaccounts or Guarantee  Periods of
your  choosing.  When you  make an  allocation  to the  Fixed  Account  for this
purpose,  we will set an interest rate  applicable to that amount.  We will then
credit  interest  at  that  rate to  that  amount  until  it has  been  entirely
transferred to your chosen  Subaccounts or Guarantee  Periods.  We will complete
the transfers within one year of the allocation. In our discretion we may change
the rate that we set for new  allocations  to the Fixed  Account  for the dollar
cost  averaging  program.  We  will  never,  however,  set a rate  less  than an
effective annual rate of 3%.

A Market  Value  Adjustment  may  increase  or  decrease  the  amount of certain
transactions involving the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account, to reflect changes
in interest rates. As a general rule, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to
the  following  transactions:  (1) when you withdraw  funds from the  Guaranteed
Maturity  Fixed  Account  Option in an amount  greater than the Free  Withdrawal
Amount  (which is  described in the answer to Question 6); (2) when you transfer
funds from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option to the Subaccounts;  (3)
when you allocate part of your interest in the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account
Option  to a new  Guarantee  Period  before  the end of the  existing  Guarantee
Period;  (4)  when  you  annuitize  your  Contract;  and (5) when we pay a death
benefit.  We will not apply a Market Value  Adjustment to a  transaction  to the
extent that:  (1) it occurs  within 30 days after the end of a Guarantee  Period
applicable to the funds involved in the  transaction;  or (2) it is necessary to
meet IRS minimum  withdrawal  requirements.  We determine the amount of a Market
Value  Adjustment  using a formula  that takes into  consideration:  (1) whether
current  interest  rates  differ from  interest  rates at the  beginning  of the
applicable  Guarantee  Period;  and (2) how many years are left until the end of
the Guarantee  Period.  As a general rule, if interest  rates have dropped,  the
Market Value  Adjustment will be an addition;  if interest rates have risen, the
Market Value  Adjustment will be a deduction.  It is therefore  possible that if
you  withdraw an amount from the Fixed  Account  during a  Guarantee  Period,  a
Market  Value  Adjustment  may cause  you to  receive  less  than you  initially
allocated to the Fixed Account.

6. WHAT ARE MY EXPENSES UNDER THE CONTRACT?

CONTRACT  MAINTENANCE  CHARGE.  During  the  Accumulation  Period,  each year we
subtract an annual contract  maintenance  charge of $35 from your Contract Value
allocated  to the  Subaccounts.  We will waive this charge if you pay $50,000 or
more in Purchase  Payments or if you allocate all of your Contract  Value to the
Fixed Account.

During the Annuity  Period,  we will  subtract the annual  contract  maintenance
charge in equal parts from your annuity payments. We waive this charge if on the
Annuity Date your Contract Value is $40,000 or more or if all payments are Fixed
Annuity payments.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE AND MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE. We impose a
mortality  and expense  risk charge at an annual rate of 1.30% of average  daily
net assets and an  administrative  expense  charge at an annual  rate of .10% of
average  daily net assets.  If you select our optional  enhanced  death  benefit
rider,  however,  we may charge you a higher  mortality and expense risk charge.
These  charges  are  assessed  each day during the  Accumulation  Period and the
Annuity Period. We guarantee that we will not raise these charges.

TRANSFER  FEE.  Although  we  currently  are not  charging a transfer  fee,  the
Contract permits us to charge you up to $10 per transfer for each transfer after
the first transfer in each month.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE  (CONTINGENT  DEFERRED SALES CHARGE).  During the Accumulation
Period,  you may withdraw all or part of the value of your Contract  before your
death or, if the  Contract is owned by a company or other legal  entity,  before
the Annuitant's  death.  Certain  withdrawals may be made without payment of any
Withdrawal  Charge,   which  is  a  contingent  deferred  sales  charge.   Other
withdrawals are subject to the Withdrawal Charge.

The Withdrawal Charge will vary depending on how many complete years have passed
since you paid the Purchase  Payment  being  withdrawn.  The  Withdrawal  Charge
applies to each Purchase  Payment for eight  complete years from the date of the
Payment (each a "Contribution Year") as follows:

CONTRIBUTION  APPLICABLE
    YEAR        CHARGE
- ------------  ----------
     1            8%
    2-3           7%
    4-5           6%
     6            5%
     7            4%
     8            3%
     9+           0%

In determining  Withdrawal  Charges,  we will deem your Purchase  Payments to be
withdrawn on a first-in first-out basis.

Each year, free of Withdrawal  Charge or any otherwise  applicable  Market Value
Adjustment, you may withdraw the Free Withdrawal Amount, which equals:

    (a) the greater of:

     -    earnings not previously withdrawn; or

     -    15% of your total  Purchase  Payments  made in the most  recent  eight
          years; plus

    (b) an amount  equal to your total  Purchase  Payments  made more than eight
years ago, to the extent not previously withdrawn.

In most  states,  we also may waive the  Withdrawal  Charge if you:  (1) require
long-term  medical or custodial care outside the home; or (2) are diagnosed with
a  terminal  illness.  These  provisions  will  apply to the  Annuitant,  if the
Contract is owned by a company or other legal  entity.  Additional  restrictions
and costs may apply to Contracts  issued in connection with qualified  plans. In
addition,  withdrawals  may trigger tax  liabilities  and penalties.  You should
consult with your tax counselor to determine what effect a withdrawal might have
on your tax liability. As described in the answer to Question 3, we may increase
or decrease certain withdrawals by a Market Value Adjustment.

PREMIUM TAXES.  Certain states impose a premium tax on annuity purchase payments
received by insurance companies.  Any premium taxes relating to the Contract may
be  deducted  from  Purchase  Payments  or the  Contract  Value  when the tax is
incurred or at a later time.  State  premium  taxes  generally  range from 0% to
3.5%.

OTHER  EXPENSES.  In addition to our charges under the Contract,  each Portfolio
deducts  amounts from its assets to pay its  investment  advisory fees and other
expenses.

7. HOW WILL MY INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACT BE TAXED?

You should consult a qualified tax adviser for personalized answers.  Generally,
earnings under  variable  annuities are not taxed until amounts are withdrawn or
distributions  are  made.  This  deferral  of taxes  is  designed  to  encourage
long-term  personal  savings  and  supplemental  retirement  plans.  The taxable
portion of a withdrawal or distribution is taxed as ordinary income.

Special rules apply if the Contract is owned by a company or other legal entity.
Generally,  such an owner must  include in income any  increase in the excess of
the Contract  Value over the  "investment  in the  contract"  during the taxable
year.

8. DO I HAVE ACCESS TO MY MONEY?

At any time during the Accumulation  Period,  we will pay you all or part of the
value of your  Contract,  minus any  applicable  charge,  if you surrender  your
Contract or request a partial withdrawal.  Under some plans, you may also take a
loan against the value of your Contract.  Generally,  a partial  withdrawal must
equal at least $50, and after the withdrawal your remaining  Contract Value must
at least equal $500.

Although you have access to your money during the Accumulation  Period,  certain
charges,  such as the contract  maintenance  charge,  the Withdrawal Charge, and
premium tax charges, may be deducted on a surrender or withdrawal.  You may also
incur federal  income tax liability or tax penalties.  In addition,  if you have
allocated some of the value of your Contract to the Fixed Account, the amount of
your surrender  proceeds or withdrawal may be increased or decreased by a Market
Value Adjustment.

After  annuitization,  under certain  settlement  options you may be entitled to
withdraw the commuted value of the remaining payments.

9. WHAT IS THE DEATH BENEFIT?

We will pay a death  benefit  while  the  Contract  is in force and  before  the
Annuity  Date,  if the Contract  Owner dies,  or if the  Annuitant  dies and the
Contract Owner is not a natural person.  To obtain payment of the Death Benefit,
the  Beneficiary  must submit to us written  proof of death as  specified in the
Contract.

The standard death benefit is the greatest of the following:

(1)  your total Purchase Payments reduced  proportionately for any prior partial
     withdrawals;

(2)  your Contract Value;

(3)  the amount you would have received by surrendering your Contract; or

(4)  your Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary evenly divisible by eight,
     increased by the total Purchase Payments since that anniversary and reduced
     proportionately by any partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

We also offer an optional enhanced death benefit rider, which is described later
in this prospectus.

We will  determine the value of the death benefit on the day that we receive all
of the information that we need to process the claim.

10. WHAT ELSE SHOULD I KNOW?

ALLOCATION  OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  You allocate your initial  Purchase  Payment
among the  Subaccounts and the Fixed Account in your Contract  application.  You
may make your allocations in specific dollar amounts or percentages,  which must
be  whole  numbers  that  add up to 100%.  When  you  make  subsequent  Purchase
Payments, you may again specify how you want your payments allocated.  If you do
not,  we will  automatically  allocate  the  payment  based on your most  recent
instructions.  You may not allocate Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account if it
is not available in your state.

CREDIT  ENHANCEMENTS.   We  will  credit  your  Contract  Value  with  a  Credit
Enhancement  of 4% of each  Purchase  Payment  before we allocate  that Purchase
Payment among the  Subaccounts or to the Fixed  Account.  We will deduct certain
Credit Enhancements from the amount paid you, if you cancel your Contract during
the free look  period.  The Credit  Enhancements  will be  allocated in the same
proportions as the corresponding Purchase Payment.

TRANSFERS. During the Accumulation Period, you may transfer Contract Value among
the  Subaccounts  and from the  Subaccounts  to the Fixed  Account.  If we offer
additional  Subaccounts in the future,  we may limit your right to allocate your
Contract Value to no more than twenty-one options under the Contract.  While you
may also transfer amounts from the Fixed Account,  a Market Value Adjustment may
apply. You may instruct us to transfer Contract Value by writing or calling us.

You may also use our automatic  dollar cost  averaging or portfolio  rebalancing
programs. You may not use both programs at the same time.

Under the dollar cost averaging program,  amounts are automatically  transferred
at regular  intervals from the Fixed Account or a Subaccount of your choosing to
up to eight options, including other Subaccounts or the Fixed Account. Transfers
from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account may be made monthly only. Transfers
from Subaccounts may be made monthly, quarterly, or annually.

Under the portfolio rebalancing program, you can maintain the percentage of your
Contract  Value  allocated to each  Subaccount  at a pre-set  level.  Investment
results will shift the balance of your Contract Value allocations.  If you elect
rebalancing,  we will  automatically  transfer your  Contract  Value back to the
specified  percentages  at  the  frequency  (monthly,  quarterly,  semiannually,
annually) that you specify. You may not include the Fixed Account in a portfolio
rebalancing program. You also may not elect rebalancing after annuitization.

During the  Annuity  Period,  you may not make any  transfers  for the first six
months after the Annuity  Date.  Thereafter,  you may make  transfers  among the
Subaccounts  or from the  Subaccounts  to increase your Fixed Annuity  payments.
Your  transfers,  however,  must be at  least  six  months  apart.  You may not,
however,  convert any portion of your right to receive  Fixed  Annuity  payments
into Variable Annuity payments.

FREE-LOOK  PERIOD.  You may cancel the  Contract by returning it to us within 10
days after you receive it, or after  whatever  longer period may be permitted by
state law. You may return it by delivering it or mailing it to us. If you return
the Contract,  the Contract  terminates and, in most states,  we will pay you an
amount equal to the Contract Value on the date we receive the Contract from you,
less any amount that we applied as a Credit  Enhancement to your  Contract.  The
Contract Value may be more or less than your Purchase Payments.  In some states,
we are  required to send you the amount of your  Purchase  Payments.  The amount
returned to you will always at least equal your Contract Value (minus any unpaid
loans)  less  the  Withdrawal  Charge.   Since  state  laws  differ  as  to  the
consequences  of  returning a Contract,  you should  refer to your  Contract for
specific information about your circumstances.

11. WHO CAN I CONTACT FOR MORE INFORMATION?

You can write to us at Lincoln  Benefit Life Company,  P.O. Box 82532,  Lincoln,
Nebraska 68501-2532, or call us at (800) 525-9287.

                         CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We have included the Separate Account's statements of assets and liabilities and
contract  owners'  equity as of December 31, 1998 and the related  statements of
operations  for the year then ended,  and the  statements of changes in contract
owners' equity for the years ended December 31, 1998, and 1997,  which have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,  independent  auditors,  in the  Statement  of
Additional  Information.*  These financial  statements do not reflect any assets
attributable  to the  Contracts  during  the period  covered by these  financial
statements.  The  Statement  of  Additional  Information  also  includes a brief
explanation of how performance of the Subaccounts is calculated.

*  To be provided by pre-effective Amendment


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS

SUMMARY.  The  Contract is a deferred  annuity  contract  designed to aid you in
long-term  financial  planning.  You may add to the  Contract  Value  by  making
additional  Purchase  Payments.  In addition,  the Contract Value will change to
reflect the  performance of the  Subaccounts to which you allocate your Purchase
Payments and your Contract Value, as well as to reflect Credit  Enhancements and
interest  credited to amounts  allocated to the Fixed Account.  You may withdraw
your  Contract  Value by making a partial  withdrawal  or by  surrendering  your
Contract. Upon Annuitization, we will pay you benefits under the Contract in the
form of an annuity,  either for the life of the  Annuitant or for a fixed number
of years. All of these features are described in more detail below.

CONTRACT OWNER. As the Contract  Owner,  you are the person usually  entitled to
exercise all rights of ownership  under the  Contract.  You usually are also the
person entitled to receive benefits under the Contract or to choose someone else
to receive  benefits.  If your  Contract  was  issued  under a  Qualified  Plan,
however,  the Plan may limit or modify  your  rights  and  privileges  under the
Contract and may limit your right to choose someone else to receive benefits. We
will not issue a Contract to a purchaser  who has  attained age 85, or where the
Annuitant has attained age 85.

ANNUITANT.  The  Annuitant  is the  living  person  whose  life  span is used to
determine  annuity  payments.  You  initially  designate  an  Annuitant  in your
application.  You may change the Annuitant at any time before  annuity  payments
begin.  If your Contract was issued under a plan qualified under Section 403(b),
408 or 408A of the Tax Code, you must be the Annuitant. You may also designate a
Joint  Annuitant,  who is a second person on whose life annuity payments depend.
Additional restrictions may apply in the case of Qualified Plans. If you are not
the Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before annuity payments begin,  then either
you  become  the new  Annuitant  or you  must  name  another  person  as the new
Annuitant.  You must attest that the  Annuitant  is alive in order to  annuitize
your Contract.

MODIFICATION  OF THE  CONTRACT.  Only a Lincoln  Benefit  officer  may approve a
change in or waive any provision of the  Contract.  Any change or waiver must be
in  writing.  None of our  agents  has the  authority  to  change  or waive  the
provisions of the Contract.

We are  permitted  to change the terms of the  Contract  if it is  necessary  to
comply with changes in the law. If a provision  of the Contract is  inconsistent
with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT.  Before the Annuity Date,  if the Annuitant is still alive,  you may
assign a Contract issued under a Non-Qualified Plan that is not subject to Title
1 of the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974  ("ERISA").  If a
Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan or a Non-Qualified  Plan that is
subject  to Title 1 of  ERISA,  the law  prohibits  some  types of  assignments,
pledges and transfers and imposes  special  conditions on others.  An assignment
may also result in taxes or tax penalties.

We will not be bound by any  assignment  until we receive  written notice of it.
Accordingly,  until we receive written notice of an assignment, we will continue
to act as though the assignment had not occurred. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment.

BECAUSE OF THE  POTENTIAL  TAX  CONSEQUENCES  AND ERISA  ISSUES  ARISING FROM AN
ASSIGNMENT,  YOU SHOULD  CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY  BEFORE  TRYING TO ASSIGN YOUR
CONTRACT.

FREE LOOK  PERIOD.  You may cancel the  Contract by returning it to us within 10
days after you receive it, or within  whatever longer period may be permitted by
state law. You may return it by delivering it to your agent or mailing it to us.
If you return the Contract, the Contract terminates and, in most states, we will
pay you an  amount  equal  to the  Contract  Value on the  date we  receive  the
Contract  from you, less any amount that we applied as a Credit  Enhancement  to
your  Contract.  The  Contract  Value at that time may be more or less than your
Purchase Payments.  However, the amount returned to you will always be more than
your Contract Value (minus any unpaid loans) less the Withdrawal Charge.

In some states,  if you  exercise  your "free look"  rights,  we are required to
return the amount of your Purchase  Payments.  Currently,  if you live in one of
those  states,on the Issue Date we will  allocate  your Purchase  Payment to the
Subaccounts and the Fixed Account Options as you specified in your  application.
However,  we reserve the right in the future to delay  allocating  your Purchase
Payments to the  Subaccounts  you have selected or to the Fixed Account until 20
days after the Issue Date or, if your  state's  free look  period is longer than
ten days, for ten days plus the period  required by state law. During that time,
we will  allocate your  Purchase  Payment to the PIMCO Money Market  Subaccount.
Your Contract will contain specific  information  about your free-look rights in
your state.

                          PURCHASES AND CONTRACT VALUE

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT. The minimum initial Purchase Payment for a Contract is
$10,000. You may pay it in a lump sum or in installments of your choice over the
first Contract  Year. You may not pay more than $1 million in Purchase  Payments
without our prior approval.  As a general rule, subsequent Purchase Payments may
be made in amounts of $500 or more. Subsequent Purchase Payments made as part of
an Automatic  Payment Plan,  however,  may be as small as $100 per month. We may
lower these  minimums if we choose.  We may refuse any  Purchase  Payment at any
time.

AUTOMATIC PAYMENT PLAN. You may make scheduled Purchase Payments of $100 or more
per month by automatic  payment through your bank account.  Call or write us for
an enrollment form.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT. We will add a Credit Enhancement to your Contract Value when
each Purchase  Payment is received.  The Credit  Enhancement is payable from our
general  account.  The  amount of a Credit  Enhancement  is 4% of each  Purchase
Payment.  The Credit  Enhancement  will be allocated  among the  Subaccounts and
Fixed Account in the same  proportion  that the applicable  Purchase  Payment is
allocated.  The amount returned if the Contract Owner exercises his or her right
to return  the  Contract  during  your Free Look  period  will be reduced by any
Credit Enhancements applied.

Credit  Enhancements  are treated as  "earnings"  for  purposes  of  determining
Withdrawal  Charges  and free  withdrawal  amounts  on  surrenders  and  partial
withdrawals. Similarly, Credit Enhancements are not treated as an "investment in
the contract" for tax purposes.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Your  Purchase  Payments are allocated to the
Subaccount(s)  and the Fixed Account in the proportions  that you have selected.
You must  specify  your  allocation  in your  Contract  application,  either  as
percentages  or  specific  dollar  amounts.  If  you  make  your  allocation  in
percentages,  the total  must  equal  100%.  We will  allocate  your  subsequent
Purchase  Payments  in  those  percentages,  until  you  give us new  allocation
instructions.  You may not allocate Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account if it
is not available in your state.

If we offer  additional  Subaccounts  in the future,  we may limit your right to
allocate  your  Purchase  Payments to up to  twenty-one  options,  counting each
Subaccount and the Fixed Account as one option. For this purpose,  we will treat
all of your  allocations to the Fixed Account as one option,  even if you choose
more than one Guarantee Period.

If your application is complete, we will issue your Contract within two business
days of its receipt at our P.O. Box shown on the first page of this  prospectus.
If your application for a Contract is incomplete, we will notify you and seek to
complete the application  within five business days. For example,  if you do not
fill in  allocation  percentages,  we will  contact  you to obtain  the  missing
percentages.  If we cannot complete your  application  within five business days
after we receive it, we will return your application and your Purchase  Payment,
unless you expressly permit us to take a longer time.

Usually,  we will allocate your initial  Purchase Payment to the Subaccounts and
the  Fixed  Account,  as you have  instructed  us, on the  Issue  Date.  We will
allocate your subsequent  Purchase  Payments on the date that we receive them at
the next computed Accumulation Unit Value.

In some  states,  however,  we are  required  to return at least  your  Purchase
Payment if you cancel your  Contract  during the  "free-look"  period.  In those
states,  we currently will allocate your Purchase  Payments on the Issue Date as
you have instructed us, as described above. In the future,  however,  we reserve
the right, if you live in one of those states, to allocate all Purchase Payments
received during the "free-look period" to the PIMCO Money Market Subaccount.  If
we exercise  that right and your state's  free look period is ten days,  we will
transfer  your  Purchase  Payments to your  specified  Subaccounts  or the Fixed
Account  20 days  after the Issue  Date;  if your  state's  free look  period is
longer,  we will transfer  your Purchase  Payment after ten days plus the period
required by state law have passed.

We determine the number of Accumulation  Units in each Subaccount to allocate to
your Contract by dividing that portion of your Purchase  Payment  allocated to a
Subaccount by that  Subaccount's  Accumulation  Unit Value on the Valuation Date
when the allocation occurs.

CONTRACT  VALUE.  We will  establish an account for you and will  maintain  your
account during the Accumulation  Period. The total value of your Contract at any
time  is  equal  to the  sum of the  value  of your  Accumulation  Units  in the
Subaccounts  you have  selected,  plus the value of your  interest  in the Fixed
Account.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT  ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE. As a general matter, the Accumulation
Unit Value for each Subaccount will rise or fall to reflect changes in the share
price of the Portfolio in which the Subaccount invests. In addition, we subtract
from Accumulation  Unit Value amounts  reflecting the mortality and expense risk
charge,  administrative  expense  charge,  and any provision for taxes that have
accrued  since we last  calculated  the  Accumulation  Unit Value.  We determine
Withdrawal  Charges,  transfer fees and contract  maintenance charges separately
for each  Contract.  They do not affect  Accumulation  Unit Value.  Instead,  we
obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming Accumulation Units.

We determine a separate  Accumulation  Unit Value for each  Subaccount.  We also
determine a separate set of Accumulation  Unit Values reflecting the cost of the
enhanced  death  benefit rider  described on page A-1 below.  If we elect or are
required to assess a charge for taxes, we may calculate a separate  Accumulation
Unit Value for Contracts issued in connection with  Non-Qualified  and Qualified
Plans, respectively,  within each Subaccount. We determine the Accumulation Unit
Value for each  Subaccount  Monday  through Friday on each day that the New York
Stock Exchange is open for business.

You should refer to the  prospectuses  for the Portfolios  which  accompany this
prospectus  for a  description  of how the assets of each  Portfolio are valued,
since that  determination has a direct bearing on the Accumulation Unit Value of
the corresponding Subaccount and, therefore, your Contract Value.

TRANSFER DURING  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  During the Accumulation  Period, you may
transfer  Contract Value among the Fixed Account and the  Subaccounts in writing
or by telephone.  Currently,  there is no minimum transfer amount.  The Contract
permits us to set a minimum  transfer  amount in the future.  You may not make a
transfer that would result in your  allocating  your Contract Value to more than
twenty-one options under the Contract at one time.

As a general rule, we only make  transfers on days when we and the NYSE are open
for business.  If we receive your request on one of those days, we will make the
transfer that day. We close our office for business on certain days  immediately
preceding  or  following  certain  national  holidays  when the NYSE is open for
business.  For  calendar  year  1999,  our  office  will be  closed on July 5th,
November 26th, December 24th and December 31st. For transfers requested on these
days, we will make the transfer on the first  subsequent day on which we and the
NYSE are open.

If you transfer an amount from the Fixed Account to a Subaccount  before the end
of the  applicable  Guarantee  Period  or you  allocate  an  amount in the Fixed
Account  to a new  Guarantee  Period  before the end of the  existing  Guarantee
Period,  we usually  will  increase  or  decrease  the amount by a Market  Value
Adjustment.  The  calculation  of the Market  Value  Adjustment  is described in
"Market Value Adjustment" on page [ ] below.

Transfers  within 30 days after the end of the applicable  Guarantee  Period are
not subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

The investment  advisers to the Portfolios have the right to reject requests for
transfers should they determine that executing such transfer requests may impair
the interests of other contract owners in the Portfolio. The Contract permits us
to defer transfers from the Fixed Account for up to six months from the date you
ask us.

You may not transfer Contract Value into the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Option.  You may not transfer  Contract  Value out of the Dollar Cost  Averaging
Fixed Account Option except as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging program.

TRANSFERS AUTHORIZED BY TELEPHONE.  You may make transfers by telephone,  if you
first send us a completed  authorization  form.  The cut off time for  telephone
transfer  requests is 4:00 p.m.  Eastern time.  Calls completed before 4:00 p.m.
will be effected on that day at that day's  price.  Calls  completed  after 4:00
p.m.  will be  effected  on the  next  day on which we and the NYSE are open for
business, at that day's price.

We may charge you the  transfer  fee  described  on page [ ] below,  although we
currently are waiving it. In addition,  we may suspend,  modify or terminate the
telephone transfer privilege at any time without notice.

We use procedures  that we believe provide  reasonable  assurance that telephone
authorized transfers are genuine.  For example, we tape telephone  conversations
with  persons  purporting  to  authorize   transfers  and  request   identifying
information.  Accordingly,  we disclaim any liability for losses  resulting from
allegedly  unauthorized  telephone  transfers.   However,  if  we  do  not  take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone  authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

AUTOMATIC  DOLLAR  COST  AVERAGING  PROGRAM.  Under our  Automatic  Dollar  Cost
Averaging  program,  you may  authorize us to transfer a fixed dollar  amount at
fixed  intervals  from the  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Fixed  Account  Option or a
Subaccount of your choosing to up to eight options,  including other Subaccounts
or the Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account Option. The interval between transfers
from the Dollar Cost  Averaging  Fixed Account may be monthly only. The interval
between transfers from Subaccounts may be monthly,  quarterly,  or annually,  at
your option.  The transfers will be made at the  Accumulation  Unit Value on the
date of the  transfer.  The  transfers  will  continue  until  you  instruct  us
otherwise,  or until your  chosen  source of  transfer  payments  is  exhausted.
Currently,  the minimum  transfer amount is $100 per transfer.  However,  if you
wish to Dollar Cost Average to a Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account Option,  the
minimum  amount  that must be  transferred  into any one Option is $500.  We may
change this minimum or grant  exceptions.  If you elect this program,  the first
transfer  will occur one  interval  after your Issue  Date.  You may not use the
Dollar Cost Averaging  program to transfer amounts from the Guaranteed  Maturity
Fixed Account Option.

Your request to  participate  in this program will be effective  when we receive
your  completed  application  at the P.O.  Box given on the  first  page of this
prospectus.  Call or write us for a copy of the  application.  You may  elect to
increase, decrease or change the frequency or amount of transfers under a Dollar
Cost  Averaging  program.  We will not  charge a transfer  fee for  Dollar  Cost
Averaging.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that you will purchase greater numbers of
units when the unit  prices are  relatively  low rather than when the prices are
higher. As a result,  when purchases are made at fluctuating prices, the average
cost per unit is less than the average of the unit prices on the purchase dates.
However,  participation  in this program does not assure you of a greater profit
from your purchases under the program; nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce
losses  in a  declining  market.  You may  not use  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  and
Portfolio Rebalancing at the same time.

PORTFOLIO  REBALANCING.   Portfolio  Rebalancing  allows  you  to  maintain  the
percentage  of your  Contract  Value  allocated to each  Subaccount at a pre-set
level. For example,  you could specify that 30% of your Contract Value should be
in the Balanced Portfolio,  40% in the Growth  Portfolio-Janus  Aspen Series and
30% in Federated  High Income Bond Fund II. Over time,  the  variations  in each
Subaccount's  investment  results will shift the balance of your Contract  Value
allocations.  Under the  Portfolio  Rebalancing  feature,  each  period,  if the
allocations change from your desired percentages, we will automatically transfer
your  Contract  Value,  including  new  Purchase  Payments  (unless  you specify
otherwise),  back to the  percentages  you  specify.  Portfolio  Rebalancing  is
consistent  with  maintaining  your  allocation  of  investments   among  market
segments,  although it is accomplished by reducing your Contract Value allocated
to the better performing segments.

You may choose to have rebalances  made monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annually,  or
annually until your Annuity Date.  Portfolio  Rebalancing is not available after
you annuitize.  We will not charge a transfer fee for Portfolio Rebalancing.  No
more than eight Subaccounts can be included in a Portfolio  Rebalancing  program
at one time.  You may not include the Fixed  Account in a Portfolio  Rebalancing
program.

You may request  Portfolio  Rebalancing  at any time before your Annuity Date by
submitting a completed  written request to us at the P.O. Box given on the first
page of this prospectus. Please call or write us for a copy of the request form.
If you stop Portfolio Rebalancing, you must wait 30 days to begin again. In your
request,  you may  specify a date for your first  rebalancing.  If you specify a
date fewer than 30 days after your  Issue  Date,  your first  rebalance  will be
delayed  one  month.  If you  request  Portfolio  Rebalancing  in your  Contract
application  and do not  specify a date for your first  rebalancing,  your first
rebalance  will occur one  period  after the Issue  Date.  For  example,  if you
specify  quarterly  rebalancing,  your first  rebalance  will occur three months
after your Issue Date.  Otherwise,  your first rebalancing will occur one period
after we receive your completed  request form. All subsequent  rebalancing  will
occur at the intervals you have specified on the day of the month that coincides
with the same day of the month as your Contract Anniversary Date.

Generally,  you may change the allocation  percentages,  frequency, or choice of
Subaccounts  at any time. If your total  Contract  Value subject to  rebalancing
falls below any minimum  value that we may  establish,  we may prohibit or limit
your use of Portfolio  Rebalancing.  You may not use Dollar Cost  Averaging  and
Portfolio  Rebalancing  at the same time. We may change,  terminate,  limit,  or
suspend Portfolio Rebalancing at any time.

                    THE INVESTMENT AND FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

SEPARATE ACCOUNT INVESTMENTS

THE PORTFOLIOS.  Each of the Subaccounts of the Separate  Account invests in the
shares of one of the Portfolios. Each Portfolio is either an open-end management
investment  company  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 or a
separate investment series of an open-end management investment company. We have
briefly   described  the  Portfolios  below.  You  should  consult  the  current
prospectuses  for the  Portfolios  for more  detailed and  complete  information
concerning  the  Portfolios.  If you do not have a  prospectus  for a Portfolio,
contact us and we will send you a copy. Appendix B contains a description of how
advertised performance data for the Subaccounts are computed.

We do not promise that the  Portfolios  will meet their  investment  objectives.
Amounts you have allocated to Subaccounts  may grow in value,  decline in value,
or grow less than you expect,  depending on the  investment  performance  of the
Portfolios in which those Subaccounts  invest. You bear the investment risk that
those Portfolios possibly will not meet their investment objectives.  You should
carefully review their prospectuses before allocating amounts to the Subaccounts
of the Separate Account.

GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

CORE SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND (investment adviser:  Goldman Sachs Asset Management)
seeks  long-term  growth of capital through a broadly  diversified  portfolio of
equity  securities of U.S.  issuers which are included in the Russell 2000 Index
at the time of investment.

INTERNATIONAL  EQUITY FUND (investment  adviser:  Goldman Sachs Asset Management
International)  seeks  long-term  capital  appreciation  through  investments in
equity  securities  of companies  that are  organized  outside the U.S. or whose
securities are principally traded outside the U.S.

J.P.  MORGAN  SERIES  TRUST  II  (investment  adviser:  J.P.  Morgan  Investment
Management Inc.)

SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO seeks to provide a high total return from a portfolio of
equity securities of small companies.  Total return will consist of realized and
unrealized  capital  gains and losses plus income less  expenses.  The Portfolio
invests  at least 65% of the value of its total  assets in the  common  stock of
small U.S. companies primarily with market capitalizations less than $1 billion.


LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, Inc. (investment adviser:  Lazard Asset Management)

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO seeks long-term capital appreciation.  This Portfolio
invests  primarily in equity  securities of non-United  States  companies  whose
principal  activities  are in  emerging  market  countries  that the  Investment
Manager  believes are undervalued  based on their  earnings,  cash flow or asset
values.

INTERNATIONAL  EQUITY  PORTFOLIO  seeks  long-term  capital  appreciation.  This
Portfolio  invests  primarily  in the equity  securities  of  non-United  States
companies  whose total market value is more than $1 billion that the  investment
adviser  believes are undervalued  based on their  earnings,  cash flow or asset
values.

LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST (manager:  LSA Asset Management LLC)

AGGRESSIVE  EQUITY FUND (investment  adviser:  Morgan Stanely Asset  Management)
seeks  to  provide  capital  appreciation  by  investment  primarily  in  equity
securities of U.S. and foreign companies.

GROWTH EQUITY FUND (investment adviser: Goldman Sachs Asset Management) seeks to
provide long-term growth of capital.

STRUCTURED EQUITY FUND (investment  adviser:  J.P. Morgan Investment  Management
Inc.)  seeks  to  provide  a  consistently  high  total  return  from a  broadly
diversified portfolio of equity securities with risk characteristics  similar to
the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index.

VALUE EQUITY FUND (investment  adviser:  Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc.)
seeks to provide  long-term growth of capital with current income as a secondary
objective.

BALANCED FUND (investment adviser: OpCap Advisor) seeks to provide a combination
of growth of capital  and  investment  income  (growth of capital is the primary
objective) by investing in a mix of equity and debt.

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS (investment  adviser:  Morgan Stanely
Asset Management, Inc. and Miller Anderson & Sherrerd, LLP)

MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO seeks long term capital growth by investing primarily in
common stocks and other equity securities.  The Advisor  particularly focuses on
the  expectations  of stock  analysts  and  invests the  Portfolio  in stocks of
companies  that it believes  will report  earnings  growth  exceeding  analysts'
expectations.  The equity capitalization of these companies will generally match
those in the S&P MidCap 400 index (currently $500 million to $6 billion).

MID CAP VALUE  PORTFOLIO seeks above average total return over a market cycle of
three to five years by investing in common  stocks and other equity  securities.
The Portfolio  focuses on stocks that the Advisor believes are undervalued based
on its proprietary measures of value. The equity capitalization of the companies
the Portfolio  invests in will generally match those in the S&P MidCap 400 Index
(currently  $500 million to $6 billion).  The  Portfolio may invest to a limited
extent in foreign equity securities.

HIGH YIELD  PORTFOLIO  seeks  above-average  total return over a market cycle of
three  to five  years  by  investing  primarily  in a  portfolio  of high  yield
securities.  The Portfolio invests primarily in high yield securities  (commonly
referred  to as "junk  bonds").  The  Portfolio  also may invest in other  fixed
income securities,  including U.S. Government  securities,  mortgage securities,
and investment grade corporate bonds.

OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST (investment adviser:  OpCap Advisors Balanced)

EQUITY  PORTFOLIO seeks long term capital  appreciation.  The Portfolio  invests
primarily in equity securities listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO seeks capital appreciation.  The Portfolio invests primarily
in equity securities of companies with market capitalizations under $1 billion.

PIMCO  VARIABLE   INSURANCE  TRUST  (investment   adviser:   pacific  Investment
Management Company and PIMCO Advisers L.P.)

STOCKSPLUS  GROWTH AND INCOME  PORTFOLIO  seeks to achieve a total  return which
exceeds the total return  performance  of the S&P 500. The Portfolio  invests in
common  stocks,  options,  futures,  options on futures and swaps.  Under normal
market conditions,  the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets in S&P
500  derivatives,  backed  by a  portfolio  of  Fixed  Income  Instruments.  The
Portfolio uses S&P 500  derivatives in addition to or in place of S&P 500 stocks
to attempt to equal or exceed the performance of the S&P 500.

FOREIGN  BOND  PORTFOLIO  seeks  to  maximize  total  return,   consistent  with
preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The Portfolio invests
under  normal  circumstances  at  least  85%  of  its  assets  in  Fixed  Income
instruments of issuers located outside the United States,  representing at least
three  foreign  countries,   which  may  be  represented  by  futures  contracts
(including related options) with respect to such securities, and options on such
securities,  when the Adviser deems it  appropriate to do so. The Portfolio will
hedge at least 75% of its exposure to foreign currency.

TOTAL RETURN BOND  PORTFOLIO  seeks to maximize  total return,  consistent  with
preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The Portfolio invests
under normal circumstances at least 65% of its assets in a diversified portfolio
of Fixed  Income  Instruments  of  varying  maturities.  The  average  portfolio
duration of this  Portfolio  will normally vary within a three- to six-year time
frame based on the Adviser's forecast for interest rates.

MONEY MARKET  PORTFOLIO seeks to obtain maximum  current income  consistent with
preservation  of capital and daily  liquidity.  The  Portfolio  also attempts to
maintain  a stable  net asset  value of $1.00 per  share,  although  there is no
assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

SALOMON  BROTHERS  VARIABLE  SERIES FUNDS  (investment  adviser:  Salomon  Asset
Management)

CAPITAL FUND seeks capital  appreciation through investment and securities which
the manager believes have above-average capital appreciation potential. The Fund
invests  primarily in equity securities of U.S.  Companies.  These companies may
range in size from established  large  capitalization  (over 5 billion in market
capitalization) companies to small capitalization (less than 1 billion in market
capitalization) companies at the beginning of their life cycles.

Each Portfolio is subject to certain investment  restrictions and policies which
may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the shareholders of the
Portfolio.  See the  accompanying  Prospectuses  of the  Portfolios  for further
information.

We automatically reinvest all dividends and capital gains distributions from the
Portfolios in shares of the distributing Portfolio at their net asset value. The
income  and  realized  and  unrealized  gains or  losses  on the  assets of each
Subaccount  are separate and are credited to or charged  against the  particular
Subaccount  without regard to income,  gains or losses from any other Subaccount
or from any other part of our  business.  We will use the net Purchase  Payments
you allocate to a Subaccount to purchase shares in the  corresponding  Portfolio
and will redeem shares in the  Portfolios to meet Contract  obligations  or make
adjustments  in reserves.  The Portfolios are required to redeem their shares at
net asset value and to make payment within seven days.

Some of the Portfolios have been established by investment advisers which manage
publicly  traded mutual funds having  similar names and  investment  objectives.
While some of the Portfolios may be similar to, and may in fact be modeled after
publicly traded mutual funds, you should  understand that the Portfolios are not
otherwise directly related to any publicly traded mutual fund. Consequently, the
investment  performance of publicly  traded mutual funds and any similarly named
Portfolio may differ substantially.

Certain of the Portfolios sell their shares to separate accounts underlying both
variable life insurance and variable annuity  contracts.  It is conceivable that
in the  future  it may be  unfavorable  for  variable  life  insurance  separate
accounts and variable annuity separate accounts to invest in the same Portfolio.
Although  neither  we nor any of the  Portfolios  currently  foresees  any  such
disadvantages  either to variable life  insurance or variable  annuity  contract
owners,  each Portfolio's  Board of Directors intends to monitor events in order
to identify any material  conflicts  between  variable life and variable annuity
contract  owners  and to  determine  what  action,  if any,  should  be taken in
response  thereto.  If a Board  of  Directors  were to  conclude  that  separate
investment  funds should be established  for variable life and variable  annuity
separate accounts, Lincoln Benefit will bear the attendant expenses.

VOTING RIGHTS.  As a general matter,  you do not have a direct right to vote the
shares of the  Portfolios  held by the  Subaccounts  to which you have allocated
your Contract  Value.  Under current law,  however,  you are entitled to give us
instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters.  We will notify you
when your instructions are needed. We will also provide proxy materials or other
information  to  assist  you in  understanding  the  matter  at  issue.  We will
determine the number of shares for which you may give voting  instructions as of
the record date set by the relevant  Portfolio  for the  shareholder  meeting at
which the vote will occur.

As a general rule,  before the Annuity Date, you are the person entitled to give
voting  instructions.  After  the  Annuity  Date,  the  payee  is  that  person.
Retirement  plans,  however,  may  have  different  rules  for  voting  by  plan
participants.

If you send us written voting instructions,  we will follow your instructions in
voting the Portfolio shares attributable to your Contract. If you do not send us
written  instructions,  we will vote the shares attributable to your Contract in
the  same  proportions  as we  vote  the  shares  for  which  we  have  received
instructions from other Contract Owners. We will vote shares that we hold in the
same  proportions as we vote the shares for which we have received  instructions
from other Contract Owners.

We may,  when  required by state  insurance  regulatory  authorities,  disregard
Contract Owner voting  instructions if the instructions  require that the shares
be  voted  so as to  cause a  change  in the  sub-classification  or  investment
objective  of one or more of the  Portfolios  or to  approve  or  disapprove  an
investment advisory contract for one or more of the Portfolios.

In addition,  we may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes initiated
by Contract Owners in the investment objectives or the investment adviser of the
Portfolios  if we  reasonably  disapprove  of  the  proposed  change.  We  would
disapprove a proposed  change only if the  proposed  change is contrary to state
law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities or we reasonably conclude that
the proposed  change would not be consistent  with the investment  objectives of
the  Portfolio or would result in the purchase of  securities  for the Portfolio
which vary from the general  quality and nature of  investments  and  investment
techniques utilized by the Portfolio.  If we disregard voting  instructions,  we
will  include a summary of that  action and our  reasons  for that action in the
next semi-annual financial report to you.

This  description  reflects  our view of  currently  applicable  law. If the law
changes or our  interpretation  of the law  changes,  we may decide  that we are
permitted to vote the Portfolio shares without  obtaining  instructions from our
Contract Owners, and we may choose to do so.

ADDITIONS,  DELETIONS, AND SUBSTITUTIONS OF SECURITIES.  If the shares of any of
the Portfolios are no longer available for investment by the Separate Account or
if, in the judgment of our Board of Directors,  further investment in the shares
of a Portfolio is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Contract,
we may add or  substitute  shares  of  another  Portfolio  or  mutual  fund  for
Portfolio shares already  purchased or to be purchased in the future by Purchase
Payments under the Contract. Any substitution of securities will comply with the
requirements of the 1940 Act.

We also reserve the right to make the following  changes in the operation of the
Separate Account and the Subaccounts:

(a)  to operate the Separate Account in any form permitted by law;

(b)  to take any action  necessary to comply with  applicable  law or obtain and
     continue any exemption from applicable laws;

(c)  to transfer  assets from one Subaccount to another,  or from any subaccount
     to our general account;

(d)  to add, combine, or remove Subaccounts in the Separate Account; and

(e)  to change the way in which we assess charges,  as long as the total charges
     do not exceed the maximum  amount that may be charged the Separate  Account
     and the Portfolios in connection with the Contracts.

If we take any of these actions,  we will comply with the then applicable  legal
requirements.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

GENERAL.  You may allocate  part or all of your  Purchase  Payments to the Fixed
Account in states where it is available.  Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account
become part of the general assets of Lincoln Benefit.  Allstate Life invests the
assets of the general  account in accordance  with applicable laws governing the
investments of insurance company general accounts.  The Fixed Account may not be
available  in all  states.  Please  contact  us at  1-800-525-9287  for  current
information.

GUARANTEED MATURITY FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. We will credit interest to each amount
allocated to the  Guaranteed  Maturity  Fixed Account Option at a specified rate
for a  specified  Guarantee  Period.  You select the  Guarantee  Period for each
amount that you allocate to this option.  We will declare the interest rate that
we will  guarantee  to credit to that  amount for that  Guarantee  Period.  Each
amount  allocated to a Guarantee Period under this option must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of  additional  Purchase  Payments that
may be allocated to this option.

We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee  Periods we are offering at a
particular time. We may offer Guarantee Periods ranging from one to ten years in
length.  We will  decide in our  discretion  which  Guarantee  Periods to offer.
Currently,  we offer Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven and ten years.
In the  future we may offer  Guarantee  Periods  of  different  lengths  or stop
offering some Guarantee Periods.

We will credit  interest  daily to each amount  allocated to a Guarantee  Period
under this option at a rate which  compounds to the  effective  annual  interest
rate that we declared at the beginning of the applicable  Guarantee  Period.  We
will not change the interest rate credited to a particular  allocation until the
end of the relevant  Guarantee Period.  We may declare different  interest rates
for Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times.

The  following  example  illustrates  how a Purchase  Payment  allocated to this
option  would  grow,  given an assumed  Guarantee  Period and  effective  annual
interest rate:

EXAMPLE

Purchase Payment                        $10,000
Guarantee Period                        5 years
Effective Annual Rate                     4.50%
Credit Enhancement                         $400

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              END OF CONTRACT YEAR

                                       YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4      YEAR 5
                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
Beginning Contract Value             $10,400.00
  X (1 + Effective Annual Rate)        X  1.045
                                      ---------
                                     $10,868.00
Contract Value at end of Contract Year           $10,868.00
  X (1 + Effective Annual Rate)                    X  1.045
                                                  ---------
                                                 $11,357.06
Contract Value at end of Contract Year                       $11,357.06
  X (1 + Effective Annual Rate)                                X  1.045
                                                              ---------
                                                             $11,868.13
Contract Value at end of Contract Year                                   $11,868.13
  X (1 + Effective Annual Rate)                                            X  1.045
                                                                          ---------
                                                                         $12,402.19
Contract Value at end of Contract Year                                                $12,402.19
  X (1 + Effective Annual Rate)                                                         X  1.045
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                      $12,960.29
</TABLE>

Total  Interest  Credited  During  Guarantee  Period  =  $2,560.29   ($12,960.29
- -$10,400)

NOTE: This example assumes no withdrawals  during the entire five year Guarantee
Period. If you were to make a partial withdrawal, you might be required to pay a
Withdrawal  Charge and the amount withdrawn might be increased or decreased by a
Market Value  Adjustment.  The  hypothetical  interest rate is for  illustrative
purposes  only  and is not  intended  to  predict  future  interest  rates to be
declared under the Contract.

We have no specific  formula for  determining  the rate of interest that we will
declare  initially or in the future.  We will set those  interest rates based on
relevant  factors  such as  then  current  interest  rates,  regulatory  and tax
requirements, our sales commission and administrative expenses, general economic
trends, and competitive factors.  For current interest rate information,  please
contact us at 1-800-525-9287.

WE WILL DETERMINE THE INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED IN OUR SOLE  DISCRETION.  WE
CAN NEITHER PREDICT NOR GUARANTEE WHAT THOSE RATES WILL BE IN THE FUTURE.

At the end of each Guarantee  Period,  we will mail you a notice asking you what
to do with the  relevant  amount,  including  the accrued  interest.  During the
30-day period after the end of the Guarantee Period, you may:

(1)  take no action.  If so, we will  automatically  keep the relevant amount in
     the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option. The new Guarantee Period will
     be the same length as the expiring  Guarantee  Period and will begin on the
     day the previous  Guarantee  Period ends. The new interest rate will be our
     then current declared rate for Guarantee Periods of that length; or

(2)  allocate the relevant  Contract Value to one or more new Guarantee  Periods
     of your choice in the  Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account  Option.  The new
     Guarantee  Period(s)  will begin on the day the previous  Guarantee  Period
     ends.  The new  interest  rate will be our then current  declared  rate for
     those Guarantee Periods; or

(3)  instruct us to transfer all or a portion of the  relevant  amount to one or
     more  Subaccounts.  We will effect the  transfer on the day we receive your
     instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a Market
     Value Adjustment; or

(4)  withdraw  all or a  portion  of  the  relevant  amount  through  a  partial
     withdrawal. You may be required to pay a Withdrawal Charge, but we will not
     adjust  the amount  withdrawn  to include a Market  Value  Adjustment.  The
     amount  withdrawn  will be  deemed to have  been  withdrawn  on the day the
     Guarantee Period ends.

Under our  Automatic  Laddering  Program,  you may choose,  in  advance,  to use
Guarantee Periods of the same length for all renewals in the Guaranteed Maturity
Fixed  Account  Option.  You can  select  this  program  at any time  during the
Accumulation  Period,  including  on the Issue Date.  We will apply  renewals to
Guarantee Periods of the selected length until you direct us in writing to stop.
We may stop offering this program at any time.

MARKET  VALUE  ADJUSTMENT.  We may  increase  or  decrease  the  amount  of some
transactions  involving your interest in the  Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account
Option to include a Market Value Adjustment.  The formula for determining Market
Value Adjustments  reflects changes in interest rates since the beginning of the
relevant  Guarantee  Period.  As a result,  you will bear some of the investment
risk on amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option.

As a general  rule,  we will apply a Market Value  Adjustment  to the  following
transactions involving your Fixed Account balance:

(1)  when you withdraw funds from the  Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account Option
     in an amount greater than the Free Withdrawal  Amount, as described on page
     32 below;

(2)  when you transfer funds from the  Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account Option
     to the Subaccounts;

(3)  when you allocate  part of your balance in the  Guaranteed  Maturity  Fixed
     Account  Option to a new  Guarantee  Period  before the end of the existing
     Guarantee Period;

(4)  when you annuitize your Contract; and

(5)  when we pay a death benefit.

We will not apply a Market  Value  Adjustment  to a  transaction,  to the extent
that:  (1) it  occurs  within  30  days  after  the  end of a  Guarantee  Period
applicable  to  the  funds  involved  in the  transaction;  or  (2)  you  make a
withdrawal  to satisfy the IRS'  required  minimum  distribution  rules for this
Contract.

The formula for calculating  Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix C
to this prospectus,  which also contains  additional examples of the application
of the  Market  Value  Adjustment.  This  formula  primarily  compares:  (1) the
Treasury Rate at the time of the relevant  transaction  for a maturity  equal in
length  to the  relevant  Guarantee  Period;  and (2) the  Treasury  Rate at the
beginning  of the  Guarantee  Period  for a  maturity  equal  in  length  to the
Guarantee  Period.  Generally,  if the  Treasury  Rate at the  beginning  of the
Guarantee  Period is higher than the  corresponding  current Treasury Rate, then
the  Market  Value  Adjustment  will  increase  the  amount  payable  to  you or
transferred.  Similarly,  if the Treasury Rate at the beginning of the Guarantee
Period is lower than the  corresponding  current  Treasury Rate, then the Market
Value Adjustment will reduce the amount payable to you or transferred.

For  example,  assume  that you  purchased  a Contract  and  selected an initial
Guarantee Period of five years and the five-year Treasury Rate for that duration
is 4.50%.  Assume that at the end of three years, you make a partial withdrawal.
If, at that later time, the current  five-year  Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the
Market Value  Adjustment  will be positive,  which will result in an increase in
the amount payable to you. Similarly,  if the current five-year Treasury Rate is
4.80%, then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

DOLLAR COST  AVERAGING  FIXED ACCOUNT  OPTION.  You may also  allocate  Purchase
Payments to the Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Fixed  Account  Option.  We will credit
interest to Purchase Payments allocated to this option for up to one year at the
current rate that we declare when you make the allocation.  The effective annual
rate will never be less than 3%. You may not transfer  funds to this option from
the Subaccounts or the Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account Option. We will follow
your instructions in transferring amounts from this option to the Subaccounts or
the  Guaranteed  Maturity  Fixed  Account  Option on a monthly  basis  only,  as
described  in  "Automatic  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Program"  on page 23 of this
prospectus.
                                ANNUITY BENEFITS

ANNUITY  DATE.  You may  select  the  Annuity  Date,  which is the date on which
annuity payments are to begin, in your application. The Annuity Date must always
be the business day immediately following the tenth day of a calendar month.

The  Annuity  Date may be no later than the Latest  Annuity  Date.  As a general
rule, the Latest  Annuity Date is the later of the 10th Contract  Anniversary or
the  Annuitant's  90th  birthday.  If your  Contract  was issued  pursuant  to a
Qualified Plan, however, the Tax Code generally requires you to begin to take at
least a minimum distribution by the later of:

- -    the year of your separation from service; or

- -    April 1 of the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year in which you
     attain age 70 1/2.

If your Contract is issued pursuant to Section 408 of the Tax Code  (traditional
IRAs),  you must begin taking minimum  distributions  by April 1 of the calendar
year  following  the  calendar  year in which you reach age 70 1/2.  No  minimum
distributions  are  required by the Tax Code for  Contracts  issued  pursuant to
Section 408A (Roth IRAs).

If you are in a Qualified  Plan,  we may require  you to  annuitize  by the date
required  by the Tax Code,  unless you show us that you are  meeting the minimum
distribution requirements in some other way.

If you do not select an Annuity Date, the Latest Annuity Date will automatically
become the Annuity Date. You may change the Annuity Date by writing to us at the
address given on the first page of the prospectus.

ANNUITY OPTIONS.  You may elect an Annuity Option at any time before the Annuity
Date.  As part of your  election,  you may choose  the length of the  applicable
guaranteed payment period within the limits available for your chosen Option. If
you do not select an Annuity  Option,  we will pay monthly  annuity  payments in
accordance with the applicable default Option. The default Options are:

- -    Option A with 10 years (120 months) guaranteed, if you have designated only
     one Annuitant; and

- -    Option B with 10 years  (120  months)  guaranteed,  if you have  designated
     joint Annuitants.

You may freely change your choice of Annuity Option,  as long as you request the
change at least thirty days before the Annuity Date.

Three  Annuity  Options are  generally  available  under the  Contract.  Each is
available in the form of:

- -    a Fixed Annuity;

- -    a Variable Annuity; or

- -    a combination of both Fixed and Variable Annuity.

The three Annuity Options are:

OPTION A, LIFE  ANNUITY  WITH  PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED  FOR 5 TO 20 YEARS.  We make
periodic payments at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the Annuitant dies
before all of the guaranteed  payments have been made, we will pay the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary.

OPTION B, JOINT AND  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY,  WITH  PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED  FOR 5 TO 20
YEARS. We make periodic payments at least as long as either the Annuitant or the
joint  Annuitant is alive.  If both the  Annuitant  and the Joint  Annuitant die
before all of the guaranteed  payments have been made, we will pay the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary.

OPTION C,  PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED  PERIOD  CERTAIN OF 5 YEARS TO 30 YEARS.  We
make periodic  payments for the period you have chosen.  If the  Annuitant  dies
before all of the guaranteed  payments have been made, we will pay the remaining
guaranteed  payments to the Beneficiary.  If you elect this option,  and request
Variable Annuity payments, you may at any time before the period expires request
a lump sum payment,  subject to a Withdrawal Charge. We will charge a Withdrawal
Charge on any portion of your lump sum payment attributable to Purchase Payments
made within the prior eight years.  The amount of the Withdrawal  Charge will be
determined  as  described  in  "Withdrawal  Charges" on pages [ ] below.  If you
elected Variable Annuity payments,  the lump sum payment after Withdrawal Charge
will depend on:

- -    the investment results of the Subaccounts you have selected,

- -    the Contract Value at the time you elected annuitization,

- -    the length of the remaining period for which the payee would be entitled to
     payments.

No lump sum payment is available if you request  Fixed Annuity  payments.If  you
purchased  your Contract  under a retirement  plan,  you may have a more limited
selection  of Annuity  Options to choose  from.  You  should  consult  your Plan
documents to see what is available.

You may not "annuitize"  your Contract for a lump sum payment.  Instead,  before
the Annuity Date you may surrender your Contract for a lump sum. As described in
page [ ] above,  however, we will subtract any applicable  Withdrawal Charge and
increase or decrease  your  surrender  proceeds by any  applicable  Market Value
Adjustment.

OTHER  OPTIONS.  We may have other  Annuity  Options  available.  You may obtain
information about them by writing or calling us.

If your Contract is issued under  Sections 401,  403(b),  408 or 408A of the Tax
Code, we will only make payments to you and/or your spouse.

ANNUITY  PAYMENTS:  GENERAL.  On the Annuity Date, we will apply the  Annuitized
Value of your  Contract  to the Annuity  Option you have  chosen.  Your  annuity
payments may consist of Variable Annuity payments or Fixed Annuity payments or a
combination of the two. We will determine the amount of your annuity payments as
described in "Variable  Annuity  Payments" and "Fixed Annuity Payments" on pages
37 below.

You must notify us in writing at least 30 days  before the Annuity  Date how you
wish to  allocate  your  Annuitized  Value  between  Variable  Annuity and Fixed
Annuity  payments.  You must  apply at least  the  Contract  Value in the  Fixed
Account on the Annuity Date to Fixed Annuity payments.  If you wish to apply any
portion of your Fixed Account  balance to your Variable  Annuity  payments,  you
should  plan ahead and  transfer  that  amount to the  Subaccounts  prior to the
Annuity Date.  If you do not tell us how to allocate  your Contract  Value among
Fixed and Variable  Annuity  payments,  we will apply your Contract Value in the
Separate  Account to Variable  Annuity  payments and your Contract  Value in the
Fixed Account to Fixed Annuity payments.

Annuity payments begin on the Annuity Date. We make subsequent  annuity payments
on the tenth of the month or, if the NYSE is closed on that day, the next day on
which the NYSE is open for business.

Annuity  payments  will be made in  monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual
installments  as you select.  If the amount  available to apply under an Annuity
Option is less than $5,000,  however,  and state law  permits,  we may pay you a
lump sum instead of the periodic payments you have chosen.  In addition,  if the
first  annuity  payment would be less than $50, and state law permits us, we may
reduce the  frequency  of payments so that the initial  payment will be at least
$50.

We may defer  for up to 15 days the  payment  of any  amount  attributable  to a
Purchase Payment made by check to allow the check reasonable time to clear.

YOU MAY NOT WITHDRAW  CONTRACT VALUE DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD, IF WE ARE MAKING
PAYMENTS TO YOU UNDER ANY ANNUITY OPTION, SUCH AS OPTION A OR B ABOVE, INVOLVING
PAYMENT  TO THE  PAYEE  FOR LIFE OR ANY  COMBINATION  OF  PAYMENTS  FOR LIFE AND
MINIMUM GUARANTEE PERIOD FOR A PREDETERMINED NUMBER OF YEARS.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY  PAYMENTS.  One basic  objective of the Contract is to provide
Variable  Annuity  Payments  which will to some degree respond to changes in the
economic  environment.  The amount of your Variable Annuity Payments will depend
upon the investment  results of the Subaccounts  you have selected,  any premium
taxes,  the age and sex of the  Annuitant,  and the Annuity  Option  chosen.  We
guarantee  that  the  Payments  will not be  affected  by (1)  actual  mortality
experience and (2) the amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot  predict  the total  amount of your  Variable  Annuity  payments.  The
Variable Annuity payments may be more or less than your total Purchase  Payments
because (a) Variable  Annuity  payments vary with the investment  results of the
underlying  Portfolios;  and (b) Annuitants may die before their  actuarial life
expectancy is achieved.

The length of any guaranteed  payment period under your selected  Annuity Option
will affect the dollar amounts of each Variable  Annuity  payment.  As a general
rule,  longer  guarantee  periods result in lower periodic  payments,  all other
things  being  equal.  For  example,  if a life  Annuity  Option with no minimum
guaranteed  payment  period is chosen,  the Variable  Annuity  payments  will be
greater than Variable  Annuity  payments  under an Annuity  Option for a minimum
specified period and guaranteed thereafter for life.

The  investment  results of the  Subaccounts  to which you have  allocated  your
Contract  Value  will also  affect  the  amount  of your  periodic  payment.  In
calculating  the amount of the  periodic  payments in the annuity  tables in the
Contract,  we assumed  an annual  investment  rate of 3 1/2%.  If the actual net
investment  return is less than the  assumed  investment  rate,  then the dollar
amount of the Variable Annuity payments will decrease.  The dollar amount of the
Variable  Annuity  payments will stay level if the net investment  return equals
the  assumed  investment  rate and the  dollar  amount of the  Variable  Annuity
payments  will  increase  if the  net  investment  return  exceeds  the  assumed
investment rate. You should consult the Statement of Additional  Information for
more detailed information as to how we determine Variable Annuity Payments.

FIXED  ANNUITY  PAYMENTS.  You may choose to apply a portion of your  Annuitized
Value to provide Fixed Annuity payments.  We determine the Fixed Annuity payment
amount by applying the  applicable  Annuitized  Value to the Annuity  Option you
have selected.

As a general rule,  subsequent Fixed Annuity payments will be equal in amount to
the initial  payment.  However,  as described in  "Transfers  During the Annuity
Period"  below,  after the  Annuity  Date,  you will have a limited  ability  to
increase the amount of your Fixed Annuity  payments by making transfers from the
Subaccounts.

We may defer making Fixed  Annuity  payments for a period of up to six months or
whatever  shorter time state law may require.  During the  deferral  period,  we
credit interest at a rate at least as high as state law requires.

TRANSFERS DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD.  During the Annuity Period, you will have a
limited  ability to make  transfers  among the  Subaccounts  so as to change the
relative  weighting of the Subaccounts on which your Variable  Annuity  payments
will be based.  In addition,  you will have a limited  ability to make transfers
from the  Subaccounts  to  increase  the  proportion  of your  annuity  payments
consisting of Fixed Annuity payments. You may not, however,  convert any portion
of your right to receive Fixed Annuity payments into Variable Annuity payments.

You may not make any  transfers for the first six months after the Annuity Date.
Thereafter,  you may make transfers among the Subaccounts or make transfers from
the Subaccounts to increase your Fixed Annuity payments.  Your transfers must be
at least six months apart.

DEATH BENEFIT DURING ANNUITY  PERIOD.  After annuity  payments  begin,  upon the
death of the  Annuitant  and any Joint  Annuitant,  we will  make any  remaining
annuity  payments  to the  Beneficiary.  The amount and number of these  annuity
payments  will  depend  on the  Annuity  Option  in  effect  at the  time of the
Annuitant's  death.  After the Annuitant's death, any remaining interest will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the Annuitant's death.

CERTAIN  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. In some states,  the Contracts  offered by this
prospectus  contain  life  annuity  tables that  provide for  different  benefit
payments  to men and  women  of the  same  age.  In  certain  employment-related
situations,  however,  the U.S.  Supreme Court's  decision in ARIZONA  GOVERNING
COMMITTEE V. NORRIS  requires  employers to use the same annuity  tables for men
and women.  Accordingly,  if the  Contract is to be used in  connection  with an
employment-related retirement or benefit plan and we do not offer unisex annuity
tables in your state,  you should  consult with legal  counsel as to whether the
purchase of a Contract is appropriate under NORRIS.

                            OTHER CONTRACT BENEFITS

DEATH BENEFIT. We will pay a distribution on death, if:

(1) the Contract is in force;

(2) annuity payments have not begun; and

(3) either:

     (a)  you die; or

     (b)  if the  Contract  is owned by a company  or other  legal  entity,  the
          Annuitant dies.

Currently,  we will pay a  distribution  on death  equal in  amount to the Death
Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit, as appropriate.  Under the Contract, however,
we have the right to pay a distribution  equal in amount to the Surrender  Value
unless:

(1)  the  Beneficiary  chooses to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum within
     180 days of the date of death; and

(2)  the  Beneficiary  requests that the Death Benefit be paid as of the date we
     receive the completed claim for a distribution on death.

We currently are waiving this 180 day  limitation,  but we may enforce it in the
future.  If we do, we will calculate the  distribution  as of the earlier of the
requested distribution date or the fifth anniversary of the date of death.

We determine the Death Benefit as of the date we receive all of the  information
we need to process the Death Benefit claim. The standard Death Benefit under the
Contract is the greatest of the following:

(1)  the total  Purchase  Payments,  less a withdrawal  adjustment for any prior
     partial withdrawals;

(2)  the Contract Value on the date as of which we calculate the Death Benefit.

(3)  the Surrender Value;

(4)  the Contract Value on the eighth  Contract  Anniversary and each subsequent
     Contract  Anniversary  evenly  divisible  by eight,  increased by the total
     Purchase  Payments  since that  anniversary  and  reduced  by a  withdrawal
     adjustment for any partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

The  withdrawal  adjustment for the Death Benefit will equal (a) divided by (b),
with the result multiplied by (c), where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount;

(b) = the Contract Value immediately before the withdrawal; and

(c) =  the  value  of  the  applicable  Death  Benefit  immediately  before  the
       withdrawal.

A claim for a distribution  on death must be submitted  before the Annuity Date.
As part of the claim, the Beneficiary must provide "Due Proof of Death". We will
accept the following documentation as Due Proof of Death:

- -    a certified original copy of the Death Certificate;

- -    a certified copy of a court decree as to the finding of death; or

- -    a written  statement  of a medical  doctor who attended the deceased at the
     time of death.

In addition, in our discretion we may accept other types of proof.

We will pay the Death  Benefit in a lump sum within  seven days of  receiving  a
completed claim for a distribution on death,  unless the Beneficiary selects one
of the other alternatives described below.

If the  Beneficiary is a natural  person,  the  Beneficiary  may choose from the
following alternative ways of receiving the distribution:

- -    the Beneficiary may receive the distribution as a lump sum payment;

- -    the  Beneficiary  may apply the  distribution  to receive a series of equal
     periodic payments over the life of the Beneficiary,  over a fixed period no
     longer  than the  Beneficiary's  life  expectancy,  or over the life of the
     Beneficiary  with payments  guaranteed  for a period not to exceed the life
     expectancy of the  Beneficiary  (the payments must begin within one year of
     the date of death); or

- -    if there is only one  Beneficiary,  he or she may defer  payment  for up to
     five years from the date of death.  Any remaining funds must be distributed
     at the end of the  five-year  period.  An Annuitant  is necessary  for this
     option. If prior to your death you were the Annuitant, the Beneficiary will
     become the new Annuitant.

If your spouse is the Beneficiary, he or she may choose to continue the Contract
as the new Contract Owner. If your spouse chooses to continue the Contract,  the
following conditions apply:

(1)   On the day the Contract is continued, we will set the Contract Value equal
      to the Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit, as appropriate, calculated
      as of the date on  which  we  receive  all of the  information  we need to
      process your spouse's  request to continue the Contract  after your death.
      Because the Death  Benefit and  Enhanced  Death  Benefit can never be less
      than the then current  Contract Value, our resetting the Contract will not
      cause the Contract  Value to  decrease.  During the  continuation  period,
      however,  the  Contract  Value will  continue  to  increase or decrease to
      reflect the investment  performance of the Subaccounts,  interest credited
      to the Fixed  Account,  and charges and expenses  under the  Contract,  as
      described in this prospectus.

(2)   Within one year of the date of death,  your spouse may  withdraw  one lump
      sum without  paying any  Withdrawal  Charge or incurring  any Market Value
      Adjustment;

(3)   During the  continuation  period,  currently we will pay a distribution on
      death  equal to the  Death  Benefit  or the  Enhanced  Death  Benefit,  as
      appropriate,  determined  as of the date on which we receive  due proof of
      your spouse's death. As described  above, we also reserve the right to pay
      a  distribution  equal in amount to the Surrender  Value as of the date on
      which we receive due proof of death.  The standard  Death Benefit  payable
      upon your spouse's  death will be calculated  using the formula  described
      above.  Thus,  the amount of the  distribution  on death may  increase  or
      decrease  during  the  continuation  period,  depending  on changes in the
      Contract Value and other  Contract  transactions  during the  continuation
      period.

(4)  If before your death you were the Annuitant,  your surviving spouse becomes
     the Annuitant.

(5)   If you selected the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider or the Enhanced Death and
      Income Benefit  Rider,  that rider will continue  during the  continuation
      period.  Your  spouse  will be treated  as the  Contract  Owner  under the
      applicable Rider.

Your surviving spouse may also select one of the options listed above.

If the Beneficiary is a company or other legal entity, then the Beneficiary must
receive the Death  Benefit in a lump sum,  and the options  listed above are not
available.

Different  rules may apply to  Contracts  issued in  connection  with  Qualified
Plans.

ENHANCED  DEATH BENEFIT RIDER:  When you purchase your Contract,  you may select
the Enhanced  Death Benefit Rider.  If you are not an  individual,  the Enhanced
Death Benefit applies only to the  Annuitant's  death. If you select this rider,
the Death Benefit will be the greater of the value  provided in your Contract or
the Enhanced  Death  Benefit.  The Enhanced Death Benefit will be the greater of
the Enhanced Death Benefit A and Enhanced  Death Benefit B. As described  below,
we will charge a higher  mortality  and  expense  risk charge if you select this
Rider.

ENHANCED  DEATH  BENEFIT A. At issue,  Enhanced  Death Benefit A is equal to the
initial  Purchase  Payment.  After issue,  Enhanced  Death Benefit A is adjusted
whenever you pay a Purchase  Payment or make a withdrawal  and on each  Contract
Anniversary as follows:

- -    When you pay a Purchase Payment,  we will increase Enhanced Death Benefit A
     by the amount of the Purchase Payment;

- -    When you make a withdrawal,  we will decrease Enhanced Death Benefit A by a
     withdrawal adjustment, as described below; and

- -    On each Contract Anniversary, we will set Enhanced Death Benefit A equal to
     the greater of the Contract Value on that Contract  Anniversary or the most
     recently calculated Death Benefit A.

If you do not pay any  additional  purchase  payments  or make any  withdrawals,
Enhanced  Death  Benefit A will equal the highest of the  Contract  Value on the
Issue Date and all Contract  Anniversaries  prior to the date we  calculate  the
Death Benefit.

We will  continuously  adjust  Enhanced Death Benefit A as described above until
the oldest  Contract  Owner's 85th  birthday or, if the Contract  Owner is not a
living  individual,  the Annuitant's 85th birthday.  Thereafter,  we will adjust
Enhanced Death Benefit A only for Purchase Payments and withdrawals.

ENHANCED  DEATH BENEFIT B.  Enhanced  Death Benefit B is equal to (a) your total
Purchase Payments, (b) reduced by any withdrawal adjustments and (c) accumulated
daily at an effective  annual rate of 5% per year,  until:  (1) the first day of
the month  following  the oldest  Contract  owner's 85th  birthday or (2) if the
Contract  Owner is a  company  or  other  legal  entity,  the  Annuitant's  85th
birthday.  Thereafter,  we will only adjust  Enhanced Death Benefit B to reflect
additional  Purchase  Payments and  withdrawals.  Enhanced  Death Benefit B will
never be greater than the maximum  death  benefit  allowed by any  nonforfeiture
laws which govern the Contract.

The  withdrawal  adjustment for both Enhanced Death Benefit A and Enhanced Death
Benefit B will equal (a)  divided by (b),  with the  result  multiplied  by (c),
where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount;

(b) = the Contract Value immediately before the withdrawal; and

(c)  =  the  most  recently  calculated  Enhanced  Death  Benefit  A  or  B,  as
        appropriate.


BENEFICIARY.  You  name  the  Beneficiary.  You may  name a  Beneficiary  in the
application.  You may change the Beneficiary or add additional  Beneficiaries at
any time before the Annuity  Date. We will provide a form to be signed and filed
with us.

Your changes in  Beneficiary  take effect when we receive them,  effective as of
the date you signed the form. Until we receive your change instructions,  we are
entitled  to rely on your most  recent  instructions  in our  files.  We are not
liable for making a payment to a Beneficiary shown in our files or treating that
person in any other  respect  as the  Beneficiary.  Accordingly,  if you wish to
change your beneficiary, you should deliver your instructions to us promptly.

If you did not name a  Beneficiary  or if the  named  Beneficiary  is no  longer
living, the Beneficiary will be:

- -  your spouse if he or she is still alive; or, if he or she is no longer alive,

- -  your surviving children equally; or if you have no surviving children,

- -  your estate.

If you name more than one  Beneficiary,  we will divide the Death  Benefit among
your Beneficiaries  according to your most recent written  instructions.  If you
have not given us written  instructions,  we will pay the Death Benefit in equal
shares to the  Beneficiaries.  If one of the  Beneficiaries  dies before you, we
will divide the Death Benefit among the surviving Beneficiaries.

Different  rules may apply to  Contracts  issued in  connection  with  Qualified
Plans.

CONTRACT  LOANS  FOR  401(a),  401(k),  AND  403(b)  CONTRACTS.  Subject  to the
restrictions described below, we will make loans to the Owner of a Contract used
in  connection  with a Tax  Sheltered  Annuity Plan ("TSA  Plan") under  Section
403(b)  of the Tax  Code,  or an Owner of a  Contract  purchased  by a  pension,
profit-sharing,  or other similar plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Tax
Code (a "401 Plan"),  including a Section  401(k) plan,  where a plan trustee is
the Owner. Loans are not available under Non-Qualified  Contracts.  We will only
make loans  after the free look period and before  annuitization.  All loans are
subject to the terms of the Contract, the relevant Plan, and the Tax Code, which
impose restrictions on loans.

We will  not  make a loan to you if the  total  of the  requested  loan and your
unpaid  outstanding  loans  will be  greater  than the  Surrender  Value of your
Contract on the date of the loan. In addition, we will not make a loan to you if
the total of the requested loan and all of the plan participant's Contract loans
under TSA plans and 401 plans is more than the lesser of (a) or (b) where:

(a)  equals  $50,000  minus the excess of the highest  outstanding  loan balance
     during the prior 12 months over the current outstanding loan balance; and

(b)  equals the greater of $10,000 or 1/2 of the Surrender Value.

The minimum loan amount is $1,000.

To request a Contract  loan,  write to us at the address given on the first page
of the  prospectus.  You alone are  responsible  for ensuring that your loan and
repayments comply with tax requirements.  Loans made before the Annuity Date are
generally  treated as  distributions  under the Contract,  and may be subject to
withholding   and  tax  penalties  for  early   distributions.   Some  of  these
requirements  are  stated  in  Section  72 of the Tax Code and Title 1 of ERISA.
Please seek advice from your plan administrator or tax advisor.

When we make a loan,  we will  transfer an amount  equal to the loan amount from
the Separate  Account and/or the Fixed Account to the Loan Account as collateral
for the loan.  You may select from which  account(s) to transfer the loan value.
However,  we will not  transfer  amounts  from the  Fixed  Account  in an amount
greater than the total amount of the loan  multiplied  by the ratio of the value
of the Fixed Account to the Contract Value  immediately  before the loan. If you
do not give us instructions,  we will first transfer to the Loan Account amounts
from the Separate  Account in  proportion to the assets in each  Subaccount.  If
your loan amount is greater than your Contract Value in the Subaccounts, we will
transfer the remaining required collateral from the Fixed Account.

We will not charge a Withdrawal  Charge on the loan or on the transfer  from the
Subaccounts  or the  Fixed  Account.  We  may,  however,  apply a  Market  Value
Adjustment to a transfer  from the Fixed Account to the Loan Account.  If we do,
we will  increase or decrease the amount  remaining in the Fixed  Account by the
amount of the Market Value Adjustment, so that the net amount transferred to the
Loan Account will equal the desired loan amount.

We will credit interest to the amounts in the Loan Account.  The annual interest
rate  credited  to the Loan  Account  will be the greater of: (a) 3%; or (b) the
loan interest rate minus 2.25%. The value of the amounts in the Loan Account are
not affected by the changes in the value of the Subaccounts.

When you take out a loan,  we will set the loan  interest  rate.  That rate will
apply to your loan until it is repaid. From time to time, we may change the loan
interest rate  applicable to new loans.  We also reserve the right to change the
terms of new loans.

We will subtract the outstanding  Contract loan balance,  including  accrued but
unpaid interest, from:

(1) the Death Benefit;

(2) surrender proceeds;

(3) the amount available for partial withdrawal; and

(4) the amount applied on the Annuity Date to provide annuity payments.

Usually you must repay a Contract loan within five years of the date the loan is
made. Scheduled payments must be level, amortized over the repayment period, and
made at least  quarterly.  We may permit a repayment period of 15 or 30 years if
the loan  proceeds are used to acquire  your  principal  residence.  We may also
permit other repayment periods.

You must mark your loan  repayments  as such.  We will  assume  that any payment
received from you is a Purchase Payment, unless you tell us otherwise.

If you do not make a loan payment when due, we will continue to charge  interest
on your loan. We also will declare the entire loan in default.  We will subtract
the defaulted  loan balance plus accrued  interest from any future  distribution
under the Contract  and keep it in payment of your loan.  Any  defaulted  amount
plus interest will be treated as a  distribution  for tax purposes (as permitted
by law). As a result,  you may be required to pay taxes on the defaulted amount,
incur the early withdrawal tax penalty,  and be subject to mandatory 20% federal
withholding.

If the total loan  balance  exceeds the  Surrender  Value,  we will mail written
notice to your last known  address.  The notice will state the amount  needed to
maintain  the  Contract in force.  If we do not  receive  payment of this amount
within 31 days after we mail this notice, we will terminate your Contract.

We may defer  making any loan for 6 months  after you ask us for a loan,  unless
the loan is to pay a premium to us.

WITHDRAWALS (REDEMPTIONS).  Except as explained below, you may redeem a Contract
for all or a portion of its  Contract  Value  before the  Annuity  Date.  We may
impose a  Withdrawal  Charge,  which  would  reduce the amount  paid to you upon
redemption.  The Withdrawal Charges are described on page [ ] below. Withdrawals
from  the  Fixed  Account  may be  increased  or  decreased  by a  Market  Value
Adjustment, as described in "Market Value Adjustment" on page [ ] above.

In general,  you must  withdraw at least $50 at a time.  You may also withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing  your entire  interest in a Subaccount.  If
your request for a partial  withdrawal  would reduce the Contract  Value to less
than $500, we may treat it as a request for a withdrawal of your entire Contract
Value, as described in "Minimum  Contract Value" on page [ ]. Your Contract will
terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value.

We may be  required  to  withhold  20% of  withdrawals  and  distributions  from
Contracts  issued in connection  with certain  Qualified  Plans, as described on
page [ ] below.  Withdrawals  also  may be  subject  to a 10%  penalty  tax,  as
described on page [ ] below.

To  make a  withdrawal,  you  must  send  us a  written  withdrawal  request  or
systematic withdrawal program enrollment form. You may obtain the required forms
from  us at the  address  and  phone  number  given  on the  first  page of this
prospectus.  We will not honor your request  unless the required  form  includes
your Tax I.D. Number (E.G.,  Social Security  Number) and provides  instructions
regarding withholding of income taxes.

For partial  withdrawals,  you may allocate the amount among the Subaccounts and
the Fixed Account.  If we do not receive  allocation  instructions  from you, we
usually  will  allocate  the  partial  withdrawal   proportionately   among  the
Subaccounts  and the Fixed Account based upon the balance of the Subaccounts and
the Fixed Account.  You may not make a partial withdrawal from the Fixed Account
in an amount greater than the total amount of the partial withdrawal  multiplied
by the ratio of the value of the Fixed Account to the Contract Value immediately
before the partial withdrawal.

If you request a total withdrawal, you must send us your Contract. The Surrender
Value will equal the Contract Value minus any applicable  Withdrawal  Charge and
adjusted  by any  applicable  Market  Value  Adjustment.  We also will  deduct a
contract  maintenance  charge  of  $35,  unless  we  have  waived  the  contract
maintenance charge on your Contract as described on page [ ] below. We determine
the Surrender Value based on the Contract Value next computed after we receive a
properly completed  surrender  request.  We will usually pay the Surrender Value
within seven days after the day we receive a completed request form. However, we
may suspend the right of withdrawal  from the Separate  Account or delay payment
for withdrawals for more than seven days in the following circumstances:

(1)  whenever  the New York  Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE")  is  closed  (other  than
     customary weekend and holiday closings);

(2)  when  trading  on  the  NYSE  is  restricted  or an  emergency  exists,  as
     determined  by  the  SEC,  so  that  disposal  of  the  Separate  Account's
     investments or determination of Accumulation  Unit Values is not reasonably
     practicable; or

(3)  at any other time permitted by the SEC for your protection.

In addition,  we may delay payment of the  Surrender  Value in the Fixed Account
for up to 6 months or a shorter  period if required by law. If we delay  payment
from the Fixed  Account for more than 30 days,  we will pay interest as required
by applicable law.

You may withdraw amounts attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement (in accordance with Section 403(b)(11) of the Tax Code) only
in the following circumstances:

(1) when you attain age 59 1/2;

(2) when you terminate your employment with the plan sponsor;

(3) upon your death;

(4) upon your disability as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Tax Code; or

(5) in the case of hardship.

If you seek a hardship withdrawal, you may only withdraw amounts attributable to
your Purchase Payments; you may not withdraw any earnings.  These limitations on
withdrawals apply to:

(1) salary reduction contributions made after December 31, 1988;

(2) income attributable to such contributions; and

(3) income attributable to amounts held as of December 31, 1988.

The limitations on withdrawals do not affect transfers between certain Qualified
Plans.  Additional  restrictions and limitations may apply to distributions from
any Qualified  Plan.  Tax  penalties may also apply.  You should seek tax advice
regarding any withdrawals or distributions from Qualified Plans.

SUBSTANTIALLY  EQUAL PERIODIC  PAYMENTS.  In general,  earnings on annuities are
taxable as ordinary income upon withdrawal. As described on page 35 below, a 10%
tax penalty is imposed on certain "premature"  payments under annuity contracts.
The tax penalty applies to any payment received before age 59 1/2, to the extent
it is includable  in income and is not subject to an  exception.  The Tax Reform
Act of 1986 clarified an exception to this tax penalty.  This exception is known
as "substantially equal periodic payments."

Generally,  under this  exception  you may take  "substantially  equal  periodic
payments" before age 59 1/2 without incurring the tax penalty.  These "payments"
are withdrawals,  as opposed to an  annuitization of the Contract.  Accordingly,
you may need to pay a Withdrawal  Charge, and withdrawals from the Fixed Account
may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

To  qualify  for  this   exception,   the  payments   must  meet  the  following
requirements:

1)   The payments must continue to the later of age 59 1/2 or for five years.

2)   Payments must be established  under one of the approved methods detailed by
     the IRS in IRS Notice 89-25.

3)   You must have separated from service,  if you purchased your Contract under
     a qualified retirement plan or tax sheltered annuity.

If you  modify  the  payment  stream in any way,  except  for reason of death or
disability,  you will loose the exception.  Modification  includes  changing the
amount or timing of the payments,  or making additional  Purchase Payments.  Any
subsequent  periodic  payment  will be subject  to the  penalty  tax,  unless it
qualifies  for  a  different  exception.   In  addition,  in  the  year  of  the
modification,  you will be required to pay the penalty tax (plus  interest) that
you would have been  required to pay on the earlier  payments if this  exception
had not applied.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM. If your Contract was issued in connection with a
Non-Qualified  Plan or IRA, you may  participate  in our  Systematic  Withdrawal
Program.  You must  complete  an  enrollment  form  and send it to us.  You must
complete the  withholding  election  section of the  enrollment  form before the
systematic  withdrawals will begin. You may choose withdrawal payments of a flat
dollar amount, earnings, or a percentage of Purchase Payments. You may choose to
receive systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly, quarterly,  semi-annual, or
annual basis.  Systematic  withdrawals will be deducted from your Subaccount and
Fixed Account balances,  excluding the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account, on a
pro rata basis.

Depending  on  fluctuations  in the net asset value of the  Subaccounts  and the
value of the Fixed Account,  systematic  withdrawals  may reduce or even exhaust
the Contract Value. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50.

We will make systematic  withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. We
may modify or suspend the Systematic  Withdrawal Program and charge a processing
fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic  Withdrawal Program,
existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be affected.

ERISA  PLANS.  A married  participant  may need  spousal  consent  to  receive a
distribution  from a Contract  issued in connection  with a Qualified  Plan or a
Non-Qualified  Plan  covered  by to Title 1 of  ERISA.  You  should  consult  an
adviser.

MINIMUM  CONTRACT VALUE. If as a result of withdrawals your Contract Value would
be less  than  $500  and you have not made  any  Purchase  Payments  during  the
previous  three  full  calendar  years,  we  may  terminate  your  Contract  and
distribute  its Surrender  Value to you.  Before we do this, we will give you 60
days notice.  We will not terminate your Contract on this ground if the Contract
Value has fallen below $500 due to either a decline in  Accumulation  Unit Value
or the  imposition of fees and charges.  In addition,  in some states we are not
permitted to terminate  Contracts on this ground.  Different  rules may apply to
Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.

CONTRACT CHARGES

We assess charges under the Contract in three ways:

(1)  as deductions from Contract Value for contract  maintenance charges and for
     premium taxes, if applicable;

(2)  as charges  against the assets of the Separate  Account for  administrative
     expenses or for the assumption of mortality and expense risks; and

(3)  as Withdrawal Charges  (contingent  deferred sales charges) subtracted from
     withdrawal and surrender payments.

In addition,  certain  deductions are made from the assets of the Portfolios for
investment management fees and expenses.  Those fees and expenses are summarized
in the Fee Tables on pages [ ], and described more fully in the Prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information for the Portfolios.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE. We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge
from each  Subaccount  during each Valuation  Period.  The mortality and expense
risk  charge is equal,  on an annual  basis,  to 1.30% of the  average net asset
value of each  Subaccount.  The  mortality  risks  arise  from  our  contractual
obligations:

(1)  to make  annuity  payments  after  the  Annuity  Date  for the  life of the
     Annuitant(s);

(2)  to waive the Withdrawal Charge upon your death; and

(3)  to  provide  the  Death  Benefit  prior to the  Annuity  Date.  A  detailed
     explanation of the Death Benefit may be found beginning on page [ ] above.

The expense risk is that it may cost us more to administer the Contracts and the
Separate  Account than we receive from the contract  maintenance  charge and the
administrative  expense  charge.  We guarantee  the  mortality  and expense risk
charge and we cannot  increase  it. We assess the  mortality  and  expense  risk
charge during both the Accumulation Period and the Annuity Period.

If you select the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider,  your mortality and expense risk
charge will be 1.50% of average net asset value of each Subaccount.  We charge a
higher  mortality and expense risk charge for the Rider to compensate us for the
additional  risk that we accept by  providing  the Rider.  We will  calculate  a
separate  Accumulation Unit Value for the base Contract,  and for Contracts with
the Rider,  in order to reflect the difference in the mortality and expense risk
charges.

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES.

CONTRACT  MAINTENANCE CHARGE. We charge an annual contract maintenance charge of
$35 on your  Contract.  The amount of this charge is guaranteed not to increase.
This  charge  reimburses  us for  our  expenses  incurred  in  maintaining  your
Contract.

Before the  Annuity  Date,  we assess the  contract  maintenance  charge on each
Contract  Anniversary.  To obtain payment of this charge, on a pro rata basis we
will allocate this charge among the  Subaccounts  and the Fixed Account to which
you have allocated your Contract Value, and redeem Accumulation Units and reduce
your interest in the Fixed Account accordingly. We will waive this charge if you
pay more than  $40,000  in  Purchase  Payments  or if you  allocate  all of your
Contract  Value to the Fixed Account.  If you surrender  your Contract,  we will
deduct the full $35 charge as of the date of  surrender,  unless  your  Contract
qualifies for a waiver.

After the Annuity Date, we will subtract this charge in equal parts from each of
your  annuity  payments.  We will waive this charge if on the Annuity  Date your
Contract  Value is $40,000 or more or if all of your annuity  payments are Fixed
Annuity payments.

ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE CHARGE. We deduct an administrative  expense charge from
each Subaccount during each Valuation Period. This charge is equal, on an annual
basis, to 0.10% of the average net asset value of the  Subaccounts.  This charge
is designed to compensate us for the cost of administering the Contracts and the
Separate Account. The administrative  expense charge is assessed during both the
Accumulation Period and the Annuity Period.

TRANSFER FEE. We currently are waiving the transfer fee. The Contract,  however,
permits  us to charge a transfer  fee of $10 on the  second and each  subsequent
transaction in each calendar  month in which  transfer(s)  are effected  between
Subaccount(s) and/or the Fixed Account. We will notify you if we begin to charge
this fee.  We will not charge a  transfer  fee on  transfers  that are part of a
Dollar Cost Averaging or Portfolio Rebalancing program.

The  transfer  fee will be  deducted  from  Contract  Value that  remains in the
Subaccount(s)  or Fixed Account from which the transfer was made. If that amount
is  insufficient  to pay the  transfer  fee,  we will  deduct  the fee  from the
transferred amount.

SALES CHARGES.

WITHDRAWAL  CHARGE.  We may charge a  Withdrawal  Charge,  which is a contingent
deferred sales charge, upon certain withdrawals.

As a general  rule,  the  Withdrawal  Charge  equals a  percentage  of  Purchase
Payments withdrawn that are: (a) less than eight years old; and (b) not eligible
for a free withdrawal.  The applicable  percentage depends on how many years ago
you made the Purchase Payment being withdrawn, as shown in this chart:

             CONTRIBUTION                WITHDRAWAL CHARGE
                 YEAR                        PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------  ------------------
First..................................          8%
Second and Third.......................          7%
Fourth and Fifth.......................          6%
Sixth..................................          5%
Seventh................................          4%
Eighth.................................          3%
Ninth and later........................          0%

When we calculate the Withdrawal  Charge,  we do not take any applicable  Market
Value Adjustment into consideration.

We subtract the Withdrawal  Charge from the Contract Value  remaining after your
withdrawal.  As a result,  the decrease in your  Contract  Value will be greater
than the withdrawal amount requested and paid.

For purposes of determining the Withdrawal  Charge, the Contract Value is deemed
to be withdrawn in the following order:

FIRST.  Earnings -- the current Contract Value minus all Purchase  Payments that
have  not  previously  been  withdrawn;   Credit  Enhancements  are  treated  as
"earnings" for this purpose;

SECOND.  "Old Purchase  Payments" -- Purchase  Payments received by us more than
seven  years  before  the date of  withdrawal  that  have  not  been  previously
withdrawn;

THIRD.  Any additional  amounts  available as a "Free  Withdrawal," as described
below;

FOURTH.  "New Purchase  Payments" -- Purchase  Payments received by us less than
seven  years  before the date of  withdrawal.  These  Payments  are deemed to be
withdrawn on a first-in, first-out basis.

No Withdrawal Charge is applied in the following situations:

- -    on annuitization;

- -    the payment of a death benefit;

- -    a free withdrawal amount, as described on page 48 below;

- -    certain  withdrawals  for Contracts  issued under 403(b) plans or 401 plans
     under our prototype as described on page 49 below;

- -    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules;

- -    withdrawals that qualify for one of the waiver benefits described at page
     [ ] below; and

- -    withdrawal  under  Contracts  issued to employees  of Lincoln  Benefit Life
     Company or its affiliates to their spouses or minor children.

We will never  waive or  eliminate  a  Withdrawal  Charge  where such  waiver or
elimination  would  be  unfairly  discriminatory  to any  person  or where it is
prohibited by state law.

We use the amounts obtained from the Withdrawal  Charge to pay sales commissions
and other  promotional or  distribution  expenses  associated with marketing the
Contracts.  To the extent  that the  Withdrawal  Charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other  promotional or distribution  expenses,  we may use any of
our  corporate  assets,  including  potential  profit  which may arise  from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other  charges or fee described  above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals  may also be subject to tax  penalties  or income tax. The amount of
your  withdrawal  may be  affected  by a  Market  Value  Adjustment.  Additional
restrictions  may apply to Contracts held in Qualified Plans. We outline the tax
requirements  applicable to withdrawals on pages 51-52 below. You should consult
your own tax counsel or other tax advisers regarding any withdrawals.

FREE WITHDRAWAL.  Withdrawals of the following  amounts are never subject to the
Withdrawal Charge:

- -    In any Contract Year, the greater of: (a) earnings that have not previously
     been withdrawn; or (b) 15 percent of New Purchase Payments; and

- -    Any Old Purchase Payments that have not been previously withdrawn.

Credit Enhancements are treated as earnings for purposes of determining the free
withdrawal  amount.  However,  even if you do not owe a  Withdrawal  Charge on a
particular  withdrawal,  you may still owe taxes or penalty taxes, or be subject
to a Market Value Adjustment.  The tax treatment of withdrawals is summarized on
pages [ ] below.

WAIVER BENEFITS

GENERAL.  If  approved  in your  state,  we will offer the two  waiver  benefits
described below. In general,  if you qualify for one of these benefits,  we will
permit you to make one or more partial or full  withdrawals  without  paying any
otherwise applicable Withdrawal Charge or Market Value Adjustment. While we have
summarized those benefits here, you should consult your Contract for the precise
terms of the waiver benefits.

Some Qualified Plans may not permit you to utilize these benefits. Also, even if
you do not need to pay our  Withdrawal  Charge  because of these  benefits,  you
still may be required to pay taxes or tax penalties on the amount withdrawn. You
should  consult your tax adviser to determine the effect of a withdrawal on your
taxes.

CONFINEMENT  WAIVER  BENEFIT.  Under this benefit,  we will waive the Withdrawal
Charge and Market Value Adjustment on all withdrawals under your Contract if the
following conditions are satisfied:

(1)  Any Contract owner or the Annuitant,  if the Contract is owned by a company
     or other  legal  entity,  is  confined  to a long term care  facility  or a
     hospital for at least 90 consecutive  days. The insured must enter the long
     term care facility or hospital at least 30 days after the Issue Date;

(2)  You request the  withdrawal no later than 90 days  following the end of the
     Insured's stay at the long term care facility or hospital. You must provide
     written proof of the stay with your withdrawal request; and

(3)  A physician  must have  prescribed  the stay and the stay must be medically
     necessary.

You may not claim this benefit if the physician  prescribing  the insured's stay
in a long  term  care  facility  is the  insured  or a member  of the  insured's
immediate family.

TERMINAL  ILLNESS  WAIVER  BENEFIT.  Under  this  benefit,  we  will  waive  any
Withdrawal  Charge and Market Value  Adjustment  on all  withdrawals  under your
Contract  if, at least 30 days after the Issue Date,  you or the  Annuitant  are
diagnosed with a terminal illness. We may require  confirmation of the diagnosis
as provided in the Contract.

WAIVER  OF  WITHDRAWAL  CHARGE  FOR  CERTAIN  QUALIFIED  PLAN  WITHDRAWALS.  For
Contracts  issued  under a Section  403(b)  plan or a Section 401 plan under our
prototype, we will waive the Withdrawal Charge when:

(1)  the Annuitant  becomes disabled (as defined in Section 72(m)(7)) of the Tax
     Code;

(2)  the Annuitant  reaches age 59 1/2 and at least 5 Contract Years have passed
     since the Contract was issued;

(3)  at least 15 Contract Years have passed since the Contract was issued.

Our prototype is a Section 401 Defined  Contribution  Qualified Retirement plan.
This plan may be established as a Money Purchase plan, a Profit Sharing plan, or
a paired plan (Money Purchase and Profit Sharing).  For more  information  about
our prototype plan, call us at 1-800-525-9287.

PREMIUM  TAXES.  We will  charge  premium  taxes or other  state or local  taxes
against the Contract Value,  including  Contract Value that results from amounts
transferred from existing policies (Section 1035 exchange) issued by us or other
insurance companies. Some states assess premium taxes when Purchase Payments are
made;  others assess premium taxes when annuity  payments  begin. We will deduct
any  applicable  premium taxes upon full  surrender,  death,  or  annuitization.
Premium taxes generally range from 0% to 3.5%.

DEDUCTION FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES. We are not currently  maintaining a
provision for taxes.  In the future,  however,  we may establish a provision for
taxes if we  determine,  in our sole  discretion,  that we will incur a tax as a
result of the operation of the Separate Account. We will deduct for any taxes we
incur as a result of the  operation of the Separate  Account,  whether or not we
previously made a provision for taxes and whether or not it was sufficient.  Our
status under the Tax Code is briefly  described in the  Statement of  Additional
Information.

OTHER  EXPENSES.  You indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios
whose shares are held by the  Subaccounts  to which you allocate  your  Contract
Value.  For a summary of current  estimates of those charges and  expenses,  see
pages [ ] above. For more detailed information about those charges and expenses,
please refer to the prospectuses for the appropriate Portfolios.  We may receive
compensation from the investment advisers or administrators of the Portfolios in
connection  with  administrative  service and cost  savings  experienced  by the
investment advisers or administrators.

                               FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

INTRODUCTION

THE  FOLLOWING  DISCUSSION  IS GENERAL AND IS NOT  INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE.  ONLY
FEDERAL  INCOME TAX ISSUES ARE  ADDRESSED.  LINCOLN  BENEFIT  MAKES NO GUARANTEE
REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.
Federal,  state,  local and other tax  consequences  of  ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If  you  are  concerned   about  any  tax   consequences   of  your   individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL.  Generally,  you are not taxed on increases in the Contract  Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

(1)  the owner is a natural person,

(2)  the  investments  of the  Separate  Account  are  "adequately  diversified"
     according to Treasury  Department  regulations,  and

(3)  Lincoln Benefit is considered the owner of the Separate  Account assets for
     federal income tax purposes.

Non-natural  Owners.  As a general rule,  annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons  such as  corporations,  trusts,  or other  entities  are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes.  Any increase in the value of
such  contracts  is taxed as  ordinary  income  received or accrued by the owner
during the taxable year. Please see the Statement of Additional  Information for
a discussion of several  exceptions  to the general rule for contracts  owned by
non-natural persons.

Diversification  Requirements.  For a contract  to be treated as an annuity  for
federal income tax purposes,  the  investments  in the Separate  Account must be
"adequately  diversified"  consistent with standards  under Treasury  Department
regulations.  If the  investments  in the  Separate  Account are not  adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax  purposes.  As a result,  the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary  income  received  or accrued by the owner  during  the  taxable  year.
Although  Lincoln  Benefit does not have control  over the  Portfolios  or their
investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification requirements.

Ownership Treatment. The IRS has stated that you will be considered the owner of
Separate  Account assets if you possess  incidents of ownership in those assets,
such as the ability to exercise  investment control over the assets. At the time
the diversification  regulations were issued, the Treasury Department  announced
that the regulations do not provide guidance  concerning  circumstances in which
investor control of the Separate Account investments may cause an investor to be
treated as the owner of the  Separate  Account.  The  Treasury  Department  also
stated that future  guidance  would be issued  regarding  the extent that owners
could direct  sub-account  investments  without  being  treated as owners of the
underlying assets of the Separate Account.

Your rights under this contract are different than those described by the IRS in
rulings  in which it found that  contract  owners  were not  owners of  Separate
Account  assets.  For  example,  you have the choice to  allocate  premiums  and
contract values among more investment options. Also, you may be able to transfer
among investment options more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Separate Account.  If this
occurs,  income and gain from the Separate Account assets would be includible in
your gross  income.  Lincoln  Benefit does not know what  standards  will be set
forth in any regulations or rulings which the Treasury  Department may issue. It
is possible that future  standards  announced by the Treasury  Department  could
adversely  affect the tax  treatment of your  contract.  We reserve the right to
modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered
the federal tax owner of the assets of the Separate Account. However, we make no
guarantee that such modification to the Contract will be successful.

Taxation of Partial and Full Withdrawals. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a  non-qualified  Contract,  amounts  received  are  taxable  to the  extent the
Contract Value,  without regard to surrender charges,  exceeds the investment in
the Contract.  The  investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
Contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were  properly  excluded from your gross income.  Credit  Enhancements  provided
under a Contract  are not  treated as Purchase  Payments  and  therefore  do not
increase your investment in the Contract. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a qualified  Contract,  the portion of the payment  that bears the same ratio to
the total payment that the investment in the contract (i.e.,  nondeductible  IRA
contributions, after tax contributions to qualified plans) bears to the contract
value, is excluded from your income.  You should contact a competent tax advisor
with respect to the potential tax consequences of a Market Value Adjustment,  as
no  definitive  guidance  exists on the proper  tax  treatment  of Market  Value
Adjustments.  If you make a full withdrawal under a non-qualified  Contract or a
qualified  Contract,  the amount  received will be taxable only to the extent it
exceeds the investment in the contract.

"Nonqualified   distributions"   from  Roth  IRAs  are   treated  as  made  from
contributions  first and are  included  in gross  income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions. "Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are
not included in gross income.  "Qualified  distributions"  are any distributions
made  more  than  five  taxable  years  after  the  taxable  year  of the  first
contribution to any Roth IRA and which are:

- -    made on or after the date the individual attains age 59 1/2,

- -    made to a beneficiary  after the owner's death, - attributable to the owner
     being disabled, or

- -    for a first time home purchase  (first time home purchases are subject to a
     lifetime limit of $10,000).

If you transfer a nonqualified Contract without full and adequate  consideration
to a person  other  than  your  spouse  (or to a  former  spouse  incident  to a
divorce), you will be taxed on the difference between the Contract value and the
investment in the Contract at the time of transfer. Except for certain qualified
contracts, any amount you receive as a loan under a Contract, and any assignment
or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the Contract Value is treated as
a withdrawal of such amount or portion.

Taxation of Annuity Payments. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments  received from a nonqualified  Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal  tax-free  amounts over the payment  period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount  excluded  from income is determined  by  multiplying  the payment by the
ratio of the  investment  in the Contract  (adjusted  for any refund  feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity  payments for the term of
the Contract.  If you elect variable annuity payments,  the amount excluded from
taxable  income is determined by dividing the  investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected  payments.  The annuity  payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios.  If you die, and annuity  payments  cease before the total amount of the
investment in the contract is recovered,  the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

Taxation of Annuity Death Benefits. Death of an owner, or death of the annuitant
if the Contract is owned by a non-natural  person,  will cause a distribution of
Death Benefits from a Contract.  Generally,  such amounts are included in income
as follows:

(1)  if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     full withdrawal, or

(2)  if distributed  under an annuity option,  the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as an annuity  payment.  Unlike some other assets,  a holder's basis
     for an annuity is not  increased  or  decreased to the fair market value of
     the Contract on the date of death.  Please see the  Statement of Additional
     Information for more detail on distribution at death requirements.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any premature  distribution from a nonqualified  Contract. The penalty
tax generally  applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age
59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

(1)  made on or after the date the owner attains age 59 1/2;

(2)  made as a result of the owner's death or disability;

(3)  made in substantially equal periodic payments over the owner's life or life
     expectancy,

(4)  made under an immediate annuity; or

(5)  attributable to investment in the contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine if any other  exceptions
to the  penalty  apply  to your  situation.  Similar  exceptions  may  apply  to
distributions from qualified Contracts.

Aggregation of Annuity Contracts.  All non-qualified  deferred annuity contracts
issued by Lincoln  Benefit  (or its  affiliates)  to the same  owner  during any
calendar  year will be  aggregated  and  treated  as one  annuity  contract  for
purposes of determining the taxable amount of a distribution.

Tax Qualified Contracts

Contracts may be used as investments with certain Qualified Plans such as:

- -    Individual Retirement Annuities or Accounts (IRAs) under Section 408 of the
     Code;

- -    Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code;

- -    Simplified Employee Pension Plans under Section 408(k) of the Code;

- -    Savings  Incentive  Match Plans for Employees  (SIMPLE) Plans under Section
     408(p) of the Code;

- -    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Section 403(b) of the Code;

- -    Corporate and Self Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans; and

- -    State  and  Local   Government   and   Tax-Exempt   Organization   Deferred
     Compensation Plans.

In the case of certain  Qualified  Plans,  the terms of the plans may govern the
right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

Restrictions Under Section 403(b) Plans. Section 403(b) of the Tax Code provides
tax-deferred  retirement  savings plans for employees of certain  non-profit and
educational organizations.  Under Section 403(b), any Contract used for a 403(b)
plan  must  provide  that   distributions   attributable  to  salary   reduction
contributions  made  after  12/31/88,  and  all  earnings  on  salary  reduction
contributions, may be made only on or after the date the employee:

- -    attains age 59 1/2,

- -    separates from service,

- -    dies,

- -    becomes disabled, or

- -    on account of hardship (earnings on salary reduction  contributions may not
     be distributed on the account of hardship).

These  limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Lincoln Benefit is directed
to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another '403(b) plan.

Income Tax Withholding

Lincoln  Benefit is required to withhold  federal income tax at a rate of 20% on
all  "eligible  rollover  distributions"  unless  you  elect  to make a  "direct
rollover" of such amounts to another  qualified plan or IRA.  Eligible  rollover
distributions  generally  include all  distributions  from qualified  Contracts,
excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

(1)  required minimum distributions, or

(2)  a series of substantially  equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

(3)  over the life (joint lives) of the participant (and beneficiary).

Lincoln  Benefit may be required to withhold  federal and state  income taxes on
any distributions from either  non-qualified or qualified Contracts that are not
eligible  rollover  distributions  unless you notify us of your  election to not
have taxes withheld.

DESCRIPTION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE
COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

LINCOLN  BENEFIT  LIFE  COMPANY.  Lincoln  Benefit  Life Company is a stock life
insurance company organized under the laws of the state of Nebraska in 1938. Our
legal domicile and principal business address is 206 South 13th Street, Lincoln,
Nebraska.  Lincoln  Benefit  is a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Allstate  Life
Insurance  Company  ("Allstate Life" or "ALIC"),  a stock life insurance company
incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois.  Allstate Life is a wholly
owned   subsidiary   of   Allstate    Insurance   Company   ("AIC"),   a   stock
property-liability  insurance company  incorporated  under the laws of Illinois.
All outstanding  capital stock of Allstate is owned by The Allstate  Corporation
("Allstate").

We are authorized to conduct life insurance and annuity business in the District
of Columbia, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands and all states except New York. We intend
to market the Contract  everywhere we conduct  variable  annuity  business.  The
Contracts  offered by this prospectus are issued by us and will be funded in the
Separate Account and/or the Fixed Account.

Under our reinsurance agreements with Allstate Life,  substantially all contract
related  transactions are transferred to Allstate Life.  Through our reinsurance
agreements  with  Allstate  Life,  substantially  all of the assets  backing our
reinsured  liabilities  are owned by Allstate Life.  These assets  represent our
general account and are invested and managed by Allstate Life. Accordingly,  the
results of operations with respect to applications received and contracts issued
by Lincoln Benefit are not reflected in our consolidated  financial  statements.
The amounts  reflected in our consolidated  financial  statements relate only to
the  investment of those assets of Lincoln  Benefit that are not  transferred to
Allstate Life under the reinsurance agreements. While the reinsurance agreements
provide us with  financial  backing  from  Allstate  Life,  it does not create a
direct contractual relationship between Allstate Life and you.

Under the Company's reinsurance  agreements with ALIC, the Company reinsures all
reserve  liabilities  with ALIC except for  variable  contracts.  The  Company's
variable  contract  assets  and  liabilities  are  held  in  legally-segregated,
unitized  Separate  Accounts  and are  retained  by the  Company.  However,  the
transactions  related to such variable contracts such as premiums,  expenses and
benefits are transferred to ALIC.

Lincoln  Benefit is highly rated by independent  agencies,  including A.M. Best,
Moody's,  and  Standard & Poor's.  These  ratings  are based on our  reinsurance
agreement  with  Allstate  Life,  and  reflect  financial  soundness  and strong
operating  performance.  The ratings are not  intended to reflect the  financial
strength or investment  experience of the Separate Account.  We may from time to
time advertise these ratings in our sales literature.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF LINCOLN BENEFIT. The Company's consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto are included in this Prospectus beginning
on page F-1. * You should consider those consolidated  financial statements only
as bearing  on  Lincoln  Benefit's  ability  to meet its  obligations  under the
Policy.  They do not relate to the investment  performance of the assets held in
the Separate Account.  The financial statements for the Separate Account are set
forth in the Statement of Additional Information.

*  To be provided by pre-effective amendment.

SELECTED  FINANCIAL DATA. The following  selected financial data for the Company
should be read in conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial  statements and
notes thereto included in the prospectus beginning on page F-1.



                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

YEAR-END FINANCIAL DATA    1998        1997        1996       1995       1994
- -----------------------  ---------   --------   ---------   --------   -------
For the Years Ended
  December 31:
Income Before
  Income Tax Expense...    $10,374  $  10,587  $   8,603  $   7,838  $   4,641
Net Income.............      6,670      6,852      5,583      5,093      3,036
As of December 31:
Total Assets........... $8,120,008 $7,507,203 $7,108,502 $6,347,097 $5,319,707


INVESTMENTS BY LINCOLN  BENEFIT.  Our general account  assets,  like the general
account assets of other insurance  companies,  including  Allstate Life, must be
invested in accordance with applicable  state laws. These laws govern the nature
and quality of investments that may be made by life insurance  companies and the
percentage  of their  assets that may be  committed  to any  particular  type of
investment.  In  general,  these laws  permit us,  within  specified  limits and
subject to certain  qualifications,  to invest in federal,  state, and municipal
obligations,  corporate bonds,  preferred stocks,  real estate  mortgages,  real
estate and certain  other  investments.  All of our general  account  assets are
available to meet our obligations.

We will primarily  invest our general account assets in  investment-grade  fixed
income securities including the following:

Securities   issued  by  the  United  States   Government  or  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities,  which  may or may not be  guaranteed  by the  United  States
Government;

Debt  instruments,  including  issues of or  guaranteed by banks or bank holding
companies,  and of  corporations,  which our management  deems to have qualities
appropriate for inclusion in our general account;

Commercial mortgages,  mortgage-backed  securities collateralized by real estate
mortgage loans, or securities  collateralized by other assets,  that are insured
or  guaranteed  by the  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Association,  the  Federal
National Mortgage  Association or the Government National Mortgage  Association,
or that have an  investment  grade at time of purchase  within the four  highest
grades  assigned  by  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  (Aaa,  Aa, A or Baa),
Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation  (AAA,  AA, A or BBB) or any  other  nationally
recognized rating service;

Commercial  paper, cash or cash  equivalents,  and other short-term  investments
having a maturity of less than one year that our  management  considers  to have
investment quality comparable to securities having the ratings stated above.

In addition, interest rate swaps, futures, options, rate caps, and other hedging
instruments may be used solely for non-speculative hedging purposes. Anticipated
use of these financial  instruments  shall be limited to protecting the value of
portfolio  sales or  purchases,  or to enhance  yield  through the creation of a
synthetic security.

In addition,  Lincoln Benefit maintains certain unitized separate accounts which
invest  in  shares  of  open-end  investment   companies  registered  under  the
Investment company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Subaccounts under this Contract
are  subdivisions  of one of those Separate  Accounts.  These  separate  account
assets do not support our obligations under the Fixed Account  provisions of the
Contracts.

MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.

      The following  discussion  highlights  significant factors influencing the
results of operations and changes in financial  position of Lincoln Benefit Life
Company   ("LBL")  and  its  wholly   owned   subsidiary,   Allstate   Financial
Distributors,   Inc.  (collectively  the  "Company").   It  should  be  read  in
conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial  statements and related notes. To
conform  with the 1998  presentation,  certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been
reclassified.

      LBL is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company
("ALIC"),  which is wholly owned by Allstate Insurance Company ("AIC"), a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of The  Allstate  Corporation  ("Corporation").  The  Company
markets a broad line of life insurance and savings products through  independent
insurance agents and brokers.  Life insurance includes traditional products such
as whole life and term life insurance,  as well as variable life, universal life
and other  interest-sensitive  life products.  Savings products include deferred
annuities, such as variable annuities and fixed rate single and flexible premium
annuities,  and  immediate  annuities.  The Company has  identified  itself as a
single segment entity.

      The assets and liabilities  related to flexible premium deferred  variable
annuity  contracts  and  variable  life  policies  are  legally  segregated  and
reflected as Separate  Account assets and  liabilities and carried at fair value
in the  consolidated  statements of financial  position.  Investment  income and
realized  gains and  losses of the  Separate  Accounts  accrue  directly  to the
contractholders (net of fees) and, therefore,  are not included in the Company's
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

($ in thousands)
                                                             1998              1997            1996
                                                        --------------    ------------    ---------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>
Net investment income                                  $      10,240     $      10,570    $       9,519
                                                       =============     =============    =============
Realized capital gains and losses, after-tax           $          87     $          11    $           4
                                                       =============     =============    =============
Operating costs and expenses                           $           -     $           -    $         457
                                                       =============     =============    =============
Net income                                             $       6,670     $       6,852    $       5,583
                                                       =============     =============    =============
Total investments                                      $     162,659     $     148,931    $     139,499
                                                       =============     =============    =============
</TABLE>


      The Company has  reinsurance  agreements  under which  contract and policy
related   transactions   are  transferred   primarily  to  ALIC.  The  Company's
consolidated  results  of  operations  include  only net  investment  income and
realized  capital  gains and losses earned on the assets of the Company that are
not  transferred  under the reinsurance  agreements,  and income provided by the
Company's broker-dealer subsidiary,  Allstate Financial Distributors, Inc. Prior
to December 31, 1996,  the Company  retained a block of paid up life  insurance,
which was ceded to ALIC on that date.

      Net income was $6.7 million in 1998  compared to $6.9 million in 1997,  as
lower net  investment  income was partially  offset by higher  realized  capital
gains and losses.  In 1997,  net income was higher than in 1996 primarily due to
increased net investment income.

      Pretax  net  investment  income  decreased  3.1% to $10.2  million in 1998
primarily  due to lower  income  from the  broker-dealer.  In 1997,  pretax  net
investment income increased by $1.1 million, or 11.0%. The increased  investment
income was due to higher investment  balances,  arising from positive cash flows
from operating activities and increased broker-dealer income.

      In 1997, operating costs and expenses decreased as a result of the cession
of the  block  of paid up life  insurance  and the  expenses  on that  block  of
business that were incurred in 1996.

     Realized  capital gains,  after-tax,  were $87 thousand and $11 thousand in
1998 and 1997,  respectively,  and arose  principally from pre-payments of fixed
income securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION

($ in thousands)
                                                                  1998                 1997
                                                          -----------------   -------------
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>
Fixed income securities (1)                               $      158,984      $       147,911
Short-term investments                                             3,675                1,020
                                                          --------------      ---------------
         Total investments                                $      162,659      $       148,931
                                                          ==============      ===============
Reinsurance recoverable from ALIC                         $    6,933,084      $     6,732,755
                                                          ==============      ===============
Separate Account assets and liabilities                   $      763,416      $       447,658
                                                          ==============      ===============
Contractholder funds                                      $    6,785,070      $     6,607,130
                                                          ==============      ===============
</TABLE>


(1)  Fixed income securities are carried at fair value. Amortized cost for these
     securities  was  $149,898  and  $141,553  at  December  31,  1998 and 1997,
     respectively.

Total  investments  increased to $162.7 million at December 31, 1998 from $148.9
million at December 31, 1997. The increase was primarily due to amounts invested
from  positive  cash flows  generated  from  operations  and increases in market
values of fixed income securities.

Fixed Income Securities The Company's fixed income securities portfolio consists
of  publicly  traded  corporate  bonds,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  U.S.
government  bonds. The Company  generally holds its fixed income  securities for
the long term, but has classified all these  securities as available for sale to
allow  maximum  flexibility  in  portfolio  management.  At December  31,  1998,
unrealized net capital gains on the fixed income  securities  portfolio  totaled
$9.1 million  compared to $6.4 million as of December 31, 1997.  The increase in
the unrealized gain position is primarily attributable to lower interest rates.

At December 31, 1998, all of the Company's fixed income securities portfolio was
rated investment  grade,  which is defined by the Company as a security having a
National  Association of Insurance  Commissioners  ("NAIC")  rating of 1 or 2, a
Moody's rating of Aaa, Aa, A or Baa, or a comparable  Company  internal  rating.
The quality mix of the Company's fixed income  securities  portfolio at December
31, 1998 is presented below.

($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      NAIC
    ratings       Moody's equivalent description              Fair value        Percent to total

<S>    <C>        <C>                                          <C>                      <C>
       1          Aaa/Aa/A                                     $ 146,533              92.2%
       2          Baa                                             12,451               7.8%
                                                              -------------     --------------
                                                               $ 158,984             100.0%
                                                              ===========       ============
</TABLE>


      At  December  31,  1998  and  1997,   $51.2  million  and  $55.1  million,
respectively,  of the fixed income  portfolio  were invested in  mortgage-backed
securities  ("MBS").  At December 31, 1998, all of the MBS were investment grade
and  approximately  97%  have  underlying  collateral  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.
government entities; thus credit risk is minimal.

      MBS,  however,  are  subject to  interest  rate risk as the  duration  and
ultimate  realized yield are affected by the rate of repayment of the underlying
mortgages.  The Company  attempts to limit  interest rate risk by purchasing MBS
where  cost  does  not  significantly  exceed  par  value,  and  with  repayment
protection  to provide a more certain cash flow to the Company.  At December 31,
1998,  the  amortized  cost of the MBS  portfolio  was  below  par value by $2.4
million and over 23% of the MBS portfolio  was invested in planned  amortization
class  bonds.  This type of MBS is purchased  to provide  additional  protection
against declining interest rates.

      The Company  closely  monitors its fixed income  portfolio for declines in
value that are other than temporary. Securities are placed on non-accrual status
when they are in default or when the receipt of interest payments is in doubt.

     Short-term  investments The Company's  short-term  investment portfolio was
$3.7 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The
Company  invests  available  cash  balances   primarily  in  taxable  short-term
securities having a final maturity date or redemption date of one year or less.

     Contractholder  funds and reinsurance  recoverable from ALIC Contractholder
funds increased $177.9 million and $185.0 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  Reinsurance  recoverable  from ALIC increased  $200.3 million and
$188.0  million  at  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  In 1998,  the
increase  in  contractholder  funds was due  primarily  to  universal  life-type
policies,  as  higher  sales  and  interest  credited  to  contractholders  were
partially  offset  by  surrenders  and  benefits  paid  on  universal  life-type
policies.   Reinsurance  recoverable  from  ALIC  relates  to  contract  benefit
obligations ceded to ALIC.

     Separate  Accounts  Separate  Account assets and  liabilities  increased by
$315.8 million,  primarily  attributable to sales of flexible  premium  deferred
variable   annuity  and  variable  life   contracts  and  favorable   investment
performance of the Separate Accounts investment portfolios,  partially offset by
variable annuity surrenders and withdrawals.

MARKET RISK

      Market risk is the risk that the Company  will incur losses due to adverse
changes in equity prices or interest  rates.  The Company's  primary market risk
exposure is to changes in interest rates,  although the Company also has certain
exposures to changes in equity prices.

     Interest  Rate Risk  Interest  rate risk is the risk that the Company  will
incur economic  losses due to adverse  changes in interest rates, as the Company
invests substantial funds in interest-sensitive assets.

      One way to quantify  this  exposure is  duration.  Duration  measures  the
sensitivity  of the fair  value of assets to  changes  in  interest  rates.  For
example,  if  interest  rates  increase  1%,  the fair  value of an asset with a
duration of 5 years is expected  to  decrease in value by  approximately  5%. At
December 31, 1998, the Company's asset duration was  approximately  4.3 years, a
slight decrease from the 4.6 years reported for December 31, 1997.

      To calculate duration, the Company projects asset cash flows and discounts
them to a net present  value basis using a risk-free  market rate  adjusted  for
credit quality, sector attributes,  liquidity and other specific risks. Duration
is calculated by revaluing these cash flows at an alternative  level of interest
rates,  and determining the percentage  change in fair value from the base case.
The projections  include  assumptions  (based upon historical market and Company
specific  experience)  reflecting  the impact of changing  interest rates on the
prepayment  and/or  option  features  of  instruments,  where  applicable.  Such
assumptions  relate  primarily  to  mortgage-backed  securities,  collateralized
mortgage obligations, and municipal and corporate obligations.

      Based  upon  the  information  and  assumptions  the  Company  uses in its
duration  calculation  and  interest  rates in  effect  at  December  31,  1998,
management  estimates  that a 100 basis point  immediate,  parallel  increase in
interest  rates ("rate  shock") would  decrease the net fair value of its assets
identified above by approximately $6.8 million, an amount essentially  unchanged
from the amount  reported for December  31, 1997.  The  selection of a 100 basis
point  immediate  rate shock  should not be  construed  as a  prediction  by the
Company's  management of future market  events;  but rather,  to illustrate  the
potential impact of such an event.

      To the extent that actual  results differ from the  assumptions  utilized,
the Company's duration and rate shock measures could be significantly  impacted.
Additionally,  the Company's  calculation assumes that the current  relationship
between  short-term and long-term interest rates (the term structure of interest
rates) will remain constant over time. As a result,  these  calculations may not
fully  capture  the  impact of  non-parallel  changes in the term  structure  of
interest rates and/or large changes in interest rates.

     Equity Price Risk Equity price risk is the risk that the Company will incur
economic  losses due to adverse  changes in equity prices.  At December 31, 1998
the Company had variable annuity and variable life funds with balances  totaling
$763.4 million.  The Company earns mortality and expense fees as a percentage of
fund balance.  In the event of an immediate  decline of 10% in the fund balances
due to equity market declines, the Company would earn approximately $1.0 million
less in annualized fee income which would be ceded to ALIC.

     Corporate Oversight In formulating and implementing  policies for investing
new and existing funds, AIC, as indirect parent of the Company,  administers and
oversees investment risk management  processes primarily through three oversight
bodies:  the Boards of Directors  and  Investment  Committees  of its  operating
subsidiaries,  and the Credit and Risk Management Committee ("CRMC"). The Boards
of Directors and Investment Committees provide executive oversight of investment
activities.  The CRMC is a senior management  committee  consisting of the Chief
Investment Officer,  the Investment Risk Manager,  and other investment officers
who are responsible for the day-to-day management of market risk. The CRMC meets
at least monthly to provide  detailed  oversight of investment  risk,  including
market risk.

      AIC has  investment  guidelines  that  define the  overall  framework  for
managing market and other investment risks,  including the  accountabilities and
controls  over  these  activities.  In  addition,  AIC has  specific  investment
policies for each of its affiliates,  including the Company,  that delineate the
investment  limits  and  strategies  that  are  appropriate  for  the  Company's
liquidity, surplus, product and regulatory requirements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

      Under the terms of  reinsurance  agreements,  all premiums  and  deposits,
excluding  those relating to Separate  Accounts,  are  transferred  primarily to
ALIC,  which  maintains  the  investment  portfolios  supporting  the  Company's
products.  Payments  of  policyholder  claims,  benefits,  contract  maturities,
contract  surrenders  and  withdrawals  and  certain  operating  costs  are also
reimbursed primarily by ALIC, under the terms of the reinsurance agreements. The
Company  continues to have primary  liability  as a direct  reinsurer  for risks
reinsured.  The  Company's  ability to meet  liquidity  demands is  dependent on
ALIC's ability to meet those  demands.  ALIC's  claims-paying  ability was rated
Aa2, AA+, and A+ by Moody's,  Standard & Poor's and A.M. Best,  respectively  at
December 31, 1998.

      The  primary  sources  for  the  remainder  of  the  Company's  funds  are
collection of principal and interest from the  investment  portfolio and capital
contributions  from ALIC.  The primary uses for the  remainder of the  Company's
funds are to purchase  investments and pay costs associated with the maintenance
of the Company's investment portfolio.

      At  December  31,  1998,  the Moody's and  Standard  and Poor's  financial
strength ratings for the Company were Aa2 and AA+, respectively.

      The NAIC has a standard for assessing the solvency of insurance companies,
which is referred to as risk-based capital ("RBC").  The requirement consists of
a  formula  for  determining  each  insurer's  RBC  and a model  law  specifying
regulatory  actions if an insurer's RBC falls below  specified  levels.  The RBC
formula for life insurance companies  establishes capital requirements  relating
to insurance, business, asset and interest rate risks. At December 31, 1998, RBC
for the Company was  significantly  above levels that would  require  regulatory
actions.

YEAR 2000

      The Company is  dependent  upon  certain  services  provided for it by the
Corporation including  computer-related  systems, and systems and equipment that
are not typically thought of as computer-related  (referred to as "non-IT"). For
this reason,  the Company is reliant upon the Corporation for the  establishment
and maintenance of its computer-related systems and non-IT.

      The Corporation is heavily dependent upon complex computer systems for all
phases of its operations,  including  customer  service,  insurance  processing,
underwriting,  loss reserving,  investments and other enterprise systems.  Since
many of the Corporation's  older computer  software programs  recognize only the
last two  digits  of the year in any date,  some  software  may fail to  operate
properly  in or after  the  year  1999,  if the  software  is not  reprogrammed,
remediated,  or replaced  ("Year  2000").  Also,  non-IT often contain  embedded
hardware  or  software  that  may  have a Year  2000  sensitive  component.  The
Corporation  believes that many of its  counterparties  and suppliers  also have
Year 2000 issues and non-IT issues which could affect the Corporation.

      In 1995, the Corporation  commenced a plan consisting of four phases which
are intended to mitigate  and/or prevent the adverse effects of Year 2000 issues
on its systems:  1) inventory and assessment of affected  systems and equipment,
2) remediation and compliance of systems and equipment  through  strategies that
include  the  replacement  or  enhancement  of  existing  systems,  upgrades  to
operating systems already covered by maintenance agreements and modifications to
existing  systems to make them Year 2000 compliant,  3) testing of systems using
clock-forward  testing  for both  current  and future  dates and for dates which
trigger  specific  processing,  and 4)  contingency  planning which will address
possible   adverse   scenarios  and  the  potential   financial  impact  to  the
Corporation's results of operations, liquidity or financial position.

      The  Corporation  believes  that  the  first  three  steps  of this  plan,
assessment,  remediation and testing,  including  clock-forward testing which is
being performed on the Corporation's systems and non-IT, are mostly complete for
the Corporation's critical systems. In April 1998, the Corporation announced its
main premium application system,  ALERT, which manages more than 20 million auto
and homeowners  policies is Year 2000  compliant.  The Corporation is relying on
other   remediation   techniques   for  its  midrange   and  personal   computer
environments, and certain mainframe applications.

      Certain  investment  processing  systems,  midrange computers and personal
computer  environments  are planned to be remediated by the middle of 1999,  and
some systems and non-IT related to discontinued or non-critical functions of the
Corporation are planned to be abandoned by the end of 1999.

      The  Corporation is currently in the process of identifying  key processes
and developing  contingency plans in the event that the systems supporting these
key  processes  are not  Year  2000  compliant  at the end of  1999.  Management
believes these  contingency  plans should be completed by mid-1999.  Until these
plans are  complete,  management  is unable to determine an estimate of the most
reasonably possible worst case scenario due to issues relating to the Year 2000.

      In addition,  the Corporation is actively  working with its major external
counterparties  and  suppliers  to  assess  their  compliance  efforts  and  the
Corporation's  exposure to both their Year 2000 issues and non-IT  issues.  This
assessment  has  included  the  solicitation  of  external   counterparties  and
suppliers,  evaluating responses received and testing third party interfaces and
interactions to determine compliance.  Currently,  the Corporation has solicited
approximately  1,500 and has received  responses from  approximately  75% of its
counterparties  and  suppliers.  The  Corporation  will  continue its efforts to
solicit  responses on Year 2000 compliance  from these parties.  The majority of
these responses have stated that the  counterparties  and suppliers believe that
they will be Year 2000  compliant  and that no  transactions  will be  affected.
However,  some key vendors have not provided affirmative  responses to date. The
Corporation has also decided to test certain interfaces and interactions to gain
additional  assurance  on third party  compliance.  If key vendors are unable to
meet the Year 2000 requirement,  the Corporation is preparing  contingency plans
that will allow the  Corporation to continue to sell its products and to service
its customers.  Management  believes these contingency plans should be completed
by mid-1999.  The Corporation currently does not have sufficient  information to
determine whether or not all of its external  counterparties  and suppliers will
be Year 2000 ready.

      The Corporation is currently assessing the level of Year 2000 risk that is
associated with certain personal lines policies that have been issued.  To date,
no  changes  have  been  made in the  coverages  provided  by the  Corporation's
personal auto and homeowners lines policies to specifically exclude coverage for
Year 2000 related claims.  This does not mean that all losses, or any particular
type of loss,  that might be related to Year 2000 will be covered.  Rather,  all
claims will  continue  to be  evaluated  on a  case-by-case  basis to  determine
whether  coverage  is  available  for  a  particular  loss  in  accordance  with
applicable policy terms and conditions of the policy in force.

      The Corporation also has investments which have been publicly or privately
placed.  The  Corporation  may be exposed to the risk that the  issuers of these
investments will be adversely impacted by Year 2000 issues. The Company assesses
the impact which Year 2000 issues have on the Corporation's  investments as part
of due diligence for proposed new investments,  and in its ongoing review of all
current portfolio  holdings.  Any recommended actions with respect to individual
investments  are determined by taking into account the potential  impact of Year
2000 on the issuer.  Contingency plans are being created for any securities held
whose issuer is determined to not be Year 2000 compliant.

      The  Corporation  presently  believes  that it will  resolve the Year 2000
issue in a timely  manner.  Year 2000 costs are expensed as incurred,  therefore
the  majority  of  expenses  related to this  project  have been  incurred as of
December 31, 1998. The Corporation  estimates that approximately $125 million in
costs will be incurred between the years of 1995 and 2000. These amounts include
costs directly  related to fixing Year 2000 issues,  such as modifying  software
and hiring Year 2000  solution  providers.  These  amounts also include costs to
replace  certain  non-compliant  systems  which  would not have  been  otherwise
replaced. A portion of these costs will be incurred by the Company on a pro rata
basis of usage of the  computer-related  systems and non-IT,  as compared to the
usage of all entities  which share these  services with the  Corporation.  These
amounts are not  expected to be  material  to the results of  operations  of the
Company.

PENDING ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

      In December  1997,  the Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") issued Statement of
Position  ("SOP")  97-3,  "Accounting  by Insurance  and Other  Enterprises  for
Insurance-related  Assessments."  The SOP is required to be adopted in 1999. The
SOP  provides   guidance   concerning   when  to   recognize  a  liability   for
insurance-related  assessments  and how those  liabilities  should be  measured.
Specifically,  insurance-related assessments should be recognized as liabilities
when all of the  following  criteria  have been met: 1) an  assessment  has been
imposed or it is  probable  that an  assessment  will be  imposed,  2) the event
obligating an entity to pay an assessment  has occurred and 3) the amount of the
assessment can be reasonably estimated.  The Company is currently evaluating the
effects of this SOP on its accounting for insurance-related assessments. Certain
information required for compliance is not currently available and therefore the
Company is studying  alternatives  for  estimating  the  accrual.  In  addition,
industry  groups are working to improve the information  available.  Adoption of
this  standard is not  expected to be material to the results of  operations  or
financial position of the Company.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      The statements contained in this Management's Discussion and Analysis that
are not historical information are forward-looking  statements that are based on
management's  estimates,  assumptions and  projections.  The Private  Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor under The Securities Act of
1933 and The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for forward-looking statements.

COMPETITION.   Lincoln   Benefit  is  engaged  in  a  business  that  is  highly
competitive.  Many  other  life  insurance  companies  and other  entities  sell
insurance and annuities.  There are approximately  1,700 insurers in business in
the United States. As of April 1, 1998, A.M. Best Company assigns a rating of A+
(Superior)  to Allstate  Life,  which  automatically  reinsures  all net general
account  business of Lincoln  Benefit.  A.M.  Best Company also assigns  Lincoln
Benefit a rating of A+(r), because Lincoln Benefit  automatically  reinsures all
general account business with Allstate Life.  Standard & Poor's Insurance Rating
Services assigns an AA+ (Very Strong) to Lincoln  Benefit's  financial  strength
rating. Moody's assigns an Aa2 (Excellent) financial stability rating to Lincoln
Benefit. Lincoln Benefit shares the same ratings as its parent, Allstate Life.

EMPLOYEES.  As of December  31,  1998,  Lincoln  Benefit had  approximately  571
employees at its home office in Lincoln, Nebraska.

PROPERTIES.  Lincoln Benefit owns and leases office space in Lincoln,  Nebraska.
The  combined  owned and leased  spaces are used for home office  administrative
operations.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF LINCOLN BENEFIT. Our directors and executive
officers are listed below,  together with information as to their ages, dates of
election and principal business occupations during the last five years (if other
than their present occupation).

JANET  P.  ANDERBERY,  VICE  PRESIDENT  AND  CONTROLLER,  1994,  Associate  Vice
President and Controller 5/84-4/94, Lincoln Benefit Life Company; Vice President
and Controller  1/94-present,  Surety Life Insurance  Company;  Vice President &
Controller  1/99-present,  Allstate Financial  Distributors;  Vice President and
Controller 5/93-1/99, Lincoln Benefit Financial Services, Inc.

THOMAS R. ASHLEY, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & MEDICAL DIRECTOR, 1998, Vice President
and Medical  Director  10/96-5/98  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company;  Senior Vice
President & Medical Director  5/98-present,  Vice President and Medical Director
1/97-5/98, Surety Life Insurance Company.

THOMAS J. BERNEY,  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT 1998, Vice President  1982-1998 Lincoln
Benefit Life Company.

JOHN H.  COLEMAN,  III,  SENIOR VICE  PRESIDENT,  DIRECTOR,  1998-present,  Vice
President  4/94-5/98,  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company;  Senior Vice  President,
Director 5/98-present, Vice President 9/96-5/98, Surety Life Insurance Company.

LAWRENCE W. DAHL, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,  DIRECTOR 1999, Lincoln Benefit Life
Company; Executive Vice President, Director 1999, Surety Life Insurance Company;
Tax Director, 2/87-6/99, Allstate Life Insurance Company.

MARVIN P. EHLY,  SENIOR VICE  PRESIDENT  AND  TREASURER,  DIRECTOR,  1999;  Vice
President  6/93-12/98,  Lincoln Benefit Life Company;  Senior Vice President and
Treasurer, Director 1/99-present, Surety Life Insurance Company.

DOUGLAS F. GAER,  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT  1997,  DIRECTOR,  1981,  Senior Vice
President,  4/95-2/97,  Senior Vice  President  and  Treasurer  4/94-3/95,  Vice
President  3/81-4/94,  Lincoln  Benefit Life Company;  Executive  Vice President
1/97-present,   Senior  Vice  President  and  Treasurer,   1/94-12/96,  Director
1/94-present, Surety Life Insurance Company; Director 5/93-1/99, Lincoln Benefit
Financial Services, Inc.

PETER H. HECKMAN, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 1999, DIRECTOR,
1990, Vice Chairman of the Board 8/96-12/98,  Lincoln Benefit Life Company; Vice
President,  Director  4/92-present,  Glenbrook  Life  &  Annuity  Company;  Vice
President  11/90-present,   Director  9/90-present,   Glenbrook  Life  Insurance
Company;  Vice  President  6/89-present,  Director  7/90-present,  Allstate Life
Insurance   Company  of  New  York;   Vice  President   4/89-present,   Director
12/88-present,   Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company;  Vice  President,  Director
12/88-present,  Northbrook Life Insurance Company; Director 5/90-present, Surety
Life Insurance Company.

RODGER A.  HERGENRADER,  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT 1999,  Vice President  1995-1998,
Underwriter  1988-1995,  Lincoln  Benefit Life  Company;  Senior Vice  President
1999-present, Surety Life Insurance Company.

LOUIS G. LOWER, II, DIRECTOR,  1989,  Chairman of the Board 5/89-12/98,  Lincoln
Benefit  Life  Company;  Chairman  of the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer
6/95-present,  Chairman of the Board & President,  4/92-6/95,  Glenbrook  Life &
Annuity   Company;   Chairman   of  the  Board  and  Chief   Executive   Officer
12/95-present,   Chairman  of  the  Board  &  President   1/91-12/95,   Director
9/90-present, Glenbrook Life Insurance Company; President 1/90-present, Director
10/86-present,  Allstate Life Insurance Company; Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer  6/95-present,  Chairman of the Board and President 4/90-6/95,
Chairman of the Board 4/90-7/90, Executive Vice President 1/89-4/90, Senior Vice
President and  Treasurer  10/86-4/89,  Director  4/86-present,  Northbrook  Life
Insurance  Company;  Chairman  of the Board & President  6/90-present,  Director
12/83-present,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company of New York;  Chairman of the
Board & Chief Executive Officer 3/90-present, Director 5/89-present, Surety Life
Insurance Company;  Director 10/86-present Allstate Insurance Company;  Director
4/90-present,  Allstate Settlement Company; Director 5/91-present, Allstate Life
Financial Services.

JOHN J. MORRIS,  SENIOR VICE  PRESIDENT/SECRETARY  1994,  DIRECTOR,  1987,  Vice
President & Secretary  8/85-4/94,  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company;  Senior Vice
President  9/96-present,  Director 6/95-present,  Surety Life Insurance Company;
Vice  President &  Secretary,  Director  5/93-1/99,  Lincoln  Benefit  Financial
Services Inc.

ROBERT E. RICH,  EXECUTIVE  VICE PRESIDENT  1996,  DIRECTOR,  1987,  Senior Vice
President/Chief  Actuary  and  Treasurer,   4/95-5/96;  Senior  Vice  President,
Assistant Secretary  4/94-3/95,  Vice  President/Assistant  Secretary 1/84-5/96,
Lincoln Benefit Life Company; Executive Vice President 5/96-present, Senior Vice
President  and Chief  Actuary  1/94-5/96,  Director  9/93-present,  Surety  Life
Insurance Company; Director 5/93-1/99, Lincoln Benefit Financial Services, Inc.

KEVIN R. SLAWIN, DIRECTOR, 1996, Lincoln Benefit Life Company; Director and Vice
President-Finance  and Planning  1996-present,  Allstate Life Insurance Company;
Director  8/96-present,  Allstate Life Insurance  Company of New York;  Director
8/96-present,  Laughlin Group Holdings, Inc.; Director 8/96-present,  Northbrook
Life Insurance Company;  Director  8/96-present,  Surety Life Insurance Company;
Director  8/96-present,   Glenbrook  Life  Insurance  Company;   Assistant  Vice
President,  Assistant Treasurer 1/95-8/96, Allstate Insurance Company; Assistant
Treasurer and Director 2/94-1/95, Sears Roebuck & Co.

J. SCOTT TAYLOR, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, 1999, Vice President 9/98-3/99, Director
of Sales  Management  1/97-9/98,  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company;  Director  of
Marketing Development 1984-1997 Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.

MICHAEL J. VELOTTA, DIRECTOR 1992, Lincoln Benefit Life Company; Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel 1/93-present, Director 12/92-present,  Allstate Life
Insurance  Company;  Vice President,  Secretary & General Counsel  1/93-present,
Director  12/92-present,  Glenbrook  Life  Insurance  Company;  Vice  President,
Secretary & General Counsel 1/93-present, Director 12/92-present, Glenbrook Life
& Annuity  Company;  Vice President,  Secretary & General Counsel  1/93-present,
Director  12/92-present,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company  of New York;  Vice
President,  Secretary & General Counsel  1/93-present,  Director  12/92-present,
Northbrook Life Insurance Company;  Assistant Secretary,  Director 6/95-present,
Surety Life Insurance Company.

CAROL S. WATSON, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT,  GENERAL COUNSEL AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
1994,  DIRECTOR,  1992,  Vice  President & General  Counsel  7/91-4/94,  Lincoln
Benefit  Life  Company;  Senior  Vice  President,  General  Counsel &  Corporate
Secretary  1/98-present,  Senior Vice  President,  General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary,  1/94-12/97,  Director  6/95-present,  Surety Life Insurance Company;
President,  1996-1/99,  Director  5/93-1/99,  Vice President and General Counsel
1993-1995, Lincoln Benefit Financial Services, Inc.

DEAN M. WAY, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND ACTUARY,  DIRECTOR,  1998, Vice President
and Actuary 5/92-5/98,  Lincoln Benefit Life Company;  Senior Vice President and
Actuary, Director,  5/98-present,  Vice President and Actuary 9/96-5/98,  Surety
Life Insurance Company.

THOMAS J. WILSON,  II, DIRECTOR,  1999,  Lincoln Benefit Life Company;  Director
1/99-present,  Surety Life Insurance  Company;  Senior Vice President,  Director
6/95-present,  Vice President 1/95-6/95, Allstate Insurance Company; Senior Vice
President,   Director   7/96-present,   Allstate   Holdings,   Inc.;   President
1/99-present,  Director 9/95-present, Allstate Life Insurance Company; President
12/98-present,  Director  1/99-present,  Allstate Life Insurance  Company of New
York;  Senior  Vice  President  6/95-present,  Director  7/95-present,  Allstate
Property and Casualty Insurance Company; Vice President 1/95-1/99,  The Allstate
Corporation; Vice President 1993-1995, Sears, Roebuck & Company.

PATRICIA W. WILSON, DIRECTOR, 1997, Lincoln Benefit Life Company; Assistant Vice
President/Assistant  Secretary/Assistant Treasurer, 7/97-present, Assistant Vice
President 1/93-7/97,  Allstate Life Insurance Company;  Assistant Vice President
6/91-present,  Director  6/97-present,  Allstate Life  Insurance  Company of New
York;  Assistant  Treasurer  7/97-present,  Glenbrook  Life  Insurance  Company;
Assistant Treasurer 7/97-present, Glenbrook Life Annuity Company; Assistant Vice
President/Assistant  Secretary/Assistant Treasurer 7/97-present, Northbrook Life
Insurance Company; Director 7/97-present, Surety Life Insurance Company.

B. EUGENE WRAITH,  PRESIDENT,  CHIEF  OPERATING  OFFICER 1996,  DIRECTOR,  1984,
President  and Chief  Operating  Officer  3/96-present,  Senior  Vice  President
4/94-3/96,  Lincoln Benefit Life Company;  President and Chief Operating Officer
3/96-present,  Executive Vice President 1/94-3/96, Director 9/93-present, Surety
Life Insurance Company;  Chairman of the Board,  Director  1993-1/99,  President
5/93-11/96,   Lincoln   Benefit   Financial   Services,   Inc.;  Vice  President
3/96-present, Allstate Life Insurance Company.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Certain executive officers of Lincoln Benefit also serve as officers of Allstate
Life and receive no compensation  directly from Lincoln  Benefit.  Some officers
also serve as  executive  officers of other  companies  affiliated  with Lincoln
Benefit.  Allocations have been made as to each individual's time devoted to his
or her duties as an executive officer of Lincoln Benefit.  Those allocations are
reflected in the Summary  Compensation  Table set forth  below,  except that the
figures for Mr. Lower reflect his total  compensation from Lincoln Benefit,  its
affiliates,   and  parent  company  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company.  Lincoln
Benefit's  directors  receive  no  compensation  for  serving as  directors,  in
addition to their  compensation as employees at Lincoln Benefit,  Allstate Life,
or their affiliates.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION

                                                                                    LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                               ----------------------------------
                                                                                                        PAYOUTS
                                                                                       AWARDS        ------------
                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION                               --------------
                            -----------------------------                        (f)           (g)
           (a)                                                   (e)         ------------   ---------      (h)           (i)
- --------------------------   (b)       (c)         (d)      --------------    SECURITIES    UNDERLYING  ---------   --------------
    NAME AND PRINCIPAL      -----   ---------   ---------    OTHER ANNUAL     RESTRICTED    OPTIONS/      LTIP        ALL OTHER
         POSITION           YEAR     SALARY       BONUS      COMPENSATION    STOCK AWARDS    SARS(#)    PAYOUTS($)
COMPENSATION(1)
- --------------------------  -----   ---------   ---------   --------------   ------------   ---------   ---------   --------------
<S>                          <C>    <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>             <C>        <C>              <C>
Louis G. Lower II            1998   $ 458,700   $ 503,309        $ 25,064                     55,417                     $  8,000
Chief Executive Officer      1997   $ 453,225   $ 500,000        $ 27,768       $280,589      25,914    $570,068         $  8,000
Chairman of the Board        1996   $ 436,800   $ 246,781        $ 10,246              0      18,258           0         $  5,250
                            -----   ---------   ---------         -------    ------------   ---------   ---------          ------
Bernard Eugene Wraith        1998     104,500      32,744          10,156                      4,083                     $  8,000
President                    1997      99,500      24,733           4,887              0       1,002           0         $  8,000
                             1996      90,750      26,500          10,435              0      14,275           0         $  5,250
                            -----   ---------   ---------         -------    ------------   ---------   ---------          ------
Robert Edwin Rich            1998      83,114      16,681          19,800                      2,175                     $  8,000
Executive Vice President     1997      77,772      20,206          18,461              0         456           0         $  8,000
  and Chief Actuary          1996      71,824      23,500          19,611              0         132           0         $  5,250
                            -----   ---------   ---------         -------    ------------   ---------   ---------          ------
Thomas Robert Ashley         1998      151,742     15,574           5,959          1,212                                 $  8,000
Senior Vice President        1997      141,733     25,000           6,550              0                       0         $  8,000
                             1996       23,502          0               0              0                       0
                            -----   ---------   ---------         -------    ------------   ---------   ---------          ------
John H. Coleman, III         1998     119,146      23,505          10,391                        966                     $  7,133
Senior Vice President        1997     109,776      28,620          12,709              0         960           0         $  6,633
                             1996     101,088      25,500           3,047              0         378           0         $  4,238
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1)  Amounts received  represent the value allocated to each employee's  account
     from employer  contributions  under The Savings and Profit  Sharing Fund of
     Allstate Employees.

Shares of the Company and  Allstate  Life are not  directly  owned by any of our
directors  or  executive  officers.  The  percentage  of shares of The  Allstate
Corporation  beneficially owned by any director, and by all of our directors and
executive  officers  as a  group  does  not  exceed  one  percent  of the  class
outstanding.

STATE REGULATION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT.  We are subject to the laws of Nebraska and
regulated by the Nebraska Department of Insurance.  Every year we file an annual
statement  with the  Department  of Insurance  covering our  operations  for the
previous  year and our  financial  condition  as of the end of the year.  We are
inspected  periodically  by the  Department  of Insurance to verify our contract
liabilities  and reserves.  We also are examined  periodically  by the NAIC. Our
books and records are subject to review by the  Department  of  Insurance at all
times.  We are also  subject to  regulation  under the  insurance  laws of every
jurisdiction in which we operate.

SEPARATE  ACCOUNT.  Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account was originally
established  in 1992,  as a segregated  asset  account of Lincoln  Benefit.  The
Separate Account meets the definition of a "separate  account" under the federal
securities laws and is registered with the SEC as a unit investment  trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. The SEC does not supervise the management of
the Separate Account or Lincoln Benefit.

We own the assets of the Separate  Account,  but we hold them  separate from our
other assets.  To the extent that these assets are  attributable to the Contract
Value  of the  Contracts  offered  by  this  prospectus,  these  assets  are not
chargeable  with  liabilities  arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the
Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without
regard to our other income,  gains, or losses. Our obligations arising under the
Contracts are general corporate obligations of Lincoln Benefit.

The Separate Account is divided into Subaccounts.  The assets of each Subaccount
are invested in the shares of one of the  Portfolios.  We do not  guarantee  the
investment   performance  of  the  Separate  Account,  its  Subaccounts  or  the
Portfolios.  Values allocated to the Separate Account and the amount of Variable
Annuity  payments will rise and fall with the values of shares of the Portfolios
and are also reduced by Contract  charges.  We may also use the Separate Account
to fund our other annuity contracts. We will account separately for each type of
annuity contract funded by the Separate Account.

We have  included  additional  information  about the  Separate  Account  in the
Statement of Additional  Information.  You may obtain a copy of the Statement of
Additional Information by writing to us or calling us at 1-800-525-9287. We have
reproduced  the Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional  Information on
page [ ] below.

                                 ADMINISTRATION

We have primary  responsibility  for all administration of the Contracts and the
Separate  Account.  Our mailing  address is P.O.  Box 82532,  Lincoln,  Nebraska
68501-2532.

We provide the following  administrative services, among others: issuance of the
Contracts;  maintenance  of Contract Owner  records;  Contract  Owner  services;
calculation of unit values; maintenance of the Separate Account; and preparation
of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract  statements  and  transaction  confirmations  at least
quarterly.  You should notify us promptly in writing of any address change.  You
should  read your  statements  and  confirmations  carefully  and  verify  their
accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a periodic
statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary adjustments
retroactively,  but you must notify us of a potential  error within a reasonable
time after the date of the questioned  statement.  If you wait too long, we will
make the  adjustment  as of the date that we  receive  notice  of the  potential
error.

We will also provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

                             MARKET TIMING AND ASSET
                               ALLOCATION SERVICES

Certain  third  parties  offer market  timing and asset  allocation  services in
connection  with the Contracts.  In certain  situations,  we will honor transfer
instructions  from third party market  timing and asset  allocation  services if
they comply with our administrative systems, rules and procedures,  which we may
modify at any time.  PLEASE NOTE that fees and charges  assessed for third party
market timing and asset  allocation  services are separate and distinct from the
Contract fees and charges set forth herein.  We neither recommend nor discourage
the use of market timing and asset allocation services.

                            DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

The   Contracts   described   in  this   prospectus   are  sold  by   registered
representatives of broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents,  either
individually or through an incorporated  insurance  agency.  Commissions paid to
broker-dealers  may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all
Contract sales will not exceed 5.5% of all Purchase Payments (on a present value
basis).  From  time  to  time,  we may  offer  additional  sales  incentives  to
broker-dealers  who  maintain  certain  sales  volume  levels.  We  do  not  pay
commission on Contract  sales to our  employees,  our  affiliate's  employees or
their spouses or minor children.

Allstate  Life  Financial  Services  ("ALFS")  located  at  3100  Sanders  Road,
Northbrook,  IL 60062-7154  serves as  distributor  of the  Contracts.  ALFS, an
affiliate of Lincoln  Benefit,  is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of Allstate  Life
Insurance  Company.  ALFS is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.

Lincoln  Benefit  does  not  pay  ALFS  a  commission  for  distribution  of the
Contracts.  The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse
ALFS for expenses  incurred in distributing the Contracts,  including  liability
arising out of services we provide on the Contracts.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings  affecting the Separate Account.  Lincoln
Benefit and its  subsidiaries  are engaged in routine  law suits  which,  in our
management's  judgment, are not of material importance to their respective total
assets or material with respect to the Separate Account.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of Nebraska law  pertaining to the Contract,  including the validity
of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract  under  Nebraska  law,  have
been passed upon by Carol S. Watson,  Senior Vice President and General  Counsel
of Lincoln  Benefit.  Legal matters  relating to the federal  securities laws in
connection with the Contracts described in this prospectus are being passed upon
by the law firm of Jorden Burt Boros Cicchetti  Berenson & Johnson,  1025 Thomas
Jefferson St., East Lobby-Suite 400, Washington, D.C. 20007-0805.

                                     EXPERTS

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company and
subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and for each of the three years in
the period  ended  December  31,  1998,  included in this  prospectus  have been
audited  by  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their
report  appearing  herein,  and are included in reliance upon the report of such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

We have filed a registration statement with the SEC, under the Securities Act of
1933 as amended, with respect to the Contracts offered by this prospectus.  This
prospectus does not contain all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement  and the exhibits  filed as part of the  registration  statement.  You
should  refer  to the  registration  statement  and  the  exhibits  for  further
information concerning the Separate Account, Lincoln Benefit, and the Contracts.
The descriptions in this prospectus of the Contracts and other legal instruments
are  summaries.  You should refer to those  instruments as filed for the precise
terms  of  those  instruments.   You  may  inspect  and  obtain  copies  of  the
registration statement as described on the cover page of this prospectus.


<PAGE>




                        TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Contract....................................................
    Annuity Payments............................................
    Initial Monthly Annuity Payment.............................
    Subsequent Monthly Payments.................................
    Transfers After Annuity Date................................
    Annuity Unit Value..........................................
    Illustrative Example of Variable Annuity Payments...........
Additional Federal Income Tax Information.......................
    Introduction................................................
    Taxation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company....................
    Exceptions to the Non-natural Owner Rule....................
    IRS Required Distribution at Death Rules....................
    Qualified Plans.............................................
    Types of Qualified Plans....................................

Separate Account Performance....................................

Experts.........................................................

Financial Statements............................................


<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A
                         PORTFOLIOS AND PERFORMANCE DATA
                                PERFORMANCE DATA

From time to time the  Separate  Account may  advertise  the PIMCO Money  Market
Subaccount's  "yield" and  "effective  yield."  Both yield  figures are based on
historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate  future  performance.  The
"yield" of the PIMCO Money Market  Subaccount refers to the net income earned by
the  Subaccount  over the  seven-day  period stated in the  advertisement.  This
income is then  "annualized."  That is, the amount of income  earned during that
week is assumed to be generated  each week over a 52-week period and is shown as
a percentage of the investment.  The "effective  yield" is calculated  similarly
but,  when  annualized,  the income  earned by the  investment  is assumed to be
reinvested at the end of each seven-day  period.  The "effective  yield" will be
slightly  higher  than the  "yield"  because of the  compounding  effect of this
assumed  reinvestment.  Neither  the yield nor the  effective  yield  takes into
consideration the effect of any capital gains or losses that might have occurred
during the seven day period,  nor do they  reflect the impact of any premium tax
charge or Withdrawal  Charges.  The impact of other,  recurring  charges on both
yield figures is, however,  reflected in them to the same extent it would affect
the yield (or effective yield) for a Contract of average size.

In addition,  the Separate  Account may advertise an  annualized  30-day (or one
month)  yield  figure  for  Subaccounts   other  than  the  PIMCO  Money  Market
Subaccount.  These yield  figures are based upon the actual  performance  of the
Subaccount over a 30-day (or one month) period ending on a date specified in the
advertisement.  Like the money market yield data described above, the 30-day (or
one month) yield data will reflect the effect of all recurring Contract charges,
but will not reflect  any  Withdrawal  Charges or premium tax charge.  The yield
figure is derived from net investment  gain (or loss) over the period  expressed
as a fraction of the investment's value at the end of the period.

The Separate Account may also advertise standardized and non-standardized "total
return" data for its Subaccounts.  Like the yield figures described above, total
return  figures are based on  historical  data and are not  intended to indicate
future  performance.  The  standardized  "total return"  compares the value of a
hypothetical  investment made at the beginning of the period to the value of the
same hypothetical investment at the end of the period. Standardized total return
figures  reflect the  deduction of any  Withdrawal  Charge that would be imposed
upon a complete  redemption of the Contract at the end of the period.  Recurring
Contract charges are reflected in the  standardized  total return figures in the
same manner as they are reflected in the yield data for Contracts funded through
the Money Market Subaccount.

In  addition  to the  standardized  "total  return,"  the  Separate  Account may
advertise  non-standardized  "total  return."  Non-standardized  total return is
calculated in a similar manner and for the same time periods as the standardized
total return  except that the  Withdrawal  Charge is not deducted.  Further,  we
assumed an initial hypothetical investment of $50,000, because $50,000 is closer
to the  average  Purchase  Payment  of a  Contract  which we  expect  to  write.
Standardized  total return, on the other hand,  assumes an initial  hypothetical
investment of $1,000.

The Separate Account may also disclose yield and  non-standardized  total return
for time periods before the date the Separate Account commenced  operations.  In
this case,  performance  data for the  Subaccounts  is  calculated  based on the
performance of the Portfolios  and assumes that the  Subaccounts  existed during
the same time period as the Portfolios, with recurring Contract charges equal to
those currently assessed against the Subaccounts.

Our advertisements may also compare the performance of our Subaccounts with: (a)
certain  unmanaged  market  indices,  including  but  the Dow  Jones  Industrial
Average,  the Standard & Poor's 500, and the Shearson Lehman Bond Index;  and/or
(b) other management  investment companies with investment objectives similar to
the underlying  funds being compared.  Our  advertisements  also may include the
performance ranking assigned by various publications,  including the Wall Street
Journal,  Forbes,  Fortune,  Money,  Barron's,  Business  Week,  USA Today,  and
statistical  services,  including Lipper Analytical Services Mutual Fund Survey,
Lipper Annuity and Closed End Survey, the Variable Annuity Research Data Survey,
and SEI.

The  Contract  charges  are  described  in  more  detail  on  pages [ ]. We have
described  the  computation  of  advertised  performance  data for the  Separate
Account in more detail  beginning  on page [ ] of the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.


<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX B
                    ILLUSTRATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment:          $40,000.00
Credit Enhancement:          1,600.00

Guarantee Period:          5 Years

Guaranteed Interest Rate:  5% Annual Effective Rate

5-year Treasury Rate at
Time of Purchase Payment:  6%

The  following  examples  illustrate  how the Market  Value  Adjustment  and the
Withdrawal Charge may affect the values of a Contract upon a withdrawal.  The 5%
assumed Guaranteed Interest Rate is the rate required to be used in the "Summary
of Expenses." In these  examples,  the withdrawal  occurs one year after (in the
second Contract Year) the Issue Date. The Market Value Adjustment  operates in a
similar manner for transfers, except that there is no free amount for transfers.
No Withdrawal Charge applies to transfers.

Assuming  that the entire  $40,000.00  Purchase  Payment  and  $1,600.00  Credit
Enhancement  are  allocated to the  Guaranteed  Maturity  Fixed  Account for the
Guarantee Period  specified above, at the end of the five-year  Guarantee Period
the Contract Value would be  $53,093.31.  After one year,  when the  withdrawals
occur in these examples, the Contract Value would be $43,680.00. We have assumed
that no prior partial withdrawals or transfers have occurred.

The Market Value Adjustment and the Withdrawal  Charge only apply to the portion
of a withdrawal  that is greater than the Free Withdrawal  Amount.  Accordingly,
the first step is to calculate the Free Withdrawal Amount.

The Free Withdrawal Amount is equal to:

(a)  the greater of:

     -    earnings not previously withdrawn; or

     -    15% of your total  Purchase  Payments in the most recent  eight years;
          plus

(b)  an amount equal to your total Purchase  Payments made more than eight years
     ago, to the extent not previously withdrawn.

Here, (a) equals  $6,000.00,  because 15% of the total Purchase  Payments in the
most recent  seven years  ($6,000.00  = 15% X  $40,000.00)  is greater  than the
earnings not previously withdrawn ($3,680.00). (B) equals $0, because all of the
Purchase  Payments  were made less than eight years age.  Accordingly,  the Free
Withdrawal Amount is $6,000.00.

The formula that we use to determine  the amount of the Market Value  Adjustment
is:

 .9 X (I-J) X N,

where:

I    = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the relevant  Guarantee  Period
     for the week preceding the beginning of the Guarantee Period;

J    = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the relevant  Guarantee  Period
     for the week  preceding  our  receipt  of your  withdrawal  request,  death
     benefit request, transfer request, or annuity option request; and

N    = the  number of whole and  partial  years  from the date we  receive  your
     request until the end of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We will base the Market  Value  Adjustment  on the current  Treasury  Rate for a
maturity  corresponding  in  length  to the  relevant  Guarantee  Period.  These
examples  also show the  Withdrawal  Charge (if any),  which would be calculated
separately from the Market Value Adjustment.

EXAMPLE OF A DOWNWARD MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

A downward  Market Value  Adjustment  results from a full or partial  withdrawal
that occurs when  interest  rates have  increased.  Assume  interest  rates have
increased one year after the Purchase Payment,  such that the five-year Treasury
Rate is now 6.5%. Upon a withdrawal,  the market value  adjustment  factor would
be:

     .9 X (.06 - .065) X 4 = -.0180

The Market Value Adjustment is a reduction of $678.24 from the amount withdrawn:

     $-678.24 = -.0180 X ($43,680 - $6,000.00)

A Withdrawal  Charge of 7% (assuming the  Withdrawal  occurs at the start of the
second Contract year) would be assessed against the Purchase Payments  withdrawn
that are less than eight  years old and are not  eligible  for free  withdrawal.
Under  the  Contract,  earnings  are  deemed  to be  withdrawn  before  Purchase
Payments.  Accordingly,  in this  example,  the amount of the  Purchase  Payment
eligible for free  withdrawal  would equal the Free  Withdrawal  Amount less the
interest credited or $2,320.00 ($6,000.00 - $3,680.00).

Therefore, the Withdrawal Charge would be:

     $2,637.60 = 7% X (40,000.00 - $2,320.00)

As a result, the net amount payable to you would be:

     $40,364.16 = $43,680.00 - $678.24 - $2,637.60

EXAMPLE OF AN UPWARD MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

An upward  Market Value  Adjustment  results from a withdrawal  that occurs when
interest  rates have  decreased.  Assume  interest rates have decreased one year
after the Purchase Payment,  such that the five-year  Treasury Rate is now 5.5%.
Upon a withdrawal, the market value adjustment factor would be:

     .9 X (.06 - .055) X 4 = .0180

The Market Value Adjustment  would increase the amount withdrawn by $648.00,  as
follows:

     $678.24 = .0180 X ($43,680 - $6,000.00)

As above, in this example,  the amount of the Purchase Payment eligible for free
withdrawal would equal the Free Withdrawal  Amount less the interest credited or
$2,320.00 ($6,000.00 - $3,680.00). Therefore, the Withdrawal Charge would be:

     $2,637.60 = 7% X ($40,000.00 - $2,320.00)

As a result, the net amount payable to you would be:

     $41,720.64 = $43,680.00 + $678.24 - $2,637.60

EXAMPLE OF A PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL

If you request a partial  withdrawal from a Guarantee  Period, we can either (1)
withdraw  the  specified  amount of  Contract  Value and pay you that  amount as
adjusted by any  applicable  Market Value  Adjustment  or (2) pay you the amount
requested,  and  subtract  an amount  from your  Contract  Value that equals the
requested amount after application of the Market Value Adjustment and Withdrawal
Charge. Unless you instruct us otherwise,  when you request a partial withdrawal
we will assume that you wish to receive the amount  requested.  We will make the
necessary  calculations and on your request provide you with a statement showing
our calculations.

For  example,  if in the first  example  you wished to receive  $20,000.00  as a
partial  withdrawal,  the Market Value Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge would be
calculated as follows:

let:       AW    =    the total amount to be withdrawn from your contract value
           MVA   =    Market Value Adjustment
           WC    =    Withdrawal Charge
           AW'   =    amount subject to Market Value Adjustment and Withdrawal
                      Charge

Then       AW - $20,000.00 = WC-MVA

Since neither the Market Value Adjustment nor the Withdrawal Charge apply to the
free  withdrawal  amount,  we can solve  directly for the amount  subject to the
Market Value Adjustment and the Withdrawal  Charge (i.e.,  AW'), which equals AW
- -$6,000.00.  Then,  AW = AW' + $6,000,  and AW' + $6,000.00 - $20,000.00 = MVA +
WC.

           MVA        =          -.018 X AW'
           WC         =          .07 X AW'

(since the Market Value  Adjustment  is a reduction  from amount  withdrawn,  it
operates in the same direction as the Withdrawal Charge)

           WC - MVA = .088AW'
           AW' - $14,000.00 = .088AW'
           AW' = $14,000.00 / (1 - .088) = $15,350.88
           MVA = -.018 X $15,350.88 = $276.32
           WC = .07 X $15,350.88 = $1,074.56

AW = Total amount withdrawn = $15,350.88 + $6,000.00 = $21,350.88

You  receive  $20,000.00;  the total  amount  subtracted  from your  contract is
$21,350.88; the Market Value Adjustment is $276.32; and the Withdrawal Charge is
$1,074.56. Your remaining Contract Value is $20,649.12.

If, however,  in the same example,  you wished to withdraw  $20,000.00 from your
Contract Value and receive the adjusted  amount,  the  calculations  would be as
follows:

By definition, AW = total amount withdrawn from your Contract Value = $20,000.00

    AW'   =   amount that MVA & WC are applied to
          =   amount withdrawn in excess of Free Amount = $20,.000.00 -
               $6,000.00 = $14,000.00
    MVA   =   -.018 X $14,000.00 = $-252.00

    WC    =   .07 X $14,000.00 = $980.00

You would receive $20,000.00 - $252.00 - $980.00 = $18,768.00;  the total amount
subtracted from your Contract Value is $20,000.00. Your remaining Contract Value
would be $22,000.00.

EXAMPLE OF FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT

Assume that in the foregoing  example,  after four years $10,565.06 in earnings;
including the Credit  Enhancement  had been credited and that the Contract Value
in  the  Fixed  Account  equaled  $50,565.06.  In  this  example,  if  no  prior
withdrawals  have  been  made,  you  could  withdraw  up to  $10,565.06  without
incurring a Market Value Adjustment or a Withdrawal  Charge. The Free Withdrawal
Amount  would be  $10,565.06,  because the  interest  credited  ($10,565.06)  is
greater than 15% of the Total  Purchase  Payments in the most recent seven years
($40,000.00 X .15 = $6,000.00).


<PAGE>


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         FLEXIBLE PREMIUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                  LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT

                     DEPOSITOR: LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This Statement of Additional  Information  is not a prospectus.  You should also
read the prospectus  relating to the annuity contracts  described above. You may
obtain a copy of the prospectus  without charge by calling us at  1-800-525-9287
or writing to us at the following address:

                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                                 P.O. Box 82532
                          Lincoln, Nebraska 68501-2532

              The date of this Statement of Additional Information
                 and of the related Prospectus is: July 7, 1999.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                               PAGE
                                                               ----
THE CONTRACT......................................
  ANNUITY PAYMENTS................................
  INITIAL MONTHLY ANNUITY PAYMENTS................
  SUBSEQUENT MONTHLY PAYMENTS.....................
  TRANSFERS AFTER ANNUITY DATE....................
  ANNUITY UNIT VALUE..............................
  ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY
    PAYMENTS......................................

ADDITIONAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX INFORMATION.........
  INTRODUCTION....................................
  TAXATION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY........
  EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE........
  IRS REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES........
  QUALIFIED PLANS.................................
  TYPES OF QUALIFIED PLANS........................

SEPARATE ACCOUNT PERFORMANCE......................

EXPERTS...........................................

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................


<PAGE>


                                  THE CONTRACT

ANNUITY PAYMENTS

The amount of your annuity payments will depend on the following factors:

(a)  the amount of your Contract  Value on the Valuation Date next preceding the
     Annuity Date,  minus any applicable  premium tax charge and adjusted by any
     applicable Market Value Adjustment;

(b)  the Payment Option you have selected;

(c)  the payment frequency you have selected;

(d)  the  age  and,  in  some  cases,  the sex of the  Annuitant  and any  Joint
     Annuitant; and

(e)  for Variable  Annuity Payments only, the investment  performance  after the
     Annuity Date of the Subaccounts you have selected.

INITIAL MONTHLY ANNUITY PAYMENT

For both Fixed and Variable  Annuity  payments,  we determine the amount of your
initial  annuity payment as follows.  First, we subtract any applicable  premium
tax charge from your  Contract  Value on the Valuation  Date next  preceding the
Annuity Date.  We will also  increase or decrease your Fixed Account  balance by
any  applicable  Market  Value  Adjustment.  Next,  we apply that  amount to the
Payment Option you have selected. For Fixed Annuity payments, we will use either
the Payment  Option  Tables in the Contract or our annuity  tables in effect for
single premium  immediate  annuities at the time of the  calculation,  whichever
table is more favorable to the payee. For Variable Annuity payments, we will use
the Payment Options tables in the Contract (which reflect the assumed investment
rate of 3.5% which is used in calculating  subsequent Variable Annuity payments,
as described below).  The tables show the amount of the periodic payment a payee
could  receive  based on $1,000 of  Contract  Value.  To  determine  the initial
payment amount,  we divide your Contract Value,  adjusted as described above, by
$1,000  and  multiply  the  result  by  the  relevant  annuity  factor  for  the
Annuitant's  age and sex (if we are  permitted to consider  that factor) and the
frequency of the payments you have selected.

In some states and under certain  Qualified  Plans and other  employer-sponsored
employee  benefit plans,  we are not permitted to take the  Annuitant's sex into
consideration in determining the amount of periodic annuity  payments.  In those
states, we use the same annuity table for men and women.

SUBSEQUENT MONTHLY PAYMENTS

For a Fixed  Annuity,  the  amount of the  second  and each  subsequent  monthly
annuity payment is usually the same as the first monthly payment. However, after
the Annuity Date you will have a limited  ability to increase your Fixed Annuity
payments by making transfers from the Subaccounts,  as described in "Transferred
after the Annuity Date" on page [ ] below.  After each such  transfer,  however,
your subsequent  annuity  payments will remain at the new level until and unless
you make an additional transfer to your Fixed Annuity payments.

For a Variable  Annuity,  the amount of the second and each  subsequent  monthly
payment will vary depending on the investment  performance of the Subaccounts to
which you allocated your Contract Value. We calculate  separately the portion of
the monthly annuity payment attributable to each Subaccount you have selected as
follows.  When we calculate your initial annuity payment, we also will determine
the number of Annuity Units in each  Subaccount to allocate to your Contract for
the remainder of the Annuity Period. For each Subaccount,  we divide the portion
of the initial  annuity  payment  attributable to that Subaccount by the Annuity
Unit Value for that  Subaccount on the Valuation Date next preceding the Annuity
Date.  The number of Annuity Units so determined  for your Contract is fixed for
the  duration  of the  Annuity  Period.  We will  determine  the  amount of each
subsequent  monthly  payment  attributable to each Subaccount by multiplying the
number of Annuity Units allocated to your Contract by the Annuity Unit Value for
that Subaccount as of the Valuation  Period next preceding the date on which the
annuity  payment is due. Since the number of Annuity Units is fixed,  the amount
of  each  subsequent  Variable  Annuity  payment  will  reflect  the  investment
performance of the Subaccounts elected by you.

TRANSFERS AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE

The Contract  provides that during the Annuity  Period,  you may make  transfers
among the  Subaccounts  or increase  the  proportion  of your  annuity  payments
consisting  of Fixed  Annuity  payments.  We will  effect a  transfer  among the
Subaccounts  at their Annuity Unit Value next  determined  after we receive your
instructions. After the transfer, your subsequent Variable Annuity payments will
be based on your new Annuity Unit  balances.  If you wish to transfer value from
the Subaccounts to increase your Fixed Annuity  payments,  we will determine the
amount of your  additional  Fixed Annuity  payments as follows.  First,  we will
determine the Annuitized Value represented by the Annuity Units that you wish to
apply to a Fixed  Annuity  payment.  Then,  we will  apply  that  amount  to the
appropriate  factor for the Payment Option you have  selected,  using either the
Payment  Option Tables in the Contract or our annuity  tables for single premium
immediate  annuities  at the time of the  calculation,  whichever  table is more
favorable to the payee.

ANNUITY UNIT VALUE

We determine  the value of an Annuity Unit  independently  for each  Subaccount.
Initially, the Annuity Unit Value for each Subaccount was set at $100.00.

The Annuity Unit Value for each  Subaccount  will vary depending on how much the
actual  net  investment  return  of the  Subaccount  differs  from  the  assumed
investment  rate that was used to prepare  the annuity  tables in the  Contract.
Those annuity  tables are based on a 3.5% per year assumed  investment  rate. If
the actual net  investment  rate of a Subaccount  exceeds 3.5%, the Annuity Unit
Value will increase and Variable  Annuity  payments  derived from allocations to
that Subaccount will increase over time. Conversely,  if the actual rate is less
than 3.5%,  the  Annuity  Unit  Value will  decrease  and the  Variable  Annuity
payments will decrease over time. If the net  investment  rate equals 3.5%,  the
Annuity Unit Value will stay the same, as will the Variable Annuity payments. If
we had used a higher assumed  investment rate, the initial monthly payment would
be higher,  but the actual net  investment  rate would also have to be higher in
order for annuity payments to increase (or not to decrease).

For each  Subaccount,  we  determine  the Annuity  Unit Value for any  Valuation
Period by  multiplying  the  Annuity  Unit Value for the  immediately  preceding
Valuation Period by the Net Investment  Factor for the current Valuation Period.
The result is then divided by a second  factor  which  offsets the effect of the
assumed net investment rate of 3.5% per year.

The  Net  Investment  Factor  measures  the  net  investment  performance  of  a
Subaccount from one Valuation Date to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be
greater or less than or equal to one;  therefore,  the value of an Annuity  Unit
may increase, decrease or remain the same.

To determine the Net Investment  Factor for a Subaccount for a Valuation Period,
we divide (a) by (b), and then subtract (c) from the result, where:

     (a) is the total of:

          (1) the net asset  value of a Portfolio  share held in the  Subaccount
     determined  as of the Valuation  Date at the end of the  Valuation  Period;
     plus

          (2) the  per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or  other  distribution
     declared by the  Portfolio for which the  "ex-dividend"  date occurs during
     the Valuation Period; plus or minus

          (3) a per share  credit or charge  for any taxes  which we paid or for
     which we reserved during the Valuation  Period and which we determine to be
     attributable  to the  operation  of the  Subaccount.  As  described  in the
     prospectus, currently we do not pay or reserve for federal income taxes;

     (b)  is the net asset value of the  Portfolio  share  determined  as of the
          Valuation Date at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; and

     (c)  is the  mortality  and  expense  risk  charge  and the  administrative
          expense risk charge.

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUE CALCULATION

Assume that one share of a given  Subaccount's  underlying  Portfolio  had a net
asset value of $11.46 as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") on
a Tuesday;  that its net asset value had been $11.44 at the close of the NYSE on
Monday,  the day before;  and that no dividends or other  distributions  on that
share had been made during the intervening  Valuation Period. The Net Investment
Factor  for the  Valuation  Period  ending  on  Tuesday's  close  of the NYSE is
calculated as follows:

        Net Investment Factor = ($11.46/$11.44) - 0.0000381 = 1.0017102

The amount subtracted from the ratio of the two net asset values  (0.0000381) is
the daily  equivalent  of the annual  asset-based  expense  charges  against the
Subaccount of 1.40%.

In the example  given above,  if the Annuity Unit value for the  Subaccount  was
$101.03523 on Monday, the Annuity Unit Value on Tuesday would have been:

$101.03523 X 1.0017102  = $101.19847
- ---------------------
      1.0000943

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Assume that a male Contract owner, P, owns a Contract in connection with which P
has allocated all of his Contract  Value to a single  Subaccount.  P is also the
sole  Annuitant.  At age 60, P chooses to annuitize his Contract under Option B,
Life and 10 Years  Certain.  As of the last Valuation Date preceding the Annuity
Date, P's Account was credited with 7543.2456  Accumulation  Units each having a
value of  $15.432655.  Accordingly,  P's Account  Value at that Date is equal to
7543.2456 X $15.432655 = $116,412.31.  There are no premium tax charges  payable
upon  annuitization.  Assume also that the Annuity Unit Value for the Subaccount
at that  same  Date is  $132.56932,  and  that  the  Annuity  Unit  Value on the
Valuation  Date  immediately  prior  to  the  second  annuity  payment  date  is
$133.27695.

P's first Variable Annuity payment is determined from the annuity rate tables in
P's Contract,  using the  information  assumed above.  The tables supply monthly
annuity  payments for each $1,000 of applied  Contract Value.  Accordingly,  P's
first  Variable  Annuity  payment  is  determined  by  multiplying  the  monthly
installment of $5.44 by the result of dividing P's Account Value by $1,000:

             First Payment = $5.44 X ($116,412.31/$1,000) = $633.28

The number of P's Annuity Units is also  determined at this time. It is equal to
the  amount of the first  Variable  Annuity  payment  divided by the value of an
Annuity Unit at the Valuation Date immediately prior to annuitization:

            Annuity Units = $633.28 DIVIDED BY $132.56932 = 4.77697

P's second  Variable  Annuity payment is determined by multiplying the number of
Annuity  Units by the Annuity Unit value as of the  Valuation  Date  immediately
prior to the second payment due date:

                Second Payment = 4.77697 X $133.27695 = $636.66

P's third and  subsequent  Variable  Annuity  payments  are computed in the same
manner.

The amount of the first Variable  Annuity  payment depends on the Contract Value
in the relevant Subaccount on the Annuity Date. Thus, it reflects the investment
performance of the  Subaccount  net of fees and charges during the  Accumulation
Period.  The amount of the first Variable Annuity payment  determines the number
of Annuity Units allocated to P's Contract for the Annuity  Period.  That number
will remain constant  throughout the Annuity  Period,  unless the Contract owner
makes a  transfer.  The  amount of the second and  subsequent  Variable  Annuity
payments depends on changes in the Annuity Unit Value,  which will  continuously
reflect changes in the net investment  performance of the Subaccount  during the
Annuity Period.

                    ADDITIONAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX INFORMATION

Introduction

THE FOLLOWING  DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE.  LINCOLN
BENEFIT  MAKES NO  GUARANTEE  REGARDING  THE TAX  TREATMENT  OF ANY  CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION  INVOLVING  A  CONTRACT.   Federal,   state,  local  and  other  tax
consequences of ownership or receipt of distributions  under an annuity contract
depend on the  individual  circumstances  of each person.  If you are  concerned
about any tax  consequences  with regard to your individual  circumstances,  you
should consult a competent tax adviser.

Taxation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company

Lincoln Benefit is taxed as a life insurance  company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Internal  Revenue Code. The Separate  Account is not an entity separate
from  Lincoln  Benefit,  and its  operations  form a part of the  Company.  As a
consequence,  the Separate  Account will not be taxed separately as a "Regulated
Investment  Company"  under  Subchapter  M of the Code.  Investment  income  and
realized  capital  gains of the Separate  Account are  automatically  applied to
increase  reserves under the contract.  Under current  federal tax law,  Lincoln
Benefit believes that the Separate Account  investment  income and capital gains
will not be taxed to the  extent  that such  income  and gains  are  applied  to
increase the reserves under the Contract.  Generally,  reserves are amounts that
Lincoln Benefit is legally  required to accumulate and maintain in order to meet
future obligations under the Contracts. Lincoln Benefit does not anticipate that
it will incur any federal  income tax  liability  attributable  to the  Separate
Account.  Therefore,  we do not intend to make provisions for any such taxes. If
we are taxed on investment income or capital gains of the Separate Account, then
we may impose a charge  against the Separate  Account in order to make provision
for such taxes.

Exceptions to the Non-natural Owner Rule

Generally,  Contracts  held by a  non-natural  owner are not  treated as annuity
contracts  for federal  income tax  purposes,  unless one of several  exceptions
applies.  Contracts will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the
nominal owner is a trust or other entity that holds the Contract for the benefit
of a natural person.  However, this special exception will not apply in the case
of an employer  who is the  nominal  owner of a Contract  under a  non-qualified
deferred  compensation  arrangement  for  employees.  Other  exceptions  to  the
non-natural owner rule are:

(1)  Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of the
     decedent;

(2)  certain qualified Contracts;

(3)  Contracts  purchased by employers upon the termination of certain qualified
     plans;

(4)  certain Contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements,
     and

(5)  Contracts purchased with a single premium when the annuity starting date is
     no later than a year from date of purchase of the annuity and substantially
     equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during
     the annuity period.

IRS Required Distribution at Death Rules

To  qualify  as  an  annuity  contract  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,   a
nonqualified Contract must provide:

(1)  if any owner dies on or after the annuity start date, but before the entire
     interest in the Contract has been  distributed,  the  remaining  portion of
     such interest must be  distributed  at least as rapidly as under the method
     of distribution being used as of the date of the owner's death;

(2)  if any owner dies prior to the annuity start date,  the entire  interest in
     the Contract  must be  distributed  within five years after the date of the
     owner's death.

     The five year requirement is satisfied if:

     (1)  any portion of the owner's  interest  which is payable to a designated
          beneficiary is distributed  over the life of such beneficiary (or over
          a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary),
          and

     (2)  the distributions begin within one year of the owner's death.

If the owner's designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse, the Contract may be
continued  with the  surviving  spouse  as the new  owner.  If the  owner of the
Contract is a  non-natural  person,  the  annuitant  is treated as the owner for
purposes of applying the  distribution at death rules. In addition,  a change in
the  annuitant  on a Contract  owned by a  non-natural  person is treated as the
death of the owner.

Qualified Plans

This Contract may be used with several types of Qualified  Plans.  The tax rules
applicable to participants in Qualified Plans vary according to the type of Plan
and the terms and  conditions  of the Plan.  Qualified  Plan  participants,  and
owners,  annuitants and  beneficiaries  under the Contract may be subject to the
terms  and  conditions  of the  Qualified  Plan  regardless  of the terms of the
Contract.

Types of Qualified Plans

IRAs.  Section 408 of the Code permits eligible  individuals to contribute to an
individual  retirement  plan known as an IRA. IRAs are subject to limitations on
the  amount  that can be  contributed  and on the time  when  distributions  may
commence.  Certain  distributions  from other  types of  qualified  plans may be
"rolled  over" on a  tax-deferred  basis into an IRA. An IRA  generally  may not
provide  life  insurance,  but it may  provide a Death  Benefit  that equals the
greater of the premiums  paid or the  Contract  value.  The Contract  provides a
Death Benefit that in certain situations, may exceed the greater of the payments
or the contract  value.  If the IRS treats the Death  Benefit as  violating  the
prohibition  on investment in life insurance  contracts,  the Contract would not
qualify as an IRA.

Roth  IRAs.  Section  408A of the  Code  permits  eligible  individuals  to make
nondeductible  contributions  to an individual  retirement  plan known as a Roth
IRA. Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that can be contributed.
In  certain  instances,  distributions  from Roth IRAs are  excluded  from gross
income.  Subject to certain limits, a traditional  Individual Retirement Account
or Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth IRA. The taxable  portion
of a conversion or rollover  distribution  is included in gross  income,  but is
exempt from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions

Simplified  Employee Pension Plans.  Section 408(k) of the Code allows employers
to establish  simplified  employee  pension plans for their  employees using the
employees' IRAs if certain criteria are met. Under these plans the employer may,
within limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to their
individual  retirement  annuities.  Employers  intending  to use the contract in
connection with such plans should seek competent advice

Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE Plans).  Sections 408(p) and
401(k) of the Tax Code allow  employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish
SIMPLE retirement plans for their employees. SIMPLE plans may be structured as a
SIMPLE  retirement  account using an employee's IRA to hold the assets,  or as a
Section 401(k) qualified cash or deferred arrangement. In general, a SIMPLE plan
consists of a salary  deferral  program for eligible  employees  and matching or
nonelective  contributions  made by  employers.  Employers  intending to use the
Contract in  conjunction  with SIMPLE plans should seek  competent tax and legal
advice.

Tax Sheltered  Annuities.  Section  403(b) of the Tax Code permits public school
employees and employees of certain types of tax-exempt  organizations (specified
in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code) to have their employers purchase Contracts for
them. Subject to certain  limitations,  a Section 403(b) plan allows an employer
to exclude the purchase  payments from the employees'  gross income.  A Contract
used for a Section 403(b) plan must provide that  distributions  attributable to
salary reduction  contributions made after 12/31/88,  and all earnings on salary
reduction contributions, may be made only on or after:

     -    the date the employee attains age 59 1/2,

     -    separates from service,

     -    dies,

     -    becomes disabled, or

     -    on the account of hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions
          may not be distributed for hardship).

These  limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Lincoln Benefit is directed
to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan.

Corporate and  Self-Employed  Pension and Profit Sharing Plans.  Sections 401(a)
and 403(a) of the Tax Code permit corporate employers to establish various types
of  tax  favored   retirement   plans  for  employees.   The  Tax  Code  permits
self-employed   individuals  to  establish  tax  favored  retirement  plans  for
themselves and their employees. Such retirement plans may permit the purchase of
Contracts to provide benefits under the plans.

State and Local  Government and Tax-Exempt  Organization  Deferred  Compensation
Plans.  Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments
and tax-exempt  organizations to defer a portion of their  compensation  without
paying current income taxes.  The employees must be  participants in an eligible
deferred  compensation  plan.  Employees  with  Contracts  under  the  plan  are
considered  general  creditors of the employer.  The  employer,  as owner of the
Contract, has the sole right to the proceeds of the Contract.  Generally,  under
the non-natural owner rules,  Contracts are not treated as annuity contracts for
federal  income tax  purposes.  Under these  plans,  contributions  made for the
benefit of the  employees  will not be included in the  employees'  gross income
until distributed from the plan. However, all compensation  deferred under a 457
plan must remain the sole property of the employer. As property of the employer,
the assets of the plan are subject only to the claims of the employer's  general
creditors,  until such time as the assets become  available to the employee or a
beneficiary.

                          SEPARATE ACCOUNT PERFORMANCE

Performance  data  for  the  various  Subaccounts  are  computed  in the  manner
described below.

PIMCO MONEY MARKET SUBACCOUNT

The  current  yield is the annual  yield on the PIMCO  Money  Market  Subaccount
assuming no  reinvestment  of dividends and excluding all realized or unrealized
capital gains.  We compute  current yield by first  determining  the Base Period
Return on a hypothetical  Contract having a balance of one Accumulation  Unit at
the beginning of a 7 day period using the formula:

Base Period Return = (EV-SV)/(SV)

    where:

SV = value of one Accumulation Unit at the start of a 7 day period

EV = value of one Accumulation Unit at the end of the 7 day period

We determine  the value of the  Accumulation  Unit at the end of the period (EV)
by:

     (1)  adding,  to the value of the Unit at the beginning of the period (SV),
          the investment income from the underlying  Variable Insurance Products
          Fund Money Market  Portfolio  attributed  to the Unit over the period;
          and

     (2)  subtracting, from the result, the sum of:

          (a)  the  portion  of  the  annual  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk  and
     Administrative  Expense Charges  allocable to the 7 day period (obtained by
     multiplying the annually-based charges by the fraction 7/365); and

          (b) a prorated  portion of the annual contract  maintenance  charge of
     $35 per Contract.  The contract  maintenance  charge is allocated among the
     Subaccounts in proportion to the total Contract Values similarly allocated.
     The charge is further reduced,  for purposes of the yield  computation,  by
     multiplying  it by the ratio  that the value of the  hypothetical  Contract
     bears to the value of an account of average  size for  Contracts  funded by
     the Fidelity Money Market Subaccount.  The Charge is then multiplied by the
     fraction 7/365 to arrive at the portion attributable to the 7 day period.

The current yield is then obtained by annualizing the Base Period Return:

                 Current Yield = (Base Period Return) X (365/7)

The PIMCO Money Market  Subaccount also quotes an "effective  yield".  Effective
yield differs from current yield in that effective  yield takes into account the
effect of dividend reinvestment. The effective yield, like the current yield, is
derived from the Base Period Return over a 7 day period.  However, the effective
yield accounts for the reinvestment of dividends in the PIMCO Variable Insurance
Trust IIby compounding the current yield according to the formula:

     Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)to the power of 365/7 - 1].

Net  investment  income for yield  quotation  purposes  will not include  either
realized capital gains and losses or unrealized  appreciation and  depreciation,
whether  reinvested or not. The yield  quotations also do not reflect any impact
of premium tax charges, transfer fees, or Withdrawal Charges.

The  yields  quoted  do not  represent  the  yield  of the  PIMCO  Money  Market
Subaccount  in the future,  because the yield is not fixed.  Actual  yields will
differ depending on the type,  quality and maturities of the investments held by
the  PIMCO  Money  Market  Portfolio  and  changes  in  interest  rates on those
investments.  In addition,  your yield also will be affected by factors specific
to your  Contract.  For example,  if your account is smaller than average,  your
yield will be lower,  because the fixed dollar  expense  charges will affect the
yield on small accounts more than they will affect the yield on larger accounts.

Yield  information may be useful in reviewing the performance of the PIMCO Money
Market Subaccount and for providing a basis for comparison with other investment
alternatives.  However,  the PIMCO Money Market Subaccount's yield may vary on a
daily basis,  unlike bank  deposits or other  investments  that  typically pay a
fixed yield for a stated period of time.

The PIMCO Money Market Portfolio's yield for the seven-day period ended December
31,  1999 was [ ]% and the  effective  yield for the same seven day period was [
]%.

OTHER SUBACCOUNTS

We compute the  performance  of the other  Subaccounts in terms of an annualized
"yield" and/or as "total return".

YIELD

Yield will be expressed as an annualized  percentage  based on the  Subaccount's
performance  over a stated 30-day (or one month) period.  The  annualized  yield
figures  will  reflect  all  recurring  Contract  charges  and will not  reflect
Withdrawal Charges, transfer fees or premium tax charges. To arrive at the yield
percentage  over  the  30-day  (or  one  month)  period,   the  net  income  per
Accumulation Unit of the Subaccount during the period is divided by the value of
an  Accumulation  Unit as of the end of the  period.  The  yield  figure is then
annualized by assuming  monthly  compounding of the 30-day (or one month) figure
over a six-month period and then doubling the result.

               The formula used in computing the yield figure is:

                Yield = 2 X ( ((a-b) + 1)to the power of 6 - 1)
                                ---
                                cd

    where:

     a    = net  investment  income earned  during the period by the  underlying
          Portfolio attributable to its shares held in the Subaccount;

     b    = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);

     c    = average daily number of Accumulation  Units  outstanding  during the
          period; and

     d    = the net asset value of an  Accumulation  Unit on the last day of the
          period.

These yield figures reflect all recurring Contract charges,  as described in the
explanation of the yield computation for the PIMCO Money Market Subaccount. Like
the PIMCO Money Market  Subaccount's  yield  figures,  the yield figures for the
other  Subaccounts  are based on past  performance  and  should  not be taken as
predictive of future results.

STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN

Standardized  total return for a Subaccount  represents a single computed annual
rate of return that, when compounded annually over a specified time period (one,
five, and ten years, or since  inception) and applied to a hypothetical  initial
investment in a Contract  funded by that Subaccount made at the beginning of the
period,  will produce the same Contract  Value at the end of the period that the
hypothetical   investment  would  have  produced  over  the  same  period.   The
standardized  total  rate of return (T) is  computed  so that it  satisfies  the
following formula:

                         P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV

    where:

     P    = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T    = average annual total return

     n    = number of years

     ERV  = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the
          beginning  of the one,  five,  or ten year period as of the end of the
          period (or fractional portion thereof).

The standardized  total return figures reflect the effect of both  non-recurring
and recurring  charges,  as discussed  herein.  Recurring charges are taken into
account  in a manner  similar  to that used for the yield  computations  for the
PIMCO Money Market Subaccount, described above. The applicable Withdrawal Charge
(if any) is deducted  as of the end of the period,  to reflect the effect of the
assumed complete  redemption.  The effect of the contract  maintenance charge on
your account  usually will differ from that assumed in the  computation,  due to
differences  between  most actual  allocations  and the assumed  one, as well as
differences due to varying account sizes.  Accordingly,  your total return on an
investment  in the  Subaccount  over the same time  periods  usually  would have
differed from those produced by the computation.  As with the PIMCO Money Market
and other Subaccount yield figures,  standardized total return figures are based
on  historical  data  and  are  not  intended  to  be  a  projection  of  future
performance.

NON-STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN

Non-standardized  total  return for a Subaccount  represents  a single  computed
annual rate of return  that,  when  compounded  annually  over a specified  time
period  (one,  five,  and ten  years,  or  since  inception)  and  applied  to a
hypothetical  initial investment in a Contract funded by that Subaccount made at
the beginning of the period,  will produce the same Contract Value at the end of
the period that the  hypothetical  investment  would have produced over the same
period.  The total  rate of return  (T) is  computed  so that it  satisfies  the
formula:

                         P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV

    where:

     P    = a hypothetical initial payment of $50,000

     T    = average annual total return

     n    = number of years

     ERV  = ending  redeemable  value of a hypothetical  $50,000 payment made at
          the  beginning of the one,  five,  or ten year period as of the end of
          the period (or fractional portion thereof).

Our non-standardized total return differs from standardized total return in that
in calculating non-standardized total return, we assumed an initial hypothetical
investment  of $50,000.  We chose  $50,000,  because it is closer to the average
Purchase Payment of a Contract that we expect to write.  For standardized  total
return, we used an initial hypothetical investment of $1,000, as required by SEC
regulations.  The  non-standardized  total return figures  reflect the effect of
recurring  charges,  as  discussed  herein.  Because the impact of the  contract
maintenance  charge on your account will usually differ from that assumed in the
computation,  due to differences between most actual allocations and the assumed
one, as well as differences due to varying  account sizes,  your total return on
an investment in the  Subaccount  over the same time periods  usually would have
differed from those produced by the computation.  As with the standardized total
return  figures,  non-standardized  total return figures are based on historical
data and are not intended to be a projection of future performance.

Non-standardized  total return may reflect the addition of a Credit  Enhancement
of 4%. The  impact of the Credit  Enhancement  on total  return is  particularly
pronounced for the shorter durations for which total return is measured, such as
one and three years.  You should take this into  consideration in any comparison
of total return between the Sub-accounts and investment options offered pursuant
to other annuities.

TIME PERIODS BEFORE THE DATE THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT COMMENCED OPERATIONS

The Separate Account may also disclose yield and  non-standardized  total return
for  time  periods  before  the  Separate  Account  commenced  operations.  This
performance  data is based on the actual  performance  of the  Portfolios  since
their  inception,  adjusted  to  reflect  the effect of the  recurring  Contract
charges at the rates currently charged against the Subaccounts.

                        TABLES OF TOTAL RETURN QUOTATIONS

The following  tables include  average annual total return and  non-standardized
total return for various periods as of December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
                         ASSUMING CONTRACT SURRENDERED

                                                                         AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (3)
                                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       SINCE
                                                     INCEPTION                  5 YEAR    10 YEAR    INCEPTION
                                                       DATE (2)     1 YEAR (%)     (%)        (%)         (%)
                                                    -----------   ----------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>
GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
   CORE Small Cap Equity (4)
   International Equity (4)                                              (To be provided by Pre-Effective
                                                                                    Amendment)

J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II
   Small Company  (4)


LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.
   Emerging Markets
   International Equity

LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
   Aggressive Equity (4)
   Balanced (4)
   Growth Equity (4)
   Structured Equity (4)
   Value Equity (4)

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS
   Mid-Cap Growth
   Mid-Cap Value
   High Yield Bond

OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
   Equity
   Small Cap

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST StocksPLUS Growth and Income (4) Foreign Bond (4)
   Total Return Bond (4) Money Market (1)(4)

SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS
   Capital
</TABLE>


- ------------------------
(1)  An  investment in PIMCO Money Market is neither  insured nor  guaranteed by
     the U.S.  Government  and there can be no assurance that PIMCO Money Market
     will maintain a stable $1.00 share price.  The PIMCO Money Market Fund does
     not advertise total return.

(2)  The Separate  Account was  established  on  approximately  January 2, 1994.
     Lincoln Benefit did not start offering the Contracts until [ ], although it
     has offered other annuity  contracts that are not offered by the prospectus
     to which this  Statement of Additional  Information  relates.  Accordingly,
     this table  reflects  hypothetical  performance  for the  periods  covered,
     applying  the  contract  charges  under  the  Contract  to  the  investment
     performance of the underlying Portfolios. Standardized performance data for
     periods  after the  inception  of  Contract  sales will  reflect the actual
     performance of the Contracts.

(3)  Total return  includes  changes in share price,  reinvestment of dividends,
     and capital gains. The performance  figures: (1) represent past performance
     and neither guarantee nor predict future investment results;  (2) assume an
     initial hypothetical  investment of $1,000, as required by the SEC; and (3)
     reflect the deduction of 1.40% annual asset charges,  a $35 annual contract
     maintenance  charge,  and a maximum 8%  contingent  deferred  sales  charge
     (declining  after the first  year).  The  investment  return and value of a
     Contract will fluctuate so that a Contract, when surrendered,  may be worth
     more or less than the amount of the Purchase Payments.

(4)  Total returns reflect that the investment adviser waived all or part of its
     fee or reimbursed  the Portfolio for a portion of its expenses.  Otherwise,
     total returns would have been lower.

N/A  Certain  recently  established  subaccounts  do  not  yet  have  meaningful
standardized  return  data.  In the  future,  as such  data  becomes  available,
standardized total return will be calculated as described above.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             NON-STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
                       ASSUMING CONTRACT NOT SURRENDERED

                                                                                 AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (3)
                                                                          ---------------------------------------------
                                      PORTFOLIO    MONTHLY      TOTAL                                           SINCE
                                      INCEPTION    RETURN      RETURN      1 YEAR      5 YEAR      10 YEAR    INCEPTION
                                      DATE (2)       (%)       YTD (%)       (%)         (%)         (%)         (%)
                                      ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST                             (To be provided by Pre-Effective
                                                                              Amendment)
   CORE Small Cap Equity (4)
   International Equity (4)

J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II
   Small Company (4)

LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.
   Emerging Markets
   International Equity

LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
   Aggressive Equity (4)
   Balanced (4)
   Growth Equity (4)
   Structured Equity (4)
   Value Equity (4)

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL
FUNDS
   Mid-Cap Growth
   Mid-Cap Value
   High Yield Bond

OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
   Equity
   Small Cap

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
   Stocks PLUS Growth and
     Income (4)
   Foreign Bond (4)
   Total Return Bond (4)
   Money Market (1)(4)

SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS
   Capital
</TABLE>


- ------------------------
(1)  An  investment in PIMCO Money Market is neither  insured nor  guaranteed by
     the U.S.  Government  and there can be no assurance that PIMCO Money Market
     will maintain a stable $1.00 share price.  The PIMCO Money Market Fund does
     not advertise total return.

(2)  The Separate  Account was  established  on  approximately  January 2, 1994.
     Lincoln  Benefit  did not start  offering  the  Contracts  until [ ], 1998,
     although it has offered other annuity contracts that are not offered by the
     prospectus  to which this  Statement  of  Additional  Information  relates.
     Accordingly,  this table reflects hypothetical  performance for the periods
     covered, applying the contract charges under the Contract to the investment
     performance   of  the   underlying   Portfolios   since  their   inception.
     Nonstandardized  performance  data  for  periods  after  the  inception  of
     Contract sales will reflect the actual performance of the Contracts.

(3)  Total return  includes  changes in share price,  reinvestment of dividends,
     and capital gains. The performance  figures: (1) represent past performance
     and neither guarantee nor predict future investment results;  (2) assume an
     initial  hypothetical  investment  of $[ ],  since  this is  closer  to the
     average Purchase Payment of a contract expected to be written,  rather than
     the $1,000  required by the SEC for the  standardized  returns shown in the
     table on pages [ ]; and (3) reflect the  deduction  of 1.40%  annual  asset
     charges,  but do not  reflect  the  applicable  contingent  deferred  sales
     charge.  The  investment  return and value of a Contract will  fluctuate so
     that a  Contract,  when  surrendered,  may be worth  more or less  than the
     amount of the Purchase Payments.

(4)  Total returns reflect that the investment adviser waived all or part of its
     fee or reimbursed  the Portfolio for a portion of its expenses.  Otherwise,
     total returns would have been lower.

N/A  Certain  Portfolios  do not have  meaningful  performance  for the  periods
indicated.  In the future, as such data becomes available,  total return will be
calculated as described above.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            NON-STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
                       ASSUMING CONTRACT NOT SURRENDERED

                                                      CUMULATIVE
                                                        TOTAL
                                                        RETURN
                                          PORTFOLIO     SINCE            CALENDAR YEAR RETURN (3)
                                          INCEPTION   INCEPTION    ------------------------------------
                                          DATE (2)     (%) (3)      1996 (%)     1997 (%)     1998 (%)
                                          ---------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
   CORE Small Cap Equity (4)
   International Equity (4)                                   (To be provided by Pre-Effective
                                                                         Amendment)

J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II
   Small Company (4)


LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.
   Emerging Markets
   International Equity

LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
   Aggressive Equity (4)
   Balanced (4)
   Growth Equity (4)
   Structured Equity (4)
   Value Equity (4)

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS
   Mid-Cap Growth
   Mid-Cap Value
   High Yield Bond

OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
   Equity
   Small Cap

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
   Stocks PLUS Growth and Income
     (4)
   Foreign Bond (4)
   Total Return Bond (4)
   Money Market (1)(4)

SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS
   Capital

</TABLE>


- ------------------------
(1)  An  investment in PIMCO Money Market is neither  insured nor  guaranteed by
     the U.S.  Government  and there can be no assurance that PIMCO Money Market
     will maintain a stable $1.00 share price.  The PIMCO Money Market Fund does
     not advertise total return.

(2)  The Separate  Account was  established  on  approximately  January 2, 1994.
     Lincoln Benefit did not start offering the Contracts until [ ], although it
     has offered other annuity  contracts that are not offered by the prospectus
     to which this  Statement of Additional  Information  relates.  Accordingly,
     this table  reflects  hypothetical  performance  for the  periods  covered,
     applying  the  contract  charges  under  the  Contract  to  the  investment
     performance   of  the   underlying   Portfolios   since  their   inception.
     Nonstandardized  performance  data  for  periods  after  the  inception  of
     Contract sales will reflect the actual performance of the Contracts.

(3)  Total return  includes  changes in share price,  reinvestment of dividends,
     and capital gains. The performance  figures: (1) represent past performance
     and neither guarantee nor predict future investment results;  (2) assume an
     initial  hypothetical  investment  of $50,000,  since this is closer to the
     average Purchase Payment of a contract expected to be written,  rather than
     the $1,000  required by the SEC for the  standardized  returns shown in the
     table on pages [ ]; and (3) reflect the  deduction  of 1.40%  annual  asset
     charges,  but do not  reflect  the  applicable  contingent  deferred  sales
     charge. The impact of the contract maintenance charge on investment returns
     will vary depending on the size of the Contract.  The investment return and
     value of a Contract will  fluctuate so that a Contract,  when  surrendered,
     may be worth more or less than the amount of the Purchase Payments.

(4)  Total returns reflect that the investment adviser waived all or part of its
     fee or reimbursed  the Portfolio for a portion of its expenses.  Otherwise,
     total returns would have been lower.

N/A  Certain  Portfolios  do not have  meaningful  performance  for the  periods
indicated.  In the future, as such data becomes available,  total return will be
calculated as described above.

EXPERTS

The financial  statements of Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account as of
December  31,  1998,  and for each of the two years  ended  December  31,  1998,
included  in this  statement  of  additional  information  have been  audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing
herein,  and are  included in  reliance  upon the report of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This Statement of Additional  Information  contains financial statements for the
Separate  Account which reflect assets  attributable  to other variable  annuity
contracts  offered by Lincoln  Benefit  through the  Separate  Account.  * These
financial  statements  do not  reflect  assets  attributable  to the  Contracts,
because as of the date of the financial  statements we had not yet begun to sell
the Contracts.  In addition,  the financial  statements for the Separate Account
reflect Subaccounts that are not available under the Contract.

*  To be provided by Pre-effective Amendment.


<PAGE>



                                     PART C

                                OTHER INFORMATION

                   ITEM 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a)  Financial Statements

The following  financial  statements are included in Part A of the  Registration
Statement:

None - to be added by Pre-Effective Amendment

The following  financial  statements are included in Part B of the  Registration
Statement:

None - to be added by Pre-Effective Amendment

The following  financial  statements are included in Part C of the  Registration
Statement:

None

(b)  Exhibits

     (1)  Resolution  of the Board of Directors of Lincoln  Benefit Life Company
          authorizing  the  establishment  of the Lincoln  Benefit Life Variable
          Annuity Account**

     (2)  Custody Agreements (not applicable)

     (3)  (a) Form of Principal Underwriting Agreement****

          (b)  Form of Selling Agreement *****

     (4)  Variable Annuity Contract (filed herewith)

     (5)  Application for Contract (filed herewith)

     (6)  Depositor--Corporate Documents

          (a)  Articles of  Incorporation  of Lincoln  Benefit Life Company,  as
               amended*

          (b)  By-Laws of Lincoln Benefit Life Company*

     (7)  Reinsurance Contract**

     (8)  Participation Agreements:

          (a)  Form  of  Participation  Agreement  among  Lincoln  Benefit  Life
               Company and J.P. Morgan Series Trust II (filed herewith)

          (b)  Form  of  Participation  Agreement  among  Lincoln  Benefit  Life
               Company,  Morgan  Stanley Dean Witter  Universal  Funds Inc., and
               Miller Anderson & Sherrerd, LLP (filed herewith)

          (c)  Form of  Participation  Agreement among PIMCO Variable  Insurance
               Trust,  Lincoln Benefit Life Company and PIMCO Funds  Distributor
               LLC (filed herewith)

          (d)  Form of Participation Agreement between Salomon Brothers Variable
               Series Fund Inc.,  and Salomon  Brothers  Asset  Management  Inc.
               (filed herewith)

          (e)  Form  of  Participation  Agreement  among  Lincoln  Benefit  Life
               Company,  Lazard Asset Management,  and Lazard Retirement Series,
               Inc. (filed herewith)

          (f)  Form of  Participation  Agreement  between Goldman Sachs Variable
               Insurance Trust and Lincoln Benefit Life Company (filed herewith)

          (g)  Form of  Participation  Agreement  between  Lincoln  Benefit Life
               Company  and  LSA   Variable   Series   Trust  (to  be  filed  by
               pre-effective amendment)

          (h)  Form of  Participation  Agreement  between  Lincoln  Benefit Life
               Company and OCC Accumulation Trust (filed herewith)

     (9)  Opinion  and  Consent  of  Counsel  (to be  filed  with  pre-effective
          amendment)

     (10) (a) Consent of  Independent  Auditors (to be filed with  pre-effective
          amendment)

          (b)  Consent of Attorneys (to be filed with pre-effective amendment)

     (11) Financial Statements Omitted from Item 23 (not applicable)

     (12) Initial Capitalization Agreement (not applicable)

     (13) Performance Computations (to be filed with pre-effective amendment)

     (27) Financial Data Schedules (not applicable)
 ------------------------

*    Registration  Statement on Form S-6 for Lincoln  Benefit Life Variable Life
     Account, File No. 333-47717, filed March 11, 1998

**   Registration  Statement  on Form  N-4 for  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Variable
     Annuity Account, File No. 333-50545, 811-7924, filed April 21, 1998.

***  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to  Registration  Statement on Form N-4 for
     Lincoln Benefit Life Variable  Annuity  Account,  File No.  333-50545 filed
     July 24, 1998.

****Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to  Registration  Statement on Form N-4 for
     Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account, File No. 333-50545, 811-7924
     filed January 28, 1998.

*****Post-Effective  Amendment No. 3 to  Registration  statement on Form N-4 for
     Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account, File No. 333-50545, 811-7924
     filed April 1, 1999.


ITEM 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

    The  directors and  principal  officers of Lincoln  Benefit Life Company are
listed  below.  Their  principal  business  address  is 206 South  13th  Street,
Lincoln, Nebraska 68508.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME                                      POSITION/OFFICE WITH DEPOSITOR
- --------------------------          -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>
Peter H. Heckman                    Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer
B. Eugene Wraith                    Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
Douglas F. Gaer                     Director, Executive Vice President
Janet P. Anderbery                  Vice President and Controller
John H. Coleman III                 Director, Senior Vice President
Lawrence W. Dahl                    Director, Executive Vice President
Marvin P. Ehly                      Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Louis G. Lower                      Director
John J. Morris                      Director, Senior Vice President and Secretary
Robert E. Rich                      Director, Executive Vice President
Kevin R. Slawin                     Director
Michael J. Velotta                  Director and Assistant Secretary
Carol S. Watson                     Director, Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Assistant Secretary
Dean M. Way                         Director, Senior Vice President
Patricia W. Wilson                  Director
Tom Wilson                          Director
Thomas R. Ashley                    Senior Vice President and Medical Director
Thomas J. Berney                    Senior Vice President
Rodger A. Hergenrader               Senior Vice President
J. Scott Taylor                     Senior Vice President
Bob W. Birman                       Vice President
Kenny L. Gettman                    Vice President
Thomas S. Holt                      Vice President
Sharyn L. Jensen                    Vice President
Maxine Payton                       Vice President
Gregory C. Sernett                  Vice President
Stanley G. Shelley                  Vice President
Randy E. Tillis                     Vice President
</TABLE>

ITEM 26.  PERSONS  CONTROLLED  BY OR UNDER  COMMON  CONTROL  WITH  DEPOSITOR  OR
REGISTRANT

See Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Allstate  Corporation,  File No.  1-11840,
filed March 26, 1999.

ITEM 27. NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 28. INDEMNIFICATION

The  Articles of  Incorporation  of Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company  (Depositor)
provide for the  indemnification of its directors and officers against expenses,
judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement as incurred by such person,  so
long as such person shall not have been adjudged to be liable for  negligence or
misconduct in the performance of a duty to the Company.  This right of indemnity
is not exclusive of other rights to which a director or officer may otherwise be
entitled.

The By-Laws of Allstate Life Financial Services, Inc. (Distributor) provide that
the  corporation  will indemnify a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the
corporation  to the full  extent of  Delaware  law.  In  general,  Delaware  law
provides that a corporation may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent
against  expenses,  judgments,  fines and  amounts  paid in  settlement  if that
individual acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,  and with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe his or
her  conduct  was  unlawful.  No  indemnification  shall be made  for  expenses,
including  attorney's fees, if the person shall have been judged to be liable to
the  corporation  unless a court  determines  such  person is  entitled  to such
indemnity.  Expenses  incurred by such  individual  in  defending  any action or
proceeding may be advanced by the  corporation so long as the individual  agrees
to  repay  the  corporation  if it is  later  determined  that  he or she is not
entitled to such indemnification.

Under the terms of the form of Underwriting  Agreement,  the Depositor agrees to
indemnify  the  Distributor  for any  liability  that the  latter may incur to a
Contract owner or party-in-interest under a Contract, (a) arising out of any act
or omission in the course of or in connection with rendering services under such
Agreement,  or (b) arising out of the  purchase,  retention  or  surrender  of a
Contract;  provided,  that the Depositor will not indemnify the  Distributor for
any such liability that results from the latter's willful misfeasance, bad faith
or gross negligence,  or from the reckless disregard by the latter of its duties
and obligations under the Underwriting Agreement.

Insofar as  indemnification  for liability  arising under the  Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the forgoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

(a) Allstate Life Financial  Services  ("ALFS")  serves as  distributor  for the
Registrant.  ALFS also  serves  as  distributor  for the  Lincoln  Benefit  Life
Variable Life Account, which is another separate account of Lincoln Benefit. The
following are the directors  and officers of Allstate Life  Financial  Services,
Inc.  Their  principal  business  address is 3100 Sanders Road,  Northbrook,  IL
60062.

NAME AND PRINCIPAL BUSINESS
ADDRESS OF EACH SUCH PERSON   ALLSTATE LIFE FINANCIAL SERVICES
- ---------------------------   ------------------------------------------------
Thomas J. Wilson, II          Director
Louis G. Lower, II            Director
Kevin R. Slawin               Director
Michael J. Velotta            Director and Secretary
John Hunter                   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Janet Albers                  Vice President and Controller
Brent H. Hamann               Vice President
Andrea J. Schur               Vice President
James P. Zils                 Treasurer
Terry R. Young                General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Lisa A. Burnell               Assistant Vice President and Compliance Officer
Robert N. Roeters             Assistant Vice President
Emma M. Kalaidjian            Assistant Secretary
Gregory C. Sernett            Assistant Secretary
Brenda D. Sneed               Assistant Secretary
Nancy M. Bufalino             Assistant Treasurer

    (b) The following  commissions and other  compensation were received by each
principal  underwriter,  directly or indirectly,  from the Registrant during the
Registrant's last fiscal year:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   (2)
                    (1)                      NET UNDERWRITING       (3)            (4)
             NAME OF PRINCIPAL                DISCOUNTS AND     COMPENSATION    BROKERAGE         (5)
                UNDERWRITER                    COMMISSIONS     ON REDEMPTION   COMMISSIONS   COMPENSATION
<S>                                           <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>
Lincoln Benefit Financial Services, Inc.             0                0       13,057,265.48         0
Allstate Life Financial Services, Inc.               0                0               0             0
</TABLE>

ITEM 30. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

The  Depositor,  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company,  is  located at 206 South 13th
Street, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508.

The Principal Underwriter, Allstate Life Financial Services, Inc., is located at
3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062.

Each company  maintains  those  accounts and records  required to be  maintained
pursuant  to  Section  31(a)  of  the  Investment  Company  Act  and  the  rules
promulgated thereunder.

ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
None.

ITEM 32. UNDERTAKINGS

Registrant undertakes (1) to file post-effective amendments to this Registration
Statement as  frequently  as is  necessary to ensure that the audited  financial
statements in the  Registration  Statement are never more than 16 months old for
so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted; (2) to
include either (A) as part of any application to purchase a Contract  offered by
the  prospectus  forming part of this  Registration  Statement,  a space that an
applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional  Information,  or (B) a
post  card or  similar  written  communication  affixed  to or  included  in the
prospectus  that the  applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional
Information,  and (3) to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any
financial  statements required to be made available under this Form N-4 promptly
upon written or oral request.

REPRESENTATIONS

The Company hereby  represents that it is relying upon a No Action Letter issued
to the American  Council of Life Insurance  dated November 28, 1988  (Commission
ref. IP-6-88) and that the following provisions have been complied with:

    1. Include  appropriate  disclosure  regarding the  redemption  restrictions
imposed by Section  403(b)(11)  in each  registration  statement,  including the
prospectus, used in connection with the offer of the contract;

    2. Include  appropriate  disclosure  regarding the  redemption  restrictions
imposed by Section  403(b)(11) in any sales  literature  used in connection with
the offer of the contract;

    3. Instruct sales  representatives who solicit  participants to purchase the
contract  specifically to bring the redemption  restrictions  imposed by Section
403(b)(11) to the attention of the potential participants;

    4. Obtain from each plan  participant who purchases a Section 403(b) annuity
contract,  prior  to or at  the  time  of  such  purchase,  a  signed  statement
acknowledging  the  participant's  understanding  of  (a)  the  restrictions  on
redemption imposed by Section 403(b)(11),  and (2) other investment alternatives
available  under  the  employer's   Section  403(b)  arrangement  to  which  the
participant may elect to transfer his contract value.

SECTION 26(e) REPRESENTATIONS

    The Company  further  represents  that fees and charges  deducted  under the
Contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered,
the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by the Company.

                                   SIGNATURES

As  required by the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the  Investment  Company Act of
1940,  the  Registrant   has  duly  caused  this   Registration   Statement  and
Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf, in the City of Lincoln, and
the State of Nebraska, on this 7th day of July, 1999.

                                LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT
                                (Registrant)

                                By:         LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                    (DEPOSITOR)

                                By:             /s/ B. EUGENE WRAITH
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                  B. Eugene Wraith
                                       PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

As required by the  Securities  Act of 1933,  this  Registration  Statement  and
Post-Effective  Amendment  has  been  signed  by the  following  persons  in the
capacities and on the 7th day of July, 1999.

          SIGNATURE                           TITLE
- ------------------------------      --------------------------
     /s/ B. EUGENE WRAITH
- ------------------------------      President, Chief Operating
       B. Eugene Wraith               Officer and Director
(PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

      /s/ Lawrence W. Dahl
- ------------------------------      Executive Vice President
       Lawrence W. Dahl                       and Director

      /s/ ROBERT E. RICH
- ------------------------------      Executive Vice President
        Robert E. Rich                and Director

   /s/ MARVIN P. EHLY
- ------------------------------      Senior Vice President
       MARVIN P. EHLY                 Treasurer and Director
(PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)

    /s/ JANET P. ANDERBERY
- ------------------------------      Vice President and
      Janet P. Anderbery              Controller
(PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER)

- ------------------------------      Chairman of the Board and
       Peter H. Heckman               Chief Executive Officer


- ------------------------------      Director
      Louis G. Lower, II

   /s/ JOHN H. COLEMAN III
- ------------------------------      Director
     John H. Coleman III

      /s/ JOHN J. MORRIS
- ------------------------------      Director
        John J. Morris

     /s/ DOUGLAS F. GAER
- ------------------------------      Director
       Douglas F. Gaer

- ------------------------------      Director
         Kevin Slawin

- ------------------------------      Director
      Michael J. Velotta

   /s/ CAROL S. WATSON
- ------------------------------      Director
       Carol S. Watson

       /s/ DEAN M. WAY
- ------------------------------      Director
         Dean M. Way

- ------------------------------      Director
      Patricia W. Wilson

- ------------------------------
      Thomas J. Wilson, II          Director


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                       FOR
                       REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM N-4
                  LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT

EXHIBIT NO.             SEQUENTIAL PAGE NO.
- -----------  -----------------------------------------

  4          Variable Annuity Contract
  5          Application for Contract
  8(a)       J.P. Morgan Series Trust II Participation Agreement
  8(b)       Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Universal Funds Inc. Participation
               Agreement
  8(c)       PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust Participation Agreement
  8(d)       Salomon Brothers Variable Series Fund Inc. Participation Agreement
  8(e)       Lazard Asset Management Participation Agreement
  8(f)       Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust Participation Agreement
  8(g)       OCC Accumulation Trust Participation Agreement




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Exhibit 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                APPLICATION for PREMIER PLANNER VARIABLE ANNUITY
      Lincoln Benefit Life Company, P.O. Box 82532, Lincoln, NE 68501-2532
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
A.  ANNUITANT                              B.  OWNER (if other than annuitant)
- ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
Name                                       Name
          -----------------------------            ---------------------------
Address                                    Address
          -----------------------------            ---------------------------
City                       State           City                    State
          ---------------        ------           --------------        -----
Zip                 Phone # (  )           Zip              Phone # (  )
          ---------       -------------           ---------       -------------
Sex:   Male    Female  Date of Birth:      Sex:   Male   Female  Date of Birth:
    ---     ---                      -----     ---    ---                      ----
Age:     Social Security Number:           Age:     Social Security Number:
    ---                         -------        ---                         -------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C.  PRIMARY BENEFICIARY                    D.  CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                                       Name
         ------------------------------           ----------------------------
Address                                    Address
         ------------------------------           ----------------------------
City                                       City
         ------------------------------           ----------------------------
State           Zip                        State        Zip
         -----     --------------------          -----      ------------------

Date of Birth:       Soc. Sec. #:          Date of Birth:       Soc. Sec. #:
              -------            -------                 -------            --------
Relationship:                              Relationship:
              -------------------------                  -----------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PURCHASE PAYMENT INFORMATION: First Purchase Payment of $ [ ] submitted herewith
(Check or Money Order should be payable to Lincoln Benefit Life Company). A copy
of this  application  duly signed by the agent will constitute  receipt for such
amount. If this application is declined,  there will be no liability on the part
of the Company,  and any sums submitted with this  application will be refunded.
The Contract Owner intends to make subsequent purchase payments of $ [ ] on a

[ ] monthly(PAM) [ ] quarterly [ ] semi-annually [ ] annual basis [ ] single payment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Plan Name/ Form Number:             Enhanced Death Benefit: [ ]  Yes  [ ]  No
                           (If not marked, no Enhanced Death Benefit will apply)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASE PAYMENT ALLOCATION:  (whole percentages only and must equal 100%)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

{LSA Variable Series Trust}                          {Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust}
________%{Aggressive Equity}                         ________%{CORE Small Cap Equity}
________%{Balanced}                                  ________%{International Equity}
________%{Growth Equity}                             {OpCap Advisors}
________%{Structured Equity}                         ________%{Equity}
________%{Value Equity}                              ________%{Small Cap}
{Lazard}                                             {PIMCO}
________%{Emerging Markets}                          ________%{Stocks Plus Growth and Income}
________%{International Equity}                      ________%{Foreign Bond}
{J.P. Morgan Series Trust II}                        ________%{Total Return Bond}
________%{Small Company}                             ________%{Money Market}
{Morgan Stanley Dean Witter}                         {Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account}
________%{Mid-Cap Growth}                            (If available in your state)
________%{Mid-Cap Value}                             ________% {1 year in Guarantee Period}
________%{High Yield Bond}                           ________% {3 year in Guarantee Period}
{Salomon Brothers}                                   ________% {5 year in Guarantee Period}
________%{Capital}                                   ________% {7 year in Guarantee Period}
{Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account}                ________% {10 year in Guarantee Period}
________%  (If available in Your State)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAX QUALIFICATION STATUS:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   [ ]  IRA                     [ ]  SEP-IRA    [ ]  SAR-SEP          [ ]  Prototype-SEP
   [ ]  SIMPLE IRA              [ ]  Roth IRA   [ ]  Roth Conversion  [ ]  TSA/403(b)
   [ ]  401 - Funding Vehicle                   [ ]  401 -- LBL Prototype (Attach Adoption Agreement)
   [ ]  Non-Qualified                           [ ]  Other
                                                          ------------------
   Tax year for which contribution is to be applied
                                                    ------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAM (Pre-Authorized  Method) I authorize the Company to collect $[ ], on the due
date specified,  by initiating electronic debit entries to my account. A balance
must exist before the program can commence.  ATTACH VOIDED CHECK. (Credit unions
and savings accounts are not eligible.)

Signature of Authorized Account Owner _____________________ Date _______________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Will this annuity  replace or change any existing  policy? [ ] Yes [ ] No If Yes,
give  name  of   company,   policy   issue   date,   policy   number   and  cost
basis.____________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Applicants in Arkansas,  Kentucky,  and Ohio: Any person who, with intent to
defraud or knowing that he is  facilitating a fraud against an insurer,  submits
an  application  or files a claim  containing a false or deceptive  statement is
guilty of insurance fraud. For Applicants in New Jersey: Any person who includes
any false or misleading information on an application for an insurance policy is
subject to  criminal or civil  penalties.  For  Applicants  in  Colorado:  It is
unlawful  to  knowingly  provide  false,   incomplete  or  misleading  facts  or
information to an insurance  company for the purpose of defrauding or attempting
to defraud the Company.  Penalties may include  imprisonment,  fines,  denial of
insurance,  or civil  damages.  Any  insurance  company or agent of an insurance
company  who  knowingly  provides  false,  incomplete,  or  misleading  facts or
information  to a  policyholder  or claimant  for the purpose of  defrauding  or
attempting  to defraud the policy holder or claimant with regard to a settlement
or award  payable  from  insurance  proceeds  shall be reported to the  Colorado
division of insurance within the department of regulatory agencies.

I declare:  To the best of my knowledge and belief,  all  statements and answers
are true, complete and correctly  reported.  Lincoln Benefit Life may correct or
endorse this application.  No change shall be made in the annuity amount or plan
or issue age by such  endorsement or correction.  Under penalties of perjury,  I
certify that the Social Security Number stated herein is my correct  taxpayer ID
number,  and I am not  subject  to backup  withholding.  I  UNDERSTAND  THAT ANY
DISTRIBUTION  FROM A FIXED ACCOUNT PRIOR TO THE END OF A RATE  GUARANTEE  PERIOD
MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  I UNDERSTAND THAT ANNUITY PAYMENTS
AND SURRENDER  VALUES  PROVIDED UNDER THE SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE VARIABLE AND ARE
NOT  GUARANTEED  AS TO A FIXED  DOLLAR  AMOUNT.  RECEIPT  OF A CURRENT  VARIABLE
ANNUITY PROSPECTUS IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.
   [ ]   Please  send  me  a  copy  of  the   Statement  of  Additional
         Information to the Prospectus.

Signed at ___________________________ On (date) _________-________-________
          City/State                             Month      Day       Year
Owner's Signature ___________________________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TO THE AGENT:  To the best of your knowledge will this annuity replace or change
any existing life insurance or annuity in this or any other company?
      [ ] Yes [ ] No

Agent Name __________________ Agent's Signature ________________________________

Agent Number ________________ Agent's Phone No. ________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TO THE REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE/BROKER-DEALER:  CHOOSE OPTION:
  [ ] OPTION A       [ ] OPTION B    [ ] OPTION C
Broker/Dealer __________________________ Telephone _____________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFER AUTHORIZATION:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      [ ]   I authorize  Lincoln  Benefit Life  Company  ("LBL") to act upon the
     written or telephone  instructions from the person named below to 1) change
     the   allocation  of  payments  and   deductions   between  and  among  the
     subaccounts; and 2) transfer amounts among the subaccounts. Neither LBL nor
     any  person  authorized  by us will be  responsible  for any  claim,  loss,
     liability,  or expense in connection  with such transfer  authorization  if
     LBL, or its employees,  acts upon transfer  instructions in good faith. LBL
     may  establish  procedures to determine  the proper  identification  of the
     person requesting the transfer.

Name and Relationship of Authorized Person:
Name____________________Relationship__________________SS#_______________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of Owner____________________________________Date______________________
</TABLE>


                                                                      Exhibit 5

               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT

                                OWNER: [JOHN DOE]
                              ANNUITANT: [JOHN DOE]
                           CONTRACT NUMBER: [SPECIMEN]
                           ANNUITY DATE: [03/01/2028]

ISSUE AGE:  [35]
ISSUE DATE:  [03/01/1998]

                  THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT - READ IT CAREFULLY

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY  promises to pay to you a monthly annuity  starting
on the annuity date stated on Page 3. If you die prior to the annuity  date,  we
will pay a death benefit to the beneficiary, upon receipt of due proof of death.

PLEASE EXAMINE THE  APPLICATION.  We issued this contract based upon the answers
in the  application.  If all answers are not complete and true, the contract may
be affected.

RIGHT TO CANCEL YOUR  CONTRACT.  If you are not satisfied with this contract for
any reason,  you may return it to Lincoln  Benefit Life  Company,  PO Box 82532,
Lincoln,  NE  68501-2532,  or our agent  within 10 days after you receive it. We
will refund any purchase payments allocated to the separate account, adjusted to
reflect  investment  gain or loss  from  the date of  allocation  to the date of
cancellation, plus any purchase payments allocated to the fixed account. If this
contract is qualified  under Section 408 of the Internal  Revenue code, you will
not  receive  less than your  original  purchase  payments.  READ YOUR  CONTRACT
CAREFULLY.

Executed  for the company at its home  office in Lincoln,  Nebraska on its issue
date.


       John J. Morris                                      B. Eugene Wraith
       Vice President and Secretary                        President

                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                           Lincoln Benefit Life Centre
                                Lincoln, NE 68501
                                  800-525-9287

                  A Legal Reserve Stock Life Insurance Company
                                Nonparticipating

               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
                            Flexible Premium Payments
          Benefit Paid in the Event of Death Prior to the Annuity Date
                         Withdrawal and Surrender Rights

The dollar amount of annuity payments or other values provided by this contract,
when based on the investment  experience of the separate  account,  will vary to
reflect the performance of the separate  account.  For amounts in the Guaranteed
Maturity Fixed Account, the withdrawal benefit, the death benefit,  transfers to
other  investment  alternatives and any periodic annuity payments may be subject
to a  market  value  adjustment  which  may  result  in an  upward  or  downward
adjustment of the amount distributed.


                               SUMMARY OF CONTRACT

This flexible premium deferred variable annuity provides a monthly annuity which
will be paid to you starting on the annuity  date. If you die before the annuity
date, a death benefit will be paid to the beneficiary.

The premium for this contract is flexible and may be  established by you subject
to the terms of this contract.

During the lifetime of the annuitant, and prior to the annuity date, you may:

     ...  withdraw any portion of the surrender  value (a withdrawal  charge and
          market value adjustment may apply);

     ...  change the beneficiary;

     ...  assign an interest in the contract;

     ...  change the annuity date;

     ...  exercise  the other  rights  provided,  subject  to the  rights of any
          irrevocable beneficiary or assignee.


This is only a summary of the contract  terms.  The detailed  provisions of this
contract will control. The provisions are set forth in the following sections:

              Annuity Data                                Page 3
              Definitions                                 Page 4
              Annuity Benefit                             Page 5
              Purchase Payments                           Page 8
              Contract Value                              Page 9
              Surrender Value                             Page 12
              Death Benefit                               Page 13
              Beneficiary                                 Page 15
              Ownership                                   Page 15
              Other Terms of your Contract                Page 15



                                  ANNUITY DATA

                                OWNER: [JOHN DOE]
                              ANNUITANT: [JOHN DOE]
                           CONTRACT NUMBER: [SPECIMEN]
                           ANNUITY DATE: [03/01/2033]


ISSUE AGE:   [35]
ISSUE DATE:  [03/01/1998]

                                         Initial Purchase Payment:  [$10,000.00]
                                                       Tax Qualification:  [IRA]

                               Credit Enhancement

                             Matching Benefit: [4%]

                     Initial Allocation of Purchase Payment:

                                                         Allocated
                  Variable Sub-Accounts                   Amount (%)
                  [Sub-account A]                        [10%]
                  [Sub-account B]                        [10%]
                  [Sub-account C]                        [10%]
                  [Sub-account D]                        [10%]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Allocated       Guaranteed                  Rate
Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account       Amount (%)     Interest Rate        Guaranteed Through
          <S>                             <C>           <C>                   <C>
         [1 Year Guarantee Period]        [10%]           [4.25%]              [03/01/1999]
         [3 Year Guarantee Period]        [10%]           [4.45%]              [03/01/2001]
         [5 Year Guarantee Period]        [10%]           [5.00%]              [03/01/2003]
         [7 Year Guarantee Period]        [10%]           [5.20%]              [03/01/2005]
         [10 Year Guarantee Period]       [10%]           [5.45%]              [03/01/2008]


Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
         1 Year Guarantee Period          [10%]           [7.00%]              [03/01/1999]
</TABLE>


         Minimum Guaranteed Rate
         Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account               3.00%

                                   Beneficiary

                                      Relationship
Beneficiary                           To Owner                  Percentage
[Jane Doe]                            [Wife]                     [100%]



                                   DEFINITIONS
When these words are used in this contract, they have the meaning stated:

 "accumulation unit"

A unit of measurement which we use to calculate the value of a subaccount before
annuity payments begin.

"annuitant"

The natural  person named on Page 3 whose life  determines  the annuity  payment
made under this contract.

"annuitized value"

The amount applied to purchase annuity payments under the contract, equal to the
contract value  adjusted by any market value  adjustment and less any applicable
taxes.

"annuity date"

The date on which annuity payments are scheduled to begin.

"annuity unit"

A unit of measurement  which we use to calculate the amount of variable  annuity
payments.

"app"

The application which you completed requesting this policy

"beneficiary(ies)"

The person(s) designated to receive any death benefit under the contract.

"contract anniversary"

The anniversary of the issue date in subsequent years.

"contract value"

The sum of the  values of your  interests  in the  subaccounts  of the  Separate
Account and the Fixed Account.

"contract year"

A  period  of  twelve  months  beginning  on the  issue  date  or  any  contract
anniversary.

"contribution year"

A twelve month period beginning on the date a purchase payment is applied to the
contract value, or an anniversary of that date.

"credit enhancement"

The  amount  we add to your  contract  value  whenever  a  purchase  payment  is
received.  This is equal to the matching  benefit stated on Page 3 multiplied by
the applicable purchase payment.

"due proof of death"

(1)  A certified copy of a death certificate; or

(2)  a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
     finding of death; or

(3)  a written  statement  by a medical  doctor who attended the deceased at the
     time of death; or

(4)  any other proof satisfactory to us.

"fixed account"

The portion of contract value allocated to our general account.

"fixed annuity"

Annuity payments that are fixed in amount.

"investment alternative"

A  subaccount  of the separate  account,  a guarantee  period of the  Guaranteed
Maturity Fixed Account, and the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account.

"issue age"

The age of the  annuitant  at the time this  contract  was issued  (issue  date)
determined by the annuitant's last birthday.

"issue date"

The date when this  contract  becomes  effective if the annuitant is then living
and the initial premium has been paid. The issue date is shown on Page 3.

"natural person"

A living individual or trust entity that is treated as an individual for Federal
Income Tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code.

"net investment factor"

An index applied to measure the net investment  performance of a subaccount from
one  valuation  date to the  next.  It is  used to  determine  the  value  of an
accumulation unit and annuity unit in any valuation period.

 "portfolio(s)"

The  underlying  mutual  fund(s)  (or  investment  series  thereof) in which the
subaccounts invest.

 "purchase payments"

Amounts  paid to us in the form of a premium for the contract by or on behalf of
an owner.

 "separate account"

A segregated  investment  account of the Company  entitled  Lincoln Benefit Life
Separate Variable Annuity Account.

 "subaccount"

A  subdivision  the  Separate  account  invested  wholly in shares of one of the
portfolios.

"surrender value"

The amount you would  receive  upon  surrender  of this  contract,  equal to the
contract  value  adjusted by any market value  adjustment,  less any  applicable
taxes and withdrawal charges.

"valuation date"

Each day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business.

"valuation period"

The period commencing at the close of normal trading on the NYSE (currently 4:00
p.m. Eastern time) on each valuation date and ending at the close of the NYSE on
the next succeeding valuation date.

"variable annuity"

Annuity payments which vary in accordance with the investment  experience of the
subaccounts to which contract values have been allocated.

""we", "us", "our""

Our Company, Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

"you"

The owner of the contract.

                                 ANNUITY BENEFIT
annuitant

The  annuitant  is the person  named on Page 3. The  annuitant  must be a living
individual.  If the annuitant  dies prior to the annuity date, the new annuitant
will be:

- -    the youngest owner; otherwise,

- -    the youngest beneficiary.

annuity date

The monthly annuity will begin on the annuity date. The annuity date must always
be the  business day on or  immediately  following  the tenth  calendar day of a
month.  The  annuity  date is the date the  annuitized  value is  applied  to an
annuity option. The anticipated  annuity date is shown on Page 3. You may change
the annuity date by writing us at least 30 days prior to this date.

The annuity date must be on or before the later of:

- -    the annuitant's 90th birthday; or

- -    the 10th anniversary of the contract issue date.

The initial payment purchased by each $1000 of annuitized value depends upon the
annuity  option  selected  and the age and sex of the  annuitant  on the annuity
date.  The payments are based upon the 1983a  Annuity  Mortality  table and 3.5%
interest.

annuity options

The  following  annuity  options  are  available  under  the  contract.  Each is
available  in the form of either a fixed  annuity  or a variable  annuity  (or a
combination of both fixed and variable  annuity).  Fixed account contract values
will be applied to provide a fixed annuity

        Option A, Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 5 to 20 years

Monthly  payments are made beginning on the annuity date.  Payment will continue
as  long  as the  annuitant  lives.  If the  annuitant  dies  before  all of the
guaranteed  payments  have  been  made,  we will  continue  installments  of the
guaranteed payments to the beneficiary.

 Option B, Joint and Survivor Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 5 to 20 years

Monthly  payments  are made  beginning  with the  annuity  date.  Payments  will
continue as long as either the annuitant or the joint annuitant is alive.

If both the annuitant and the joint  annuitant die before all of the  guaranteed
payments  have  been  made,  we will  continue  installments  of the  guaranteed
payments to the beneficiary.

       Option C, Payments for a Specified Period Certain of 5 to 30 years

Monthly  payments are made starting on the annuity date and  continuing  for the
specified  period of time as elected.  If the  annuitant  dies before all of the
guaranteed  payments  have  been  made,  we will  continue  installments  of the
guaranteed payments to the beneficiary. Payments for less than 120 months may be
subject to a withdrawal charge.

We reserve the right to make available other annuity options.

No lump sum settlement option is available under the contract. You may surrender
the contract  prior to the annuity  date;  however,  any  applicable  withdrawal
charges will be deducted from the contract value.

The initial monthly payments  purchased per $1000 applied for Option A, with 120
months  guaranteed  are shown  below.  The  factors  for other  options  will be
calculated  using the same basis as those shown and are  available by writing to
us.


                              Monthly Annuity
                              Payment for 120
   Annuitant's Age on        Months & Lifetime
       Annuity Date          For Each $1,000.00
                               Male      Female
            50                 4.53       4.19
            51                 4.60       4.25
            52                 4.67       4.31
            53                 4.75       4.38
            54                 4.84       4.45
            55                 4.93       4.52
            56                 5.02       4.60
            57                 5.12       4.68
            58                 5.22       4.77
            59                 5.33       4.86
            60                 5.44       4.95
            61                 5.56       5.05
            62                 5.69       5.16
            63                 5.82       5.27
            64                 5.96       5.39
            65                 6.11       5.52
            66                 6.26       5.65
            67                 6.41       5.79
            68                 6.57       5.94
            69                 6.74       6.10
            70                 6.91       6.26
            71                 7.08       6.43
            72                 7.25       6.61
            73                 7.43       6.79
            74                 7.61       6.98
            75                 7.78       7.18
            76                 7.96       7.38
            77                 8.13       7.58`
            78                 8.29       7.79
            79                 8.45       7.98
            80                 8.61       8.17
            81                 8.75       8.36
            82                 8.89       8.54
            83                 9.01       8.71
            84                 9.13       8.86
        85 or over             9.23       9.01


annuity payments

The  contract  provides  for two types of annuity  payments.  "Variable  annuity
payments"  vary in amount  based on  changes  in the  subaccounts  that you have
selected.  "Fixed  annuity  payments"  do not vary in amount  and are paid in an
amount  determined  when you annuitize.  Your annuity  payments may consist of a
mixture of the two types of payments or may be  entirely  one or the other.  The
method of calculating the initial payment is different for the two accounts. The
contract maintenance charge will be deducted in equal payments from each annuity
payment. The contract maintenance charge will be waived if the contract value on
the annuity date is $50,000 or more or if all payments are fixed amount  annuity
payments.

payment terms and conditions

The annuity payments are subject to the following terms and conditions:

If the contract  value is less than $5,000,  or not enough to provide an initial
payment of at least $50, and state law permits, we reserve the right to:

- -    change the payment frequency to make the payment at least $50 or

- -    terminate  the  contract  and pay you the  contract  value  adjusted by any
     market value adjustment and less any applicable taxes in a lump sum.

If we do not receive a written  choice of an annuity option from you at least 30
days  before  the  annuity  date,  the  income  plan  will be Life  Income  with
Guaranteed Payments for 120 months.

If you choose an annuity  option  which  depends on any  person's  life,  we may
require:

- -    proof of age and sex before income payments begin; and

- -    proof that the  annuitant or joint  annuitant is still alive before we make
     each payment.

After the annuity date,  the annuity  option  cannot be changed and  withdrawals
cannot be made unless annuity  payments are being made from the separate account
under annuity Option C. You may terminate  annuity  payments being made from the
separate  account under annuity  Option C at any time and withdraw  their value,
subject to withdrawal charges.

If any owner dies  before all annuity  payments  have been made,  the  remaining
annuity payments will be paid to the successor owner as scheduled.

fixed annuity

You may choose to apply a portion of your  annuitized  value to purchase a fixed
annuity. You must notify us, within 30 days of the annuity date, of that portion
of your  annuitized  value with which you wish to purchase a fixed annuity.  Any
annuitized value in the fixed account will be automatically applied to provide a
fixed  annuity.  We will reduce your interest in the  subaccounts on the annuity
date to reflect your choice.

The initial annuity  payment for any portion of the annuitized  value applied to
purchase a fixed  annuity is  determined by applying it to the per $1000 payment
factors for the annuity option  selected.  Subsequent  payments will be fixed in
amount,  equal to the initial payment,  and paid according to the annuity option
selected.

variable annuity and annuity units

The initial  annuity  payment  attributable  to a subaccount  is  determined  by
applying the annuitized  value  attributable  to that  subaccount on the annuity
date  to  the  annuity  option  selected.  The  initial  annuity  payment  for a
subaccount is divided by the subaccount's annuity unit value on the annuity date
to determine the number of annuity units purchased.  Subsequent annuity payments
attributable  to a subaccount  will be equal to the number of annuity  units for
the  subaccount  multiplied by the annuity unit value for the  subaccount on the
payment date. The total variable annuity payment will be the sum of the payments
attributable to each subaccount in which you have an interest.

annuity unit value

The annuity unit value of a subaccount for any valuation period is calculated by
multiplying  the  annuity  unit  value at the end of the  immediately  preceding
valuation  period by the  subaccount's  net investment  factor for the valuation
period and dividing this product by 1.000 plus the assumed  investment  rate for
the period. The assumed investment rate is an effective annual rate of 3.5%. The
net investment factor is described in detail on page 10.


                                PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Purchase  payments for this contract are flexible.  The initial purchase payment
shown  on Page 3 must  be  paid on the  issue  date.  Thereafter,  you may  make
payments  of at least $500 at any time prior to the annuity  date.  We may limit
the maximum amount of premium payments we will accept.

Purchase payments are payable to us at our home office. We will supply a receipt
if you ask us.

allocation of purchase payments

We will invest the purchase payments in the investment  alternatives as you have
selected.  You may  allocate  any  portion of your  purchase  payment,  in whole
percents from 0% to 100%, or in exact dollar  amounts to any of the  subaccounts
or the fixed  account  options.  The  total  allocation  must  equal  100%.  The
allocation  of the initial  purchase  payment is shown on page 3.  Allocation of
each subsequent purchase payment will be the same as the allocation for the most
recent  purchase  payment unless you change the  allocation.  You may change the
allocation  percentages  at any time by writing us. Any change will be effective
when we receive it.

credit enhancement

A credit  enhancement will be allocated to the investment  alternatives you have
selected at the time of any purchase  payment.  It will be  allocated  among the
investment alternatives in the same ratio as the appropriate purchase payment.

fixed account options

The fixed account options are the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option and
the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account.

Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account

Money  allocated to the Dollar Cost  Averaging  Fixed  Account  option will earn
interest for one year at the current  rate in effect at the time of  allocation.
Each purchase payment and associated interest in the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed
Account  option must be transferred to other  investment  alternatives  in equal
monthly  installments.  The number of monthly  installments must be no more than
12. At the end of 12 months from the date of a purchase  payment  allocation  to
the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account,  any remaining  portion of the purchase
payment  and  interest  in the  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Fixed  Account  will be
allocated to other investment alternatives as defined by the current Dollar Cost
Averaging  Fixed Account  allocation.  You may only allocate money to the Dollar
Cost  Averaging  Fixed  Account  option by  allocating  a portion  of a purchase
payment.  No amount may be  transferred  into the Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Fixed
Account.

                    Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option

We will pay a specified  interest rate for a specified  Guarantee Period on each
amount allocated to the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option. You choose the
applicable Guarantee Period from among the choices that we make available at our
discretion.  Each Guarantee Period we offer may have a different  interest rate.
We may  change  the rate we offer for new  Guarantee  Periods at any time at our
discretion.

New Guarantee Periods begin when:

- -    you make a purchase payment; or

- -    you select a new Guarantee Period after the prior Guarantee Period expires;
     or

- -    you transfer an amount from an existing subaccount of the separate account,
     from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account option,  or you allocate funds
     in the  fixed  account  to a new  Guarantee  Period  before  the end of the
     existing Guarantee Period.

You must select the  Guarantee  Period for all purchase  payments and  transfers
allocated to the Guaranteed  Maturity Fixed Account option. If you do not select
a Guarantee Period for a purchase  payment or transfer,  we will assign the same
period(s) as used for the most recent purchase payment.

We will  mail  you a  notice  prior  to the  expiration  of a  Guarantee  Period
outlining the options available at the end of the Guarantee  Period.  During the
30 day period after a Guarantee Period expires you may:

- -    take no action and we will automatically apply the relevant amount to a new
     Guarantee  Period of the same  duration as the  expiring  Guarantee  Period
     beginning on the day the previous  guarantee  period expired.  The interest
     rate will be the rate we are then  offering for  Guarantee  Periods of that
     duration, or

- -    notify us to  allocate  the  relevant  amount to one or more new  Guarantee
     Periods beginning on the day the previous guarantee period expired; or

- -    notify us to allocate the relevant amount to one or more subaccounts on the
     day we receive the notification; or

- -    withdraw  all or a  portion  of  the  relevant  amount  through  a  partial
     withdrawal. You may be required to pay a withdrawal charge, but we will not
     adjust the amount withdrawn to include a Market Value  Adjustment.  In this
     case, the amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been withdrawn on the day
     the guarantee period expired.

crediting interest

We credit  interest daily to money  allocated to the fixed account  options at a
rate which  compounds over one year to the interest rate we guaranteed  when the
money was allocated.  We will credit  interest on the initial  purchase  payment
plus any credit  enhancement  from the issue date.  We will  credit  interest to
subsequent  purchase  payments  from the date we receive  them.  We will  credit
interest to transfers  from the date the transfer is made. The interest rate for
the Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Fixed  Account  will never be less than the minimum
guaranteed rate shown on Page 3.

We will credit interest on any credit  enhancement  from the day the appropriate
purchase payment is credited interest.

                                 CONTRACT VALUE

 On the issue date of the contract,  the contract  value is equal to the initial
purchase  payment,  plus any  credit  enhancement.  After  the issue  date,  the
contract value is equal to the sum of:

- -    the  number  of  accumulation  units  you  hold in each  subaccount  of the
     separate  account  multiplied  by the  accumulation  unit  value  for  that
     subaccount on the most recent valuation date; plus

- -    the total value you have in the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option;
     plus

- -    the total values you have in the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option.

If you withdraw the entire contract value,  you may receive an amount greater or
less than the contract  value  because a market value  adjustment,  a withdrawal
charge, income tax withholding, and a premium tax charge may apply.

subaccount values

The value of a subaccount is equal to the number of accumulation  units you hold
for  that  subaccount  multiplied  by  the  accumulation  unit  value  for  that
subaccount on the most recent valuation date.

accumulation units and accumulation unit values

Amounts  which are allocated to a subaccount  are used to purchase  accumulation
units  in that  subaccount.  The  number  of  accumulation  units  purchased  is
determined  by dividing the amount  allocated by the  subaccount's  accumulation
unit value as of the end of the valuation period when the allocation occurs.

Accumulation unit value is determined Monday through Friday on each day that the
New York Stock Exchange is open for business. A separate accumulation unit value
is  determined  for  each  subaccount.  The  accumulation  unit  value  for each
subaccount  will vary with the price of a share in the portfolio the  subaccount
invests  in, and in  accordance  with the  mortality  and expense  risk  charge,
administrative  expense  charge,  and any  provision for taxes.  Assessments  of
withdrawal  charges,   transfers  and  contract  maintenance  charges  are  done
separately for each contract.  They are made by redemption of accumulation units
and do not affect accumulation unit value.

The accumulation  unit value of a subaccount for any valuation period equals the
accumulation  unit  value  as of the  immediately  preceding  valuation  period,
multiplied  by the net  investment  factor for that  subaccount  for the current
valuation period.

net investment factor

The net  investment  factor for any  subaccount of the separate  account for any
valuation period is (1) divided by (2) minus (3) where:

1.       is the net result of:

          -    the net asset value of a  portfolio  share held in the the mutual
               fund  underlying  the  subaccount  determined  at the  end of the
               valuation period, plus

          -    the  per  share   amount  of  any   dividend   or  capital   gain
               distributions declared by the portfolio underlying the subaccount
               during the current valuation period, plus or minus

          -    a per share  credit or charge with  respect to any taxes which we
               paid or for which we reserved  during the valuation  period which
               are determined by us to be  attributable  to the operation of the
               subaccount (no federal income taxes are applicable  under present
               law).

2.   is the  net  asset  value  per  share  of a  portfolio  share  held  in the
     subaccount as of the end of the immediately preceding valuation period; and

3.   is the sum of the  annualized  mortality  and  expense  risk charge and the
     annualized  administrative  expense charge divided by the number of days in
     the current  calendar  year and then  multiplied  by the number of calendar
     days in the current valuation period.

The net  investment  factor  may be  greater  or  less  than  or  equal  to one;
therefore,  the value of an accumulation unit may increase,  decrease, or remain
the same.

mortality and expense risk charge

Both before and after the annuity  date,  we deduct a mortality and expense risk
charge  from  each  subaccount  during  the  valuation  period.  The  annualized
aggregate  mortality  and expense risk charge is equal to 1.40% of the net asset
value  of each  subaccount.  Our  expense  and  mortality  experience  will  not
adversely  affect the dollar  amount of variable  benefits or other  contractual
payments or values under this contract.

administrative expense charge

Both  before and after the annuity  date,  we deduct an  administrative  expense
charge  from  each  subaccount  during  the  valuation  period.  The  annualized
administrative  expense charge is .10% of the net asset value of the subaccount.
This charge  compensates us for the cost of administering  the contracts and the
separate account.

contract maintenance charge

Prior to the annuity date, a contract  maintenance  charge will be deducted from
your contract  value on each contract  anniversary.  The charge is only deducted
from the subaccounts.  The charge will be deducted on a pro-rata basis from each
subaccount  of the separate  account in the  proportion  that your value in each
bears to your total value in all subaccounts. A full contract maintenance charge
will be deducted if the contract is terminated on any date other than a contract
anniversary.  The annualized  charge will never be greater than $35 per contract
year. The contract  maintenance charge will be waived if total purchase payments
are $50,000 or more or if all money is allocated to the fixed account options on
the contract anniversary.

After the annuity date the contract maintenance charge will be deducted in equal
parts from each annuity payment.  The contract maintenance charge will be waived
if the contract  value on the annuity date is $50,000 or more or if all payments
are fixed amount annuity payments.

transfers and transfer fee

You may transfer amounts between  investment  alternatives  prior to the annuity
date.  We reserve the right to impose a $10 transfer fee on the second  transfer
within a calendar month, and to impose a minimum size on transfer amounts.

Transfers are subject to the following restrictions:

          -    Any  transfer  from a Fixed  Account  will be subject to a Market
               Value adjustment unless:

          -    the transfer occurs during the 30 day period after the applicable
               guarantee period expires; or

          -    the transfer is made as part of a dollar cost averaging program.

          -    At the end of 12  months  from  the  date of a  purchase  payment
               allocation  to the  dollar  cost  averaging  fixed  account,  any
               remaining  portion of the  purchase  payment and  interest in the
               dollar cost  averaging  fixed  account will be allocated to other
               investment  alternatives  as defined by the  current  dollar cost
               averaging fixed account allocation.

          -    No amount may be transferred into the dollar cost averaging fixed
               account.

We reserve the right to waive the transfer  fees and  restrictions  contained in
this contract.

annuity transfers

After the annuity date,  no transfers may be made from the fixed amount  annuity
payment.  Transfers  between  subaccounts,  or from the variable  amount annuity
payment to the fixed amount annuity payment may not be made for six months after
the annuity date.
Transfers may be made once every six months thereafter.

taxes

Any premium  taxes or income tax  withholding  relating to the  contract  may be
deducted from purchase  payments or the contract  value when the tax is incurred
or at a later time.

                                 SURRENDER VALUE

surrender

You may  surrender  this  contract  before the annuity date. We will pay you the
surrender value upon surrender.

The surrender value is equal to the contract value, adjusted by any market value
adjustment, less any applicable taxes and withdrawal charges.

A surrender stops coverage under this contract.

withdrawal

You have the right to withdraw  part or all of your  surrender  value before the
annuity date. You must specify the investment alternative(s) from which you wish
to make a withdrawal.  When you make a withdrawal,  your contract  value will be
reduced by the amount paid to you and any applicable  withdrawal charge,  market
value adjustment, and taxes. A contract maintenance charge will also be deducted
if the  contract  is  terminated.  Any  withdrawal  charge  will  be  waived  on
withdrawals  taken to satisfy IRS  minimum  distribution  rules.  This waiver is
permitted only for withdrawals which satisfy  distributions  resulting from this
contract.

Each  withdrawal  must be at least $50. If any  withdrawal  reduces the contract
value to less than $500, we will treat the request as a withdrawal of the entire
contract value.  If you withdraw the entire  contract  value,  the contract will
terminate.

withdrawal charge

A withdrawal charge may be imposed on certain withdrawals. The withdrawal charge
is a percentage of purchase  payments  withdrawn  that are less than seven years
old and not eligible for a free  withdrawal,  in accordance with the table shown
below:

         Contribution      Withdrawal Charge
                Year              Percentage
         First                      8
         Second and Third           7
         Fourth and Fifth           6
         Sixth                      5
         Seventh                    4
         Eighth                     3
         Ninth and Later            0


The  withdrawal  charge is deducted from  remaining  contract  value so that the
actual reduction in contract value as a result of the withdrawal will be greater
than the withdrawal amount requested and paid.

For purposes of determining the withdrawal  charge, the contract value is deemed
to be withdrawn in the following order:

First. Earnings--The amount of contract value in excess of all purchase payments
and purchase payment matches that have not previously been withdrawn;

Second. Old Purchase  Payments--Purchase payments received by us more than eight
years prior to the date of withdrawal,  and their  associated  purchase  payment
matches, which have not been previously withdrawn;

Third.  Any  additional  amounts  available as a free  withdrawal,  as described
below; and

Fourth. New Purchase  Payments--Purchase payments received by us less than eight
years prior to the date of withdrawal,  and their  associated  purchase  payment
matches.  These  amounts are deemed to be  withdrawn  on a  first-in,  first-out
basis.

The  contribution  year for  purchase  payments  and their  associated  purchase
payment matches is measured from the date we received the purchase payment.  The
withdrawal  charge is determined by multiplying the percentage  corresponding to
the contribution  year times that part of each purchase payment  withdrawal that
is in excess of the free withdrawal amount.

free withdrawal

Withdrawals of the following amounts are never subject to the withdrawal charge:

a.   In any contract year, the greater of earnings not previously withdrawn,  or
     15 percent of new purchase payments; and

b.   Any old purchase payments which have not been previously withdrawn.

The  withdrawal  charge will be waived if a settlement  option is selected which
provides for payments over at least 5 years or over the annuitant's lifetime.

market value adjustment

Activities in the Fixed Account that may be subject to a market value adjustment
are  withdrawals  in  excess of the free  withdrawal  amount,  transfers,  death
benefits,  and amounts applied to an annuity option. Any activity from the fixed
account will be subject to a market value adjustment unless:

- -    it occurs during the 30 day period after the  applicable  guarantee  period
     expires; or

- -    it is a transfer that is part of a dollar cost averaging program.

A market value  adjustment  is an increase or decrease in the amount  reflecting
changes in the level of interest  rates since the  beginning  of the  applicable
Guarantee  Period.  As used in this  provision,  `treasury  rate' means the U.S.
Treasury Note Constant  Maturity yield as reported in Federal  Reserve  Bulletin
Release H.15. The market value adjustment is based on the following:

I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the guarantee  period for the week
preceding the beginning of the Guarantee Period;

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the guarantee  period for the week
preceding the receipt of the withdrawal request, death benefit request, transfer
request, or annuity option request.

N = the  number  of  whole  and  partial  years  from the  date we  receive  the
withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the annuity date, to the
end of the guarantee period.

An adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

                                .9 x (I - J) x N

The amount  subject  to a market  value  adjustment  that is  deducted  from the
guaranteed  maturity  fixed account is multiplied  by the  adjustment  factor to
determine the amount of the market value adjustment.

Any market value  adjustment will be waived on withdrawals  taken to satisfy IRS
minimum  distribution rules. This waiver is permitted only for withdrawals which
satisfy distributions resulting from this contract.

                                  DEATH BENEFIT

death of owner or annuitant

We will pay the death  benefit  when we  receive  due proof of death  while this
contract is in force and before the annuity date, if

- -- any owner dies; or

- -- the annuitant dies and the owner is not a natural person.

If the owner  eligible to receive a benefit is not a natural  person,  the owner
may elect to receive the benefit in one or more distributions. Otherwise, if the
owner is a living individual, the owner may elect to receive a benefit either in
one or more distributions or by annuity payments through an annuity option.

A death benefit will be paid if:

- -    the owner elects to receive the death  benefit  within 180 days of the date
     of death, and

- -    payment is made as of the date we determine the value of the death benefit,
     as defined at the end of the death benefit provision.

Otherwise,  the settlement value will be paid. In any event, the entire value of
the contract must be  distributed  within five (5) years after the date of death
unless an annuity option is elected or a surviving spouse continues the contract
in accordance with the following provisions.  We reserve the right to extend the
180 day period when we will pay the death benefit.

If an annuity  option is elected,  payments  from the annuity  option must begin
within one year of the date of death and must be payable throughout:

- -    the life of the owner; or

- -    a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the owner, or

- -    the life of the owner with payments  guaranteed  for a period not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the owner.

If the  beneficiary is your spouse,  and death occurs prior to the annuity date,
then the contract can continue as if death had not occurred.  If the contract is
continued the surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within
one year of the date of death without  incurring a withdrawal charge or a market
value adjustment.

If there is no annuitant at that time,  the new annuitant  will be the surviving
spouse.  The surviving  spouse may also select one of the annuity options listed
above.

If the  beneficiary is not a natural person,  then the beneficiary  must receive
the death benefit in a lump sum, and the options listed above are not available.

death benefit

Prior to the annuity  date,  the death  benefit is equal to the  greatest of the
following death benefit alternatives:

- -    the sum of all purchase  payments  reduced by a withdrawal  adjustment,  as
     defined below; or

- -    the contract value on the date we determine the death benefit; or

- -    the amount that would have been  payable in the event of a full  withdrawal
     of the contract value on the date we determine the death benefit; or

- -    the amount that would have been  payable in the event of a full  withdrawal
     of the contract value on the date we determine the death benefit; or

- -    the contract value on each death benefit  anniversary  prior to the date we
     determine the death benefit,  increased by any purchase payments made since
     that death benefit anniversary and reduced by a withdrawal  adjustment,  as
     defined below.

The first death benefit anniversary is the 8th contract anniversary.  Subsequent
death benefit anniversaries are those contract  anniversaries that are multiples
of 8 contract years, beginning with the 16th contract anniversary.  For example,
the 8th, 16th, and 24th contract anniversaries are the first three death benefit
anniversaries.

The  withdrawal  adjustment  is equal to (a)  divided  by (b),  with the  result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a)  equals the withdrawal amount.

(b)  equals the contract value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

(c)  equals the value of the applicable  death benefit  alternative  immediately
     prior to the withdrawal.

We will  determine the value of the death benefit as of the end of the valuation
period  during  which we receive a  complete  request  for  payment of the death
benefit. A complete request includes due proof of death.

settlement value

The  settlement  value is the same  amount  that would be paid in the event of a
full withdrawal of the contract value. We will calculate the settlement value at
the end of the valuation period coinciding with the requested  distribution date
for payment or on the mandatory  distribution  date of 5 years after the date of
death, whichever is earlier.

                                   BENEFICIARY

The  beneficiary  will  receive  the  death  benefit  when any owner  dies.  The
beneficiaries are as stated in the app unless changed.

If you do not  name a  beneficiary  or if the  beneficiary  named  is no  longer
living, the beneficiary will be:

 ...your spouse if living, otherwise;

 ...your children equally if living, otherwise;

 ...your estate.

We will pay the death benefit to the beneficiaries  according to the most recent
written  instruction  we have  received  from you. If we do not have any written
instructions, we will pay the death benefit in equal shares to the beneficiaries
who are to share the funds. If there is more than one beneficiary in a class and
one of the beneficiaries  predeceases you, the death benefit will be paid to the
surviving beneficiaries in that class.

You may name new  beneficiaries.  We will provide a form to be signed.  You must
file it with us. Upon  receipt,  it is  effective  as of the date you signed the
form, subject to any action we have taken before we received it.

                                    OWNERSHIP
The  annuitant  is the  owner if no other  person  is named in the app as owner.
Unless you provide  otherwise,  as owner, you may exercise all rights granted by
the contract, subject to the rights of any irrevocable beneficiary,  without the
consent of anyone else.

You may name a new annuitant  before the annuity  date.  You may also name a new
owner.  We will provide a form to be signed to request these  changes.  You must
file it with us. Upon  receipt,  it is  effective  as of the date you signed the
form.  We are not liable for any payment we make or other  action we take before
receiving any written request for a change from you.

You may assign this contract or an interest in it to another.  You must do so in
writing and file the assignment with us. No assignment is binding on us until we
receive it. When we receive it your rights and those of the beneficiary  will be
subject  to the  assignment.  We are not  responsible  for the  validity  of any
assignment you make.

                          OTHER TERMS OF YOUR CONTRACT
our contract with you

These pages,  including any endorsements and any riders are your entire contract
with us. We  issued  it based  upon  your app and the  payment  of the  purchase
payment by you.

We will not use any  statements,  except those made in the app to challenge  any
claim or to avoid any liability under this contract.  The statements made in the
app will be treated as representations and not as warranties.

Only our officers have authority to change this contract.  No agent may do this.
Any change must be written.

incontestability

This contract  will be  incontestable  after its issue date.  This means that we
cannot use any  misstatement by you in the application to challenge any claim or
to avoid liability under this contract after this time.

misstatement of age or sex

If any age or sex has been  misstated,  we will pay the amounts which would have
been paid at the correct age and sex.

conformity with state law

This contract is subject to the laws of the state in which it is  delivered.  If
any part of the contract  does not comply with the law, it will be treated by us
as if it did.

nonparticipating

This policy does not participate in our earnings.

evidence of survival

We may require evidence of the survival of the annuitant.

settlements

We may require that this contract be returned to us prior to any settlement.  We
must receive due proof of death of the owner or annuitant prior to settlement of
death claim.

Any  surrender or death  benefit  under this  contract will not be less than the
minimum  benefits  required by the statute of the state in which the contract is
delivered.

deferment of payments

We will pay any  amounts  due under the  separate  account  under this  contract
within seven days, unless:

- -    The New York Stock  Exchange  is closed for other  than usual  weekends  or
     holiday,  or trading on such exchange is restricted;

- -    An emergency  exists as defined by the Securities and Exchange  Commission;
     or

- -    The Securities and Exchange  Commission permits delay for the protection of
     contract holders.

In addition,  we may defer payment or transfers  from the fixed account  options
for up to 6 months  after  you ask for it.  If we defer  payment  from the fixed
account for more than 30 days we will pay  interest  as  required by  applicable
law.  Any  interest  would be payable  from the date the  withdrawal  request is
received by us to the date the payment is made.

annual report

At least once a year,  prior to the annuity  date,  we will send you a statement
containing  contract  information.  We will  provide  you  with  contract  value
information at any time upon request. The information presented will comply with
any applicable law.

separate account modifications

We reserve the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the mutual fund shares underlying the subaccounts. We
will not  substitute  any share  attributable  to your  interest in a subaccount
without  notice  to you  and  prior  approval  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  to the extend  required by the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
amended.

We reserve the right to  establish  additional  subaccounts  each of which would
invest in shares of another  mutual fund.  You may then  instruct us to allocate
purchase payments or transfers to such subaccounts,  subject to any terms set by
us or the mutual fund.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may by endorsement make sure
changes as may be  necessary or  appropriate  to reflect  such  substitution  or
change.

If we deem it to be in the best  interests of the persons  having  voting rights
under the  contracts,  the  separate  account may be  operated  as a  management
company  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended  or it may be
deregistered  under  such  Act in  the  event  such  registration  is no  longer
required.


               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
                            Flexible Premium Payments
          Benefit Paid in the Event of Death Prior to the Annuity Date
                         Withdrawal and Surrender Rights

The dollar amount of annuity payments or other values provided by this contract,
when based on the investment  experience of the separate  account,  will vary to
reflect the performance of the separate  account.  For amounts in the Guaranteed
Maturity Fixed Account, the withdrawal benefit, the death benefit,  transfers to
other  investment  alternatives and any periodic annuity payments may be subject
to a  market  value  adjustment  which  may  result  in an  upward  or  downward
adjustment of the amount distributed.


                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                          ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

This rider was issued  because you selected the  Enhanced  Death  Benefit at the
time you applied for this annuity.

                             Enhanced Death Benefit

The Death Benefit provision of your Contract is modified as follows:

The Death Benefit will be the greater of the values stated in your contract,  or
the value of the Enhanced Death Benefit.

The Enhanced Death Benefit is equal to the greater of the Enhanced Death Benefit
A or Enhanced Death Benefit B. The Enhanced Death Benefit will cease on the date
we determine the value of the Death Benefit.

                            Enhanced Death Benefit A

At issue, the Enhanced Death Benefit A is equal to the initial purchase payment.
After  issue,  the  Enhanced  Death  Benefit A is  recalculated  when a purchase
payment or withdrawal is made or on a contract anniversary as follows:

1.   For purchase  payments,  the Enhanced  Death Benefit A is equal to the most
     recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit A plus the purchase payment.

2.   For withdrawals, the Enhanced Death Benefit A is equal to the most recently
     calculated  Enhanced  Death  Benefit A reduced by a  withdrawal  adjustment
     defined below.

3.   On each contract anniversary,  the Enhanced Death Benefit A is equal to the
     greater of the  contract  value or the most  recently  calculated  Enhanced
     Death Benefit A.

In the absence of any  withdrawals  or purchase  payments,  the  Enhanced  Death
Benefit A will be the greatest of all contract anniversary contract values on or
prior to the date we calculate the death benefit.

The  Enhanced  Death  Benefit  A will be  recalculated  for  purchase  payments,
with-drawals  and on  contract  anniversaries  until  the  oldest  owner  or the
annuitant, if the owner is not a living individual, attains age 85.

After  age 85,  the  Enhanced  Death  Benefit  A will be  recalculated  only for
purchase payments and withdrawals.

                            Enhanced Death Benefit B

The Enhanced Death Benefit B is equal to total purchase payments made reduced by
a withdrawal adjustment defined below. Each purchase payment and each withdrawal
adjustment will  accumulate  daily at a rate equivalent to 5% per year until the
earlier of:

1.   the date we determine the death benefit, or

2.   the first day of the month following the oldest owner's or, if the owner is
     not a living individual, the annuitant's 85th birthday.

The  Enhanced  Death  Benefit B will never be  greater  than the  maximum  death
benefit allowed by any nonforfeiture laws which govern the contract.

                              Withdrawal Adjustment

The  withdrawal  adjustment  is equal to (a)  divided  by (b),  with the  result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a)  equals the withdrawal amount.

(b)  equals the contract value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

(c)  equals  the most  recently  calculated  Enhanced  Death  Benefit A or B, as
     applicable.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge  provision of your contract is modified as
follows:

The annualized mortality and expense risk charge of 1.40% is changed to 1.60%.

Except as amended in this rider, the contract remains unchanged.

                                B. Eugene Wraith
                                    President


                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

                    CONTRACT AMENDMENT FOR WAIVER OF CHARGES


The following provisions are added to your contract:

The  benefits  provided  by  this  contract  amendment  do not  impact  any  tax
liabilities  or IRS  penalties  incurred  as a result of a  withdrawal.  You are
responsible for all such liabilities and penalties.

Waiver for Confinement in Long Term Care Facility or Hospital
We will waive any  withdrawal  charge and market value  adjustment  prior to the
annuity  date if at least 30 days  after the issue  date any  owner,  or, if the
owner is not a living individual, the annuitant is first confined to a Long Term
Care Facility or Hospital under the following conditions:

- -    confinement is for at least 90 consecutive days;

- -    confinement is prescribed by a physician;

- -    confinement is medically necessary; and

- -    the request for a withdrawal and due proof of  confinement  are received by
     us no later than 90 days after discharge.

"Physician"

A licensed  medical  doctor  (M.D.) or a licensed  doctor of  osteopathy  (D.O.)
practicing  within the scope of his or her license.  Physician  does not include
the  individual,  a  spouse,  children,  parents,  grandparents,  grandchildren,
siblings, or in-laws.

"Due Proof"

Includes,  but is not  limited to, a letter  signed by a  Physician  stating the
dates the owner or  annuitant  was  confined,  the name and location of the Long
Term Care Facility or Hospital,  a statement that the  confinement was Medically
Necessary,  and, if released,  the date the owner or annuitant was released from
the Long Term Care Facility or Hospital.

"Medically Necessary"

Confinement,  care or treatment  which is appropriate  and  consistent  with the
diagnosis in accord with  accepted  standards  of practice,  and which could not
have been omitted without adversely affecting the individual's condition.

"Long Term Care Facility"

A facility which:

1.   is located in the United States or its territories;

2.   is licensed by the jurisdiction in which it is located;

3.   provides custodial care under the supervision of a registered nurse (R.N.);
     and

4.   can accommodate three or more persons.

"Hospital"

A facility which:

1.   is licensed as a hospital by the jurisdiction in which it is located;

2.   is supervised by a staff of licensed physicians;

3.   provides  nursing  services 24 hours a day by or under the supervision of a
     registered nurse (R.N.);

4.   operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick or injured persons as
     inpatients for a charge; and

5.   has access to medical, diagnostic and major surgical facilities.


Waiver for Terminal Illness
We will waive any  withdrawal  charge and market value  adjustment  prior to the
annuity  date if at least 30 days  after the issue  date any  owner,  or, if the
owner  is not a  living  individual,  the  annuitant  is  first  diagnosed  by a
Physician as having a terminal  illness.  The request for the withdrawal must be
received by us at least 30 days after the issue date. Due proof of the diagnosis
must be given to us prior to, or at the time of, the withdrawal  request. We may
require a second  opinion  at our  expense by a  Physician  chosen by us. In the
event that the first and second  Physicians  disagree,  we will  require a third
opinion at our expense by a Physician chosen by us. We will honor a consensus of
any two of the three Physicians.

"Physician"
A licensed  medical  doctor  (M.D.) or a licensed  doctor of  osteopathy  (D.O.)
practicing  within the scope of his or her license.  Physician  does not include
the  individual,  a  spouse,  children,  parents,  grandparents,  grandchildren,
siblings, or in-laws.

"Due Proof"

Includes,  but is not  limited to, a letter  signed by a  Physician  stating the
owner or annuitant has a Terminal  Illness and the date the Terminal Illness was
first diagnosed.

"Terminal Illness"

A condition  which is expected to result in death  within one year from the date
of onset for 80% of the diagnosed cases.



                                B. Eugene Wraith

                                    President



                                                                    Exhibit 8(a)

                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT



This  Agreement  is  entered  into  as of the ___ day of  _____,  199_,  between
___________________________________________   ("Insurance   Company"),   a  life
insurance  company  organized under the laws of the State of ________,  and J.P.
Morgan Series Trust II ("Fund"),  a business trust  organized  under the laws of
Delaware,  with  respect  to the Fund's  portfolio  or  portfolios  set forth on
Schedule  1  hereto,  as such  Schedule  may be  revised  from time to time (the
"Series"; if there are more than one Series to which this Agreement applies, the
provisions herein shall apply severally to each such Series).

                                       ARTICLE I         1.
                                       DEFINITIONS


1.1. "Act" shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.


1.2. "Board"   shall  mean  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Fund  having  the
     responsibility for management and control of the Fund.


1.3. "Business  Day" shall mean any day for which the Fund  calculates net asset
     value per share as described in the Fund's Prospectus.


1.4. "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.


1.5. "Contract"  shall  mean a  variable  annuity  or  variable  life  insurance
     contract that uses the Fund as an underlying investment medium. Individuals
     who participate under a group Contract are "Participants".


1.6. "Contractholder" shall mean any entity that is a party to a Contract with a

Participating Company.


1.7. "Disinterested  Board  Members"  shall mean those members of the Board that
     are not deemed to be  "interested  persons" of the Fund,  as defined by the
     Act.

1.8. "Participating  Companies"  shall  mean any  insurance  company  (including
     Insurance  Company),  which offers  variable  annuity and/or  variable life
     insurance  contracts  to the public and which has entered into an agreement
     with the Fund for the purpose of making Fund shares  available  to serve as
     the underlying investment medium for the aforesaid Contracts.


1.9. "Plans" shall mean qualified pension and retirement benefit plans.


1.10."Prospectus"  shall mean the Fund's  current  prospectus  and  statement of
     additional  information,  as most recently filed with the Commission,  with
     respect to the Series.


1.11."Separate  Account"  shall  mean  _____________________   Company  Variable
     Annuity  Separate  Account,  a separate  account  established  by Insurance
     Company in accordance with the laws of the State of ----------.


1.12."Software  Program"  shall mean the  software  program used by the Fund for
     providing Fund and account  balance  information  including net asset value
     per share.


1.13."Insurance  Company's General Account(s)" shall mean the general account(s)
     of Insurance Company and its affiliates which invest in the Fund.


                                       ARTICLE II        2.

         REPRESENTATIONS

2.1      Insurance  Company  represents and warrants that (a) it is an insurance
         company duly organized and in good standing under  applicable  law; (b)
         it has legally and validly established the Separate Account pursuant to
         the __________ Insurance Code for the purpose of offering to the public
         certain individual  variable annuity  contracts;  (c) it has registered
         the Separate  Account as a unit investment trust under the Act to serve
         as the  segregated  investment  account  for the  Contracts;  (d)  each
         Separate  Account is eligible  to invest in shares of the Fund  without
         such  investment  disqualifying  the Fund as an  investment  medium for
         insurance  company  separate  accounts   supporting   variable  annuity
         contracts or variable life insurance  contracts;  and (e) each Separate
         Account shall comply with all applicable legal requirements.


2.2      Insurance  Company  represents and warrants that (a) the Contracts will
         be described in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act
         of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act");  (b) the Contracts will be issued and
         sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal
         and state laws;  and (c) the sale of the Contracts  shall comply in all
         material  respects  with state  insurance law  requirements.  Insurance
         Company   agrees  to  inform  the  Fund  promptly  of  any   investment
         restrictions imposed by state insurance law and applicable to the Fund.


2.3      Insurance  Company  represents and warrants that the income,  gains and
         losses, whether or not realized,  from assets allocated to the Separate
         Account  are,  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  Contracts,  to be
         credited to or charged against such Separate  Account without regard to
         other  income,  gains or  losses  from  assets  allocated  to any other
         accounts  of  Insurance  Company.   Insurance  Company  represents  and
         warrants  that the assets of the Separate  Account are and will be kept
         separate  from  Insurance  Company's  General  Account  and  any  other
         separate  accounts  Insurance Company may have, and will not be charged
         with liabilities  from any business that Insurance  Company may conduct
         or the liabilities of any companies affiliated with Insurance Company.


2.4      Fund represents  that the Fund is registered with the Commission  under
         the Act as an open-end management investment company and possesses, and
         shall maintain, all legal and regulatory licenses,  approvals, consents
         and/or exemptions required for the Fund to operate and offer its shares
         as an underlying  investment  medium for Participating  Companies.  The
         Fund has established  five  portfolios and may in the future  establish
         other portfolios.


2.5      Fund  represents  that  it  is  currently   qualified  as  a  Regulated
         Investment  Company under  Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of
         1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  and that it will make every effort to
         maintain  such  qualification  (under  Subchapter M or any successor or
         similar   provision)  and  that  it  will  notify   Insurance   Company
         immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing  that it has
         ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.


2.6      Insurance  Company   represents  and  agrees  that  the  Contracts  are
         currently,  and at the  time  of  issuance  will  be,  treated  as life
         insurance  policies or annuity  contracts,  whichever  is  appropriate,
         under  applicable  provisions of the Code,  and that it will make every
         effort to maintain such  treatment and that it will notify the Fund and
         its investment  adviser  immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
         believing  that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they
         might not be so treated in the future.  Insurance  Company  agrees that
         any  prospectus  offering  a  Contract  that is a  "modified  endowment
         contract," as that term is defined in Section  7702A of the Code,  will
         identify such Contract as a modified endowment contract (or policy).


2.7      Fund agrees that the Fund's  assets  shall be managed and invested in a
         manner that complies  with the  requirements  of Section  817(h) of the
         Code.


2.8      Insurance  Company agrees that the Fund shall be permitted  (subject to
         the other terms of this Agreement) to make Series' shares  available to
         other Participating Companies and contractholders and to Plans.


2.9      Fund  represents  and  warrants  that  any of its  trustees,  officers,
         employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities who deal
         with the money and/or  securities of the Fund are and shall continue to
         be at all times covered by a blanket  fidelity bond or similar coverage
         for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than that required by
         Rule 17g-1 under the Act. The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for
         larceny and  embezzlement  and shall be issued by a  reputable  bonding
         company.


2.10     Insurance Company represents and warrants that all of its employees and
         agents who deal with the money  and/or  securities  of the Fund are and
         shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or
         similar coverage in an amount not less than the coverage required to be
         maintained by the Fund. The aforesaid  Bond shall include  coverage for
         larceny and  embezzlement  and shall be issued by a  reputable  bonding
         company.


2.11     Insurance  Company agrees that the Fund's  investment  adviser shall be
         deemed a third party  beneficiary  under this Agreement and may enforce
         any and all rights conferred by virtue of this Agreement.


                                       ARTICLE III       3.
                                       FUND SHARES

3.1  The  Contracts  funded  through the  Separate  Account will provide for the
     investment of certain amounts in the Series' shares


3.2  Fund agrees to make the shares of its Series  available for purchase at the
     then  applicable  net asset  value per share by  Insurance  Company and the
     Separate  Account on each Business Day pursuant to rules of the Commission.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Fund may refuse to sell the shares of
     any Series to any  person,  or suspend or  terminate  the  offering  of the
     shares of any Series if such  action is  required  by law or by  regulatory
     authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board,
     acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under federal and
     any  applicable  state laws,  necessary  and in the best  interests  of the
     shareholders of such Series.


3.3      Fund agrees that shares of the Fund will be sold only to  Participating
         Companies and their  separate  accounts and to the general  accounts of
         those  Participating  Companies and their  affiliates and to Plans.  No
         shares of any Series will be sold to the general public.


3.4      Fund shall use its best  efforts to provide  closing  net asset  value,
         dividend and capital gain  information  for each Series  available on a
         per-share  and Series basis to Insurance  Company by 7:00 p.m.  Eastern
         Time on each Business Day. Any material  errors in the  calculation  of
         net  asset  value,  dividend  and  capital  gain  information  shall be
         reported immediately upon discovery to Insurance Company.  Non-material
         errors will be corrected in the next Business Day's net asset value per
         share for the Series in question.


3.5      At the  end of  each  Business  Day,  Insurance  Company  will  use the
         information described in Sections 3.2 and 3.4 to calculate the Separate
         Account  unit  values  for the day.  Using this unit  value,  Insurance
         Company will process the day's Separate Account  transactions  received
         by it by the  close of  trading  on the  floor  of the New  York  Stock
         Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) to determine the net dollar
         amount of Series  shares  which will be  purchased  or redeemed at that
         day's  closing  net asset  value per  share  for such  Series.  The net
         purchase  or  redemption  orders  will be  transmitted  to the  Fund by
         Insurance  Company by 8:30 a.m.  Eastern  Time on the Business Day next
         following Insurance  Company's receipt of that information.  Subject to
         Sections 3.6 and 3.8, all purchase and redemption  orders for Insurance
         Company's General Accounts shall be effected at the net asset value per
         share of the relevant Series next calculated after receipt of the order
         by the Fund or its Transfer Agent.


3.6      Fund appoints Insurance Company as its agent for the limited purpose of
         accepting  orders for the  purchase  and  redemption  of shares of each
         Series  for the  Separate  Account.  Fund will  execute  orders for any
         Series at the applicable net asset value per share determined as of the
         close of  trading on the day of  receipt  of such  orders by  Insurance
         Company  acting as agent  ("effective  trade date"),  provided that the
         Fund  receives  notice of such orders by 8:30 a.m.  Eastern Time on the
         next following Business Day and, if such orders request the purchase of
         Series shares, the conditions  specified in Section 3.8, as applicable,
         are  satisfied.  A redemption  or purchase  request for any Series that
         does not satisfy the conditions  specified above and in Section 3.8, as
         applicable,  will be effected at the net asset value  computed for such
         Series on the Business Day  immediately  preceding  the next  following
         Business Day upon which such conditions have been satisfied.


3.7  Insurance  Company  will make its best efforts to notify Fund in advance of
     any unusually large purchase or redemption orders.


3.8      If Insurance  Company's  order  requests the purchase of Series shares,
         Insurance  Company will pay for such  purchases by wiring Federal Funds
         to Fund or its  designated  custodial  account  on the day the order is
         transmitted.  Insurance  Company shall make all  reasonable  efforts to
         transmit  to the Fund  payment in Federal  Funds by 12:00 noon  Eastern
         Time on the  Business  Day the Fund  receives  the  notice of the order
         pursuant  to  Section  3.5.  Fund  will  execute  such  orders  at  the
         applicable  net asset  value per  share  determined  as of the close of
         trading on the effective trade date if Fund receives payment in Federal
         Funds by 12:00 noon Eastern Time on the Business Day the Fund  receives
         the notice of the order  pursuant to Section 3.5. If payment in Federal
         Funds for any purchase is not received or is received by the Fund after
         12:00 noon Eastern Time on such Business Day,  Insurance  Company shall
         promptly upon the Fund's  request,  reimburse the Fund for any charges,
         costs,  fees,  interest  or  other  expenses  incurred  by the  Fund in
         connection  with any advances to, or borrowings  or overdrafts  by, the
         Fund,  or any similar  expenses  incurred  by the Fund,  as a result of
         portfolio  transactions  effected by the Fund based upon such  purchase
         request. If Insurance Company's order requests the redemption of Series
         shares valued at or greater than $1 million dollars,  the Fund may wire
         such amount to Insurance Company within seven days of the order.


3.9      Fund has the  obligation  to ensure that Series  shares are  registered
         with applicable federal agencies at all times.


3.10     Fund will confirm each purchase or  redemption  order made by Insurance
         Company. Transfer of Series shares will be by book entry only. No share
         certificates  will be issued to Insurance  Company.  Insurance  Company
         will record shares  ordered from Fund in an  appropriate  title for the
         corresponding account.

3.11     Fund shall credit Insurance Company with the appropriate number of
         shares.


3.12     On each  ex-dividend date of the Fund or, if not a Business Day, on the
         first  Business Day  thereafter,  Fund shall  communicate  to Insurance
         Company the amount of dividend and capital  gain,  if any, per share of
         each Series.  All  dividends  and capital  gains of any Series shall be
         automatically reinvested in additional shares of the relevant Series at
         the  applicable net asset value per share of such Series on the payable
         date.  Fund  shall,  on the day  after  the  payable  date or, if not a
         Business Day, on the first Business Day  thereafter,  notify  Insurance
         Company of the number of shares so issued.


                                       ARTICLE IV        4.
                                       STATEMENTS AND REPORTS


4.1      Fund shall provide monthly  statements of account as of the end of each
         month for all of Insurance  Company's  accounts by the fifteenth (15th)
         Business Day of the following month.


4.2      Fund  shall  distribute  to  Insurance  Company  copies  of the  Fund's
         Prospectuses,  proxy  materials,  notices,  periodic  reports and other
         printed   materials  (which  the  Fund  customarily   provides  to  its
         shareholders) in quantities as Insurance Company may reasonably request
         for distribution to each Contractholder and Participant.


4.3      Fund will  provide to Insurance  Company at least one complete  copy of
         all registration statements,  Prospectuses,  reports, proxy statements,
         sales  literature and other  promotional  materials,  applications  for
         exemptions,  requests for no-action letters,  and all amendments to any
         of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares,  contemporaneously
         with  the  filing  of  such  document  with  the  Commission  or  other
         regulatory authorities.


4.4      Insurance  Company  will  provide  to the Fund at least one copy of all
         registration statements, Prospectuses, reports, proxy statements, sales
         literature   and  other   promotional   materials,   applications   for
         exemptions,  requests for no-action letters,  and all amendments to any
         of the above,  that relate to the  Contracts or the  Separate  Account,
         contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the Commission.


                                       ARTICLE V         5.
                                       EXPENSES


5.1  The charge to the Fund for all expenses and costs of the Series,  including
     but not limited to management fees,  administrative  expenses and legal and
     regulatory costs, will be made in the determination of the relevant Series'
     daily net asset value per share so as to  accumulate to an annual charge at
     the rate set forth in the  Fund's  Prospectus.  Excluded  from the  expense
     limitation described herein shall be brokerage  commissions and transaction
     fees and extraordinary expenses.


5.2  Except  as  provided  in this  Article  V and,  in  particular  in the next
     sentence,  Insurance  Company  shall not be  required to pay  directly  any
     expenses  of the  Fund or  expenses  relating  to the  distribution  of its
     shares. Insurance Company shall pay the following expenses or costs:


         a.       Such amount of the production  expenses of any Fund materials,
                  including  the cost of  printing  the  Fund's  Prospectus,  or
                  marketing   materials  for   prospective   Insurance   Company
                  Contractholders  and  Participants  as the  Fund's  investment
                  adviser and Insurance Company shall agree from time to time.


         b.       Distribution  expenses  of any  Fund  materials  or  marketing
                  materials for prospective  Insurance  Company  Contractholders
                  and Participants.


         c.       Distribution expenses of Fund materials or marketing materials
                  for Insurance Company Contractholders and Participants.

         Except as provided  herein,  all other Fund expenses shall not be borne
by Insurance Company.


                                       ARTICLE VI
                                       EXEMPTIVE RELIEF


6.1      Insurance  Company has reviewed a copy of the order dated December 1996
         of the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(c) of the Act
         and, in particular, has reviewed the conditions to the relief set forth
         in the related Notice.  As set forth therein,  Insurance Company agrees
         to report any  potential or existing  conflicts  promptly to the Board,
         and  in  particular   whenever   contract   voting   instructions   are
         disregarded,  and recognizes  that it will be responsible for assisting
         the Board in carrying out its responsibilities  under such application.
         Insurance Company agrees to carry out such responsibilities with a view
         to the interests of existing Contractholders.


6.2      If a  majority  of the  Board,  or a majority  of  Disinterested  Board
         Members, determines that a material irreconcilable conflict exists with
         regard to Contractholder  investments in the Fund, the Board shall give
         prompt notice to all Participating  Companies.  If the Board determines
         that  Insurance  Company is  responsible  for causing or creating  said
         conflict,  Insurance Company shall at its sole cost and expense, and to
         the extent  reasonably  practicable (as determined by a majority of the
         Disinterested  Board  Members),  take such  action as is  necessary  to
         remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict.
         Such necessary action may include, but shall not be limited to:


          a.   Withdrawing the assets allocable to the Separate Account from the
               Series and  reinvesting  such  assets in a  different  investment
               medium,  or submitting  the question of whether such  segregation
               should be implemented to a vote or all affected  Contractholders;
               and/or


          b.   Establishing a new registered management investment company.


6.3      If a material  irreconcilable conflict arises as a result of a decision
         by Insurance Company to disregard  Contractholder  voting  instructions
         and said decision  represents a minority  position or would  preclude a
         majority  vote by all  Contractholders  having an interest in the Fund,
         Insurance Company may be required, at the Board's election, to withdraw
         the Separate Account's investment in the Fund.


6.4      For the purpose of this Article, a majority of the Disinterested  Board
         Members shall determine  whether or not any proposed action  adequately
         remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the
         Fund be  required  to bear the  expense of  establishing  a new funding
         medium for any  Contract.  Insurance  Company  shall not be required by
         this Article to  establish a new funding  medium for any Contract if an
         offer  to do so  has  been  declined  by  vote  of a  majority  of  the
         Contractholders  materially  adversely  affected by the  irreconcilable
         material conflict.


6.5      No action by Insurance  Company taken or omitted,  and no action by the
         Separate Account or the Fund taken or omitted as a result of any act or
         failure to act by Insurance  Company  pursuant to this Article VI shall
         relieve Insurance Company of its obligations under, or otherwise affect
         the operation of, Article V.


                                       ARTICLE VII       7.
                                       VOTING OF FUND SHARES



7.1      Fund  shall  provide  Insurance  Company  with  copies  at no  cost  to
         Insurance   Company,   of  the  Fund's  proxy   material,   reports  to
         shareholders and other  communications to shareholders in such quantity
         as Insurance  Company  shall  reasonably  require for  distributing  to
         Contractholders or Participants.



         Insurance Company shall:

          (a)  solicit voting instructions from  Contractholders or Participants
               on a timely basis and in accordance with applicable law;

          (b)  vote the Series shares in accordance with  instructions  received
               from Contractholders or Participants; and

          (c)  vote Series shares for which no  instructions  have been received
               in the same  proportion as Series  shares for which  instructions
               have been received.

         Insurance  Company  agrees at all times to votes  its  General  Account
         shares in the same  proportion as Series shares for which  instructions
         have been  received from  Contractholders  or  Participants.  Insurance
         Company  further  agrees to be  responsible  for  assuring  that voting
         Series  shares  for the  Separate  Account  is  conducted  in a  manner
         consistent with other Participating Companies.


7.2      Insurance  Company agrees that it shall not,  without the prior written
         consent  of the Fund and its  investment  adviser,  solicit,  induce or
         encourage  Contractholders  to (a)  change  or  supplement  the  Fund's
         current investment adviser or (b) change, modify, substitute, add to or
         delete the Fund from the current investment media for the Contracts.


                                       ARTICLE VIII      8.
                                       MARKETING AND REPRESENTATIONS



8.1      The  Fund  or its  underwriter  shall  periodically  furnish  Insurance
         Company  with the  following  documents,  in  quantities  as  Insurance
         Company may reasonably request:


         a.   Current Prospectus and any supplements thereto;


         b.      other marketing materials.

         Expenses  for the  production  of such  documents  shall  be  borne  by
         Insurance Company in accordance with Section 5.2 of this Agreement.


8.2      Insurance  Company shall  designate  certain  persons or entities which
         shall have the requisite licenses to solicit  applications for the sale
         of Contracts.  No  representation is made as to the number or amount of
         Contracts that are to be sold by Insurance  Company.  Insurance Company
         shall make reasonable  efforts to market the Contracts and shall comply
         with all applicable federal and state laws in connection therewith.

8.3      Insurance Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the
         Fund, each piece of sales literature or other  promotional  material in
         which the Fund, its investment  adviser or the  administrator is named,
         at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall
         be used unless the Fund  approves  such  material.  Such  approval  (if
         given)  must be in  writing  and  shall be  presumed  not  given if not
         received  within ten Business Days after receipt of such material.  The
         Fund shall use all  reasonable  efforts  to respond  within ten days of
         receipt.


8.4      Insurance   Company  shall  not  give  any   information  or  make  any
         representations  or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning  the
         Fund or any Series in connection  with the sale of the Contracts  other
         than the information or  representations  contained in the registration
         statement or Prospectus, as may be amended or supplemented from time to
         time,  or in  reports  or proxy  statements  for the Fund,  or in sales
         literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund.


8.5      Fund  shall  furnish,  or shall  cause to be  furnished,  to  Insurance
         Company, each piece of the Fund's sales literature or other promotional
         material in which Insurance  Company or the Separate  Account is named,
         at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall
         be used unless Insurance Company approves such material.  Such approval
         (if given) must be in writing  and shall be  presumed  not given if not
         received  within  ten  Business  Days after  receipt of such  material.
         Insurance  Company shall use all  reasonable  efforts to respond within
         ten days of receipt.


8.6  Fund shall not,  in  connection  with the sale of Series  shares,  give any
     information or make any  representations  on behalf of Insurance Company or
     concerning  Insurance Company, the Separate Account, or the Contracts other
     than  the  information  or  representations  contained  in  a  registration
     statement  or  prospectus  for  the   Contracts,   as  may  be  amended  or
     supplemented  from time to time,  or in published  reports for the Separate
     Account which are in the public domain or approved by Insurance Company for
     distribution to Contractholders or Participants,  or in sales literature or
     other promotional material approved by Insurance Company.


8.7      For purposes of this Agreement,  the phrase "sales  literature or other
         promotional  material"  or words of  similar  import  include,  without
         limitation, advertisements (such as material published, or designed for
         use, in a newspaper,  magazine or other periodical,  radio, television,
         telephone or tape recording,  videotape  display,  signs or billboards,
         motion pictures or other public media),  sales  literature (such as any
         written  communication  distributed  or  made  generally  available  to
         customers  or the  public,  including  brochures,  circulars,  research
         reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, or reprints or
         excerpts of any other  advertisement,  sales  literature,  or published
         article),  educational  or training  materials or other  communications
         distributed  or made  generally  available  to some  or all  agents  or
         employees,   registration  statements,   prospectuses,   statements  of
         additional  information,  shareholder reports and proxy materials,  and
         any other material  constituting  sales literature or advertising under
         National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. rules, the Act or the
         1933 Act.


                                       ARTICLE IX        9.
                                       INDEMNIFICATION


9.1      Insurance  Company  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, its
         investment adviser,  any sub-investment  adviser of a Series, and their
         affiliates, and each of their directors, trustees, officers, employees,
         agents and each person,  if any, who controls or is associated with any
         of the foregoing entities or persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act
         (collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of Section 9.1),
         against any and all losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  joint or
         several  (including  any   investigative,   legal  and  other  expenses
         reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with,  and  any  amounts  paid in
         settlement  of, any action,  suit or proceeding or any claim  asserted)
         for which the Indemnified  Parties may become  subject,  under the 1933
         Act  or  otherwise,   insofar  as  such  losses,   claims,  damages  or
         liabilities  (or actions in respect to thereof) (i) arise out of or are
         based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of any
         material fact contained in information  furnished by Insurance  Company
         for use in the registration statement or Prospectus or sales literature
         or  advertisements  of the Fund or with respect to the Separate Account
         or  Contracts,  or arise out of or are based upon the  omission  or the
         alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading;
         (ii)  arise  out  of  or  as  a  result  of  conduct,   statements   or
         representations (other than statements or representations  contained in
         the Prospectus and sales literature or  advertisements  of the Fund) of
         Insurance  Company  or  its  agents,  with  respect  to  the  sale  and
         distribution  of Contracts  for which Series  shares are an  underlying
         investment;  (iii)  arise  out of the  wrongful  conduct  of  Insurance
         Company  or  persons  under its  control  with  respect  to the sale or
         distribution  of the  Contracts  or Series  shares;  (iv)  arise out of
         Insurance Company's incorrect  calculation and/or untimely reporting of
         net purchase or  redemption  orders;  or (v) arise out of any breach by
         Insurance  Company of a material term of this  Agreement or as a result
         of any failure by Insurance Company to provide the services and furnish
         the materials or to make any payments  provided for in this  Agreement.
         Insurance  Company will reimburse any  Indemnified  Party in connection
         with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability
         or action; provided, however, that with respect to clauses (i) and (ii)
         above  Insurance  Company  will not be  liable  in any such case to the
         extent that any such loss, claim,  damage or liability arises out of or
         is based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made
         in  such  registration  statement,  prospectus,  sales  literature,  or
         advertisement  in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished to
         Insurance  Company  by the  Fund  specifically  for  use  therein;  and
         provided,  further,  that  Insurance  Company  shall not be liable  for
         special,  consequential or incidental damages. This indemnity agreement
         will be in  addition  to any  liability  which  Insurance  Company  may
         otherwise have.


9.2      The Fund agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless  Insurance  Company and
         each of its directors,  officers, employees, agents and each person, if
         any, who controls  Insurance Company within the meaning of the 1933 Act
         against any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities to which Insurance
         Company or any such director,  officer,  employee, agent or controlling
         person may become subject, under the 1933 Act or otherwise,  insofar as
         such  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect
         thereof)  (1) arise out of or are based  upon any untrue  statement  or
         alleged  untrue  statement  of  any  material  fact  contained  in  the
         registration   statement  or   Prospectus   or  sales   literature   or
         advertisements  of the Fund;  (2)  arise  out of or are based  upon the
         omission to state in the registration  statement or Prospectus or sales
         literature or  advertisements of the Fund any material fact required to
         be stated  therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein  not
         misleading;  or (3) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement
         or alleged  untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained in the
         registration   statement  or   Prospectus   or  sales   literature   or
         advertisements  with respect to the Separate  Account or the  Contracts
         and such  statements  were based on  information  provided to Insurance
         Company  by the Fund;  and the Fund will  reimburse  any legal or other
         expenses reasonably incurred by Insurance Company or any such director,
         officer,  employee,  agent or  controlling  person in  connection  with
         investigating or defending any such loss, claim,  damage,  liability or
         action; provided, however, that the Fund will not be liable in any such
         case to the  extent  that any such  loss,  claim,  damage or  liability
         arises  out of or is based  upon an untrue  statement  or  omission  or
         alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, sales
         literature or  advertisements  in conformity  with written  information
         furnished  to the  Fund  by  Insurance  Company  specifically  for  use
         therein; and provided,  further,  that the Fund shall not be liable for
         special,  consequential or incidental damages. This indemnity agreement
         will be in addition to any liability which the Fund may otherwise have.


9.3      The Fund shall indemnify and hold Insurance  Company  harmless  against
         any and all liability, loss, damages, costs or expenses which Insurance
         Company  may incur,  suffer or be required to pay due to the Fund's (1)
         incorrect  calculation  of the daily net asset value,  dividend rate or
         capital gain distribution rate of a Series; (2) incorrect  reporting of
         the daily net asset value,  dividend rate or capital gain  distribution
         rate; and (3) untimely reporting of the net asset value,  dividend rate
         or capital gain distribution rate; provided that the Fund shall have no
         obligation  to indemnify  and hold  harmless  Insurance  Company if the
         incorrect calculation or incorrect or untimely reporting was the result
         of incorrect  information furnished by Insurance Company or information
         furnished  untimely by Insurance Company or otherwise as a result of or
         relating  to a breach  of this  Agreement  by  Insurance  Company;  and
         provided,  further,  that the Fund  shall  not be liable  for  special,
         consequential or incidental damages.


9.4      Promptly  after receipt by an  indemnified  party under this Article of
         notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified party will,
         if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made  against the  indemnifying
         party  under  this  Article,  notify  the  indemnifying  party  of  the
         commencement  thereof. The omission to so notify the indemnifying party
         will not relieve the  indemnifying  party from any liability under this
         Article IX, except to the extent that the omission results in a failure
         of actual notice to the indemnifying  party and such indemnifying party
         is damaged  solely as a result of the failure to give such  notice.  In
         case any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,  and it
         notified  the  indemnifying  party  of the  commencement  thereof,  the
         indemnifying party will be entitled to participate  therein and, to the
         extent  that it may wish,  assume the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel
         reasonably  satisfactory to such  indemnified  party, and to the extent
         that the  indemnifying  party  has given  notice to such  effect to the
         indemnified party and is performing its obligations under this Article,
         the  indemnifying  party  shall  not be  liable  for any legal or other
         expenses  subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
         with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding,  any indemnified
         party shall have the right to retain its own counsel,  but the fees and
         expenses of such  counsel  shall be at the expense of such  indemnified
         party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall
         have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named
         parties  to any  such  proceeding  (including  any  impleaded  parties)
         include  both the  indemnifying  party  and the  indemnified  party and
         representation   of  both  parties  by  the  same   counsel   would  be
         inappropriate  due to actual or potential  differing  interests between
         them. The indemnifying  party shall not be liable for any settlement of
         any proceeding effected without its written consent.

         A successor by law of the parties to this  Agreement  shall be entitled
         to the benefits of the indemnification contained in this Article IX.


9.5      Insurance  Company shall  indemnify and hold the Fund,  its  investment
         adviser and any sub-investment adviser of a Series harmless against any
         tax  liability  incurred  by the  Fund  under  Section  851 of the Code
         arising from purchases or redemptions  by Insurance  Company's  General
         Accounts or the account of its affiliates.


                                       ARTICLE X         10.
                                       COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION


10.1 This Agreement  shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue
     in force until terminated in accordance with the provisions herein.


10.2 This Agreement shall terminate  without penalty as to one or more Series at
     the option of the terminating party:

     a.   At the  option of  Insurance  Company or the Fund at any time from the
          date hereof upon 180 days' notice,  unless a shorter time is agreed to
          by the parties;

     b.   At the option of  Insurance  Company,  if shares of any Series are not
          reasonably  available  to meet the  requirements  of the  Contracts as
          determined  by  Insurance  Company.   Prompt  notice  of  election  to
          terminate shall be furnished by Insurance Company, said termination to
          be effective  ten days after  receipt of notice  unless the Fund makes
          available a sufficient  number of shares to meet the  requirements  of
          the Contracts within said ten-day period;


     c.   At the option of Insurance  Company,  upon the  institution  of formal
          proceedings against the Fund by the Commission,  National  Association
          of Securities  Dealers or any other  regulatory  body, the expected or
          anticipated  ruling,  judgment or outcome of which would, in Insurance
          Company's reasonable judgment, materially impair the Fund's ability to
          meet and perform the Fund's  obligations and duties hereunder.  Prompt
          notice of  election  to  terminate  shall be  furnished  by  Insurance
          Company with said termination to be effective upon receipt of notice;


     d.   At the option of the Fund, upon the institution of formal  proceedings
          against Insurance Company by the Commission,  National  Association of
          Securities  Dealers or any other  regulatory  body,  the  expected  or
          anticipated ruling,  judgment or outcome of which would, in the Fund's
          reasonable judgment,  materially impair Insurance Company's ability to
          meet and perform Insurance Company's obligations and duties hereunder.
          Prompt notice of election to terminate  shall be furnished by the Fund
          with said termination to be effective upon receipt of notice;


     e.   At the option of the Fund,  if the Fund shall  determine,  in its sole
          judgment  reasonably  exercised in good faith,  that Insurance Company
          has  suffered a material  adverse  change in its business or financial
          condition  or is the subject of material  adverse  publicity  and such
          material  adverse  change or material  adverse  publicity is likely to
          have a material  adverse impact upon the business and operation of the
          Fund or its  investment  adviser,  the  Fund  shall  notify  Insurance
          Company in writing of such  determination  and its intent to terminate
          this Agreement,  and after  considering the actions taken by Insurance
          Company  and any other  changes in  circumstances  since the giving of
          such notice, such determination of the Fund shall continue to apply on
          the sixtieth  (60th) day  following  the giving of such notice,  which
          sixtieth day shall be the effective date of termination;


     f.   Upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund
          and its investment  adviser or its successors unless Insurance Company
          specifically  approves the selection of a new Fund investment adviser.
          The  Fund  shall  promptly  furnish  notice  of  such  termination  to
          Insurance Company;

     g.   In the event the Fund's shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in
          accordance with applicable  federal law, or such law precludes the use
          of such shares as the underlying investment medium of Contracts issued
          or to be issued by Insurance  Company.  Termination shall be effective
          immediately upon such occurrence without notice;


     h.   At the  option of the Fund upon a  determination  by the Board in good
          faith  that it is no longer  advisable  and in the best  interests  of
          shareholders  for the Fund to  continue  to operate  pursuant  to this
          Agreement.  Termination  pursuant  to this  Subsection  (h)  shall  be
          effective  upon  notice  by the  Fund  to  Insurance  Company  of such
          termination;


     i.   At the option of the Fund if the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity
          contracts or life insurance policies,  as applicable,  under the Code,
          or if the Fund  reasonably  believes that the Contracts may fail to so
          qualify;


     j.   At the option of either party to this Agreement,  upon another party's
          breach of any material provision of this Agreement;


     k.   At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered, issued
          or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law; or


     l.   Upon  assignment  of this  Agreement,  unless  made  with the  written
          consent of the non-assigning party.

         Any such termination  pursuant to Section 10.2a, 10.2d, 10.2e, 10.2f or
         10.2k  herein  shall not  affect  the  operation  of  Article V of this
         Agreement.  Any  termination  of this  Agreement  shall not  affect the
         operation of Article IX of this Agreement.


10.3     Notwithstanding  any termination of this Agreement  pursuant to Section
         10.2 hereof,  the Fund and its investment adviser may, at the option of
         the Fund,  continue to make available  additional  Series shares for so
         long as the Fund desires  pursuant to the terms and  conditions of this
         Agreement  as  provided  below,  for all  Contracts  in  effect  on the
         effective date of termination of this Agreement  (hereinafter  referred
         to as "Existing Contracts").  Specifically,  without limitation, if the
         Fund so elects to make additional Series shares  available,  the owners
         of the Existing  Contracts or Insurance  Company,  whichever shall have
         legal authority to do so, shall be permitted to reallocate  investments
         in the Series, redeem investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund
         upon the making of  additional  purchase  payments  under the  Existing
         Contracts.  In the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to
         Section 10.2 hereof,  the Fund, as promptly as is practicable under the
         circumstances,  shall notify  Insurance  Company  whether the Fund will
         continue to make Series shares  available  after such  termination.  If
         Series shares continue to be made available after such termination, the
         provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  remain in effect and  thereafter
         either the Fund or Insurance Company may terminate the Agreement, as so
         continued  pursuant to this Section 10.3,  upon prior written notice to
         the other  party,  such  notice to be for a period  that is  reasonable
         under the circumstances but, if given by the Fund, need not be for more
         than six months.



                                       ARTICLE XI        11.
                                       AMENDMENTS


11.1 Any other changes in the terms of this Agreement shall be made by agreement
     in writing between Insurance Company and Fund.



                                       ARTICLE XII       12.
                                       NOTICE


12.1     Each notice  required  by this  Agreement  shall be given by  certified
         mail,  return  receipt  requested,  to the  appropriate  parties at the
         following addresses:

                                       Insurance Company:


                                       Fund:

                                       J.P. Morgan Series Trust II
                                       c/o Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
                                       522 Fifth Avenue
                                       New York, New York  10036
                                       Attention:  Kathleen H. Tripp



         Notice  shall be  deemed  to be given  on the  date of  receipt  by the
         addresses as evidenced by the return receipt.


                                       ARTICLE XIII      13.
                                       MISCELLANEOUS


13.1     This  Agreement  has  been  executed  on  behalf  of  the  Fund  by the
         undersigned  officer of the Fund in his  capacity  as an officer of the
         Fund. The  obligations of this Agreement shall only be binding upon the
         assets  and  property  of the Fund and  shall not be  binding  upon any
         Trustee, officer or shareholder of the Fund individually.



                                       ARTICLE XIV       14.
                                       LAW


14.1     This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws
         of the State of New  York,  without  giving  effect  to  principles  of
         conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement to be duly
executed and attested as of the date first above written.

                                       INSURANCE COMPANY



                       By:_______________________________

                                      Its:


                                       J.P.MORGAN SERIES TRUST II




                                      By:

                                      Its:
                                       SCHEDULE 1


Name of Series



                                                                    Exhibit 8(b)


         THIS AGREEMENT,  made and entered into as of the day of ________,  1999
by and among  LINCOLN  BENEFIT  LIFE  COMPANY  (hereinafter  the  "Company"),  a
Nebraska  corporation,  on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account
of the  Company  set forth on  Schedule A hereto as may be amended  from time to
time (each such account  hereinafter  referred to as the "Account"),  and MORGAN
STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.  (hereinafter the "Fund"),  a Maryland
corporation,  and MORGAN  STANLEY  DEAN WITTER  INVESTMENT  MANAGEMENT  INC. and
MILLER ANDERSON & SHERRERD,  LLP  (hereinafter  collectively  the "Advisers" and
individually the "Adviser"),  a Delaware  corporation and a Pennsylvania limited
liability partnership, respectively.

         WHEREAS,  the  Fund  engages  in  business  as an  open-end  management
investment  company and is  available to act as (i) the  investment  vehicle for
separate  accounts  established by insurance  companies for individual and group
life insurance policies and annuity contracts with variable  accumulation and/or
pay-out provisions  (hereinafter referred to individually and/or collectively as
"Variable  Insurance  Products")  and (ii) the  investment  vehicle  for certain
qualified pension and retirement plans (hereinafter "Qualified Plans"); and

         WHEREAS,  insurance  companies  desiring  to  utilize  the  Fund  as an
investment  vehicle  under  their  Variable   Insurance   Contracts  enter  into
participation  agreements  with the Fund and the  Advisers  (the  "Participating
Insurance Companies");

         WHEREAS,  shares of the Fund are divided into several series of shares,
each  representing the interest in a particular  managed portfolio of securities
and other  assets,  any one or more of which may be made  available  under  this
Agreement,  as may be  amended  from  time to time by  mutual  agreement  of the
parties hereto (each such series hereinafter referred to as a "Portfolio"); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Fund has  obtained  an order  from  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  dated September 19, 1996 (File No.  812-10118),  granting
Participating  Insurance  Companies  and  Variable  Insurance  Product  separate
accounts  exemptions  from the provisions of Sections 9(a),  13(a),  15(a),  and
15(b) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended  (hereinafter the "1940
Act"),  and Rules  6e-2(b)(15)  and  6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder,  to the  extent
necessary  to  permit  shares  of the  Fund to be sold to and  held by  Variable
Annuity  Product  separate  accounts of both  affiliated and  unaffiliated  life
insurance  companies  and  Qualified  Plans  (hereinafter  the  "Shared  Funding
Exemptive Order"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered as an open-end  management  investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are  registered  under the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, each Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under
the  Investment  Advisers  Act of 1940,  as amended,  and any  applicable  state
securities laws; and

         WHEREAS, each Adviser manages certain Portfolios of the Fund; and

         WHEREAS,  Morgan  Stanley & Co.  Incorporated  (the  "Underwriter")  is
registered  as a  broker/dealer  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended  (hereinafter  the  "1934  Act"),  is a member in good  standing  of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD") and serves
as principal underwriter of the shares of the Fund; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register  certain Variable
Insurance Products under the 1933 Act; and

         WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized,  validly existing segregated
asset  account,  established  by resolution  or under  authority of the Board of
Directors  of the  Company,  on the date shown for such  Account  on  Schedule A
hereto,  to set aside and invest assets  attributable to the aforesaid  Variable
Insurance Product; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register each Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

         WHEREAS,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  insurance  laws and
regulations,  the Company intends to purchase, on behalf of each Account, shares
in the  Portfolios set forth in Schedule B attached to this  Agreement,  to fund
certain of the aforesaid  Variable  Insurance  Products and the  Underwriter  is
authorized to sell such shares to each such Account at net asset value;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:


                       ARTICLE I. Purchase of Fund Shares

         1.1.  The Fund  agrees to make  available  for  purchase by the Company
shares of the Fund and shall  execute  orders placed for each Account on a daily
basis at the net asset  value  next  computed  after  receipt by the Fund or its
designee of such order.  For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company  shall be
the  designee  of the Fund for  receipt of such  orders  from each  Account  and
receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the
Fund  receives  notice  of such  order by 10:00  a.m.  Eastern  time on the next
following  Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York
Stock  Exchange  is open for trading  and on which the Fund  calculates  its net
asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         1.2. The Fund, so long as this  Agreement is in effect,  agrees to make
its shares available indefinitely for purchase at the applicable net asset value
per  share by the  Company  and its  Accounts  on those  days on which  the Fund
calculates  its net asset value pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the Fund shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset
value on each  day  which  the New  York  Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board of Directors of the Fund (hereinafter
the  "Board")  may refuse to permit the Fund to sell shares of any  Portfolio to
any person,  or suspend or terminate  the offering of shares of any Portfolio if
such action is required by law or by regulatory  authorities having jurisdiction
or is, in the sole  discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of
their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in
the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

         1.3.  The Fund  agrees  that  shares  of the Fund  will be sold only to
Participating  Insurance  Companies and their  separate  accounts and to certain
Qualified Plans. No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

         1.4. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request,  any
full or  fractional  shares  of the Fund  held by the  Company,  executing  such
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed  after receipt by
the Fund or its  designee of the request for  redemption.  For  purposes of this
Section  1.4,  the  Company  shall be the  designee  of the Fund for  receipt of
requests for  redemption  from each Account and receipt by such  designee  shall
constitute  receipt by the Fund,  provided that the Fund receives notice of such
request for redemption on the next following Business Day.

         1.5. The Company  agrees that  purchases and  redemptions  of Portfolio
shares  offered  by the then  current  prospectus  of the Fund  shall be made in
accordance  with the  provisions  of such  prospectus.  The  Variable  Insurance
Products issued by the Company,  under which amounts may be invested in the Fund
(hereinafter  the  "Contracts"),  are listed on  Schedule A attached  hereto and
incorporated herein by reference, as such Schedule A may be amended from time to
time by mutual written agreement of all of the parties hereto.  The Company will
give the Fund and the Adviser 45 days  written  notice of its  intention to make
available in the future,  as a funding  vehicle under the  Contracts,  any other
investment company.

         1.6.  The Company  shall pay for Fund shares on the next  Business  Day
after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in federal funds  transmitted  by wire.
For purposes of Section  2.10 and 2.11,  upon receipt by the Fund of the federal
funds so wired,  such funds shall cease to be the  responsibility of the Company
and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

         1.7.  Issuance and transfer of the Fund's  shares will be by book entry
only.  Stock  certificates  will not be issued to the  Company  or any  Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an  appropriate  title for each
Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

         1.8.  The Fund shall  furnish  same day  notice (by wire or  telephone,
followed by written  confirmation)  to the Company of any income,  dividends  or
capital gain  distributions  payable on the Fund's  shares.  The Company  hereby
elects to receive all such income  dividends and capital gain  distributions  as
are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio.  The
Company  reserves  the right to revoke  this  election  and to receive  all such
income  dividends and capital gain  distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify
the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such  dividends  and
distributions.

         1.9.  The Fund  shall  make the net  asset  value  per  share  for each
Portfolio  available  to the  Company  on a daily  basis  as soon as  reasonably
practical  after the net asset value per share is  calculated  (normally by 6:30
p.m.  Eastern  time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value
per share available by 7:00 p.m.
Eastern time.

                   ARTICLE II. Representations and Warranties

         2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will
be registered  under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be issued and sold in
compliance in all material  respects with all applicable  federal and state laws
and that the sale of the  Contracts  shall comply in all material  respects with
state insurance  suitability  requirements.  The Company further  represents and
warrants  that it is an insurance  company duly  organized  and in good standing
under  applicable  law and that it has  legally  and  validly  established  each
Account  prior to any  issuance or sale thereof as a  segregated  asset  account
under Section  [Citation of state  separate  account law] and has registered or,
prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts,  will register each Account as a
unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve
as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be  registered  under the 1933 Act, duly  authorized  for
issuance and sold in  compliance  with the laws of the State of Maryland and all
applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws and that the Fund is and shall
remain  registered  under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall  amend the  registration
statement  for its shares  under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time
as required in order to effect the continuous  offering of its shares.  The Fund
shall  register and qualify the shares for sale in  accordance  with the laws of
the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

         2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently  qualified as a Regulated
Investment  Company under  Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended  (the  "Code"),  and that it will make  every  effort to  maintain  such
qualification  (under  Subchapter M or any successor or similar  provision)  and
that it will notify the Company  immediately  upon having a reasonable basis for
believing that it has ceased to so qualify.

         2.4. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated as
life insurance policies or annuity contracts, under applicable provisions of the
Code and that it will make every effort to maintain  such  treatment and that it
will notify the Fund  immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing
that the  Contracts  have  ceased to be so  treated or that they might not be so
treated in the future.

         2.5. The Fund  represents that to the extent that it decides to finance
distribution  expenses  pursuant  to Rule  12b-1  under the 1940  Act,  the Fund
undertakes to have a board of directors,  a majority of whom are not  interested
persons of the Fund,  formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance
distribution expenses.

         2.6. The Fund makes no  representation  as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies)  complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Fund represents that the Fund's  investment  policies,  fees and
expenses  are and shall at all times remain in  compliance  with the laws of the
State of Maryland and the Fund represents that their  respective  operations are
and shall at all times remain in material  compliance with the laws of the State
of Maryland to the extent required to perform this Agreement.

         2.7.  The Fund  represents  that it is lawfully  organized  and validly
existing  under  the  laws of the  State of  Maryland  and that it does and will
comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         2.8. Each Adviser  represents  and warrants that it is and shall remain
duly registered in all material respects under all applicable  federal and state
securities  laws  and  that it will  perform  its  obligations  for the  Fund in
compliance  in all material  respects with the laws of its state of domicile and
any applicable state and federal securities laws.

         2.9. The Fund  represents  and warrants that its  directors,  officers,
employees,  and  other  individuals/entities   dealing  with  the  money  and/or
securities  of the Fund are and shall  continue to be at all times  covered by a
blanket  fidelity  bond or similar  coverage  for the  benefit of the Fund in an
amount not less than the minimal coverage as required  currently by Rule 17g-(1)
of the 1940 Act or related  provisions as may be promulgated  from time to time.
The  aforesaid  blanket  fidelity  bond shall  include  coverage for larceny and
embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

         2.10.  The Company  represents  and warrants that all of its directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or  securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket  fidelity
bond or  similar  coverage,  in an amount  not less $5  million.  The  aforesaid
includes  coverage for larceny and embezzlement is issued by a reputable bonding
company. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond
or another bond containing these  provisions is always in effect,  and agrees to
notify the Fund and the  Underwriter  in the event that such  coverage no longer
applies.


 ARTICLE III. Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders and Proxy Statements; Voting

         3.1.  The Fund or its designee  shall  provide the Company with as many
printed  copies of the Fund's  current  prospectus  and  statement of additional
information as the Company may reasonably  request. If requested by the Company,
in lieu of providing printed copies the Fund shall provide  camera-ready film or
computer diskettes  containing the Fund's prospectus and statement of additional
information,  and such other assistance as is reasonably  necessary in order for
the  Company  once  each  year  (or more  frequently  if the  prospectus  and/or
statement of additional  information for the Fund is amended during the year) to
have the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's prospectus printed together
in one document,  and to have the statement of  additional  information  for the
Fund and the  statement of  additional  information  for the  Contracts  printed
together  in one  document.  Alternatively,  the  Company  may print the  Fund's
prospectus  and/or its statement of additional  information in combination  with
other fund companies' prospectuses and statements of additional information.

         3.2.  Except  as  provided  in  this  Section  3.2.,  all  expenses  of
preparing,  setting in type and printing and distributing  Fund prospectuses and
statements of additional  information  shall be the expense of the Company.  For
prospectuses and statements of additional information provided by the Company to
its existing  owners of Contracts who currently own shares of one or more of the
Fund's  Portfolios,  in order to update  disclosure  as required by the 1933 Act
and/or the 1940 Act,  the cost of  printing  shall be borne by the Fund.  If the
Company chooses to receive  camera-ready  film or computer  diskettes in lieu of
receiving printed copies of the Fund's prospectus,  the Fund shall bear the cost
of typesetting to provide the Fund's  prospectus to the Company in the format in
which the Fund is accustomed to formatting  prospectuses,  and the Company shall
bear the expense of  adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its
prospectuses.  In such event,  the Fund will  reimburse the Company in an amount
equal  to the  product  of x and y where x is the  number  of such  prospectuses
distributed  to owners of the  Contracts who currently own shares of one or more
of the Fund's  Portfolios,  and y is the Fund's per unit cost of typesetting and
printing  the Fund's  prospectus.  The same  procedures  shall be followed  with
respect to the Fund's statement of additional information. The Company agrees to
provide the Fund or its  designee  with such  information  as may be  reasonably
requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund's expenses do not include the cost
of printing,  typesetting,  and  distributing  any prospectuses or statements of
additional  information other than those actually distributed to existing owners
of  the  Contracts  who  currently  own  shares  of one or  more  of the  Fund's
Portfolios.

         3.3. The Fund's statement of additional information shall be obtainable
from the Fund,  the Company or such other person as the Fund may  designate,  as
agreed upon by the parties.

         3.4. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of
its proxy statements,  reports to shareholders, and other communications (except
for prospectuses and statements of additional information,  which are covered in
section 3.1) to  shareholders  in such quantity as the Company shall  reasonably
require for distributing to Contract owners.

         3.5. If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:

               (i)  solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

               (ii) vote  the  Fund  shares  in  accordance  with   instructions
                    received from Contract owners; and

               (iii)vote  Fund  shares  for  which  no  instructions  have  been
                    received  in the  same  proportion  as Fund  shares  of such
                    Portfolio for which instructions have been received, so long
                    as  and to the  extent  that  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                    Commission  continues to  interpret  the 1940 Act to require
                    pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners.
                    The Company  reserves  the right to vote Fund shares held in
                    any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent
                    permitted by law. The Fund and the Company  shall follow the
                    procedures,     and    shall    have    the    corresponding
                    responsibilities,  for the  handling  of  proxy  and  voting
                    instruction  solicitations,  as  set  forth  in  Schedule  C
                    attached  hereto  and  incorporated   herein  by  reference.
                    Participating  Insurance  Companies shall be responsible for
                    ensuring that each of their separate accounts  participating
                    in  the  Fund  calculates  voting  privileges  in  a  manner
                    consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule C, which
                    standards  will also be provided to the other  Participating
                    Insurance Companies.

         3.6. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring
voting by  shareholders,  and in  particular  the Fund will  either  provide for
annual  meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund
is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will act in
accordance with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  interpretation of the
requirements  of Section  16(a) with respect to periodic  elections of directors
and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.

         3.7.   The  Fund  shall  use   reasonable   efforts  to  provide   Fund
prospectuses,   reports  to   shareholders,   proxy  materials  and  other  Fund
communications  (or  camera-ready  equivalents)  to the Company  sufficiently in
advance of the  Company's  mailing  dates to enable the Company to complete,  at
reasonable   cost,  the  printing,   assembling   and/or   distribution  of  the
communications in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.


                   ARTICLE IV. Sales Material and Information

         4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished,  to the
Fund or its  designee,  each  piece of  sales  literature  or other  promotional
material in which the Fund or the  Adviser(s)  is named,  at least ten  Business
Days  prior  to its  use.  No such  material  shall  be used if the  Fund or its
designee  reasonably  objects to such use within ten Business Days after receipt
of such material.

         4.2.  The  Company  shall  not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations  or statements  on behalf of the Fund or concerning  the Fund in
connection  with  the  sale of the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or
representations  contained in the  registration  statement or prospectus for the
Fund shares,  as such  registration  statement and  prospectus may be amended or
supplemented  from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund,
or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its
designee, except with the permission of the Fund.

         4.3.  The Fund or its  designee  shall  furnish,  or shall  cause to be
furnished,  to the Company or its  designee,  each piece of sales  literature or
other promotional  material in which the Company and/or its separate  account(s)
is named at least ten Business Days prior to its use. No such material  shall be
used if the Company or its  designee  reasonably  objects to such use within ten
Business Days after receipt of such material.

         4.4. The Fund and the Advisers  shall not give any  information or make
any  representations  on behalf of the Company or concerning  the Company,  each
Account,  or the  Contracts,  other  than  the  information  or  representations
contained in a registration  statement or prospectus for the Contracts,  as such
registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain
or  approved by the Company for  distribution  to Contract  owners,  or in sales
literature  or  other  promotional  material  approved  by  the  Company  or its
designee, except with the permission of the Company.

         4.5. The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
reports,  proxy statements,  sales literature and other  promotional  materials,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
to any of the above,  that relate to the Fund or its shares,  which are relevant
to the Company or the Contracts.

         4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
reports,  solicitations  for voting  instructions,  sales  literature  and other
promotional  materials,  applications  for  exemptions,  requests  for no action
letters,  and all amendments to any of the above,  that relate to the investment
in the Fund under the Contracts.

         4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase  "sales  literature or
other  promotional  material"  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  any of the
following  that refer to the Fund or any  affiliate of the Fund:  advertisements
(such as material published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or
other  periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape
display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media),  sales
literature  (i.e.,  any  written  communication  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,  research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available  to some or all  agents or  employees,  and  registration  statements,
prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  shareholder  reports, and
proxy materials.


                          ARTICLE V. Fees and Expenses

         5.1.  The Fund shall pay no fee or other  compensation  to the  Company
under  this  Agreement,  except  that if the Fund or any  Portfolio  adopts  and
implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses,  then
the  Underwriter  may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the
Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing.

         5.2.  All  expenses  incident  to  performance  by the Fund  under this
Agreement  shall  be paid by the  Fund.  The Fund  shall  see to it that all its
shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance  with applicable
federal  law  and,  if  and to the  extent  deemed  advisable  by the  Fund,  in
accordance with applicable  state laws prior to their sale.  Except as otherwise
set forth in the Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Fund shall bear the expenses
for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's shares, preparation
and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration statement,  proxy materials
and reports,  setting the  prospectus in type,  setting in type and printing the
proxy materials and reports to  shareholders,  the preparation of all statements
and notices  required by any federal or state law, and all taxes on the issuance
or transfer of the Fund's shares.

         5.3.  The Company  shall bear the expenses of  distributing  the Fund's
prospectus,  proxy  materials  and reports to owners of Contracts  issued by the
Company.


                           ARTICLE VI. Diversification

         6.1. The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in such
a manner as to ensure that the Contracts  will be treated as variable  contracts
under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting the scope
of the  foregoing,  the Fund will at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the
Code  and  Treasury   Regulation   1.817-5,   relating  to  the  diversification
requirements for variable annuity,  endowment,  or life insurance  contracts and
any amendments or other  modifications  to such Section or  Regulations.  In the
event of a breach of this  Article VI by the Fund,  it will take all  reasonable
steps (a) to notify  Company of such breach and (b) to adequately  diversify the
Fund so as to achieve  compliance within the grace period afforded by Regulation
817-5.


                        ARTICLE VII. Potential Conflicts

         7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the  existence of any material
irreconcilable  conflict  between the  interests of the  contract  owners of all
separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may
arise for a variety of reasons,  including: (a) an action by any state insurance
regulatory  authority;  (b) a change in applicable  federal or state  insurance,
tax, or securities  laws or  regulations,  or a public  ruling,  private  letter
ruling,  no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance,
tax, or securities  regulatory  authorities;  (c) an  administrative or judicial
decision in any relevant proceeding;  (d) the manner in which the investments of
any Portfolio are being managed;  (e) a difference in voting  instructions given
by Variable  Insurance  Product  owners;  or (f) a decision  by a  Participating
Insurance Company to disregard the voting  instructions of contract owners.  The
Board shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an  irreconcilable
material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

         7.2.  The Company will report any  potential  or existing  conflicts of
which it is aware to the Board.  The  Company  will assist the Board in carrying
out its responsibilities  under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing
the Board with all  information  reasonably  necessary for the Board to consider
any issues raised.  This  includes,  but is not limited to, an obligation by the
Company to inform the Board  whenever  contract  owner voting  instructions  are
disregarded.

         7.3. If it is determined  by a majority of the Board,  or a majority of
its disinterested members, that a material  irreconcilable  conflict exists, the
Company and other Participating  Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and
to the  extent  reasonably  practicable  (as  determined  by a  majority  of the
disinterested  directors),  take  whatever  steps  are  necessary  to  remedy or
eliminate  the  irreconcilable  material  conflict,  up to  and  including:  (1)
withdrawing  the assets  allocable to some or all of the separate  accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different  investment
medium,  including  (but not  limited  to)  another  Portfolio  of the Fund,  or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected  Contract owners and, as appropriate,  segregating the assets of
any appropriate  group (i.e.,  annuity  contract  owners,  life insurance policy
owners,  or  variable  contract  owners of one or more  Participating  Insurance
Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation,  or offering to the affected
contract owners the option of making such a change;  and (2)  establishing a new
registered management investment company or managed separate account.

         7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision
by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority  position or would  preclude a majority  vote, the Company
may be required,  at the Fund's  election,  to withdraw  the affected  Account's
investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account
(at  the  Company's  expense);   provided,  however  that  such  withdrawal  and
termination  shall be limited to the extent  required by the foregoing  material
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members
of the Board.

         7.5. If a material  irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular
state insurance  regulator's  decision  applicable to the Company conflicts with
the  majority of other state  regulators,  then the Company  will  withdraw  the
affected  Account's  investment in the Fund and terminate  this  Agreement  with
respect to such Account within six months after the Board informs the Company in
writing that it has determined that such decision has created an  irreconcilable
material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall
be limited to the  extent  required  by the  foregoing  material  irreconcilable
conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested  members of the Board.
Until the end of the foregoing six month period,  the Underwriter and Fund shall
continue to accept and  implement  orders by the Company for the  purchase  (and
redemption) of shares of the Fund.

         7.6.  For  purposes of Sections  7.3 through 7.5 of this  Agreement,  a
majority of the  disinterested  members of the Board shall determine whether any
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in
no event will the Fund be  required to  establish  a new funding  medium for the
Contracts.  The Company  shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new
funding  medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote
of  a  majority  of  Contract  owners  materially   adversely  affected  by  the
irreconcilable material conflict.

         7.7. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule  6e-3(T) are amended,
or Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide  exemptive relief from any provision of the
1940 Act or the rules  promulgated  thereunder  with  respect to mixed or shared
funding  (as  defined  in the  Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order)  on terms  and
conditions  materially  different  from those  contained  in the Shared  Funding
Exemptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies,
as  appropriate,  shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules
6e-2 and  6e-3(T),  as amended,  and Rule 6e-3,  as adopted,  to the extent such
rules are applicable;  and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of
this  Agreement  shall  continue  in effect  only to the  extent  that terms and
conditions  substantially  identical  to such  Sections  are  contained  in such
Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.


                          ARTICLE VIII. Indemnification

         8.1.  Indemnification By The Company

         8.1(a) The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless the Fund and
each member of the Board and  officers,  and each Adviser and each  director and
officer of each Adviser,  and each person,  if any, who controls the Fund or the
Adviser  within the  meaning of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties" and  individually,  "Indemnified  Party," for purposes of
this  Section  8.1)  against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities
(including  amounts paid in settlement  with the written consent of the Company)
or litigation  (including  legal and other  expenses),  to which the Indemnified
Parties  may become  subject  under any  statute,  regulation,  at common law or
otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or
actions  in  respect  thereof)  or  settlements  are  related  to  the  sale  or
acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts and:

                           (i)  arise  out  of or  are  based  upon  any  untrue
                  statements or alleged  untrue  statements of any material fact
                  contained in the registration  statement or prospectus for the
                  Contracts or contained  in the  Contracts or sales  literature
                  for the  Contracts  (or any  amendment or supplement to any of
                  the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission
                  or the  alleged  omission  to state  therein a  material  fact
                  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
                  statements   therein  not   misleading,   provided  that  this
                  agreement to indemnify  shall not apply as to any  Indemnified
                  Party if such statement or omission or such alleged  statement
                  or omission was made in reliance upon and in  conformity  with
                  information  furnished  to the  Company by or on behalf of the
                  Fund for use in the  registration  statement or prospectus for
                  the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales  literature (or any
                  amendment or  supplement)  or otherwise  for use in connection
                  with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

                           (ii)  arise  out of or as a result of  statements  or
                  representations  (other  than  statements  or  representations
                  contained in the registration  statement,  prospectus or sales
                  literature of the Fund not supplied by the Company, or persons
                  under its control and other than statements or representations
                  authorized  by the Fund or an Adviser) or unlawful  conduct of
                  the Company or persons under its control,  with respect to the
                  sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

                           (iii)  arise  out of or as a  result  of  any  untrue
                  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
                  contained in a registration  statement,  prospectus,  or sales
                  literature of the Fund or any amendment  thereof or supplement
                  thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
                  material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
                  make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement
                  or omission was made in reliance upon and in  conformity  with
                  information  furnished  to the  Fund  by or on  behalf  of the
                  Company; or

                           (iv) arise as a result of any  failure by the Company
                  to provide the  services and furnish the  materials  under the
                  terms of this Agreement; or

                           (v) arise out of or result from any  material  breach
                  of any  representation  and/or warranty made by the Company in
                  this  Agreement  or arise  out of or  result  from  any  other
                  material  breach of this Agreement by the Company,  as limited
                  by and in accordance  with the  provisions of Sections  8.1(b)
                  and 8.1(c) hereof.

         8.1(b).  The  Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an  Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

         8.1(c).  The  Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified  the  Company in writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Company of any
such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Company shall be entitled to participate,
at its own  expense,  in the defense of such  action.  The Company also shall be
entitled to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to the party
named  in the  action.  After  notice  from  the  Company  to such  party of the
Company's  election to assume the defense thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall
bear the fees and  expenses of any  additional  counsel  retained by it, and the
Company will not be liable to such party under this  Agreement  for any legal or
other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such party independently in connection
with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.1(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the
commencement  of any litigation or proceedings  against them in connection  with
the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the Contracts or the operation of the
Fund.

         8.2.  Indemnification by the Advisers

         8.2(a).  Each Adviser  agrees,  with respect to each  Portfolio that it
manages,  to indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company and each of its directors
and  officers and each  person,  if any,  who  controls  the Company  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively,  the "Indemnified  Parties"
and individually, "Indemnified Party," for purposes of this Section 8.2) against
any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  (including  amounts paid in
settlement  with the written  consent of the Adviser) or  litigation  (including
legal and other  expenses) to which the  Indemnified  Parties may become subject
under any  statute,  regulation,  at common  law or  otherwise,  insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof)
or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of the Portfolio
that it manages or the Contracts and:

                           (i)  arise  out  of or  are  based  upon  any  untrue
                  statement or alleged  untrue  statement  of any material  fact
                  contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales
                  literature  of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any
                  of the  foregoing),  or  arise  out of or are  based  upon the
                  omission or the alleged  omission to state  therein a material
                  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
                  statements   therein  not   misleading,   provided  that  this
                  agreement to indemnify  shall not apply as to any  Indemnified
                  Party if such statement or omission or such alleged  statement
                  or omission was made in reliance upon and in  conformity  with
                  information  furnished  to the  Fund  by or on  behalf  of the
                  Company for use in the  registration  statement or  prospectus
                  for the  Fund or in  sales  literature  (or any  amendment  or
                  supplement)  or otherwise for use in connection  with the sale
                  of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

                           (ii)  arise  out of or as a result of  statements  or
                  representations  (other  than  statements  or  representations
                  contained in the registration  statement,  prospectus or sales
                  literature  for the  Contracts  not  supplied  by the  Fund or
                  persons  under  its  control  and  other  than  statements  or
                  representations authorized by the Company) or unlawful conduct
                  of the Fund,  Adviser(s) or Underwriter or persons under their
                  control,  with  respect  to the  sale or  distribution  of the
                  Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

                           (iii)  arise  out of or as a  result  of  any  untrue
                  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
                  contained in a registration  statement,  prospectus,  or sales
                  literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or
                  supplement  thereto,  or the  omission or alleged  omission to
                  state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
                  necessary  to make the  statement  or  statements  therein not
                  misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance
                  upon  information  furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
                  the Fund; or

                           (iv) arise as a result of any  failure by the Fund to
                  provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms
                  of this Agreement; or

                           (v) arise out of or result from any  material  breach
                  of any  representation  and/or warranty made by the Adviser in
                  this  Agreement  or arise  out of or  result  from  any  other
                  material  breach of this Agreement by the Adviser;  as limited
                  by and in accordance  with the  provisions of Sections  8.2(b)
                  and 8.2(c) hereof.

         8.2(b).  An  Adviser  shall not be liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an  Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

         8.2(c).  An  Adviser  shall not be liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified  the  Adviser in writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Adviser of any
such claim shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified Parties, the Adviser will be entitled to participate, at
its own expense,  in the defense thereof.  The Adviser also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action. After notice from the Adviser to such party of the Adviser's election to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional  counsel  retained by it, and the Adviser will not be
liable to such  party  under  this  Agreement  for any  legal or other  expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.2(d).  The  Company  agrees  promptly  to notify  the  Adviser of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors  in  connection  with the issuance or sale of the  Contracts or the
operation of each Account.

         8.3.  Indemnification by the Fund

         8.3(a). The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and
each of its  directors  and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15  of  the  1933  Act  (hereinafter
collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties" and individually,  "Indemnified Party,"
for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  (including  amounts paid in settlement  with the written consent of
the  Fund) or  litigation  (including  legal and  other  expenses)  to which the
Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute,  regulation, at common
law or  otherwise,  insofar as such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
expenses (or actions in respect  thereof) or  settlements  result from the gross
negligence,  bad faith or willful misconduct of the Board or any member thereof,
are related to the operations of the Fund and:

                           (i) arise as a result of any  failure  by the Fund to
                  provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms
                  of this Agreement; or

                           (ii) arise out of or result from any material  breach
                  of any representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this
                  Agreement  or arise out of or result  from any other  material
                  breach of this Agreement by the Fund;

         8.3(b).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred  or  assessed  against  an  Indemnified  Party as may  arise  from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

         8.3(c).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  the  Fund in  writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such  service on any  designated  agent),  but failure to notify the Fund of any
such claim shall not relieve  the Fund from any  liability  which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Fund will be entitled to participate,  at
its own  expense,  in the  defense  thereof.  The Fund also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action.  After  notice  from the Fund to such  party of the Fund's  election  to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall bear the fees and
expenses  of any  additional  counsel  retained  by it, and the Fund will not be
liable to such  party  under  this  Agreement  for any  legal or other  expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.3(d).  The  Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Fund  of  the
commencement  of  any  litigation  or  proceedings  against  it or  any  of  its
respective officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the issuance
or sale of the Contracts,  with respect to the operation of either  Account,  or
the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.

                           ARTICLE IX. Applicable Law

         9.1.  This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and the  provisions  hereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         9.2.  This  Agreement  shall be subject to the  provisions of the 1933,
1934 and 1940  Acts,  and the  rules and  regulations  and  rulings  thereunder,
including such  exemptions  from those  statutes,  rules and  regulations as the
Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the
Shared Funding  Exemptive  Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted  and
construed in accordance therewith.


                                                       ARTICLE X. Termination

         10.1.  This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the
first to occur of:

     (a)  termination  by any party for any  reason by sixty  (60) days  advance
          written notice delivered to the other parties; or

     (b)  termination  by the  Company  by  written  notice  to the Fund and the
          Adviser  with  respect  to any  Portfolio  based  upon  the  Company's
          determination   that  shares  of  such  Portfolio  is  not  reasonably
          available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; or

     (c)  termination  by the  Company  by  written  notice  to the Fund and the
          Adviser  with  respect  to  any  Portfolio  in  the  event  any of the
          Portfolio's  shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in accordance
          with applicable state and/or federal law or such law precludes the use
          of such shares as the  underlying  investment  media of the  Contracts
          issued or to be issued by the Company; or

     (d)  termination  by the  Company  by  written  notice  to the Fund and the
          Adviser with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio
          ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M
          of the Code or under any  successor  or similar  provision,  or if the
          Company reasonably believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify; or

     (e)  termination  by the  Company  by  written  notice  to the Fund and the
          Adviser with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio
          falls to meet the diversification requirements specified in Article VI
          hereof; or

     (f)  termination  by the Fund by written  notice to the Company if the Fund
          shall determine,  in its sole judgment  exercised in good faith,  that
          the Company  and/or its  affiliated  companies has suffered a material
          adverse  change in its business,  operations,  financial  condition or
          prospects  since  the  date of this  Agreement  or is the  subject  of
          material adverse publicity, or

     (g)  termination  by the  Company  by  written  notice  to the Fund and the
          Adviser,  if  the  Company  shall  determine,  in  its  sole  judgment
          exercised  in good  faith,  that  either the Fund or the  Adviser  has
          suffered  a  material  adverse  change  in its  business,  operations,
          financial  condition or prospects  since the date of this Agreement or
          is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

     (h)  termination  by the  Fund or the  Adviser  by  written  notice  to the
          Company,  if the  Company  gives the Fund and the  Adviser the written
          notice specified in Section 1.5 hereof and at the time such notice was
          given there was no notice of termination  outstanding  under any other
          provision of this Agreement;  provided,  however any termination under
          this Section 10.1(h) shall be effective forty five (45) days after the
          notice specified in Section 1.5 was given; or

     (i)  termination  at the option of the Fund, an Adviser or the Company upon
          another party's material breach of any provision of this Agreement.

         10.2. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall
at the option of the Company,  continue to make available  additional  shares of
the Fund  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  for all
Contracts  in effect on the  effective  date of  termination  of this  Agreement
(hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Existing,  Contracts").  Specifically,  without
limitation,  the owners of the Existing  Contracts  shall be permitted to direct
reallocation  of investments in the Fund,  redemption of investments in the Fund
and/or  investment in the Fund upon the making of additional  purchase  payments
under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not
apply to any  terminations  under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII
terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

         10.3.  The Company  shall not redeem Fund  shares  attributable  to the
Contracts (as distinct  from Fund shares  attributable  to the Company's  assets
held in the  Account)  except  (i) as  necessary  to  implement  Contract  Owner
initiated or approved transactions,  or (ii) as required by state and/or federal
laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general  application
(hereinafter  referred  to as a  "Legally  Required  Redemption")  or  (iii)  as
permitted  by an order of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to
Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act. Upon request,  the Company will promptly  furnish
to the Fund the  opinion of counsel  for the  Company  (which  counsel  shall be
reasonably  satisfactory to the Fund) to the effect that any redemption pursuant
to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required  Redemption.  Furthermore,  except in
cases where  permitted  under the terms of the Contracts,  the Company shall not
prevent  Contract  Owners  from  allocating  payments  to a  Portfolio  that was
otherwise  available  under the Contracts  without first giving the Fund 90 days
prior written notice of its intention to do so.

                               ARTICLE XI. Notices

         Any  notice  shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by  registered  or
certified  mail to the other  party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other party.

                           If to the Fund:
                              Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Universal Funds, Inc.
                              c/o Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
                              Investment Management Inc.
                              1221 Avenue of the Americas
                              New York, New York  10020
                              Attention: Harold J. Schaaff, Jr., Esq.

                           If to Adviser:

                           Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment Management Inc.
                           1221 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York  10020
                           Attention: Harold J. Schaaff, Jr., Esq.

                           If to Adviser:

                                    Miller Anderson & Sherrerd, LLP
                                    One Tower Bridge
                                    West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428
                                    Attention: Lorraine Truten

                           If to the Company:

                                    Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                                    206 South 13th Street, Suite 100
                                    Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
                                    Attention:  Gregory C. Sernett, Esq.


                           ARTICLE XII. Miscellaneous

         12.1.  All  persons  dealing  with the Fund  must  look  solely  to the
property  of the Fund for the  enforcement  of any  claims  against  the Fund as
neither  the  Board,  officers,  agents  or  shareholders  assume  any  personal
liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

         12.2.  Subject to the  requirements  of legal  process  and  regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the owners of the  Contracts  and all  information  reasonably  identified as
confidential  in writing by any other party  hereto and,  except as permitted by
this  Agreement,  shall not  disclose,  disseminate  or  utilize  such names and
addresses and other confidential information until such time as it may come into
the public domain without the express written consent of the affected party.

         12.3.  The captions in this  Agreement are included for  convenience of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.4.  This  Agreement  may be executed  simultaneously  in two or more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

         12.5. If any provision of this Agreement  shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.6.  Each party hereto shall  cooperate with each other party and all
appropriate   governmental   authorities   (including   without  limitation  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers  and state  insurance  regulators)  and shall  permit  such  authorities
reasonable  access to its books and records in connection with any investigation
or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions  contemplated  hereby.
Notwithstanding  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  each party hereto  further
agrees to furnish the California Insurance  Commissioner with any information or
reports in connection  with services  provided under this  Agreement  which such
Commissioner may request in order to ascertain whether the insurance  operations
of the Company are being  conducted in a manner  consistent  with the California
Insurance Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.

         12.7. The rights,  remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations at law or in equity,  which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

         12.8. This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may
not be assigned by any party  without the prior  written  consent of all parties
hereto;  provided,  however,  that an Adviser may assign this  Agreement  or any
rights or  obligations  hereunder to any  affiliate  of or company  under common
control with the Adviser,  if such assignee is duly  licensed and  registered to
perform the obligations of the Adviser under this Agreement.

     12. 9 The Company shall  furnish,  or shall cause to be  furnished,  to the
Fund or its designee copies of the following reports:

                           (a) the Company's  annual  statement  (prepared under
                  statutory  accounting  principles) and annual report (prepared
                  under generally accepted accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),  if
                  any),  as soon as  practical  and in any event  within 90 days
                  after the end of each fiscal year;

                           (b) the Company's  quarterly  statements  (statutory)
                  (and  GAAP,  if any),  as soon as  practical  and in any event
                  within 45 days after the end of each quarterly period:

                           (c) any financial statement, proxy statement,  notice
                  or  report  of  the  Company  sent  to   stockholders   and/or
                  policyholders, as soon as practical after the delivery thereof
                  to stockholders;

                           (d) any registration statement (without exhibits) and
                  financial reports of the Company filed with the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission or any state insurance regulator,  as soon
                  as practical after the filing thereof;

                           (e) any other  report  submitted  to the  Company  by
                  independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim
                  or special audit made by them of the books of the Company,  as
                  soon as practical after the receipt thereof.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of the  parties  hereto  has  caused  this
Agreement  to be executed  in its name and on its behalf by its duly  authorized
representative  and its  seal to be  hereunder  affixed  hereto  as of the  date
specified above.


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY



                  By:      ______________________________
                           Name:
                           Title:



                  MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.


                  By:      ______________________________
                           Name:
                           Title:



                  MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WIITTER
                  INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.


                  By:      ______________________________
                           Name:
                           Title:



                  MILLER ANDERSON & SHERRERD, LLP


                  By:      ______________________________
                           Name:
                           Title:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                         SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS

Name of Separate Account and                                 Form Number and Name of Contract
Date Established by Board of Directors                       Funded by Separate Account
- --------------------------------------                       --------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account                1940 Act Separate
                                                             Registration Number: 811-7924

Established: August 3, 1992                                  Contract Name:  Consultant 100
                                                                             Variable Annuity

                                                             Contract Form Number:  VAP9950
</TABLE>




                                     A-1


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE B

                          PORTFOLIOS OF MORGAN STANLEY
                              UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.


















                                       B-1


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE C

                             PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the
handling of proxies and voting  instructions  relating to the Fund.  The defined
terms  herein shall have the meanings  assigned in the  Participation  Agreement
except that the term "Company"  shall also include the department or third party
assigned by the Company to perform the steps delineated below.

 .        The proxy  proposals  are given to the  Company by the Fund as early as
         possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder meeting to
         enable the Company to consider  and  prepare  for the  solicitation  of
         voting  instructions from owners of the Contracts and to facilitate the
         establishment  of  tabulation  procedures.  At this  time the Fund will
         inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and Meeting dates.
         This will be done verbally approximately two months before meeting.

 .        Promptly  after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run",
         or other activity,  which will generate the names, addresses and number
         of units which are attributed to each contract  owner/policyholder (the
         "Customer") as of the Record Date. Allowance should be made for account
         adjustments  made after  this date that could  affect the status of the
         Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.

         Note:  The number of proxy  statements is determined by the  activities
         described  in this Step #2. The  Company  will use its best  efforts to
         call in the number of Customers to the Fund , as soon as possible,  but
         no later than two weeks after the Record Date.

 .        The Fund's  Annual  Report must be sent to each Customer by the Company
         either  before or  together  with the  Customers'  receipt  of  voting,
         instruction  solicitation  material.  The Fund  will  provide  the last
         Annual  Report to the  Company  pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of
         the Agreement to which this Schedule relates.

 .        The text and  format  for the  Voting  Instruction  Cards  ("Cards"  or
         "Card") is  provided to the Company by the Fund.  The  Company,  at its
         expense,  shall produce and personalize the Voting  Instruction  Cards.
         The Fund or its  affiliate  must approve the Card before it is printed.
         Allow  approximately 2-4 business days for printing  information on the
         Cards. Information commonly found on the Cards includes:
                                       C-1

          .    name (legal name as found on account registration)

          .    address

          .    fund or account number

          .    coding to state number of units

          .    individual  Card number for use in tracking and  verification  of
               votes (already on Cards as printed by the Fund).

(This and  related  steps may occur  later in the  chronological  process due to
possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

     .    During  this  time,  the Fund will  develop,  produce  and pay for the
          Notice of Proxy and the Proxy  Statement (one  document).  Printed and
          folded  notices and  statements  will be sent to Company for insertion
          into envelopes  (envelopes and return  envelopes are provided and paid
          for by the  Company).  Contents of envelope  sent to  Customers by the
          Company will include:

     .    Voting Instruction Card(s)

     .    One proxy notice and statement (one document)

     .    return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the Company
          or its tabulation agent

     .    "urge buckslip" - optional, but recommended.  (This is a small, single
          sheet of paper that requests  Customers to vote as quickly as possible
          and that their vote is  important.  One copy will be  supplied  by the
          Fund.)

     .    cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and approved
          in advance by the Fund.


     .    The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5
          business  days  before  mail  date.  Individual  in charge at  Company
          reviews and  approves  the  contents of the mailing  package to ensure
          correctness and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to the Fund.

     .    Package mailed by the Company. * The Fund must allow at least a 15-day
          solicitation  time to the Company as the shareowner.  (A 5-week period
          is recommended.) Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from
          (but not including,) the meeting, counting backwards.

     .    Collection  and tabulation of Cards begins.  Tabulation  usually takes
          place in another  department  or another  vendor  depending on process
          used. An often used  procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal
          into vote  categories of all yes, no, or mixed  replies,  and to begin
          data entry.

                                       C-2


Note:  Postmarks are not generally needed. A need for postmark information would
be due to an insurance company's internal procedure and has not been required by
the Fund in the past.

          .    Signatures  on  Card  checked   against  legal  name  on  account
               registration which was printed on the Card. Note: For Example, if
               the account registration is under "John A. Smith,  Trustee," then
               that is the exact legal name to be printed on the Card and is the
               signature needed on the Card.

          .    If Cards are  mutilated,  or for any reason are  illegible or are
               not  signed  properly,  they are sent  back to  Customer  with an
               explanatory  letter  and a new  Card  and  return  envelope.  The
               mutilated or illegible Card is  disregarded  and considered to be
               not received for purposes of vote tabulation. Any Cards that have
               been "kicked out" (e.g.  mutilated,  illegible)  of the procedure
               are  "hand  verified,"  i.e.,  examined  as to why  they  did not
               complete  the system.  Any  questions  on those Cards are usually
               remedied individually.

          .    There  are  various  control  procedures  used to  ensure  proper
               tabulation  of votes and  accuracy of that  tabulation.  The most
               prevalent  is to  sort  the  Cards  as  they  first  arrive  into
               categories depending upon their vote; an estimate of how the vote
               is progressing may then be calculated.  If the initial  estimates
               and the actual vote do not  coincide,  then an internal  audit of
               that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

          .    The  actual  tabulation  of votes is done in units  which is then
               converted to shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives
               the tabulations stated in terms of a percentage and the number of
               shares.) The Fund must review and approve tabulation format.

          .    Final  tabulation  in shares is verbally  given by the Company to
               the Fund on the  morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 a.m.
               Eastern  time.  The Fund  may  request  an  earlier  deadline  if
               reasonable  and if required to calculate the vote in time for the
               meeting.

          .    A Certification of Mailing and  Authorization to Vote Shares will
               be required  from the Company as well as an original  copy of the
               final  vote.  The Fund  will  provide  a  standard  form for each
               Certification.

                                       C-3

          .    The  Company  will be  required  to box  and  archive  the  Cards
               received  from  the  Customers.  In the  event  that  any vote is
               challenged or if otherwise  necessary for legal,  regulatory,  or
               accounting purposes, the Fund will be permitted reasonable access
               to such Cards.

          .    All  approvals  and  "signing-off'  may be done orally,  but must
               always be followed up in writing.



PartLincoln1
                                       C-4



                                                                     Draft





                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


                                      Among


                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.,

                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                           INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.

                         MILLER ANDERSON & SHERRERD, LLP

                                       and

                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

                                   DATED AS OF

                                ____________, 1999



TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                         Page

         ARTICLE I.       Purchase of Fund Shares                         2

         ARTICLE II       Representations and Warranties                  4

         ARTICLE III.     Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders
                                 and Proxy Statements, Voting             6

         ARTICLE IV.       Sales Material and Information                 8

         ARTICLE V         Fees and Expenses                              9

         ARTICLE VI.       Diversification                               10

         ARTICLE VII.      Potential Conflicts                           10

         ARTICLE VIII.     Indemnification                               12

         ARTICLE IX.       Applicable Law                                18

         ARTICLE X.        Termination                                   18

         ARTICLE XI.       Notices                                       21

         ARTICLE XII.      Miscellaneous                                 21

         SCHEDULE A        Separate Accounts and Contracts               A-1

         SCHEDULE B        Portfolios of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
                                    Universal Funds, Inc.                B-1

         SCHEDULE C        Proxy Voting Procedures                       C-1



                                                                    Exhibit 8(c)

                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                                      Among
                              [INSURANCE COMPANY],
                         PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST,
                                       and
                          PIMCO FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS LLC
THIS   AGREEMENT,   dated  as  of  the  ___  day  of  ,   199__  by  and   among
__________________,  (the "Company"),  an [insert state] life insurance company,
on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated  asset account of the Company
set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be amended from time to time (each account
hereinafter  referred to as the "Account"),  PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (the
"Fund"),  a Delaware  business  trust,  and PIMCO  Funds  Distributors  LLC (the
"Underwriter"), a Delaware limited liability company.

WHEREAS,  the Fund  engages in  business as an  open-end  management  investment
company and is available to act as the investment  vehicle for separate accounts
established  for variable life  insurance and variable  annuity  contracts  (the
"Variable  Insurance  Products") to be offered by insurance companies which have
entered   into   participation   agreements   with  the  Fund  and   Underwriter
("Participating Insurance Companies");

WHEREAS,  the shares of beneficial interest of the Fund are divided into several
series of shares, each designated a "Portfolio" and representing the interest in
a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets;

WHEREAS,  the Fund has  obtained  an order  from  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") granting  Participating  Insurance Companies and variable
annuity and  variable  life  insurance  separate  accounts  exemptions  from the
provisions of sections 9(a), 13(a),  15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment  Company
Act  of  1940,  as  amended,   (the  "1940  Act")  and  Rules   6e-2(b)(15)  and
6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder,  if and to the extent  necessary to permit shares of
the Fund to be sold to and held by variable  annuity and variable life insurance
separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated  life insurance  companies
(the "Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order");

WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered as an open-end  management  investment  company
under  the 1940 Act and  shares  of the  Portfolios  are  registered  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"); WHEREAS, Pacific Investment
Management  Company (the "Adviser"),  which serves as investment  adviser to the
Fund, is duly registered as an investment  adviser under the federal  Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

WHEREAS,  the Company has issued or will issue certain  variable life  insurance
and/or variable annuity  contracts  supported wholly or partially by the Account
(the "Contracts"), and said Contracts are listed in Schedule A hereto, as it may
be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement;

WHEREAS,  the Account is duly  established and maintained as a segregated  asset
account,  duly established by the Company, on the date shown for such Account on
Schedule A hereto, to set aside and invest assets  attributable to the aforesaid
Contracts;

WHEREAS, the Underwriter, which serves as distributor to the Fund, is registered
as a broker  dealer with the SEC under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended  (the "1934  Act"),  and is a member in good  standing  of the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"); and

WHEREAS,  to the extent permitted by applicable  insurance laws and regulations,
the Company  intends to purchase  shares in the Portfolios  listed in Schedule A
hereto,  as it may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement (the
"Designated  Portfolios")  on  behalf  of the  Account  to  fund  the  aforesaid
Contracts,  and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to the Account
at net asset value;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the Fund
and the Underwriter agree as follows:


ARTICLE I.  Sale of Fund Shares


The Fund has granted to the  Underwriter  exclusive  authority to distribute the
Fund's  shares,  and  has  agreed  to  instruct,  and  has  so  instructed,  the
Underwriter  to make  available  to the  Company  for  purchase on behalf of the
Account Fund shares of those Designated  Portfolios selected by the Underwriter.
Pursuant to such  authority and  instructions,  and subject to Article X hereof,
the  Underwriter  agrees to make available to the Company for purchase on behalf
of the Account,  shares of those Designated  Portfolios  listed on Schedule A to
this  Agreement,  such purchases to be effected at net asset value in accordance
with Section 1.3 of this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i) Fund
series  (other than those listed on Schedule A) in existence  now or that may be
established  in the future will be made  available  to the  Company  only as the
Underwriter  may so  provide,  and (ii) the Board of  Trustees  of the Fund (the
"Board") may suspend or terminate the offering of Fund shares of any  Designated
Portfolio or class  thereof,  if such action is required by law or by regulatory
authorities  having  jurisdiction  or if,  in the sole  discretion  of the Board
acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary  duties under federal and any
applicable  state laws,  suspension  or  termination  is  necessary  in the best
interests of the shareholders of such Designated Portfolio.

The  Fund  shall  redeem,  at the  Company's  request,  any  full or  fractional
Designated  Portfolio shares held by the Company on behalf of the Account,  such
redemptions to be effected at net asset value in accordance  with Section 1.3 of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not redeem
Fund  shares  attributable  to  Contract  owners  except  in  the  circumstances
permitted  in  Section  10.3 of this  Agreement,  and (ii)  the  Fund may  delay
redemption of Fund shares of any Designated Portfolio to the extent permitted by
the 1940 Act, and any rules, regulations or orders thereunder.

Purchase and Redemption Procedures

The Fund  hereby  appoints  the  Company as an agent of the Fund for the limited
purpose of receiving  purchase and redemption  requests on behalf of the Account
(but not with respect to any Fund shares that may be held in the general account
of the  Company)  for  shares  of those  Designated  Portfolios  made  available
hereunder, based on allocations of amounts to the Account or subaccounts thereof
under the  Contracts  and other  transactions  relating to the  Contracts or the
Account.  Receipt of any such  request (or  relevant  transactional  information
therefor)  on any day the New York Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading  and on
which the Fund  calculates  its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC
(a "Business Day") by the Company as such limited agent of the Fund prior to the
time that the Fund  ordinarily  calculates its net asset value as described from
time to time in the Fund  Prospectus  (which as of the date of execution of this
Agreement is 4:00 p.m.  Eastern  Time) shall  constitute  receipt by the Fund on
that same Business Day,  provided that the Fund receives  notice of such request
by 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the next following Business Day.

The Company  shall pay for shares of each  Designated  Portfolio on the same day
that it notifies  the Fund of a purchase  request for such  shares.  Payment for
Designated  Portfolio  shares shall be made in federal funds  transmitted to the
Fund by wire to be received by the Fund by 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the day the
Fund is notified of the purchase request for Designated Portfolio shares (unless
the Fund  determines  and so advises the Company  that  sufficient  proceeds are
available  from  redemption of shares of other  Designated  Portfolios  effected
pursuant  to  redemption  requests  tendered  by the  Company  on  behalf of the
Account).  If  federal  funds  are not  received  on time,  such  funds  will be
invested,  and Designated  Portfolio shares purchased thereby will be issued, as
soon as practicable  and the Company shall  promptly,  upon the Fund's  request,
reimburse  the Fund for any charges,  costs,  fees,  interest or other  expenses
incurred  by the Fund in  connection  with any  advances  to,  or  borrowing  or
overdrafts  by, the Fund,  or any similar  expenses  incurred by the Fund,  as a
result of portfolio  transactions  effected by the Fund based upon such purchase
request.  Upon receipt of federal  funds so wired,  such funds shall cease to be
the  responsibility  of the Company and shall become the  responsibility  of the
Fund.

Payment for Designated  Portfolio  shares redeemed by the Account or the Company
shall be made in federal funds  transmitted  by wire to the Company or any other
designated  person on the next Business Day after the Fund is properly  notified
of the  redemption  order of such shares (unless  redemption  proceeds are to be
applied to the purchase of shares of other  Designated  Portfolios in accordance
with Section 1.3(b) of this Agreement),  except that the Fund reserves the right
to redeem  Designated  Portfolio  shares in assets  other than cash and to delay
payment of redemption  proceeds to the extent  permitted  under Section 22(e) of
the 1940 Act and any Rules thereunder, and in accordance with the procedures and
policies of the Fund as described in the then current prospectus. The Fund shall
not bear any responsibility  whatsoever for the proper disbursement or crediting
of redemption  proceeds by the Company;  the Company alone shall be  responsible
for such action.

Any purchase or redemption request for Designated Portfolio shares held or to be
held in the Company's  general  account shall be effected at the net asset value
per share next  determined  after the Fund's  receipt of such request,  provided
that, in the case of a purchase request, payment for Fund shares so requested is
received  by  the  Fund  in  federal  funds  prior  to  close  of  business  for
determination  of  such  value,  as  defined  from  time  to  time  in the  Fund
Prospectus.

The Fund shall use its best  efforts  to make the net asset  value per share for
each  Designated  Portfolio  available to the Company by 7:00 p.m.  Eastern Time
each Business Day, and in any event, as soon as reasonably practicable after the
net asset value per share for such Designated Portfolio is calculated, and shall
calculate such net asset value in accordance with the Fund's Prospectus. Neither
the Fund, any Designated Portfolio, the Underwriter, nor any of their affiliates
shall be liable for any  information  provided to the  Company  pursuant to this
Agreement which  information is based on incorrect  information  supplied by the
Company  or  any  other  Participating  Insurance  Company  to the  Fund  or the
Underwriter.

The  Fund  shall  furnish  notice  (by wire or  telephone  followed  by  written
confirmation)  to the Company as soon as  reasonably  practicable  of any income
dividends  or capital gain  distributions  payable on any  Designated  Portfolio
shares. The Company,  on its behalf and on behalf of the Account,  hereby elects
to receive all such dividends and distributions as are payable on any Designated
Portfolio shares in the form of additional shares of that Designated  Portfolio.
The Company  reserves the right, on its behalf and on behalf of the Account,  to
revoke  this  election  and to  receive  all such  dividends  and  capital  gain
distributions  in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company promptly of the number
of  Designated  Portfolio  shares so issued as  payment  of such  dividends  and
distributions.

Issuance  and  transfer  of Fund  shares  shall  be by book  entry  only.  Stock
certificates  will not be issued to the  Company or the  Account.  Purchase  and
redemption orders for Fund shares shall be recorded in an appropriate ledger for
the Account or the appropriate subaccount of the Account.

(a) The parties hereto  acknowledge  that the  arrangement  contemplated by this
Agreement is not  exclusive;  the Fund's  shares may be sold to other  insurance
companies  (subject to Section  1.8 hereof) and the cash value of the  Contracts
may be invested in other investment  companies,  provided,  however,  that until
this  Agreement is  terminated  pursuant to Article X, the Company shall promote
the Designated  Portfolios on the same basis as other funding vehicles available
under the Contracts.  Funding  vehicles other than those listed on Schedule A to
this  Agreement  may be available  for the  investment  of the cash value of the
Contracts,  provided,  however,  (i) any such  vehicle  or series  thereof,  has
investment  objectives or policies  that are  substantially  different  from the
investment  objectives  and  policies  of the  Designated  Portfolios  available
hereunder;  (ii) the Company gives the Fund and the  Underwriter 45 days written
notice of its  intention to make such other  investment  vehicle  available as a
funding  vehicle  for the  Contracts;  and (iii)  unless  such other  investment
company was available as a Funding  vehicle for the Contracts  prior to the date
of this  Agreement and the Company has so informed the Fund and the  Underwriter
prior to their  signing  this  Agreement,  the Fund or  Underwriter  consents in
writing to the use of such other  vehicle,  such consent not to be  unreasonably
withheld.

     The Company  shall not,  without  prior notice to the  Underwriter  (unless
otherwise required by applicable law), take any action to operate the Account as
a management investment company under the 1940 Act.

     The Company  shall not,  without  prior notice to the  Underwriter  (unless
otherwise  required by  applicable  law),  induce  Contract  owners to change or
modify the Fund or change the Fund's distributor or investment adviser.

     (d) The  Company  shall  not,  without  prior  notice to the  Fund,  induce
Contract  owners  to vote  on any  matter  submitted  for  consideration  by the
shareholders  of the Fund in a manner other than as  recommended by the Board of
Trustees of the Fund.

The  Underwriter  and the Fund  shall  sell Fund  shares  only to  Participating
Insurance  Companies  and  their  separate  accounts  and to  persons  or  plans
("Qualified Persons") that communicate to the Underwriter and the Fund that they
qualify to  purchase  shares of the Fund under  Section  817(h) of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code") and the  regulations  thereunder
without  impairing  the  ability  of  the  Account  to  consider  the  portfolio
investments  of the Fund as  constituting  investments  of the  Account  for the
purpose of satisfying the  diversification  requirements of Section 817(h).  The
Underwriter and the Fund shall not sell Fund shares to any insurance  company or
separate account unless an agreement complying with Article VI of this Agreement
is in effect to govern such sales,  to the extent  required.  The Company hereby
represents and warrants that it and the Account are Qualified Persons.  The Fund
reserves the right to cease offering  shares of any Designated  Portfolio in the
discretion of the Fund.


ARTICLE II.  Representations and Warranties

The Company  represents  and warrants  that the  Contracts  (a) are, or prior to
issuance  will be,  registered  under  the 1933 Act,  or (b) are not  registered
because they are properly exempt from registration under the 1933 Act or will be
offered  exclusively in transactions  that are properly exempt from registration
under the 1933  Act.  The  Company  further  represents  and  warrants  that the
Contracts  will be issued and sold in compliance  in all material  respects with
all applicable  federal  securities and state  securities and insurance laws and
that the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material  respects with state
insurance suitability requirements.  The Company further represents and warrants
that it is an  insurance  company  duly  organized  and in good  standing  under
applicable law, that it has legally and validly established the Account prior to
any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated  asset account under [insert state]
insurance laws, and that it (a) has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale
of the  Contracts,  will  register  the  Account as a unit  investment  trust in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of the  1940  Act to  serve  as a  segregated
investment  account for the Contracts,  or alternatively  (b) has not registered
the Account in proper  reliance upon an exclusion  from  registration  under the
1940 Act.  The Company  shall  register  and qualify the  Contracts or interests
therein as securities in accordance  with the laws of the various states only if
and to the extent deemed advisable by the Company.


The Fund  represents  and  warrants  that  Fund  shares  sold  pursuant  to this
Agreement  shall be registered  under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance
and sold in compliance  with  applicable  state and federal  securities laws and
that the Fund is and shall remain  registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall
amend the registration  statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940
Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous  offering of
its  shares.  The  Fund  shall  register  and  qualify  the  shares  for sale in
accordance  with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed
advisable by the Fund or the Underwriter.

The Fund may make  payments to finance  distribution  expenses  pursuant to Rule
12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Prior to financing  distribution  expenses pursuant to
Rule 12b-1,  the Fund will have the Board, a majority of whom are not interested
persons of the Fund,  formulate  and approve a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under
the 1940 Act to finance distribution expenses.

The Fund makes no  representations  as to whether any aspect of its  operations,
including, but not limited to, investment policies, fees and expenses,  complies
with the insurance and other applicable laws of the various states.

The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware  and that it does and will comply in all  material
respects with the 1940 Act.

The Underwriter  represents and warrants that it is a member in good standing of
the NASD and is  registered  as a  broker-dealer  with the SEC. The  Underwriter
further  represents  that it  will  sell  and  distribute  the  Fund  shares  in
accordance with any applicable state and federal securities laws.

The  Fund  and  the  Underwriter   represent  and  warrant  that  all  of  their
trustees/directors,   officers,   employees,   investment  advisers,  and  other
individuals or entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are
and shall  continue  to be at all times  covered by a blanket  fidelity  bond or
similar  coverage  for the  benefit  of the Fund in an amount  not less than the
minimum coverage as required  currently by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act or related
provisions as may be  promulgated  from time to time.  The aforesaid  bond shall
include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable
bonding company.

The  Company  represents  and  warrants  that  all of its  directors,  officers,
employees, and other individuals/entities  employed or controlled by the Company
dealing with the money and/or securities of the Account are covered by a blanket
fidelity bond or similar  coverage for the benefit of the Account,  in an amount
not less than $5 million.  The aforesaid bond includes  coverage for larceny and
embezzlement and is issued by a reputable bonding company. The Company agrees to
hold for the  benefit of the Fund and to pay to the Fund any  amounts  lost from
larceny,  embezzlement  or other  events  covered by the  aforesaid  bond to the
extent such amounts  properly  belong to the Fund  pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.  The Company agrees to make all  reasonable  efforts to see that this
bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees
to notify the Fund and the Underwriter in the event that such coverage no longer
applies.

ARTICLE III.  Prospectuses and Proxy Statements; Voting


The  Underwriter  shall  provide the  Company  with as many copies of the Fund's
current prospectus (describing only the Designated Portfolios listed on Schedule
A) or,  to the  extent  permitted,  the  Fund's  profiles  as  the  Company  may
reasonably request. The Company shall bear the expense of printing copies of the
current  prospectus  and profiles for the Contracts  that will be distributed to
existing  Contract  owners,  and the Company  shall bear the expense of printing
copies of the Fund's  prospectus  and profiles that are used in connection  with
offering the  Contracts  issued by the  Company.  If requested by the Company in
lieu thereof, the Fund shall provide such documentation  (including a final copy
of the new prospectus on diskette at the Fund's expense) and other assistance as
is  reasonably  necessary  in order  for the  Company  once  each  year (or more
frequently if the prospectus for the Fund is amended) to have the prospectus for
the  Contracts  and the Fund's  prospectus  or profile  printed  together in one
document (such printing to be at the Company's expense).

The Fund's  prospectus  shall state that the  current  Statement  of  Additional
Information  ("SAI")  for the Fund is  available,  and the  Underwriter  (or the
Fund), at its expense,  shall provide a reasonable  number of copies of such SAI
free of charge to the  Company  for itself  and for any owner of a Contract  who
requests such SAI.

The Fund  shall  provide  the  Company  with  information  regarding  the Fund's
expenses,  which  information may include a table of fees and related  narrative
disclosure for use in any prospectus or other descriptive document relating to a
Contract.  The  Company  agrees  that it will use such  information  in the form
provided.  The  Company  shall  provide  prior  written  notice of any  proposed
modification  of such  information,  which  notice  will  describe in detail the
manner in which the Company proposes to modify the information,  and agrees that
it may not modify such  information  in any way without the prior consent of the
Fund.

The Fund,  at its  expense,  shall  provide the Company with copies of its proxy
material,  reports to shareholders,  and other communications to shareholders in
such  quantity as the Company  shall  reasonably  require  for  distributing  to
Contract owners.

The Company shall:
solicit  voting  instructions  from  Contract  owners;  vote the Fund  shares in
accordance with instructions received from Contract owners; and vote Fund shares
for which no  instructions  have been  received in the same  proportion  as Fund
shares of such portfolio for which  instructions have been received,  so long as
and to the extent that the SEC  continues to  interpret  the 1940 Act to require
pass-through  voting  privileges for variable  contract  owners or to the extent
otherwise  required  by law.  The  Company  will  vote Fund  shares  held in any
segregated asset account in the same proportion as Fund shares of such portfolio
for which voting  instructions  have been received from Contract owners,  to the
extent permitted by law.

Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of
their  separate  accounts  participating  in a Designated  Portfolio  calculates
voting  privileges  as  required  by the  Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order  and
consistent with any reasonable  standards that the Fund may adopt and provide in
writing.

ARTICLE IV. Sales Material and  InformationThe  Company shall furnish,  or shall
cause  to be  furnished,  to the  Fund or its  designee,  each  piece  of  sales
literature or other promotional  material that the Company develops and in which
the Fund (or a Designated  Portfolio  thereof) or the Adviser or the Underwriter
is named.  No such  material  shall be used  until  approved  by the Fund or its
designee,  and the Fund  will use its best  efforts  for it or its  designee  to
review such sales  literature or promotional  material  within ten Business Days
after receipt of such material.  The Fund or its designee  reserves the right to
reasonably  object to the  continued  use of any such sales  literature or other
promotional  material in which the Fund (or a Designated  Portfolio  thereof) or
the Adviser or the  Underwriter is named,  and no such material shall be used if
the Fund or its designee so object.

The  Company  shall  not give any  information  or make any  representations  or
statements  on behalf of the Fund or  concerning  the Fund or the Adviser or the
Underwriter  in  connection  with  the  sale of the  Contracts  other  than  the
information  or  representations  contained  in the  registration  statement  or
prospectus  or SAI for the  Fund  shares,  as such  registration  statement  and
prospectus  or SAI may be  amended  or  supplemented  from  time to time,  or in
reports  or proxy  statements  for the  Fund,  or in sales  literature  or other
promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee or by the Underwriter,
except with the  permission  of the Fund or the  Underwriter  or the designee of
either.

The Fund and the Underwriter,  or their designee,  shall furnish, or cause to be
furnished,  to the Company,  each piece of sales literature or other promotional
material  that it develops  and in which the  Company,  and/or its  Account,  is
named.  No such material  shall be used until  approved by the Company,  and the
Company will use its best efforts to review such sales literature or promotional
material  within ten Business Days after receipt of such  material.  The Company
reserves the right to  reasonably  object to the continued use of any such sales
literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its Account
is named, and no such material shall be used if the Company so objects.

The  Fund  and the  Underwriter  shall  not  give  any  information  or make any
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Account,
or the Contracts  other than the information or  representations  contained in a
registration statement,  prospectus (which shall include an offering memorandum,
if any,  if the  Contracts  issued by the Company or  interests  therein are not
registered under the 1933 Act), or SAI for the Contracts,  as such  registration
statement,  prospectus, or SAI may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
or in  published  reports  for the  Account  which are in the  public  domain or
approved  by the  Company  for  distribution  to  Contract  owners,  or in sales
literature  or  other  promotional  material  approved  by  the  Company  or its
designee, except with the permission of the Company.

The  Fund  will  provide  to the  Company  at  least  one  complete  copy of all
registration statements,  prospectuses,  SAIs, reports, proxy statements,  sales
literature  and  other  promotional  materials,   applications  for  exemptions,
requests for no-action  letters,  and all  amendments to any of the above,  that
relate to the Fund or its shares,  promptly after the filing of such document(s)
with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

The  Company  will  provide  to the  Fund  at  least  one  complete  copy of all
registration   statements,   prospectuses   (which  shall  include  an  offering
memorandum,  if any, if the Contracts issued by the Company or interests therein
are not registered under the 1933 Act), SAIs, reports,  solicitations for voting
instructions, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for
exemptions,  requests for no-action  letters,  and all  amendments to any of the
above, that relate to the Contracts or the Account, promptly after the filing of
such document(s) with the SEC or other regulatory authorities. The Company shall
provide  to the  Fund  and the  Underwriter  any  complaints  received  from the
Contract owners pertaining to the Fund or the Designated Portfolio.

The  Fund  will  provide  the  Company  with as  much  notice  as is  reasonably
practicable of any proxy solicitation for any Designated  Portfolio,  and of any
material change in the Fund's  registration  statement,  particularly any change
resulting  in a change  to the  registration  statement  or  prospectus  for any
Account.  The Fund will work with the  Company  so as to enable  the  Company to
solicit  proxies from Contract  owners,  or to make changes to its prospectus or
registration  statement,  in an orderly  manner.  The Fund will make  reasonable
efforts  to attempt  to have  changes  affecting  Contract  prospectuses  become
effective simultaneously with the annual updates for such prospectuses.

For  purposes  of this  Article  IV,  the  phrase  "sales  literature  and other
promotional  materials"  includes,  but is not limited to, any of the  following
that refer to the Fund or any  affiliate  of the Fund:  advertisements  (such as
material  published,  or designed  for use in, a newspaper,  magazine,  or other
periodical, radio, television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape display,
signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media), sales literature
(i.e.,  any written  communication  distributed or made  generally  available to
customers  or  the  public,  including  brochures,  circulars,  reports,  market
letters,  form  letters,  seminar  texts,  reprints  or  excerpts  of any  other
advertisement,  sales literature, or published article), educational or training
materials or other  communications  distributed or made  generally  available to
some or all agents or  employees,  and  registration  statements,  prospectuses,
SAIs,  shareholder  reports,  proxy  materials,  and  any  other  communications
distributed or made generally available with regard to the Fund.

ARTICLE V.  Fees and Expenses

The Fund and the  Underwriter  shall  pay no fee or  other  compensation  to the
Company under this  Agreement,  except that if the Fund or any Portfolio  adopts
and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance  distribution  expenses,
then  the  Fund or  Underwriter  may  make  payments  to the  Company  or to the
underwriter  for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in
writing,  and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise  payable
to  the  Underwriter,  past  profits  of the  Underwriter,  or  other  resources
available to the Underwriter. Currently, no such payments are contemplated.

All expenses  incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement  shall be
paid by the Fund.  The Fund shall see to it that all its  shares are  registered
and authorized for issuance in accordance  with  applicable  federal law and, if
and to the extent deemed  advisable by the Fund, in accordance  with  applicable
state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of
registration and  qualification of the Fund's shares,  preparation and filing of
the Fund's prospectus and registration  statement,  proxy materials and reports,
setting the prospectus in type, setting in type and printing the proxy materials
and reports to  shareholders  (including the costs of printing a prospectus that
constitutes  an annual  report),  the  preparation of all statements and notices
required by any federal or state law,  and all taxes on the issuance or transfer
of the Fund's shares.

The Company  shall bear the expenses of  distributing  the Fund's  prospectus to
owners of Contracts  issued by the Company and of distributing  the Fund's proxy
materials and reports to such Contract owners.

ARTICLE VI.  Diversification and Qualification

The Fund will invest its assets in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts
will  be  treated  as  annuity  or  life  insurance   contracts,   whichever  is
appropriate,  under  the  Code and the  regulations  issued  thereunder  (or any
successor  provisions).  Without  limiting  the  scope  of the  foregoing,  each
Designated  Portfolio  has  complied  and will  continue to comply with  Section
817(h)  of the  Code  and  Treasury  Regulation  ss.1.817-5,  and  any  Treasury
interpretations  thereof,  relating  to  the  diversification  requirements  for
variable annuity,  endowment, or life insurance contracts, and any amendments or
other modifications or successor  provisions to such Section or Regulations.  In
the  event  of a  breach  of this  Article  VI by the  Fund,  it will  take  all
reasonable  steps (a) to notify the Company of such breach and (b) to adequately
diversify the Fund so as to achieve  compliance within the grace period afforded
by Regulation 1.817-5.

The Fund  represents  that it is or will be qualified as a Regulated  Investment
Company  under  Subchapter M of the Code,  and that it will make every effort to
maintain  such  qualification  (under  Subchapter M or any  successor or similar
provisions)  and that it will  notify  the  Company  immediately  upon  having a
reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might
not so qualify in the future.

The Company  represents  that the  Contracts are  currently,  and at the time of
issuance  shall be, treated as life  insurance or annuity  insurance  contracts,
under  applicable  provisions of the Code, and that it will make every effort to
maintain such  treatment,  and that it will notify the Fund and the  Underwriter
immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing  the  Contracts  have
ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.  The
Company  agrees  that any  prospectus  offering a contract  that is a  "modified
endowment contract" as that term is defined in Section 7702A of the Code (or any
successor or similar  provision),  shall  identify  such  contract as a modified
endowment contract.

ARTICLE VII.  Potential Conflicts

The following  provisions shall apply only upon issuance of the Mixed and Shared
Funding  Order  and the sale of shares of the Fund to  variable  life  insurance
separate accounts, and then only to the extent required under the 1940 Act.

The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable
conflict  between the interests of the Contract owners of all separate  accounts
investing  in the Fund.  An  irreconcilable  material  conflict  may arise for a
variety of reasons,  including:  (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory
authority;  (b) a change in  applicable  federal  or state  insurance,  tax,  or
securities  laws or  regulations,  or a public  ruling,  private  letter ruling,
no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance,  tax, or
securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in
any  relevant  proceeding;  (d) the  manner  in  which  the  investments  of any
Portfolio are being managed;  (e) a difference in voting  instructions  given by
variable annuity contract and variable life insurance  contract owners; or (f) a
decision by an insurer to disregard the voting  instructions of contract owners.
The  Board  shall  promptly   inform  the  Company  if  it  determines  that  an
irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware
to  the  Board.   The  Company  will  assist  the  Board  in  carrying  out  its
responsibilities  under  the  Mixed  and  Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order,  by
providing the Board with all information  reasonably  necessary for the Board to
consider any issues raised. This includes,  but is not limited to, an obligation
by the Company to inform the Board whenever  Contract owner voting  instructions
are disregarded.

If  it  is  determined  by a  majority  of  the  Board,  or a  majority  of  its
disinterested  members,  that a material  irreconcilable  conflict  exists,  the
Company and other Participating  Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and
to the  extent  reasonably  practicable  (as  determined  by a  majority  of the
disinterested  Board  members),  take whatever  steps are necessary to remedy or
eliminate  the  irreconcilable  material  conflict,  up to  and  including:  (1)
withdrawing  the assets  allocable to some or all of the separate  accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different  investment
medium,  including  (but not  limited  to)  another  Portfolio  of the Fund,  or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected  contract owners and, as appropriate,  segregating the assets of
any appropriate group (i.e.,  annuity contract owners,  life insurance  contract
owners,  or  variable  contract  owners of one or more  Participating  Insurance
Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation,  or offering to the affected
contract owners the option of making such a change;  and (2)  establishing a new
registered management investment company or managed separate account.

If a material  irreconcilable  conflict  arises  because  of a  decision  by the
Company to  disregard  Contract  owner  voting  instructions  and that  decision
represents a minority  position or would  preclude a majority  vote, the Company
may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the Account's investment in
the Fund and terminate this  Agreement  with respect to each Account;  provided,
however,  that such  withdrawal and  termination  shall be limited to the extent
required by the foregoing  material  irreconcilable  conflict as determined by a
majority of the  disinterested  members of the Board.  Any such  withdrawal  and
termination  must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives  written
notice that this provision is being  implemented,  and until the end of that six
month  period the Fund shall  continue  to accept  and  implement  orders by the
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

If  a  material  irreconcilable  conflict  arises  because  a  particular  state
insurance  regulator's  decision  applicable to the Company  conflicts  with the
majority of other state regulators,  then the Company will withdraw the affected
Account's  investment in the Fund and terminate  this  Agreement with respect to
such Account  within six months  after the Board  informs the Company in writing
that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcilable material
conflict;  provided,  however,  that such  withdrawal and  termination  shall be
limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict
as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Until the
end of the  foregoing six month  period,  the Fund shall  continue to accept and
implement  orders by the Company for the purchase (and  redemption) of shares of
the Fund.

For  purposes of Section 7.3  through 7.6 of this  Agreement,  a majority of the
disinterested  members of the Board shall determine  whether any proposed action
adequately remedies any irreconcilable  material conflict,  but in no event will
the Fund be required to establish a new funding  medium for the  Contracts.  The
Company  shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new funding  medium
for the Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of
Contract owners materially  adversely  affected by the  irreconcilable  material
conflict.  In the event that the Board  determines that any proposed action does
not adequately remedy any  irreconcilable  material  conflict,  then the Company
will withdraw the Account's  investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement
within  six (6) months  after the Board  informs  the  Company in writing of the
foregoing determination; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination
shall be limited  to the extent  required  by any such  material  irreconcilable
conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.

If and to the  extent  the  Mixed  and  Shared  Funding  Exemption  Order or any
amendment  thereto  contains terms and  conditions  different from Sections 3.4,
3.5, 3.6, 7.1,  7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this  Agreement,  then the Fund and/or
the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate,  shall take such steps as
may be necessary to comply with the Mixed and Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order,
and Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of this  Agreement  shall
continue in effect only to the extent  that terms and  conditions  substantially
identical  to such  Sections  are  contained  in the  Mixed and  Shared  Funding
Exemptive  Order or any amendment  thereto.  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2
and Rule  6e-3(T) are  amended,  or Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide  exemptive
relief from any  provision of the 1940 Act or the rules  promulgated  thereunder
with  respect  to mixed or shared  funding  (as  defined in the Mixed and Shared
Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those
contained in the Mixed and Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order,  then (a) the Fund
and/or the Participating  Insurance Companies,  as appropriate,  shall take such
steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and
Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections
3.5,  3.6,  7.1.,  7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this  Agreement  shall  continue in
effect only to the extent that terms and conditions  substantially  identical to
such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

ARTICLE VIII.  Indemnification


Indemnification By the Company
         8.1(a).  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and
the  Underwriter  and  each of its  trustees/directors  and  officers,  and each
person,  if any,  who  controls  the Fund or  Underwriter  within the meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or who is under common  control with the  Underwriter
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section 8.1)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation  (including
legal and other expenses),  to which the Indemnified  Parties may become subject
under any statute or  regulation,  at common law or  otherwise,  insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof)
or settlements:  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged
untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration  statement,
prospectus (which shall include a written  description of a Contract that is not
registered  under the 1933 Act),  or SAI for the  Contracts  or contained in the
Contracts or sales  literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement
to any of the foregoing),  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading,  provided that this
agreement  to  indemnify  shall  not apply as to any  Indemnified  Party if such
statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance
upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf
of the Fund for use in the  registration  statement,  prospectus  or SAI for the
Contracts  or in  the  Contracts  or  sales  literature  (or  any  amendment  or
supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or
Fund shares;  or arise out of or as a result of  statements  or  representations
(other  than  statements  or  representations   contained  in  the  registration
statement,  prospectus, SAI, or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by the
Company or persons under its control) or wrongful  conduct of the Company or its
agents or persons under the Company's  authorization or control, with respect to
the sale or  distribution  of the Contracts or Fund Shares;  or arise out of any
untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in a
registration statement,  prospectus, SAI, or sales literature of the Fund or any
amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto or the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the  statements  therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made
in  reliance  upon  information  furnished  to the Fund by or on  behalf  of the
Company;  or arise as a result of any material failure by the Company to provide
the  services  and  furnish  the  materials  under the  terms of this  Agreement
(including a failure,  whether  unintentional or in good faith or otherwise,  to
comply  with the  qualification  requirements  specified  in  Article VI of this
Agreement);  or  arise  out  of or  result  from  any  material  breach  of  any
representation  and/or  warranty made by the Company in this  Agreement or arise
out of or  result  from any  other  material  breach  of this  Agreement  by the
Company;  or as limited by and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Sections
8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.

        8.1(b).  The  Company  shall not be liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an  Indemnified  Party  would  otherwise  be  subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement.

         8.1(c).  The  Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified  the  Company in writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Company of any
such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against an Indemnified  Party, the Company shall be entitled to participate,  at
its own  expense,  in the  defense of such  action.  The  Company  also shall be
entitled to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to the party
named  in the  action.  After  notice  from  the  Company  to such  party of the
Company's  election to assume the defense thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall
bear the fees and  expenses of any  additional  counsel  retained by it, and the
Company will not be liable to such party under this  Agreement  for any legal or
other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such party independently in connection
with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.1(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the
commencement  of any litigation or proceedings  against them in connection  with
the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the Contracts or the operation of the
Fund.

Indemnification by the Underwriter
         8.2(a).  The  Underwriter  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Company and each of its  directors  and officers  and each  person,  if any, who
controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of  the  1933  Act
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section 8.2)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in  settlement  with the  written  consent  of the  Underwriter)  or  litigation
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become
subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise,  insofar as
such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses (or actions in respect
thereof) or settlements:  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged  untrue  statement of any material  fact  contained in the  registration
statement or prospectus or SAI or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment
or  supplement to any of the  foregoing),  or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated  therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,
provided that this agreement to indemnify  shall not apply as to any Indemnified
Party if such  statement or omission or such  alleged  statement or omission was
made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  information  furnished  to the
Underwriter  or Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the  registration
statement,  prospectus  or SAI  for  the  Fund or in  sales  literature  (or any
amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the
Contracts  or Fund  shares;  or arise  out of or as a result  of  statements  or
representations  (other than  statements  or  representations  contained  in the
registration  statement,  prospectus,  SAI or sales literature for the Contracts
not  supplied  by the  Underwriter  or persons  under its  control)  or wrongful
conduct of the Fund or Underwriter or persons under their control,  with respect
to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or arise out of any
untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in a
registration  statement,  prospectus,  SAI  or  sales  literature  covering  the
Contracts,  or any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto,  or the omission or
alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such
statement or omission  was made in reliance  upon  information  furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of the Fund or the Underwriter;  or arise as a result of
any failure by the Fund or the  Underwriter  to provide the services and furnish
the  materials  under the terms of this  Agreement  (including  a failure of the
Fund,  whether  unintentional or in good faith or otherwise,  to comply with the
diversification and other qualification  requirements specified in Article VI of
this  Agreement);  or arise out of or  result  from any  material  breach of any
representation  and/or  warranty made by the  Underwriter  in this  Agreement or
arise out of or result from any other  material  breach of this Agreement by the
Underwriter;  as limited by and in  accordance  with the  provisions of Sections
8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

         8.2(b). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an  Indemnified  Party  would  otherwise  be  subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance or such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless  disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
the Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.2(c). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of
any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may
have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than
on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Party, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate,
at its own  expense,  in the  defense  thereof.  The  Underwriter  also shall be
entitled to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to the party
named in the  action.  After  notice from the  Underwriter  to such party of the
Underwriter's  election to assume the defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party
shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional  counsel  retained by it, and
the  Underwriter  will not be liable to such party under this  Agreement for any
legal or other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such party  independently  in
connection   with  the  defense   thereof   other  than   reasonable   costs  of
investigation.

         The  Company  agrees   promptly  to  notify  the   Underwriter  of  the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors  in  connection  with the issuance or sale of the  Contracts or the
operation of the Account.

Indemnification By the Fund
         8.3(a).  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each of its  directors  and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the  meaning of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section  8.3) against any and all
losses,  claims,  expenses,  damages,  liabilities  (including  amounts  paid in
settlement with the written consent of the Fund) or litigation  (including legal
and other expenses) to which the  Indemnified  Parties may be required to pay or
may become subject under any statute or regulation,  at common law or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, expenses,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (or
actions in respect thereof) or settlements, are related to the operations of the
Fund and:  arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the  services
and  furnish  the  materials  under the  terms of this  Agreement  (including  a
failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the
diversification and other qualification  requirements specified in Article VI of
this  Agreement);  or arise out of or  result  from any  material  breach of any
representation  and/or  warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or arise out
of or result from any other  material  breach of this  Agreement by the Fund; as
limited by and in accordance  with the provisions of Sections  8.3(b) and 8.3(c)
hereof.

         8.3(b).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an  Indemnified  Party  would  otherwise  be  subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless  disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or the Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.3(c).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  the  Fund in  writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such  service on any  designated  agent),  but failure to notify the Fund of any
such claim shall not relieve  the Fund from any  liability  which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Fund will be entitled to participate,  at
its own  expense,  in the  defense  thereof.  The Fund also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action.  After  notice  from the Fund to such  party of the Fund's  election  to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall bear the fees and
expenses  of any  additional  counsel  retained  by it, and the Fund will not be
liable to such  party  under  this  Agreement  for any  legal or other  expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

     8.3(d).  The Company and the Underwriter  agree promptly to notify the Fund
of the  commencement  of any  litigation or proceeding  against it or any of its
respective officers or directors in connection with the Agreement,  the issuance
or  sale  of the  Contracts,  the  operation  of the  Account,  or the  sale  or
acquisition of shares of the Fund.

ARTICLE IX.  Applicable Law


This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions  hereof  interpreted  under
and in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

This  Agreement  shall be subject to the  provisions of the 1933,  1934 and 1940
Acts,  and the rules and  regulations  and rulings  thereunder,  including  such
exemptions  from  those  statutes,  rules and  regulations  as the SEC may grant
(including,  but not limited to, any Mixed and Shared Funding  Exemptive  Order)
and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.
If, in the future, the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order should no longer
be necessary under applicable law, then Article VII shall no longer apply.

ARTICLE X. Termination


This Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur
of: (a)  termination  by any party,  for any reason with  respect to some or all
Designated  Portfolios,  by three (3) months advance written notice delivered to
the other parties; or

(b)  termination  by  the  Company  by  written  notice  to  the  Fund  and  the
     Underwriter based upon the Company's  determination that shares of the Fund
     are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; or

(c)  termination  by  the  Company  by  written  notice  to  the  Fund  and  the
     Underwriter in the event any of the Designated  Portfolio's  shares are not
     registered,  issued or sold in  accordance  with  applicable  state  and/or
     federal law or such law precludes the use of such shares as the  underlying
     investment media of the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or

(d)  termination   by  the  Fund  or   Underwriter  in  the  event  that  formal
     administrative  proceedings are instituted against the Company by the NASD,
     the SEC, the  Insurance  Commissioner  or like official of any state or any
     other  regulatory body regarding the Company's  duties under this Agreement
     or related to the sale of the Contracts,  the operation of any Account,  or
     the  purchase of the Fund's  shares;  provided,  however,  that the Fund or
     Underwriter  determines in its sole judgment  exercised in good faith, that
     any such  administrative  proceedings  will have a material  adverse effect
     upon the  ability  of the  Company to perform  its  obligations  under this
     Agreement; or

(e)  termination  by  the  Company  in  the  event  that  formal  administrative
     proceedings are instituted against the Fund or Underwriter by the NASD, the
     SEC,  or  any  state  securities  or  insurance  department  or  any  other
     regulatory body; provided, however, that the Company determines in its sole
     judgment exercised in good faith, that any such administrative  proceedings
     will  have a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  ability  of the Fund or
     Underwriter to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

(f)  termination  by  the  Company  by  written  notice  to  the  Fund  and  the
     Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio in the event that such
     Portfolio  ceases  to  qualify  as a  Regulated  Investment  Company  under
     Subchapter  M or fails to comply  with the Section  817(h)  diversification
     requirements  specified in Article VI hereof, or if the Company  reasonably
     believes that such Portfolio may fail to so qualify or comply; or

(g)  termination  by the Fund or Underwriter by written notice to the Company in
     the event that the Contracts fail to meet the  qualifications  specified in
     Article VI hereof; or

(h)  termination by either the Fund or the  Underwriter by written notice to the
     Company, if either one or both of the Fund or the Underwriter respectively,
     shall determine,  in their sole judgment  exercised in good faith, that the
     Company has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations,
     financial  condition,  or prospects  since the date of this Agreement or is
     the subject of material adverse publicity; or

(i)  termination  by  the  Company  by  written  notice  to  the  Fund  and  the
     Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised
     in good faith,  that the Fund,  Adviser,  or the Underwriter has suffered a
     material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or
     prospects  since the date of this  Agreement  or is the subject of material
     adverse publicity; or

(j)  termination  by the  Fund  or the  Underwriter  by  written  notice  to the
     Company,  if the  Company  gives the Fund and the  Underwriter  the written
     notice specified in Section  1.7(a)(ii)  hereof and at the time such notice
     was given there was no notice of  termination  outstanding  under any other
     provision of this Agreement;  provided, however, any termination under this
     Section  10.1(j)  shall be  effective  forty-five  days  after  the  notice
     specified in Section 1.7(a)(ii) was given; or

(k)  termination by the Company upon any  substitution  of the shares of another
     investment  company or series thereof for shares of a Designated  Portfolio
     of the Fund in accordance  with the terms of the  Contracts,  provided that
     the Company has given at least 45 days prior written notice to the Fund and
     Underwriter of the date of substitution; or

(l)  termination  by any party in the event  that the Fund's  Board of  Trustees
     determines  that a material  irreconcilable  conflict exists as provided in
     Article VII.


Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement,  the Fund and the Underwriter
shall,  at the option of the  Company,  continue  to make  available  additional
shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,  for
all Contracts in effect on the effective  date of  termination of this Agreement
(hereinafter  referred  to as  "Existing  Contracts"),  unless  the  Underwriter
requests  that the Company seek an order  pursuant to Section  26(b) of the 1940
Act to  permit  the  substitution  of other  securities  for the  shares  of the
Designated Portfolios.  The Underwriter agrees to split the cost of seeking such
an order,  and the Company  agrees that it shall  reasonably  cooperate with the
Underwriter and seek such an order upon request. Specifically, the owners of the
Existing  Contracts  may be permitted  to  reallocate  investments  in the Fund,
redeem  investments  in the Fund  and/or  invest in the Fund upon the  making of
additional  purchase payments under the Existing  Contracts (subject to any such
election by the Underwriter). The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not
apply to any  terminations  under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII
terminations  shall be governed by Article  VII of this  Agreement.  The parties
further agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any  terminations  under
Section 10.1(g) of this Agreement.

The Company  shall not redeem  Fund shares  attributable  to the  Contracts  (as
opposed to Fund shares attributable to the Company's assets held in the Account)
except (i) as  necessary  to  implement  Contract  owner  initiated  or approved
transactions,  (ii) as required by state and/or  federal laws or  regulations or
judicial or other legal precedent of general application  (hereinafter  referred
to as a "Legally Required Redemption"),  (iii) upon 45 days prior written notice
to the Fund and  Underwriter,  as  permitted  by an order of the SEC pursuant to
Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act, but only if a  substitution  of other  securities
for the shares of the Designated  Portfolios is consistent with the terms of the
Contracts,  or (iv) as permitted under the terms of the Contract.  Upon request,
the Company will  promptly  furnish to the Fund and the  Underwriter  reasonable
assurance  that any  redemption  pursuant  to  clause  (ii)  above is a  Legally
Required  Redemption.  Furthermore,  except in cases where  permitted  under the
terms of the  Contacts,  the  Company  shall not  prevent  Contract  owners from
allocating  payments  to a  Portfolio  that was  otherwise  available  under the
Contracts without first giving the Fund or the Underwriter 45 days notice of its
intention to do so.

Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, each party's obligation under
Article VIII to indemnify the other parties shall survive.


ARTICLE XI.  Notices

Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail
to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other
address  as such  party may from time to time  specify  in  writing to the other
party.

If to the Fund:                     PIMCO  Variable Insurance Trust
                                    840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 300
                                    Newport Beach, CA 92660

If to the Company:




If to Underwriter:                  PIMCO Funds Distributors LLC
                                    2187 Atlantic Street
                                    Stamford, CT 06902


ARTICLE XII.  Miscellaneous


All persons  dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund,
and in the case of a series company, the respective Designated Portfolios listed
on Schedule A hereto as though each such  Designated  Portfolio  had  separately
contracted  with the  Company and the  Underwriter  for the  enforcement  of any
claims  against the Fund.  The parties  agree that neither the Board,  officers,
agents  or   shareholders   of  the  Fund  assume  any  personal   liability  or
responsibility for obligations entered into by or on behalf of the Fund.

Subject to the  requirements  of legal process and  regulatory  authority,  each
party hereto shall treat as  confidential  the names and addresses of the owners
of the Contracts and all  information  reasonably  identified as confidential in
writing by any other party hereto and,  except as  permitted by this  Agreement,
shall not  disclose,  disseminate  or utilize such names and addresses and other
confidential  information  without the express  written  consent of the affected
party until such time as such information has come into the public domain.

The captions in this  Agreement are included for  convenience  of reference only
and in no way define or  delineate  any of the  provisions  hereof or  otherwise
affect their construction or effect.

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts,  each
of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

If any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall be held or made  invalid by a court
decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder of the Agreement shall not
be affected thereby.

Each party  hereto  shall  cooperate  with each other party and all  appropriate
governmental  authorities  (including  without limitation the SEC, the NASD, and
state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities  reasonable access
to its books  and  records  in  connection  with any  investigation  or  inquiry
relating  to  this   Agreement   or  the   transactions   contemplated   hereby.
Notwithstanding  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  each party hereto  further
agrees to furnish the [insert state] Insurance Commissioner with any information
or reports in connection with services  provided under this Agreement which such
Commissioner  may request in order to  ascertain  whether the  variable  annuity
operations of the Company are being  conducted in a manner  consistent  with the
[insert state] variable  annuity laws and  regulations and any other  applicable
law or regulations.

The rights,  remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative
and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies, and obligations,  at law or
in equity,  which the  parties  hereto are  entitled  to under state and federal
laws.

This  Agreement  or any of the  rights  and  obligations  hereunder  may  not be
assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto.

The Company shall  furnish,  or shall cause to be furnished,  to the Fund or its
designee copies of the following  reports:  (a) the Company's  annual  statement
(prepared under  statutory  accounting  principles) and annual report  (prepared
under generally accepted accounting  principles) filed with any state or federal
regulatory  body  or  otherwise  made  available  to  the  public,  as  soon  as
practicable  and in any event  within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year;
and

(b)  any registration  statement (without exhibits) and financial reports of the
     Company  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  or any state
     insurance regulatory, as soon as practicable after the filing thereof.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative and
its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified below. COMPANY:
                                             By its authorized officer
                                             By:
                                             Name:
                                             Title:
                                             Date:

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
                                             By its authorized officer
                                             By:
                                             Name:    Brent R. Harris
                                             Title:   Chairman
                                             Date:
PIMCO FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS LLC
                                             By its authorized officer
                                             By:
                                             Name:    Newton B. Schott, Jr.
                                             Title:   Executive Vice President
                                             Date:





12/31/97


                                   Schedule A

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust Portfolios:




Segregated Asset Accounts:




Dated _________________, 199___.





                                                                    Exhibit 8(d)


                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


                  THIS AGREEMENT,  made and entered into as of __________,  1998
("Agreement"),  by and among  Salomon  Brothers  Variable  Series  Funds  Inc, a
Maryland  corporation  (the "Fund"),  Salomon  Brothers Asset  Management Inc, a
Delaware Corporation (the "Adviser") and  ____________________________________,a
[STATE) life insurance company ("LIFE COMPANY"), on behalf of itself and each of
its segregated asset accounts listed in Schedule A hereto, as the parties hereto
may  amend  from  time  to time  (each,  an  "Account,"  and  collectively,  the
"Accounts").

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

                  WHEREAS,  the  Fund is  registered  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") as an open-end  management  investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act");

                  WHEREAS,  the Fund is available to the extent set forth herein
to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts  established for variable
life  insurance  policies  and  variable  annuity  contracts  to be  offered  by
insurance  companies which have entered into  participation  agreements with the
Fund and ("Participating Insurance Companies");

                  WHEREAS,   the  Fund  currently  consists  of  seven  separate
investment  portfolios,  shares ("Shares") of each of which are registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act");

                  WHEREAS,   the  Fund  will  make  Shares  of  each  investment
portfolio  of the Fund  listed on Schedule A hereto  (each,  a  "Portfolio"  and
collectively,  the  "Portfolios")  as the Parties  hereto may amend from time to
time available for purchase by the Accounts;

                  WHEREAS,  the Fund has applied for an order (the "Order") from
the SEC to permit  Participating  Insurance  Companies and variable  annuity and
variable life  insurance  separate  accounts  exemptions  from the provisions of
sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund
to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance  separate
accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies;

                  WHEREAS,  LIFE COMPANY will be the issuer of certain  variable
annuity  contracts  and variable  life  insurance  policies  (collectively,  the
"Contracts") as set forth on Schedule A hereto,  as the Parties hereto may amend
from time to time,  which  Contracts,  if required by  applicable  law,  will be
registered under the 1933 Act;

                  WHEREAS,  LIFE COMPANY  will,  to the extent set forth herein,
fund the variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts through
the  Accounts,  each of  which  may be  divided  into  two or  more  subaccounts
("Subaccounts";  reference  herein to an  "Account"  includes  reference to each
Subaccount thereof to the extent the context requires);

                  WHEREAS,  LIFE  COMPANY  will  serve as the  depositor  of the
Accounts,  each of which is registered as a unit investment trust under the 1940
Act (or exempt therefrom), and the security interests deemed to be issued by the
Accounts under the Contracts will be registered as securities under the 1933 Act
(or exempt therefrom);

                  WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable  insurance laws
and  regulations,  LIFE COMPANY intends to purchase Shares in one or more of the
Portfolios on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts; and

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual benefits and
promises contained herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

                        Section 1. Available Portfolios

                  1.1      Available Portfolios

                  The Fund will make Shares of each Portfolio listed on Schedule
A available to LIFE COMPANY for purchase and  redemption at net asset value next
computed after the Fund's receipt of a purchase or redemption  order and with no
sales charges, in accordance with the Fund's then current prospectus and subject
to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement.  The Board of Directors of the
Fund may refuse to sell Shares of any  Portfolio  to any  person,  or suspend or
terminate  the offering of Shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by
law  or by  regulatory  authorities  having  jurisdiction  or if,  in  the  sole
discretion of the Directors acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary
duties under federal and any applicable state laws, such action is deemed in the
best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

                  1.2      Addition, Deletion or Modification of Portfolios.

                  The Parties hereto may agree,  from time to time, to add other
Portfolios to provide additional funding  alternatives for the Contracts,  or to
delete or modify existing  Portfolios,  by amending Schedule A hereto. Upon such
amendment to Schedule A, any applicable  reference to a Portfolio,  the Fund, or
its Shares  herein  shall  include a reference  to all  Portfolios  set forth on
Schedule  A as then  amended.  Schedule  A, as  amended  from  time to time,  is
incorporated herein by reference and is a part hereof.


                  1.3  No Sales to the General Public.

                  The Fund represents that shares of the Portfolios will be sold
only to Participating Insurance Companies, their separate accounts and qualified
pension and retirement  plans ("Plans") and that no Shares of any Portfolio have
been or will be sold to the general public.

Section 2.  Processing Transactions

                  2.1  Placing Orders.

                  (a) The Fund or its designated  agent will use its best effort
to provide LIFE COMPANY with the net asset value per Share for each Portfolio by
6:30 p.m.  Eastern Time on each  Business  Day. As used herein,  "Business  Day"
shall mean any day on which (i) the New York Stock  Exchange is open for regular
trading, and (ii) the Fund calculates the Portfolios' net asset value.

                  (b) LIFE COMPANY  will use the data  provided by the Fund each
Business Day pursuant to paragraph (a)  immediately  above to calculate  Account
unit values and to process  transactions  that receive that same Business  Day's
Account unit values.  LIFE COMPANY will perform such Account processing the same
Business Day, and will place  corresponding  orders to purchase or redeem Shares
with the Fund by 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time the following Business Day.

                  (c) With  respect  to payment  of the  purchase  price by LIFE
COMPANY and of redemption  proceeds by the Fund, LIFE COMPANY and the Fund shall
net purchase and  redemption  orders with  respect to each  Portfolio  and shall
transmit one net payment per Portfolio in accordance with Section 2.2, below.

                  (d) If the Fund provides materially  incorrect Share net asset
value  information (as determined under SEC  guidelines),  LIFE COMPANY shall be
entitled  to an  adjustment  to the number of Shares  purchased  or  redeemed to
reflect  the  correct  net asset  value per  Share.  Any  material  error in the
calculation or reporting of net asset value per Share,  dividend or capital gain
information shall be reported promptly upon discovery to LIFE COMPANY.

                  2.2  Payments

                  (a) LIFE COMPANY shall pay for Shares of each Portfolio on the
same day  that it  notifies  the Fund of a  purchase  request  for such  Shares.
Payment for Shares  shall be made in federal  funds  transmitted  to the Fund by
wire to be received by the Fund by 1:00 P.M. Eastern Time on the day the Fund is
notified of the purchase request for Shares. If payment in federal funds for any
purchase is not  received,  or is  received by the Fund after 1:00 p.m.  Eastern
Time on such Business Day, LIFE COMPANY shall promptly,  upon the Fund's request
in writing,  reimburse the Fund for any charges,  costs, fees, interest or other
expenses  incurred by the Fund in connection with any advances to, or borrowings
or overdrafts by, the Fund, or any similar  expenses  incurred by the Fund, as a
result of non-payment or late payment.

                  (b) The Fund  will  wire  payment  in  federal  funds  for net
redemptions to an account  designated by LIFE COMPANY by 1:00 p.m.  Eastern Time
on the  business  day  succeeding  the day the order is  placed,  to the  extent
practicable,  but in any event within five (5) calendar  days after the date the
order is placed in order to  enable  LIFE  COMPANY  to pay  redemption  proceeds
within the time  specified in Section  22(e) of the 1940 Act. The Fund shall not
bear any responsibility  whatsoever for the proper  disbursement or crediting of
redemption proceeds by LIFE COMPANY.

                  2.3  Applicable Price

                  (a) Share purchase  payments and redemption orders that result
from purchase  payments,  premium  payments,  surrenders and other  transactions
under Contracts  (collectively,  "Contract  transactions") and that LIFE COMPANY
receives prior to the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on
a  Business  Day will be  executed  at the net asset  values of the  appropriate
Portfolios  next computed after receipt by the Fund or its  designated  agent of
the orders.  For purposes of this  Section  2.3(a),  LIFE  COMPANY  shall be the
designated  agent  of the  Fund for  receipt  of  orders  relating  to  Contract
transactions  on each  Business Day and receipt by such  designated  agent shall
constitute  receipt by the Fund;  provided that the Fund receives notice of such
orders by 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the following Business Day.

                  (b) All other Share  purchases and redemptions by LIFE COMPANY
will be  effected at the net asset  values of the  appropriate  Portfolios  next
computed  after  receipt  by the  Fund  or its  designated  agent  of the  order
therefor, and such orders will be irrevocable.

                  2.4  Dividends and Distributions

                  The Fund will furnish notice by wire or telephone (followed by
written  confirmation)  on or prior to the payment  date to LIFE  COMPANY of any
income  dividends  or capital  gain  distributions  payable on the Shares of any
Portfolio.  LIFE COMPANY  hereby  elects to reinvest all  dividends  and capital
gains  distributions in additional Shares of the corresponding  Portfolio at the
ex-dividend date net asset values until LIFE COMPANY otherwise notifies the Fund
in writing,  it being  agreed by the Parties that the  ex-dividend  date and the
payment  date with  respect to any  dividend  or  distribution  will be the same
Business  Day.  LIFE COMPANY  reserves the right to revoke this  election and to
receive all such income  dividends and capital gain  distributions  in cash. Any
such  revocation  will take effect with  respect to the next income  dividend or
capital gain  distribution  following  receipt by the Fund of such  notification
from LIFE COMPANY.

                  2.5  Book Entry

                  Issuance  and  transfer  of  Portfolio  Shares will be by book
entry  only.  Stock  certificates  will not be  issued to LIFE  COMPANY.  Shares
ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for LIFE COMPANY,
on behalf of its Accounts.

                          Section 3. Costs and Expenses

                  3.1  General

                  (a) Except as otherwise  specifically  provided  herein,  each
party will bear all expenses incident to its performance under this Agreement.

                  (b) The Fund  shall  pay no fee or other  compensation  to the
LIFE  COMPANY  under this  agreement,  except that if the Fund or any  Portfolio
adopts and  implements  a plan  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 to finance  distribution
expenses,  then  the  Fund  may make  payments  to the  LIFE  COMPANY  or to the
underwriter  for  the  Contracts  if and in  amounts  agreed  to by the  Fund in
writing. Presently, no such payments are contemplated.

                  3.2  Registration

                  (a) The  Fund  will  bear  the  cost of its  registering  as a
management  investment  company  under the 1940 Act and  registering  its Shares
under the 1933 Act,  and  keeping  such  registrations  current  and  effective;
including,  without  limitation,  the  preparation of and filing with the SEC of
Forms N-SAR and Rule 24f-2  Notices  with respect to the Fund and its Shares and
payment of all applicable registration or filing fees with respect to any of the
foregoing.

                  (b) LIFE  COMPANY  will bear the cost of  registering,  to the
extent required,  each Account as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act and
registering units of interest under the Contracts under the 1933 Act and keeping
such registrations  current and effective;  including,  without limitation,  the
preparation  and filing with the SEC of Forms N-SAR and Rule 24f-2  Notices with
respect to each Account and its units of interest and payment of all  applicable
registration or filing fees with respect to any of the foregoing.

                  3.3  Distribution Expenses

                  LIFE  COMPANY will bear the  expenses of  distribution.  These
expenses would include by way of illustration, but are not limited to, the costs
of distributing to Contract  owners,  annuitants,  insureds or participants  (as
appropriate) under the Contracts  (collectively,  "Participants")  the following
documents,  whether  they  relate  to the  Account  or the  Fund:  prospectuses,
statements  of additional  information,  proxy  materials and periodic  reports.
These  costs  would  also  include  the  costs  of  preparing,   printing,   and
distributing sales literature and advertising relating to the Portfolios (all of
which  require  the  prior  written  consent  of the  Fund) to the  extent  such
materials are  distributed in connection  with the Contracts,  as well as filing
such  materials  with,  and obtaining  approval  from,  the SEC, NASD, any state
insurance regulatory authority,  and any other appropriate regulatory authority,
to the extent required by law.

                  3.4  Other Expenses

                   (a) The Fund will bear,  or arrange  for others to bear,  the
costs of  preparing,  filing with the SEC and setting  for  printing  the Fund's
prospectus,   statement  of  additional   information   and  any  amendments  or
supplements thereto (collectively,  the "Fund Prospectus"),  periodic reports to
shareholders,  the Fund proxy material and other  shareholder  communications to
the extent required by law or as deemed appropriate by the Fund.

                  (b) LIFE COMPANY will bear the costs of preparing, filing with
the  SEC  and  printing  each  Account's  prospectus,  statement  of  additional
information  and  any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto  (collectively,  the
"Account Prospectus"), any periodic reports to Participants,  voting instruction
solicitation   material  and  the  Fund   prospectus,   and  other   Participant
communications  to the extent  required by law or as deemed  appropriate by LIFE
COMPANY.

                  (c) LIFE COMPANY will, to the extent required by law, print in
quantity and deliver to existing Participants the documents described in Section
3.4(b) above and will deliver to such  Participants the prospectuses as provided
by the Fund. LIFE COMPANY may elect to receive such prospectuses in camera ready
or  computer  diskette  format.  The  Fund  will  print  the Fund  statement  of
additional  information,  proxy  materials  relating  to the Fund  and  periodic
reports of the Fund.

                  3.5  Parties To Cooperate

                  Each party agrees to cooperate with the other, in arranging to
print,  mail  and/or  deliver,  in a  timely  manner,  combined  or  coordinated
prospectuses or other materials of the Fund and the Accounts.

                           Section 4. Legal Compliance

                  4.1  Tax Laws

                  (a) The Fund  represents and warrants that it will elect to be
qualified as a regulated  investment  company ("RIC") under  Subchapter M of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  and represents that it
will  qualify and  maintain  its  qualification  as a RIC and to comply with the
diversification  requirements  set forth in  Section  817(h) of the Code and the
regulations  thereunder.  The Fund will notify  LIFE  COMPANY  immediately  upon
having a reasonable  basis for believing  that it has ceased to so qualify or so
comply, or that it might not so qualify or so comply in the future.

                  (b) LIFE COMPANY  represents  and warrants  that the Contracts
currently  are and  will be  treated  as  annuity  contracts  or life  insurance
contracts under applicable provisions of the Code and that it will maintain such
treatment;  LIFE  COMPANY  will  notify  the  Fund  immediately  upon  having  a
reasonable  basis for believing  that any of the Contracts  have ceased to be so
treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

                  (c) LIFE COMPANY  represents and warrants that each Account is
a  "segregated  asset  account"  and that  interests in each Account are offered
exclusively  through the  purchase of or  transfer  into a "variable  contract,"
within  the  meaning  of  such  terms  under  Section  817 of the  Code  and the
regulations  thereunder.  LIFE COMPANY will  continue to meet such  definitional
requirements,  and it will notify the Fund  immediately upon having a reasonable
basis for believing  that such  requirements  have ceased to be met or that they
might not be met in the future.

                  4.2  Insurance and Certain Other Laws

                  (a) LIFE COMPANY  represents  and  warrants  that (i) it is an
insurance  company duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under
all applicable laws and has full corporate  power,  authority and legal right to
execute,  deliver and perform its duties and comply with its  obligations  under
this Agreement,  (ii) it has legally and validly  established and maintains each
Account as a segregated asset account under all applicable laws and regulations,
and (iii) the  Contracts  comply in all material  respects  with all  applicable
federal and state laws and regulations.

                  (b) The Fund  represents and warrants that it is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Maryland and has full corporate  power,  authority,  and legal right to
execute,  deliver,  and perform its duties and comply with its obligations under
this   Agreement.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   the   Fund,   makes  no
representations as to whether any aspect of its operations  (including,  but not
limited to, fees and expenses and investment  policies)  otherwise complies with
the insurance laws or regulations of any state.

                  (c) The Adviser  represents  that it is and  warrants  that it
shall remain duly  registered  as an  investment  adviser  under all  applicable
federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  agrees  that it  shall  perform  its
obligations to the Fund in accordance in all material respects with such laws.

                  (d)  LIFE  COMPANY  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  it is the
responsibility of LIFE COMPANY and other  Participating  Insurance  Companies to
determine  investment  restrictions  under state insurance law applicable to any
Portfolio,  and that the Fund shall bear no responsibility to LIFE COMPANY,  for
any such  determination or the correctness of such  determination.  LIFE COMPANY
has determined  that the investment  restrictions  set forth in the current Fund
Prospectus are sufficient to comply with all investment restrictions under state
insurance  laws that are currently  applicable to the  Portfolios as a result of
the  Accounts'  investment  therein.  LIFE COMPANY  shall inform the Fund of any
additional investment restrictions imposed by state insurance law after the date
of this agreement  that may become  applicable to the Fund or any Portfolio from
time to time as a result of the Accounts'  investment  therein.  Upon receipt of
any such  information  from LIFE  COMPANY or any other  Participating  Insurance
Company,  the  Fund  shall  determine  whether  it is in the best  interests  of
shareholders to comply with any such  restrictions.  If the Fund determines that
it is not in the best  interests of  shareholders  to comply with a  restriction
determined to be  applicable by the LIFE COMPANY,  the Fund shall so inform LIFE
COMPANY, and the Fund and LIFE COMPANY shall discuss alternative  accommodations
in the circumstances.

                  4.3  Securities Laws

                  (a) LIFE COMPANY represents and warrants that (i) interests in
each Account  pursuant to the Contracts will be registered under the 1933 Act to
the extent  required by the 1933 Act, (ii) the Contracts will be duly authorized
for issuance and sold in compliance with all applicable  federal and state laws,
including,  without  limitation,  the 1933 Act,  the 1934 Act,  the 1940 Act and
applicable state law, (iii) each Account is and will remain registered under the
1940 Act, to the extent  required by the 1940 Act,  (iv) each  Account  does and
will comply in all material  respects with the  requirements of the 1940 Act and
the rules  thereunder,  to the  extent  required,  (v) each  Account's  1933 Act
registration  statement relating to the Contracts,  together with any amendments
thereto, will at all times comply in all material respects with the requirements
of the 1933 Act and the rules  thereunder,  (vi)  LIFE  COMPANY  will  amend the
registration statement for its Contracts under the 1933 Act and for its Accounts
under  the 1940 Act  from  time to time as  required  in  order  to  effect  the
continuous  offering  of  its  Contracts  or as may  otherwise  be  required  by
applicable  law, (vii) each Account  Prospectus  will at all times comply in all
material  respects  with  the  requirements  of  the  1933  Act  and  the  rules
thereunder,  (viii)  all  of  its  directors,  officers,  employees,  investment
advisers,  and other  individuals/entities  having  access  to the funds  and/or
securities  of any  Portfolio  are and continue to be at all times  covered by a
blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage covering such risks and in such amount
as  is  customary  for  companies  engaged  in  similar  businesses  in  similar
industries.  The aforesaid bond includes  coverage for larceny and  embezzlement
and is issued by a reputable bonding company.

                  (b) The Fund  represents  and  warrants  that (i) Shares  sold
pursuant to this Agreement  will be registered  under the 1933 Act to the extent
required by the 1933 Act and will be duly  authorized  for  issuance and sold in
compliance with Maryland law, (ii) the Fund is and will remain  registered under
the 1940 Act to the extent  required by the 1940 Act,  (iii) the Fund will amend
the registration statement under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time
as required in order to effect the continuous  offering of its Shares,  (iv) the
Fund does and will comply in all material  respects with the requirements of the
1940  Act  and the  rules  thereunder,  (v) the  Fund's  1933  Act  registration
statement, together with any amendments thereto, will at all times comply in all
material  respects with the  requirements of the 1933 Act and rules  thereunder,
(vi) the Fund's  Prospectus  will at all times comply in all  material  respects
with the  requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules thereunder and (vii) all of
its   directors,   officers,   employees,   investment   advisers,   and   other
individuals/entities  having  access  to  the  funds  and/or  securities  of any
Portfolio are and continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond
or similar  coverage  for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the
minimal  coverage  as  required  currently  by Rule  17g-(1)  of the 1940 Act or
related  provisions as may be promulgated  from time to time. The aforesaid bond
includes  coverage  for  larceny and  embezzlement  and is issued by a reputable
bonding company.

                  (c) The Fund will at its  expense  register  and  qualify  its
Shares for sale in accordance  with the laws of any state or other  jurisdiction
if and to the extent reasonably deemed advisable by the Fund.

                  4.4     Notice of Certain Proceedings and Other Circumstances.

                  (a) The Fund will  immediately  notify LIFE COMPANY of (i) the
issuance by any court or  regulatory  body of any stop  order,  cease and desist
order, or other similar order with respect to the Fund's registration  statement
under the 1933 Act or the Fund  Prospectus,  (ii) any request by the SEC for any
amendment to such registration  statement or the Fund Prospectus that may affect
the offering of Shares of any Portfolio, (iii) the initiation of any proceedings
for that  purpose  or for any other  purpose  relating  to the  registration  or
offering of Shares of any Portfolio,  or (iv) any other action or  circumstances
that may  prevent  the lawful  offer or sale of Shares of any  Portfolio  in any
state or jurisdiction, including, without limitation, any circumstances in which
such Shares are not registered and are not, in all material respects, issued and
sold in  accordance  with  applicable  state and federal law. The Fund will make
every  reasonable  effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order,  cease
and desist  order or similar  order and, if any such order is issued,  to obtain
the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

                  (b) LIFE COMPANY will  immediately  notify the Fund of (i) the
issuance by any court or  regulatory  body of any stop  order,  cease and desist
order,  or other  similar  order  with  respect to each  Account's  registration
statement  under  the  1933  Act  relating  to the  Contracts  or  each  Account
Prospectus,  (ii) any request by the SEC for any amendment to such  registration
statement  or Account  Prospectus  that may affect the offering of Shares of any
Portfolio,  (iii) the initiation of any  proceedings for that purpose or for any
other  purpose  relating  to the  registration  or  offering  of each  Account's
interests  pursuant to the Contracts,  or (iv) any other action or circumstances
that may  prevent  the lawful  offer or sale of said  interests  in any state or
jurisdiction,  including,  without  limitation,  any circumstances in which said
interests are not registered and are not, in all material  respects,  issued and
sold in accordance with applicable state and federal law. LIFE COMPANY will make
every  reasonable  effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order,  cease
and desist  order or similar  order and, if any such order is issued,  to obtain
the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.


                  4.5      Documents Provided by LIFE COMPANY

                  (a) LIFE COMPANY  will  provide to the Fund or its  designated
agent at least one (1) complete copy of all SEC registration statements, Account
Prospectuses, reports, any preliminary and final voting instruction solicitation
material,  applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all
amendments  to any of the above,  that relate to each Account or the  Contracts,
contemporaneously  with  the  filing  of such  document  with  the SEC or  other
regulatory authorities.

                  (b) LIFE COMPANY  will  provide to the Fund or its  designated
agent at least one (1) complete copy of each piece of sales  literature or other
promotional  material in which any Portfolio,  the Fund or any of its affiliates
is  named,  at least ten (10)  Business  Days  prior to its use or such  shorter
period as the  Parties  hereto  may,  from  time to time,  agree  upon.  No such
material shall be used if the Fund or its  designated  agent objects to such use
within ten (10)  Business  Days after  receipt of such  material or such shorter
period as the Parties hereto may, from time to time, agree upon.

                  (c) Neither LIFE COMPANY nor any of its affiliates,  will give
any  information  or make any  representations  or  statements  on  behalf of or
concerning any Portfolio, the Fund or its affiliates in connection with the sale
of the Contracts other than (i) the information or representations  contained in
the then current registration statement, including the Fund Prospectus contained
therein,  relating  to  Shares,  as such  registration  statement  and the  Fund
Prospectus may be amended from time to time;  (ii) in reports or proxy materials
for the Fund;  (iii) in  published  reports  for the Fund that are in the public
domain and approved by the Fund for  distribution  by LIFE  COMPANY;  or (iv) in
sales literature or other  promotional  material approved by the Fund for use by
LIFE COMPANY, except with the express written permission of the Fund.

                  (d)  LIFE  COMPANY  shall  adopt  and   implement   procedures
reasonably  designed  to ensure  that  information  concerning  the Fund and its
affiliates  that is  intended  for use only by  brokers  or agents  selling  the
Contracts   (i.e.,   information  that  is  not  intended  for  distribution  to
Participants) ("broker only materials") is so used, and neither the Fund nor any
of its affiliates shall be liable for any losses,  damages or expenses  relating
to the improper use of such broker only materials.

                  (e) For the purposes of this  Section  4.5, the phrase  "sales
literature  or other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not  limited to,
advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper,
magazine, or other periodical,  radio, television,  telephone or tape recording,
videotape display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures, or other public media
(e.g.,  on-line  networks such as the Internet or other  electronic  messages)),
sales literature (i.e., any written communication  distributed or made generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,  research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available  to  some  or  all  agents  or  employees,   registration  statements,
prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  shareholder  reports, and
proxy  materials  and  any  other  material  constituting  sales  literature  or
advertising under the NASD rules, the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act.

               4.6  Documents Provided by Fund; Information About LIFE COMPANY.

                  (a) The Fund will  provide  to LIFE  COMPANY  at least one (1)
complete copy of all SEC registration  statements,  Fund Prospectuses,  reports,
any preliminary and final proxy material,  applications for exemptions, requests
for no-action  letters,  and all amendments to any of the above,  that relate to
the Fund or the Shares of a Portfolio, contemporaneously with the filing of such
document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

                  (b) The Fund will provide to LIFE  COMPANY  copies of all Fund
prospectuses,  and printed copies of all  statements of additional  information,
proxy materials,  periodic reports to shareholders and other materials  required
by law to be sent to  Participants  who have  allocated any Contract  value to a
Portfolio.  The Fund will provide such copies to LIFE COMPANY in a timely manner
so as to enable LIFE COMPANY to print and distribute  such materials  within the
time required by law to be furnished to Participants.

                  (c) The Fund will  provide to LIFE  COMPANY or its  designated
agent at least one (1) complete copy of each piece of sales  literature or other
promotional material in which LIFE COMPANY, or any of its respective  affiliates
is named, or that refers to the Contracts, at least ten (10) Business Days prior
to its use or such shorter  period as the Parties hereto may, from time to time,
agree upon.  No such  material  shall be used if LIFE COMPANY or its  designated
agent reasonably objects to such use within ten (10) Business Days after receipt
of such material or such shorter  period as the Parties hereto may, from time to
time, agree upon.

                  (d) Neither the Fund nor any of its  affiliates  will give any
information or make any representations or statements on behalf of or concerning
LIFE COMPANY,  each Account,  or the Contracts other than (i) the information or
representations contained in the registration statement,  including each Account
Prospectus  contained therein,  relating to the Contracts,  as such registration
statement  and  Account  Prospectus  may be amended  from time to time;  (ii) in
published reports for the Account or the Contracts that are in the public domain
and approved by LIFE COMPANY for  distribution;  or (iii) in sales literature or
other promotional  material  approved by LIFE COMPANY or its affiliates,  except
with the express written permission of LIFE COMPANY.

                  (e) The Fund shall cause its  principal  underwriter  to adopt
and  implement  procedures   reasonably  designed  to  ensure  that  information
concerning LIFE COMPANY, and its respective  affiliates that is intended for use
only by brokers or agents selling the Contracts  (i.e.,  information that is not
intended for distribution to Participants) ("broker only materials") is so used,
and neither LIFE COMPANY,  nor any of its respective  affiliates shall be liable
for any losses,  damages or expenses relating to the improper use of such broker
only materials.

                  (f) For  purposes  of this  Section  4.6,  the  phrase  "sales
literature  or other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not  limited to,
advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper,
magazine, or other periodical,  radio, television,  telephone or tape recording,
videotape display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures, or other public media
(i.e.,  any written  communication  distributed or made  generally  available to
customers  or the public,  including  brochures,  circulars,  research  reports,
market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other
advertisement,  sales literature, or published article), educational or training
materials or other  communications  distributed or made  generally  available to
some  or  all  agents  or  employees,  registration  statements,   prospectuses,
statements of additional  information,  shareholder reports, and proxy materials
and any other material  constituting  sales literature or advertising  under the
NASD rules, the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act.

                       Section 5. Mixed and Shared Funding

                  LIFE  COMPANY   acknowledges   that  the  Fund  has  filed  an
application  with the SEC to  request  an order  granting  relief  from  various
provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules  thereunder to the extent  necessary to
permit Fund shares to be sold to and held by variable  annuity and variable life
insurance  separate  accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated  Participating
Insurance  Companies,  as well as by Plans. Any conditions or undertakings  that
may be imposed  on LIFE  COMPANY  and the Fund by virtue of such order  shall be
incorporated  herein by  reference,  as of the date such  order is  granted,  as
though set forth herein in full, and the parties to this Agreement  shall comply
with such  conditions  and  undertakings  to the extent  applicable to each such
party.

                             Section 6. Termination

                  6.1  Events of Termination

                  Subject to Section 6.4 below, this Agreement will terminate as
to a Portfolio:

          (a) at the option of any party,  with or without  cause,  upon one (1)
     year advance written notice to the other parties; or

          (b) at the  option of LIFE  Company if shares of a  Portfolio  are not
     reasonably   available  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Contracts  as
     determined by LIFE COMPANY provided, however, that such a termination shall
     apply only to the Portfolio(s) not available.  Prompt written notice of the
     election to terminate  for such cause shall be furnished by LIFE COMPANY to
     the Fund;

          (c) at the option of the Fund upon  institution  of formal  processing
     against  LIFE  COMPANY or its  affiliates  by the NASD,  the SEC, any state
     insurance  regulator or any other  regulatory body regarding LIFE COMPANY's
     obligations  under this  Agreement or related to the sale of the Contracts,
     the operation of each Account, or the purchase of Shares, if, in each case,
     the Fund reasonably determines that such proceedings, or the facts on which
     such  proceedings  would be based,  have a material  likelihood of imposing
     material  adverse  consequences  on the Portfolio with respect to which the
     Agreement is to be terminated; or

          (d)  at  the  option  of  LIFE  COMPANY  upon  institution  of  formal
     proceedings against the Fund, its principal underwriter,  or its investment
     adviser by the NASD, the SEC, or any state insurance regulator or any other
     regulatory  body regarding the Fund's  obligations  under this Agreement or
     related to the operation or management of the  applicable  Portfolio or the
     purchase  of the  applicable  Portfolios,  if, in each case,  LIFE  COMPANY
     reasonably  determines  that such  proceedings,  or the facts on which such
     proceedings would be based, have a material likelihood of imposing material
     adverse  consequences on LIFE COMPANY,  or the Subaccount  corresponding to
     the Portfolio with respect to which the Agreement is to be terminated; or

          (e) at the  option of any party in the  event  that (i) a  Portfolio's
     Shares are not registered and, in all material respects, issued and sold in
     accordance  with any  applicable  federal  or state  law,  or (ii) such law
     precludes the use of such Shares as an underlying  investment medium of the
     Contracts issued or to be issued by LIFE COMPANY; or

          (f) at the option of LIFE COMPANY if the applicable  Portfolio  ceases
     to qualify as a RIC under  Subchapter  M of the Code or under  successor or
     similar provisions or fails to comply with the diversification requirements
     of  Section  817(h) of the Code or such  requirements  under  successor  or
     similar  provisions or if Life Company  reasonably  believes the applicable
     Portfolio  may so cease to qualify or comply  and,  in each case,  the Fund
     upon written  request fails to provide  reasonable  assurance  that it will
     take action to cure or correct such failure; or

          (g) at the option of the Fund if the Contracts  issued by LIFE COMPANY
     cease to qualify as annuity contracts or life insurance contracts under the
     Code or if Fund reasonably  believes the applicable  Contracts may so cease
     to qualify,  or if  interests  in an Account  under the  Contracts  are not
     registered,  where required,  and, in all material respects, are not issued
     or sold in accordance with any applicable federal or state law and, in each
     case,  LIFE  COMPANY  upon  written  request  fails to  provide  reasonable
     assurance that it will take action to cure or correct such failure; or

          (h) at the option of the Fund by written  notice to LIFE  COMPANY,  if
     the Fund shall determine in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that
     LIFE  COMPANY  and/or  its  affiliated  companies  has  suffered a material
     adverse  change  in  its  business,  operations,   financial  condition  or
     prospects  since the date of this  Agreement  or is the subject of material
     adverse publicity; or

          (i) at the option of LIFE  COMPANY by written  notice to the Fund,  if
     LIFE COMPANY shall determine in its sole judgment  exercised in good faith,
     that the Fund  and/or  its  affiliated  companies  has  suffered a material
     adverse  change  in  its  business,  operations,   financial  condition  or
     prospects  since the date of this  Agreement  or is the subject of material
     adverse publicity; or

          (j) at the option of LIFE  COMPANY by written  notice to the Fund,  if
     LIFE COMPANY shall determine in its sole judgment  exercised in good faith,
     that the Adviser  and/or its  affiliated  companies has suffered a material
     adverse change in its business operations, financial condition or prospects
     since the date of this  Agreement  or is the  subject of  material  adverse
     publicity; or

          (k) at the option of either party upon a  determination  by a majority
     of the Fund's Board of Directors, or a majority of the Fund's disinterested
     directors,  that an  irreconcilable  material  conflict  exists  among  the
     interests of: (1) all contract owners of variable insurance products of all
     separate  accounts;  or (2) the  interests of the  Participating  Insurance
     Companies investing in the Fund; or

          (l) at the option of any party upon another party's material breach of
     any provision of this Agreement; or

          (m) with respect to any Account,  upon  requisite vote of the Contract
     owners having an interest in that Account (or any  subaccount)  or upon the
     receipt  of a  substitution  order by the SEC to  substitute  the shares of
     another  investment company for the corresponding Fund shares in accordance
     with the  terms of the  Contracts  for which  those  Fund  shares  had been
     selected to serve as the  underlying  investment  media.  LIFE COMPANY will
     give at least 30 days' prior written  notice to the Fund of the date of any
     proposed vote to replace the Fund's shares; or

          (n) at the  option  of the  Fund  if it  suspends  or  terminates  the
     offering  of  Shares  of the  applicable  Portfolio  to  all  Participating
     Insurance Companies or only designated  Participating  Insurance Companies,
     if such  action is  required  by law or by  regulatory  authorities  having
     jurisdiction  or if,  in the sole  discretion  of the Fund  acting  in good
     faith,  suspension or termination is necessary in the best interests of the
     shareholders  of  the  applicable   Portfolio  (it  being  understood  that
     "shareholders"  for this  purpose  shall mean  Participants),  such  notice
     effective  immediately upon receipt of written notice,  it being understood
     that a lack  Participating  Insurance  Companies interest in the applicable
     Portfolio  may be  grounds  for a  suspension  or  termination  as to  such
     Portfolio.

                  6.2  Notice Requirement for Termination

                  No termination of this Agreement will be effective  unless and
until the party  terminating  this  Agreement  gives prior written notice to the
other party to this Agreement of its intent to terminate,  and such notice shall
set forth the basis for such termination. Furthermore:

                  (a) in the  event  that  any  termination  is  based  upon the
provisions of Section 6.1(a) hereof, such prior written notice shall be given at
least one (1) year in  advance of the  effective  date of  termination  unless a
shorter time is agreed to by the Parties hereto;

                  (b) in the  event  that  any  termination  is  based  upon the
provisions of Section 6.1(b),  6.1(c),  6.1(d),  6.1(e), 6.1(f), 6.1(g), 6.1(h),
6.1(i),  6.1(j),  6.1(k),  6.1(l),  6.1(m), or 6.1(n) hereof, such prior written
notice  shall be given at least  30 days in  advance  of the  effective  date of
termination unless a shorter time is agreed to by the Parties hereto; and


                  6.3  Fund To Remain Available

                  Notwithstanding  any termination of this  Agreement,  the Fund
will,  at the option of LIFE  COMPANY,  continue  to make  available  additional
shares of a Portfolio  pursuant to the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,
for all  Contracts  in  effect  on the  effective  date of  termination  of this
Agreement  (hereinafter  referred  to as  "Existing  Contracts").  Specifically,
without  limitation,  the owners of the Existing  Contracts will be permitted to
reallocate  investments  in  Portfolios of the Fund (as in effect on such date),
redeem  investments in Portfolios of the Fund and/or invest in Portfolios of the
Fund  upon the  making  of  additional  purchase  payments  under  the  Existing
Contracts.  Notwithstanding  any  termination  of this  Agreement,  LIFE COMPANY
agrees to distribute to holders of Existing  Contracts all materials required by
law  to  be  distributed  to  such  holders   (including,   without  limitation,
prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy materials and periodic
reports).  The  parties  agree  that  this  Section  6.3 will  not  apply to any
terminations  under  the  conditions  of  the  Order  and  the  effect  of  such
terminations will be governed by the Order.

                  6.4  Survival of Warranties and Indemnifications

                  All   warranties   and   indemnifications   will  survive  the
termination of this Agreement.

             Section 7. Parties To Cooperate Respecting Termination

                  Subject to the  provisions of Section 6.3 hereof,  the Parties
hereto  agree to  cooperate  and give  reasonable  assistance  to one another in
taking all necessary and  appropriate  steps for the purpose of ensuring that an
Account owns no Shares of the applicable  Portfolio after the Final  Termination
Date with respect thereto,  or, in the case of a termination pursuant to Section
6.1(a), the termination date specified in the notice of termination.  Such steps
may include  combining the affected Account with another  Account,  substituting
other  mutual  fund shares for those of the  affected  Portfolio,  or  otherwise
terminating participation by the Contracts in such Portfolio.

                              Section 8. Assignment

                  This  Agreement may not be assigned by any party,  except with
the prior written consent of all the Parties.

                               Section 9. Notices

                  Notices and communications  required or permitted by Section 9
hereof will be given by means mutually acceptable to the Parties concerned. Each
other notice or  communication  required or permitted by this  Agreement will be
given to the following persons at the following addresses and facsimile numbers,
or such other  persons,  addresses or facsimile  numbers as the party  receiving
such notices or communications may subsequently direct in writing:



<PAGE>



                           [Name of LIFE COMPANY]
                           Street Address
                           City, State Zip Code
                           Facsimile:

                           Attn.:

                           Salomon Brothers Variable Series Inc.
                           7 World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                           Facsimile:  (212) 783-3357

                           Attn.:   Mitch Schulman

                          Section 10. Voting Procedures

                  Subject to the cost allocation procedures set forth in Section
3 hereof,  LIFE COMPANY will distribute all proxy material furnished by the Fund
to  Participants  to whom  pass-through  voting  privileges  are  required to be
extended and will solicit voting  instructions from  Participants.  LIFE COMPANY
will  vote  Shares  in  accordance  with  timely   instructions   received  from
Participants.  LIFE  COMPANY will vote Shares that are (a) not  attributable  to
Participants  to  whom  pass-through  voting  privileges  are  extended,  or (b)
attributable to  Participants,  but for which no timely  instructions  have been
received, in the same proportion as Shares for which said instructions have been
received from Participants,  so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues
to  interpret  the  1940 Act to  require  pass  through  voting  privileges  for
Participants.  Neither  LIFE COMPANY nor any of its  affiliates  will in any way
recommend action in connection with or oppose or interfere with the solicitation
of proxies for the Shares held for such Participants.  LIFE COMPANY reserves the
right  to vote  shares  held in any  Account  in its own  right,  to the  extent
permitted by law.  LIFE COMPANY shall be  responsible  for assuring that each of
its Accounts holding Shares  calculates voting privileges in the manner required
by the Order  obtained by the Fund.  The Fund will  notify  LIFE  COMPANY of any
amendments to the Order it has obtained.

                           Section 11. Indemnification

                  11.1  Of the Fund by LIFE COMPANY

                  (a) Except to the extent  provided  in  Sections  11.1(b)  and
11.1(c), below, LIFE COMPANY agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, its
affiliates,  and each person,  if any,  who controls the Fund or its  affiliates
within the  meaning  of Section 15 of the 1933 Act and each of their  respective
directors and officers (collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of
this Section 11.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses,
liabilities  (including  amounts paid in settlement  with the written consent of
LIFE COMPANY)or actions in respect thereof (including, to the extent reasonable,
legal and other expenses),  to which the Indemnified  Parties may become subject
under any  statute,  regulation,  at common  law or  otherwise  insofar  as such
losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities or actions:

          (i) arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or alleged
     untrue  statement of any material fact  contained in any Account's 1933 Act
     registration  statement,  any Account Prospectus,  the Contracts,  or sales
     literature or advertising for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement
     to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
     the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
     therein  or  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading;
     provided,  that  this  agreement  to  indemnify  shall  not apply as to any
     Indemnified  Party if such statement or omission or such alleged  statement
     or  omission  was made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written
     information  furnished  to LIFE COMPANY by or on behalf of the Fund for use
     in any Account's 1933 Act registration  statement,  any Account Prospectus,
     the  Contracts,  or sales  literature or  advertising  (or any amendment or
     supplement to any of the foregoing); or

          (ii)  arise  out  of  or  as a  result  of  any  other  statements  or
     representations (other than statements or representations  contained in the
     Fund's  1933  Act  registration  statement,  the  Fund  Prospectus,   sales
     literature  or  advertising  of the Fund, or any amendment or supplement to
     any of the foregoing,  not supplied for use therein by or on behalf of LIFE
     COMPANY,  or its  affiliates  and on which  such  persons  have  reasonably
     relied) or the negligent, illegal or fraudulent conduct of LIFE COMPANY, or
     its  respective  affiliates  or persons  under  their  control  (including,
     without limitation,  their employees and "Associated Persons," as that term
     is defined in paragraph (m) of Article I of the NASD's  By-Laws) or subject
     to its  authorization,  including  without  limitation,  broker-dealers  or
     agents  authorized  to sell the  Contracts,  in  connection  with the sale,
     marketing or distribution of the Contracts or Shares; or

          (iii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged
     untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained in the Fund's 1933 Act
     registration   statement,   the  Fund   Prospectus,   sales  literature  or
     advertising  of the Fund,  or any  amendment  or  supplement  to any of the
     foregoing,  or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
     fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary  to make the  statements
     therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made in reliance
     upon  and in  conformity  with  information  furnished  to the  Fund or its
     affiliates by or on behalf of LIFE COMPANY or its affiliates for use in the
     Fund's  1933  Act  registration  statement,  the  Fund  Prospectus,   sales
     literature  or  advertising  of the Fund, or any amendment or supplement to
     any of the foregoing; or

          (iv) arise as a result of any failure by LIFE COMPANY or persons under
     its control (or subject to its  authorization)  to perform the obligations,
     provide the services and furnish the materials  required under the terms of
     this  Agreement,  or  any  material  breach  of any  representation  and/or
     warranty  made by LIFE COMPANY in this  Agreement or arise out of or result
     from any other material breach of this Agreement by LIFE COMPANY or persons
     under its control (or subject to its authorization); or

          (v) arise as a result of failure to transmit a request for purchase or
     redemption of Shares or payment  therefor within the time period  specified
     herein and otherwise in accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in this
     Agreement; or

          (vi) arise as a result of any  unauthorized  use of the trade names of
     the  Fund to the  extent  such use is not  required  by  applicable  law or
     regulation.

                  (b) This  indemnification is in addition to any liability that
LIFE COMPANY may  otherwise  have.  LIFE COMPANY  shall not be liable under this
Section  11.1 with  respect to any losses,  claims,  damages,  costs,  expenses,
liabilities or actions to which an Indemnified  Party would otherwise be subject
by  reason  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  or gross  negligence  in the
performance  by that  Indemnified  Party  of its  duties  or by  reason  of that
Indemnified  Party's reckless  disregard of obligations or duties (i) under this
Agreement, or (ii) to the Fund.

                  (c) LIFE  COMPANY  shall not be liable under this Section 11.1
with respect to any action  against an  Indemnified  Party unless the Fund shall
have notified LIFE COMPANY in writing  promptly after the summons or other first
legal  process  giving  information  of the nature of the action shall have been
served upon such Indemnified  Party (or after such Indemnified  Party shall have
received notice of such service on any designated agent), but LIFE COMPANY shall
be  relieved  of  liability  under  this  Section  11.1 only to the  extent  the
indemnifying  party is damaged  solely by reason of such  party's  failure to so
notify and failure to notify LIFE  COMPANY of any such action  shall not relieve
LIFE COMPANY from any  liability  which they may have to the  Indemnified  Party
against  whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on account of this Section
11.1.  Except as otherwise  provided herein,  in case any such action is brought
against an Indemnified Party, LIFE COMPANY shall be entitled to participate,  at
its own  expense,  in the  defense of such  action and also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel approved by the Indemnified Party named
in the action, which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  After notice
from LIFE COMPANY to such Indemnified Party of LIFE COMPANY's election to assume
the  defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party will  cooperate  fully with LIFE
COMPANY and shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional  counsel retained
by it, and LIFE COMPANY will not be liable to such Indemnified  Party under this
Agreement  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
Indemnified  Party  independently in connection with the defense thereof,  other
than reasonable costs of investigation.

                  11.2  Of LIFE COMPANY by the Fund

                  (a) Except to the extent provided in Sections 11.2(b), 11.2(c)
and 11.2(d), below, the Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless LIFE COMPANY,
its  affiliates,  and each  person,  if any,  who  controls  LIFE COMPANY or its
affiliates  within  the  meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act and each of their
respective directors and officers  (collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties" for
purposes of this  Section  11.2)  against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,
costs,  expenses,  liabilities  (including  amounts paid in settlement  with the
written  consent of the Fund) or actions in respect thereof  (including,  to the
extent reasonable,  legal and other expenses),  to which the Indemnified Parties
may become subject under any statute,  regulation,  at common law, or otherwise;
insofar  as such  losses,  claims,  damages,  costs,  expenses,  liabilities  or
actions:

          (i) arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or alleged
     untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained in the Fund's 1933 Act
     registration  statement,  Prospectus or sales  literature or advertising of
     the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise
     out of or are based upon the  omission  or the  alleged  omission  to state
     therein a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
     the statements  therein not  misleading;  provided,  that this agreement to
     indemnify  shall not apply to any  Indemnified  Party if such  statement or
     omission or such alleged  statement  or omission was made in reliance  upon
     and in  conformity  with written  information  furnished to the Fund or its
     affiliates by or on behalf of LIFE COMPANY or its affiliates for use in the
     Fund's 1933 Act registration  statement,  the Fund Prospectus,  or in sales
     literature or advertising or otherwise for use in connection  with the sale
     of  Contracts  or Shares  (or any  amendment  or  supplement  to any of the
     foregoing); or

          (ii)  arise  out  of  or  as a  result  of  any  other  statements  or
     representations (other than statements or representations  contained in any
     Account's 1933 Act registration  statement,  any Account Prospectus,  sales
     literature or advertising for the Contracts, or any amendment or supplement
     to any of the  foregoing,  not  supplied for use therein by or on behalf of
     the  Fund or its  affiliates  and on which  such  persons  have  reasonably
     relied) or the negligent,  illegal or fraudulent conduct of the Fund or its
     affiliates or persons  under its control  (including,  without  limitation,
     their employees and "Associated Persons" as that Term is defined in Section
     (n) of  Article  1 of the NASD  By-Laws),  in  connection  with  the  sale,
     marketing or distribution of Fund Shares; or

          (iii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged
     untrue  statement of any material fact  contained in any Account's 1933 Act
     registration  statement,  any  Account  Prospectus,   sales  literature  or
     advertising  covering the Contracts,  or any amendment or supplement to any
     of the  foregoing,  or the omission or alleged  omission to state therein a
     material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
     statements  therein not misleading,  if such statement or omission was made
     in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to
     LIFE COMPANY,  or its affiliates by or on behalf of the Fund for use in any
     Account's 1933 Act registration  statement,  any Account Prospectus,  sales
     literature  or  advertising  covering the  Contracts,  or any  amendment or
     supplement to any of the foregoing; or

          (iv)  arise as a result  of any  failure  by the Fund to  perform  the
     obligations,  provide the services and furnish the materials required of it
     under the  terms of this  Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  any
     failure of the Fund or its  designated  agent to inform LIFE COMPANY of the
     correct net asset  values per share for each  Portfolio  on a timely  basis
     sufficient  to ensure the timely  execution of all purchase and  redemption
     orders at the correct net asset value per share,  or any material breach of
     any  representation  and/or  warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or
     arise out of or result from any other material  breach of this Agreement by
     the Fund.

                  (b) This  indemnification is in addition to any liability that
the Fund may  otherwise  have.  The Fund shall not be liable  under this Section
11.2 with respect to any losses, claims, damages,  costs, expenses,  liabilities
or actions to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance by that
Indemnified  Party  of its  duties  or by  reason  of such  Indemnified  Party's
reckless  disregard of its obligations  and duties (i) under this Agreement,  or
(ii) to LIFE COMPANY, each Account or Participants.

                  (c) The Fund shall not be liable  under this Section 11.2 with
respect to any action against an Indemnified  Party unless the Indemnified Party
shall have  notified  the Fund in writing  promptly  after the  summons or other
first legal process  giving  information  of the nature of the action shall have
been served upon such Indemnified  Party (or after such Indemnified  Party shall
have  received  notice of such service on any  designated  agent),  but the Fund
shall be relieved of  liability  under this  Section 11.2 only to the extent the
indemnifying  party is damaged  solely by reason of such  party's  failure to so
notify and failure to notify the Fund of any such  action  shall not relieve the
Fund from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified  Party against whom
such action is brought otherwise than on account of this Section 11.2. Except as
otherwise  provided  herein,  in case any such  action  is  brought  against  an
Indemnified Party, the Fund will be entitled to participate, at its own expense,
in the  defense of such  action and also shall be entitled to assume the defense
thereof  (which shall  include,  without  limitation,  the conduct of any ruling
request and closing agreement or other settlement proceeding with the IRS), with
counsel  approved by the Indemnified  Party named in the action,  which approval
shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld.  After  notice  from  the  Fund  to  such
Indemnified  Party of the Fund's  election  to assume the defense  thereof,  the
Indemnified Party will cooperate fully with the Fund and shall bear the fees and
expenses  of any  additional  counsel  retained  by it, and the Fund will not be
liable to such  Indemnified  Party under this  Agreement  for any legal or other
expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such  Indemnified  Party  independently  in
connection  with  the  defense   thereof,   other  than   reasonable   costs  of
investigation.

                  11.3  Of LIFE COMPANY by the Adviser

                  (a) Except to the extent provided in Sections 11.3(b), 11.3(c)
and 1.3(d),  below,  the Adviser  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  LIFE
COMPANY,  its affiliates,  and each person, if any, who controls LIFE COMPANY or
its  affiliates  within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the 1933 Act and each of
their respective directors and officers (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties"
for purposes of this Section 11.2) against any and all losses, claims,  damages,
costs,  expenses,  liabilities  (including  amounts paid in settlement  with the
written  consent of the Fund) or actions in respect thereof  (including,  to the
extent reasonable,  legal and other expenses),  to which the Indemnified Parties
may become subject under any statute,  regulation,  at common law, or otherwise;
insofar  as such  losses,  claims,  damages,  costs,  expenses,  liabilities  or
actions:

          (i) arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or alleged
     untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained in the Fund's 1933 Act
     registration  statement,  Prospectus or sales  literature or advertising of
     the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise
     out of or are based upon the  omission  or the  alleged  omission  to state
     therein a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
     the statements  therein not  misleading;  provided,  that this agreement to
     indemnify  shall not apply to any  Indemnified  Party if such  statement or
     omission or such alleged  statement  or omission was made in reliance  upon
     and in conformity with written  information  furnished to the Adviser,  the
     Fund or their  affiliates by or on behalf of LIFE COMPANY or its affiliates
     for use in the Fund's 1933 Act registration statement, the Fund Prospectus,
     or in sales  literature or  advertising  or otherwise for use in connection
     with the sale of Contracts or Shares (or any amendment or supplement to any
     of the foregoing); or

          (ii)  arise  out  of  or  as a  result  of  any  other  statements  or
     representations (other than statements or representations  contained in any
     Account's 1933 Act registration  statement,  any Account Prospectus,  sales
     literature or advertising for the Contracts, or any amendment or supplement
     to any of the  foregoing,  not  supplied for use therein by or on behalf of
     the Adviser,  the Fund or their  affiliates  and on which such persons have
     reasonably  relied) or the negligent,  illegal or fraudulent conduct of the
     Adviser,  the Fund or their  affiliates  or  persons  under  their  control
     (including, without limitation, their employees and "Associated Persons" as
     that Term is defined in Section (n) of Article 1 of the NASD  By-Laws),  in
     connection with the sale, marketing or distribution of Fund Shares; or

          (iii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged
     untrue  statement of any material fact  contained in any Account's 1933 Act
     registration  statement,  any  Account  Prospectus,   sales  literature  or
     advertising  covering the Contracts,  or any amendment or supplement to any
     of the  foregoing,  or the omission or alleged  omission to state therein a
     material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
     statements  therein not misleading,  if such statement or omission was made
     in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to
     LIFE COMPANY,  or its affiliates by or on behalf of the Adviser or the Fund
     for use in any  Account's  1933 Act  registration  statement,  any  Account
     Prospectus,  sales literature or advertising covering the Contracts, or any
     amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing; or

          (iv) arise as a result of any  failure  by the  Adviser or the Fund to
     perform the  obligations,  provide the services  and furnish the  materials
     required  of it under  the  terms  of this  Agreement,  including,  without
     limitation,  any failure of the Fund or its designated agent to inform LIFE
     COMPANY of the correct net asset  values per share for each  Portfolio on a
     timely basis  sufficient to ensure the timely execution of all purchase and
     redemption orders at the correct net asset value per share, or any material
     breach of any  representation  and/or  warranty  made by the Adviser or the
     Fund in this  Agreement  or arise out of or result from any other  material
     breach of this Agreement by the Adviser.

                  (b) This  indemnification is in addition to any liability that
the Adviser may  otherwise  have.  The  Adviser  shall not be liable  under this
Section  11.3 with  respect to any losses,  claims,  damages,  costs,  expenses,
liabilities or actions to which an Indemnified  Party would otherwise be subject
by  reason  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  or gross  negligence  in the
performance  by that  Indemnified  Party  of its  duties  or by  reason  of such
Indemnified  Party's reckless  disregard of its obligations and duties (i) under
this Agreement, or (ii) to LIFE COMPANY, each Account or Participants.

                  (c) The Adviser  shall not be liable  under this  Section 11.3
with respect to any action against an Indemnified  Party unless the  Indemnified
Party shall have notified the Adviser in writing  promptly  after the summons or
other first legal process  giving  information of the nature of the action shall
have been served upon such Indemnified  Party (or after such  Indemnified  Party
shall have received  notice of such service on any  designated  agent),  but the
Adviser  shall be  relieved of  liability  under this  Section  11.3 only to the
extent  the  indemnifying  party is  damaged  solely by  reason of such  party's
failure to so notify and failure to notify the Adviser of any such action  shall
not relieve the Adviser from any liability  which it may have to the Indemnified
Party  against  whom such  action is brought  otherwise  than on account of this
Section 11.3.  Except as otherwise  provided herein,  in case any such action is
brought  against  an  Indemnified   Party,  the  Adviser  will  be  entitled  to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action and also shall be
entitled to assume the defense thereof (which shall include, without limitation,
the  conduct of any ruling  request and closing  agreement  or other  settlement
proceeding with the IRS), with counsel  approved by the Indemnified  Party named
in the action, which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  After notice
from the Adviser to such Indemnified  Party of the Adviser's  election to assume
the defense  thereof,  the Indemnified  Party will cooperate fully with the Fund
and shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional  counsel  retained by it,
and the  Adviser  will  not be  liable  to such  Indemnified  Party  under  this
Agreement  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
Indemnified  Party  independently in connection with the defense thereof,  other
than reasonable costs of investigation.

                  11.4      Effect of Notice

                  Any notice given by the  indemnifying  party to an Indemnified
Party referred to in Sections 11.1(c), 11.2(c) or 11.3(c) above of participation
in or control of any action by the indemnifying party will in no event be deemed
to be an  admission  by the  indemnifying  party of  liability,  culpability  or
responsibility, and the indemnifying party will remain free to contest liability
with respect to the claim among the Parties or otherwise.

                  11.5      Successors

                  A  successor  by law of any  party  shall be  entitled  to the
benefits of the indemnification contained in this Section 11.

                  11.6      Obligations of the Fund.

                  All  persons  dealing  with the Fund must  look  solely to the
property of the applicable  Portfolio for the  enforcement of any claims against
the Fund as  neither  the Board,  Officers,  agents or  shareholders  assume any
personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

                           Section 12. Applicable Law

                  (a) This Agreement will be construed and the provisions hereof
interpreted  under and in accordance with New York law,  without regard for that
state's principles of conflict of laws.

                  (b) This  Agreement  shall be subject to the provisions of the
1933  Act,  1934 and 1940  acts,  and the  rules  and  regulations  and  rulings
thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations
as the SEC may grant  (including,  but not  limited to, the Order) and the terms
hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

                      Section 13. Execution in Counterparts

                  This Agreement may be executed  simultaneously  in two or more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  with  constitute  one and the same
instrument.

                            Section 14. Severability

                  If any provision of this  Agreement is held or made invalid by
a court decision,  statute,  rule or otherwise,  the remainder of this Agreement
will not be affected thereby.

                          Section 15. Rights Cumulative

                  The  rights,   remedies  and  obligations  contained  in  this
Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and
obligations, at law or in equity, that the Parties are entitled to under federal
and state laws.

                              Section 16. Headings

                  The Table of Contents and headings used in this  Agreement are
for purposes of reference  only and shall not limit or define the meaning of the
provisions of this Agreement.

                           Section 17. Confidentiality

                  Subject to the  requirements  of legal process and  regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of customers of the other party and all  information  reasonably  identified  as
confidential  in writing by any other party  hereto and,  except as permitted by
this Agreement,  shall not,  without the express written consent of the affected
party,  disclose,  disseminate  or utilize  such names and  addresses  and other
confidential information until such time as it may come into the public domain.

                      Section 18. Trademarks and Fund Names

                  (a) Salomon  Brothers Asset Management Inc, the adviser to the
Fund and its affiliates,  own all right, title and interest in and to the names,
trademarks  and service marks  "Salomon"  and "Salomon  Brothers" and such other
tradenames,  trademarks  and service  marks as may be identified to LIFE COMPANY
from time to time (the  "Salomon  licensed  marks").  Upon  termination  of this
Agreement  LIFE  COMPANY  and its  affiliates  shall  cease  to use the  Salomon
licensed marks, except to the extent required by law or regulation.

                  (b) Name of LIFE  COMPANY and its  affiliates,  own all right,
title  and  interest  in  and  to  the  names,   trademarks  and  service  marks
"__________" and such other  tradenames,  trademarks and service marks as may be
identified  to the Adviser  and/or the Fund from time to time (the  "__________"
licensed  marks).  Upon  termination of this Agreement the Fund, the Adviser and
their affiliates shall cease to use the __________ licensed marks, except to the
extent required by law or regulation.

                        Section 19. Parties to Cooperate

                  Each party to this  Agreement  will  cooperate with each other
party  and  all  appropriate   governmental   authorities  (including,   without
limitation,  the SEC, the NASD and state  insurance  regulators) and will permit
each  other and such  authorities  reasonable  access  to its books and  records
(including  copies  thereof) in  connection  with any  investigation  or inquiry
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties have caused this Agreement to
be  executed  in their  names and on their  behalf  by and  through  their  duly
authorized officers signing below.


                   SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS INC


Attest:  __________________                By:   ________________________

Name:    __________________                Name: ________________________

Title:   __________________                Title:________________________


                             SALOMON BROTHERS ASSET
                                 MANAGEMENT INC


Attest:  __________________                 By:   ________________________

Name:    __________________                 Name: ________________________

Title:   __________________                 Title:________________________


                             [Name OF LIFE COMPANY]
                  on behalf of itself and its separate accounts


Attest:  __________________                 By:   ________________________

Name:    __________________                 Name: ________________________

Title:   __________________                 Title:________________________



                                   SCHEDULE A


PORTFOLIOS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACTS



SEPARATE ACCOUNTS UTILIZING THE FUNDS



CONTRACTS FUNDED BY THE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS





                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                                  BY AND AMONG


                             [Name of LIFE COMPANY]
                             ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND
                              ITS SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

                                       AND

                      SALOMON BROTHERS ASSET MANAGEMENT INC

                                       AND

                   SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS INC





                                                                    Exhibit 8(e)

                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


         This Agreement is entered into as of the ___ day of ___________,  1999,
by and among  _________________________  ("Insurer"),  a life insurance  company
organized    under   the   laws   of   the   State   of    ____________________,
__________________ a _____________ corporation ("Contract Distributor"),  LAZARD
ASSET  MANAGEMENT  ("LAM"),  a division  of Lazard  Freres & Co. LLC, a New York
limited  liability  company ("LF & Co."),  and LAZARD  RETIREMENT  SERIES,  INC.
("Fund"), a Maryland corporation (collectively, the "Parties").


ARTICLE I.
                                   DEFINITIONS

         The following  terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set
out below:


1.1. "Act" shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.


1.2. "Board" shall mean the Fund's Board of Directors having the  responsibility
     for management and control of Fund.


1.3. "Business Day" shall mean any day for which Fund calculates net asset value
     per share as described in a Portfolio Prospectus.

1.4. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


1.5. "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.


1.6. "Contract"  shall  mean a  variable  annuity  or  variable  life  insurance
     contract that uses a Portfolio or Fund as an underlying  investment  medium
     and that is named on Schedule 1 hereto, as the Parties may amend in writing
     from time to time by mutual agreement ("Schedule 1").


1.7. "Contract  Prospectus"  shall  mean  the  prospectus  and,  if  applicable,
     statement  of  additional  information,  as  currently  in effect  with the
     Commission,  with respect to the  Contracts,  including any  supplements or
     amendments  thereto.  All  references to "Contract  Prospectuses"  shall be
     deemed to also include all offering  documents and other materials relating
     to any Contract that is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended ("1933 Act").


1.8. "Contractholder" shall mean any person that is a party to a Contract with a
     Participating  Company.  Individuals who participate under a group Contract
     are "Participants."


1.9. "Disinterested  Board  Members"  shall mean those members of the Board that
     are not deemed to be "interested persons" of Fund, as defined by the Act.



1.10. "General Account" shall mean the general account of Insurer.


1.11."Participating  Company"  shall  mean  any  insurance  company,   including
     Insurer,  that offers  variable  annuity  and/or  variable  life  insurance
     contracts to the public and that has entered  into an  agreement  with Fund
     for the purpose of making Fund shares  available to serve as the underlying
     investment medium for Contracts.

1.12. "Portfolio" shall mean each series of Fund named on Schedule 1.


1.13."Portfolio   Prospectus"   shall  mean  the  prospectus  and  statement  of
     additional  information,  as currently in effect with the Commission,  with
     respect to the Portfolios, including any supplements or amendments thereto.


1.14."Separate  Account"  shall  mean a separate  account  duly  established  by
     Insurer in accordance  with the laws of the State of ___________  and named
     on Schedule 1.


ARTICLE II.
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


2.1.     Insurer represents and warrants that:


(a)  it is an  insurance  company  duly  organized  and in good  standing  under
     ____________ law;

(b)  it has legally and validly  established  and shall  maintain  each Separate
     Account  pursuant to the  insurance  laws and  regulations  of the State of
     ___________;

(c)  it has  registered  and shall  maintain the  registration  of each Separate
     Account as a unit investment trust under the Act, to the extent required by
     the Act, to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts;

(d)  each  Separate  Account is and at all times  shall be eligible to invest in
     shares of Fund without such investment  disqualifying Fund as an investment
     medium for insurance company separate accounts  supporting variable annuity
     contracts and/or variable life insurance contracts;

(e)  each  Separate  Account is and at all times  shall be a  "segregated  asset
     account," and  interests in each  Separate  Account that are offered to the
     public shall be issued exclusively  through the purchase of a Contract that
     is and at all times  shall be a "variable  contract"  within the meaning of
     such terms under  Section 817 of the Code and the  regulations  thereunder.
     Insurer agrees to notify Fund and LAM immediately  upon having a reasonable
     basis for believing  that such  requirements  have ceased to be met or that
     they might not be met in the future;

(f)  the  Contracts  are and at all times  shall be treated  as life  insurance,
     endowment or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code, and
     it shall  notify  Fund  immediately  upon  having a  reasonable  basis  for
     believing  that the  Contracts  have  ceased to be so  treated or that they
     might not be so treated in the future; and

(g)  all of its employees  and agents who deal with the money and/or  securities
     of Fund are and at all times shall be covered by a blanket fidelity bond or
     similar  coverage  in an amount not less than the  coverage  required to be
     maintained by Fund. The aforesaid  bond shall include  coverage for larceny
     and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.


2.2. Insurer and Distributor represent and warrant that (a) units of interest in
each Separate Account available through the purchase of Contracts are registered
under the 1933 Act, to the extent required  thereby;  (b) the Contracts shall be
issued and sold in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with all  applicable
federal and state laws;  and (c) the sale of the  Contracts  shall comply in all
material  respects with state  insurance  law  requirements.  Insurer  agrees to
inform Fund promptly of any investment  restrictions  imposed by state insurance
law and applicable to Fund.


2.3  Distributor  represents  and warrants that it is and at all times shall be:
(a)  registered  with the  Commission as a  broker-dealer,  (b) a member in good
standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD");  and
(c) a ___________  corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing  under the laws of the  State of  _________________,  with full  power,
authority,  and legal  right to  execute,  deliver,  and  perform its duties and
comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

A.       Fund represents and warrants that:

(a)  it is and shall  remain  registered  with the  Commission  as an  open-end,
     management investment company under the Act to the extent required thereby;

(b)  its  shares  are  registered  under  the  1933 Act to the  extent  required
     thereby;

(c)  it  possesses,  and shall  maintain,  all legal  and  regulatory  licenses,
     approvals,  consents and/or exemptions required for it to operate and offer
     its shares as an underlying investment medium for the Contracts;

(d)  each  Portfolio  is  qualified  as a  regulated  investment  company  under
     Subchapter  M of the Code,  it shall make  every  effort to  maintain  such
     qualification,  and it  shall  notify  Insurer  immediately  upon  having a
     reasonable  basis  for  believing  that any  Portfolio  invested  in by the
     Separate  Account  has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify
     in the future;

(e)  each  Portfolio's  assets  shall be managed  and  invested in a manner that
     complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  817(h)  of the Code and the
     regulations thereunder, to the extent applicable; and

(f)  all of its directors,  officers, employees,  investment advisers, and other
     individuals/entities  who deal with the money and/or securities of Fund are
     and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or
     similar  coverage  for the  benefit of Fund in an amount not less than that
     required  by Rule 17g-1 under the Act.  The  aforesaid  bond shall  include
     coverage  for larceny and  embezzlement  and shall be issued by a reputable
     bonding company.


2.5 LAM represents and warrants that LF & Co., the principal underwriter of each
Portfolio's  shares,  that it is and at all times shall be: (a) registered  with
the  Commission as a  broker-dealer,  (b) a member in good standing of the NASD;
and (c) a New York limited liability  company duly organized,  validly existing,
and in good standing  under the laws of the State of New York,  with full power,
authority,  and legal  right to  execute,  deliver,  and  perform its duties and
comply with its  obligations  under this Agreement.  LAM further  represents and
warrants  that it  shall  sell  the  shares  of the  Portfolios  to  Insurer  in
compliance  in all  material  respects  with all  applicable  federal  and state
securities laws.


ARTICLE III.
                                   FUND SHARES


3.2. Fund agrees to make the shares of each Portfolio  available for purchase by
Insurer and each  Separate  Account at net asset value and without sales charge,
subject to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement.  Fund may refuse to sell
the shares of any Portfolio to any person,  or suspend or terminate the offering
of the  shares  of  any  Portfolio  if  such  action  is  required  by law or by
regulatory  authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the
Board,  acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary  duties under federal
and any  applicable  state  laws,  necessary  and in the best  interests  of the
shareholders of such Portfolio.


3.3.  Fund agrees that it shall sell  shares of the  Portfolios  only to persons
eligible to invest in the  Portfolios in accordance  with Section  817(h) of the
Code and the regulations thereunder,  to the extent such Section and regulations
are applicable.


3.4. Except as noted in this Article III, Fund and Insurer agree that orders and
related  payments to purchase and redeem  Portfolio shares shall be processed in
the manner set out in  Schedule 2 hereto,  as the  Parties  may amend in writing
from time to time by mutual agreement.


3.11.  Fund shall  confirm each  purchase or  redemption  order made by Insurer.
Transfer of Portfolio shares shall be by book entry only. No share  certificates
shall be issued to  Insurer.  Shares  ordered  from Fund shall be recorded in an
appropriate title for Insurer, on behalf of each Separate or General Account.



3.13.  Fund shall promptly  notify Insurer of the amount of dividend and capital
gain, if any, per share of each Portfolio to which Insurer is entitled.  Insurer
hereby  elects to reinvest all  dividends  and capital gains of any Portfolio in
additional  shares of that Portfolio at the  applicable  net asset value,  until
Insurer otherwise notifies Fund in writing. Insurer reserves the right to revoke
this  election  and to  receive  all such  income  dividends  and  capital  gain
distributions in cash.


ARTICLE IV.
                             STATEMENTS AND REPORTS


4.1.  Fund shall  provide  Insurer  with  monthly  statements  of account by the
fifteenth (15th) Business Day of the following month.


4.2. At least  annually,  Fund or its designee  shall provide  Insurer,  free of
charge,  with as many Portfolio  Prospectuses as Insurer may reasonably  request
for distribution by Insurer to existing  Contractholders  and Participants  that
have invested in that Portfolio.  Fund or its designee shall provide Insurer, at
Insurer's expense, with as many Portfolio Prospectuses as Insurer may reasonably
request for distribution by Insurer to prospective  purchasers of Contracts.  If
requested by Insurer in lieu  thereof,  Fund or its designee  shall provide such
documentation  (including a "camera ready" copy of each Portfolio  Prospectus as
set in type or, at the request of Insurer, as a diskette in the form sent to the
financial printer) and other assistance as is reasonably  necessary in order for
the Parties once a year (or more  frequently if the Portfolio  Prospectuses  are
supplemented  or amended) to have the Contract  Prospectuses  and the  Portfolio
Prospectuses printed together in one document.


4.3. Fund shall provide Insurer with copies of each Portfolio's proxy materials,
notices,  periodic  reports and other  printed  materials  (which the  Portfolio
customarily   provides  to  its  shareholders)  in  quantities  as  Insurer  may
reasonably  request  for  distribution  by  Insurer to each  Contractholder  and
Participant that has invested in that Portfolio.


4.4.  Fund  shall  provide  to  Insurer  at  least  one  complete  copy  of  all
registration  statements,  Portfolio  Prospectuses,  reports,  proxy statements,
sales literature and other promotional  materials,  applications for exemptions,
requests for no-action  letters,  and all  amendments to any of the above,  that
relate to Fund or its shares, contemporaneously with the filing of such document
with the Commission or other regulatory authorities.


4.5.  Insurer  shall  provide  to Fund at  least  one  copy of all  registration
statements,  Contract Prospectuses,  reports, proxy statements, sales literature
and other  promotional  materials,  applications  for  exemptions,  requests for
no-action  letters,  and all amend-ments to any of the above, that relate to the
Contracts  or a  Separate  Account,  contemp-oraneously  with the filing of such
document with the Commission or the NASD.


ARTICLE V.
                                    EXPENSES


5.1. Except as otherwise  specifically provided herein, each Party will bear all
expenses incident to its performance under this Agreement.


ARTICLE VI.
                                EXEMPTIVE RELIEF


6.1. Insurer acknowledges that it has reviewed a copy of Fund's mixed and shared
funding  exemptive  order  ("Order")  and,  in  particular,   has  reviewed  the
conditions to the relief set forth in the related notice ("Notice"). As required
by the conditions set forth in the Notice, Insurer shall report any potential or
existing  conflicts  promptly  to the  Board.  In  addition,  Insurer  shall  be
responsible for assisting the Board in carrying out its  responsibilities  under
the Order by providing the Board with all information necessary for the Board to
consider any issues raised, including, without limitation,  information whenever
Contract voting instructions are disregarded.  Insurer, at least annually, shall
submit to the Board such reports, materials, or data as the Board may reasonably
request so that the Board may carry out fully the obligations imposed upon it by
the Order. Insurer agrees to carry out such  responsibilities with a view to the
interests of existing Contractholders.


6.2. If a majority of the Board, or a majority of  Disinterested  Board Members,
determines  that a  material  irreconcilable  conflict  exists  with  regard  to
Contractholder  investments  in Fund,  the Board shall give prompt notice to all
Participating Companies. If the Board determines that Insurer is a Participating
Insurance  Company for whom the conflict is relevant,  Insurer shall at its sole
cost and expense,  and to the extent reasonably  practicable (as determined by a
majority of the Disinterested  Board Members),  take such action as is necessary
to remedy or eliminate the  irreconcilable  material  conflict.  Such  necessary
action may include, but shall not be limited to:


(a)  Withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all Separate Accounts from Fund
     or any  Portfolio  and  reinvesting  such assets in a different  investment
     medium,  or submitting the question of whether such  segregation  should be
     implemented to a vote of all affected  Contractholders and, as appropriate,
     segregating the assets of any appropriate  group (i.e.  variable annuity or
     variable  life  insurance  contract  owners)  that  votes  in favor of such
     segregation; and/or


(b)  Establishing a new registered management investment company.


6.3. If a material  irreconcilable  conflict arises as a result of a decision by
Insurer  to  disregard  Contractholder  voting  instructions  and that  decision
represents  a  minority  position  or  would  preclude  a  majority  vote by all
Contractholders  having an interest in Fund,  Insurer  may be  required,  at the
Board's election, to withdraw the investments of its Separate Accounts in Fund.


6.4.  For the purpose of this  Article,  a majority of the  Disinterested  Board
Members shall  determine  whether any proposed  action  adequately  remedies any
material  irreconcilable  conflict.  In no event  shall Fund or LAM or any other
investment adviser of Fund be required to bear the expense of establishing a new
funding  medium for any Contract.  Insurer shall not be required by this Article
to establish a new funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been
declined by vote of a majority of the  Contractholders  materially and adversely
affected by the material irreconcilable conflict.


6.5.  No action  by  Insurer  taken or  omitted,  and no action by the  Separate
Account  or Fund  taken or  omitted  as a result of any act or failure to act by
Insurer  pursuant to this Article VI shall  relieve  Insurer of its  obligations
under or otherwise affect the operation of Article V.


ARTICLE VII.
                              VOTING OF FUND SHARES

7.1. Insurer shall provide pass-through voting privileges to all Contractholders
or  Participants  as long as the  Commission  continues to interpret  the Act as
requiring  pass-through  voting privileges for  Contractholders or Participants.
Accordingly, Insurer, where applicable, shall vote shares of a Portfolio held in
each Separate  Account in a manner  consistent with voting  instructions  timely
received from its Contractholders or Participants.  Insurer shall be responsible
for assuring that the Separate Account  calculates voting privileges in a manner
consistent  with other  Participating  Companies.  Insurer shall vote shares for
which it has not received timely voting instructions, as well as shares it owns,
in the same proportion as it votes those shares for which it has received voting
instructions.

7.2. If and to the extent Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T)  under the Act are amended,
or if Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide  exemptive  relief from any provision of
the Act or the rules  thereunder  with  respect to mixed and  shared  funding on
terms and conditions  materially  different  from any exemptions  granted in the
Order, then Fund, and/or the Participating Companies, as appropriate, shall take
such steps as may be  necessary  to comply with Rule 6e-2 and Rule  6e-3(T),  as
amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such Rules are applicable.


ARTICLE VIII.
                                    MARKETING



8.1.  Fund  or  LF & Co.  shall  periodically  furnish  Insurer  with  Portfolio
Prospectuses  and  sales  literature  or other  promotional  materials  for each
Portfolio,  in quantities as Insurer may reasonably  request for distribution to
prospective  purchasers of Contract.  Expenses for the printing and distribution
of such documents shall be borne by Insurer.


8.2.  Insurer shall  designate  certain  persons or entities that shall have the
requisite  licenses to solicit  applications for the sale of Contracts.  Insurer
shall make reasonable  efforts to market the Contracts and shall comply with all
applicable federal and state laws in connection therewith.


8.3. Insurer shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished,  to Fund, each piece
of sales literature or other promotional  material in which Fund, LAM, LF & Co.,
Fund's  administrator is named, at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to its
use. No such  material  shall be used unless Fund or its designee  approves such
material.  Such approval (if given) must be in writing and shall be presumed not
given if not  received  within  ten (10)  Business  Days  after  receipt of such
material.  Fund shall use all  reasonable  efforts to respond within ten days of
receipt.


8.4.  Insurer  shall not give any  information  or make any  representations  or
statements on behalf of Fund, LAM, LF & Co., or concerning Fund or any Portfolio
in  connection  with the sale of the  Contracts  other than the  information  or
representations   contained  in  the  registration   statement  or  a  Portfolio
Prospectus,  as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in
reports or proxy statements for each Portfolio,  or in sales literature or other
promotional material approved by Fund.


8.5. Fund shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished,  to Insurer, each piece
of the Fund's sales literature or other promotional material in which Insurer or
a Separate  Account is named,  at least  fifteen (15) Business Days prior to its
use. No such material shall be used unless Insurer approves such material.  Such
approval  (if given) must be in writing  and shall be presumed  not given if not
received  within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.  Insurer
shall use all reasonable efforts to respond within ten days of receipt.


8.6. Fund shall not, in connection with the sale of Portfolio  shares,  give any
information  or make any  representations  on behalf of  Insurer  or  concerning
Insurer,  a Separate  Account,  or the Contracts  other than the  information or
representations  contained in a registration  statement for the Contracts or the
Contract  Prospectus,  as the same may be amended or  supplemented  from time to
time, or in published  reports for each Separate  Account that are in the public
domain  or  approved  by  Insurer  for   distribution  to   Contractholders   or
Participants,  or in sales literature or other promotional  material approved by
Insurer.


8.7. For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the phrase  "sales  literature  or other
promotional  material" or words of similar import include,  without  limitation,
advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use, in a newspaper,
magazine or other periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,
videotape display, signs or billboards,  motion pictures or other public media),
sales  literature  (such  as  any  written  communication  distributed  or  made
generally available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,
research reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, or reprints or
excerpts of any other  advertisement,  sales literature,  or published article),
educational or training  materials or other  communications  distributed or made
generally available to some or all agents or employees, prospectuses, statements
of additional  information,  shareholder  reports and proxy  materials,  and any
other material  constituting  sales literature or advertising under the rules of
the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"),  the Act or the
1933 Act.


ARTICLE IX.
                                 INDEMNIFICATION


9.1.  Insurer and  Distributor  each agree to indemnify and hold harmless  Fund,
LAM, any sub-investment adviser of a Portfolio,  and their affiliates,  and each
of their respective directors,  trustees, general members, officers,  employees,
agents and each person,  if any, who controls or is  associated  with any of the
foregoing  entities or persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act (collectively,
the  "Indemnified  Parties" for purposes of this  Section),  against any and all
losses,   claims,  damages  or  liabilities  joint  or  several  (including  any
investigative,  legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with,
and any amounts paid in  settlement  of, any action,  suit or  proceeding or any
claim asserted)  (collectively,  "Losses") for which the Indemnified Parties may
become  subject,  under the 1933 Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such  Losses (or
actions in respect to thereof):

(a)  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
statement of any material  fact  (collectively  "materially  untrue  statement")
contained in any registration statement, Contract Prospectus, Contract, or sales
literature or other  promotional  material relating to a Separate Account or the
Contracts (collectively, "Account documents"), or arise out of or are based upon
the omission or the alleged  omission to state  therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading
(collectively "material omission");

(b) arise out of or are based upon any materially  untrue  statement or material
omission made in any  registration  statement,  Portfolio  Prospectus,  or sales
literature  or  other  promotional  material  relating  to Fund  or a  Portfolio
(collectively,  "Portfolio documents"),  provided such statement or omission was
made in reliance upon and in conformity with information  provided in writing to
Fund by or on behalf of Insurer specifically for use therein;

(c) arise out of or as a result of  statements  or  representations  (other than
statements  or  representations  contained  in any  Portfolio  document on which
Insurer or Distributor  have reasonably  relied) or wrongful conduct of Insurer,
Distributor,  their  respective  agents,  and  persons  under  their  respective
control,  with  respect to the sale and  distribution  of Contracts or Portfolio
shares;


(d) arise out of any material breach of any representation  and/or warranty made
by Insurer or Distributor in this Agreement,  or arise out of or result from any
other material breach of this Agreement by Insurer or Distributor; or

(e) arise out of Insurer's  incorrect  calculation  and/or untimely reporting of
net purchase or redemption orders.


Insurer and Distributor shall reimburse any Indemnified Party in connection with
investigating  or  defending  any Loss  (or  actions  in  respect  to  thereof);
provided,  however,  that with respect to clause (a) above  neither  Insurer nor
Distributor  shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any Loss arises
out of or is based upon any  materially  untrue  statement or material  omission
made in any Account documents,  which statement or omission was made in reliance
upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to Insurer by or on
behalf of Fund specifically for use therein.  This indemnity  agreement shall be
in addition to any liability that Insurer or Distributor may otherwise have.


9.2.  Fund and LAM each  agree  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Insurer  and
Distributor and each of their respective directors,  officers, employees, agents
and each  person,  if any, who controls  Insurer or  Distributor  (collectively,
"Indemnified  Parties" for purposes of this  Section)  within the meaning of the
1933 Act  against any Losses to which they or any  Indemnified  Party may become
subject, under the 1933 Act or otherwise,  insofar as such Losses (or actions in
respect thereof):

(a)  arise out of or are  based  upon any  materially  untrue  statement  or any
material omission made in any Portfolio document;

(b)  arise out of or are  based  upon any  materially  untrue  statement  or any
material  omission  made in any Account  document,  provided  such  statement or
omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with  information  provided
in writing to Insurer by or on behalf of Fund specifically for use therein;

(c) arise out of or as a result of  statements  or  representations  (other than
statements or representations contained in any Account document on which Fund or
LAM have reasonably  relied) or wrongful  conduct of Fund, LAM, their respective
agents, and persons under their respective control,  with respect to the sale of
Portfolio Shares; or

(d) arise out of any material breach of any representation  and/or warranty made
by Fund or LAM in this  Agreement,  or arise  out of or  result  from any  other
material breach of this Agreement by Fund or LAM.


Fund and LAM shall reimburse any legal or other expenses  reasonably incurred by
any  Indemnified  Party in connection with  investigating  or defending any such
Loss; provided,  however, that with respect to clause (a) above neither Fund nor
LAM shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Loss arises out
of or is based upon an materially  untrue statement or material omission made in
any Portfolio  document,  which  statement or omission was made in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information  furnished to Fund by or on behalf of
Insurer  specifically  for use therein.  This  indemnity  agreement  shall be in
addition to any liability that Fund or LAM may otherwise have.

9.3.  Fund and LAM shall  indemnify and hold Insurer  harmless  against any Loss
that  Insurer may incur,  suffer or be  required to pay due to Fund's  incorrect
calculation  of the  daily  net  asset  value,  dividend  rate or  capital  gain
distribution rate of a Portfolio or incorrect or untimely reporting of the same;
provided,  however,  that Fund shall have no  obligation  to indemnify  and hold
harmless Insurer if the incorrect calculation or incorrect or untimely reporting
was the result of incorrect or untimely information furnished by or on behalf of
Insurer or  otherwise  as a result of or  relating to  Insurer's  breach of this
Agreement.  In no event shall Fund be liable for any consequential,  incidental,
special or indirect damages resulting to Insurer hereunder.


Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  in no event shall Fund or LAM
be liable to any individual or entity, including without limitation, Insurer, or
any Participating  Insurance Company or any Contractholder,  with respect to any
Losses that arise out of or result from:

(a) a breach of any  representation,  warranty,  and/or covenant made by Insurer
hereunder  or  by  any  Participating   Insurance  Company  under  an  agreement
containing substantially similar representations, warranties and covenants;

(b) the failure by Insurer or any  Participating  Insurance  Company to maintain
its separate  account  (which invests in any Portfolio) as a legally and validly
established  segregated  asset account under  applicable state law and as a duly
registered unit investment  trust under the provisions of the Act (unless exempt
therefrom); or

(c) the failure by Insurer or any  Participating  Insurance  Company to maintain
its variable  annuity and/or variable life insurance  contracts (with respect to
which any Portfolio serves as an underlying  funding vehicle) as life insurance,
endowment or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code.

A.  Further,  neither Fund nor LAM shall have any  liability  for any failure or
alleged  failure  to comply  with the  diversification  requirements  of Section
817(h) of the Code or the regulations thereunder if Insurer fails to comply with
any of the following clauses, and such failure could be shown to have materially
contributed to the liability:


(a) In the event the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  asserts in writing in
connection  with any  governmental  audit or review of Insurer or, to  Insurer's
knowledge,  of any  Contractholder,  that any  Portfolio has failed or allegedly
failed to comply with the diversification  requirements of Section 817(h) of the
Code or the  regulations  thereunder or Insurer  otherwise  becomes aware of any
facts that  could give rise to any claim  against  Fund or its  affiliates  as a
result of such a failure or alleged failure,


          (i)  Insurer shall promptly notify Fund of such assertion or potential
               claim;


          (ii) Insurer  shall  consult  with  Fund  as to  how to  minimize  any
               liability  that may arise as a result of such  failure or alleged
               failure;


          (iii)Insurer  shall use its best efforts to minimize any  liability of
               Fund or its affiliates  resulting  from such failure,  including,
               without   limitation,   demonstrating,   pursuant   to   Treasury
               Regulations Section 1.817-5(a)(2), to the Commissioner of the IRS
               that such failure was inadvertent;


          (iv) Insurer  shall permit Fund,  its  affiliates  and their legal and
               accounting advisors to participate in any conferences, settlement
               discussions  or other  administrative  or judicial  proceeding or
               contests  (including  judicial appeals thereof) with the IRS, any
               Contractholder  or any other  claimant  regarding any claims that
               could  give  rise to  liability  to Fund or its  affiliates  as a
               result of such a failure or alleged failure;


          (v)  any written  materials to be submitted by Insurer to the IRS, any
               Contractholder  or any other  claimant in connection  with any of
               the  foregoing   proceedings  or  contests  (including,   without
               limitation,  any  such  materials  to be  submitted  to  the  IRS
               pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.817-5(a)(2)), shall be
               provided  by  Insurer  to  Fund  (together  with  any  supporting
               information or analysis) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to
               the day on which such proposed  materials are to be submitted and
               shall not be submitted by Insurer to any such person  without the
               express  written  consent of Fund which shall not be unreasonably
               withheld;


          (vi) Insurer shall provide Fund or its affiliates and their accounting
               and legal advisors with such cooperation as Fund shall reasonably
               request (including,  without  limitation,  by permitting Fund and
               its  accounting  and legal  advisors to review the relevant books
               and records of Insurer) in order to facilitate  review by Fund or
               its advisors of any written  submissions  provided to it pursuant
               to the  preceding  clause or its  assessment  of the  validity or
               amount of any claim  against its  arising  from such a failure or
               alleged failure; and



          (vii)Insurer  shall  not with  respect  to any claim of the IRS or any
               Contractholder  that would give rise to a claim  against  Fund or
               its  affiliates  compromise  or  settle  any  claim,  accept  any
               adjustment on audit,  or forego any allowable  judicial  appeals,
               without the express  written  consent of Fund or its  affiliates,
               which shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  provided that Insurer
               shall not be  required to appeal any  adverse  judicial  decision
               unless Fund or its  affiliates  shall have provided an opinion of
               independent  counsel to the effect that a reasonable basis exists
               for taking such appeal.

Promptly after receipt by an  indemnified  party under this Article of notice of
the  commencement  of any action,  such  indemnified  party shall, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Article,
notify the  indemnifying  party of the commencement  thereof.  The failure to so
notify the indemnifying  party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any
liability under this Article IX, except to the extent that the omission  results
in a failure of actual notice to the  indemnifying  party and such  indemnifying
party is damaged solely as a result of the failure to give such notice.  In case
any such action is brought  against any indemnified  party,  and it notified the
indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof, the indemnifying party shall be
entitled to participate  therein and, to the extent that it may wish, assume the
defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and to the
extent  that the  indemnifying  party  has given  notice  to such  effect to the
indemnified  party and is performing  its  obligations  under this Article,  the
indemnifying  party  shall  not be  liable  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof,  other than  reasonable  costs of  investigation.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, in any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to
retain its own counsel,  but the fees and  expenses of such counsel  shall be at
the expense of such indemnified party unless (a) the indemnifying  party and the
indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or
(b) the named parties to any such proceeding  (including any impleaded  parties)
include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation
of both  parties by the same  counsel  would be  inappropriate  due to actual or
potential  differing interests between them. The indemnifying party shall not be
liable  for any  settlement  of any  proceeding  effected  without  its  written
consent.

           A successor by law of any Party to this  Agreement  shall be entitled
           to the benefits of the indemnification  contained in this Article IX,
           which shall survive any termination of this Agreement.


ARTICLE X.
                          COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION


10.1. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue
in force until terminated in accordance with the provisions herein.


10.2.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  without  penalty  as to  one  or  more
Portfolios:

(a) At the option of  Insurer,  Distributor,  Fund,  or LAM at any time from the
date hereof  upon 180 days'  notice,  unless a shorter  time is agreed to by the
Parties;

(b) At the option of Insurer if it  determines  that shares of any Portfolio are
not reasonably  available to meet the  requirements  of the  Contracts.  Insurer
shall furnish  prompt notice of election to terminate and  termination  shall be
effective  ten days  after  receipt of notice  unless  Fund  makes  available  a
sufficient  number of shares to meet the  requirements  of the Contracts  within
such ten day period;

(c) At the option of Insurer or Fund, upon the institution of formal proceedings
against the other or their respective affiliates by the Commission,  the NASD or
any other  regulatory  body,  the expected or  anticipated  ruling,  judgment or
outcome  of  which  would,  in the  Insurer's  or  Fund's  reasonable  judgment,
materially  impair the other's  ability to meet and perform its  obligations and
duties  hereunder.  Prompt notice of election to terminate shall be furnished by
Insurer or Fund,  as the case may be,  with  termination  to be  effective  upon
receipt of notice;

(d) At the option of Insurer or Fund,  if either  shall  determine,  in its sole
judgment  reasonably  exercised  in good  faith,  that the other has  suffered a
material adverse change in its business or financial condition or is the subject
of material  adverse  publicity  and such  material  adverse  change or material
adverse  publicity is likely to have a material adverse impact upon the business
and operation of the Insurer,  Fund or LAM, as the case may be.  Insurer or Fund
shall  notify the other in writing of any such  determination  and its intent to
terminate this Agreement,  which  termination shall be effective on the sixtieth
(60th) day following the giving of such notice,  provided the  determination  of
Insurer or Fund, as the case may be, continues to apply on that date.


(e) Upon  termination of the Investment  Management  Agreement  between Fund, on
behalf of its Portfolios,  and LAM or its successors unless Insurer specifically
approves the  selection of a new  investment  adviser for the  Portfolios.  Fund
shall promptly furnish notice of such termination to Insurer;


(f) In the  event  Portfolio  shares  are  not  registered,  issued  or  sold in
accordance  with  applicable  federal law, or such law precludes the use of such
shares as the underlying  investment  medium of Contracts issued or to be issued
by Insurer.  Termination  shall be effective  immediately  upon such  occurrence
without notice;

(g) At the option of Fund upon a  determination  by the Board in good faith that
it is no longer  advisable and in the best interests of shareholders for Fund to
continue to operate pursuant to this Agreement.  Termination  shall be effective
upon notice by Fund to Insurer of such termination;

(h) At the option of Fund if the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts
or life insurance policies, as applicable, under the Code, or if Fund reasonably
believes  that  the  Contracts  may  fail to so  qualify.  Termination  shall be
effective immediately upon such occurrence or reasonable belief without notice;

(i) At the option of any Party, upon another's breach of any material  provision
this  Agreement,  which  breach  has not been cured to the  satisfaction  of the
non-breaching  Parties  within ten days after  written  notice of such breach is
delivered to the breaching Party;

(j) At the option of Fund, if the Contracts are not  registered,  issued or sold
in accordance with  applicable  federal and/or state law.  Termination  shall be
effective immediately upon such occurrence without notice;

(k) Upon assignment of this  Agreement,  unless made with the written consent of
the non-assigning Parties.

         Any such  termination  pursuant to this  Article X shall not affect the
operation  of Articles V or IX of this  Agreement.  The  Parties  agree that any
termination pursuant to Article VI shall be governed by that Article.


10.3. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.2
hereof,  Fund and LAM may,  at the option of Fund,  continue  to make  available
additional  Portfolio  shares for so long as Fund desires  pursuant to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement as provided below,  for all Contracts in effect
on the effective date of termination of this Agreement  (hereinafter referred to
as "Existing Contracts"). Specifically, without limitation, if Fund so elects to
make additional Portfolio shares available, the owners of the Existing Contracts
or Insurer, whichever shall have legal authority to do so, shall be permitted to
reallocate   investments  among  the  Portfolios,   redeem  investments  in  the
Portfolios  and/or  invest  in the  Portfolios  upon the  making  of  additional
purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. In the event of a termination of
this  Agreement  pursuant  to Section  10.2  hereof,  Fund,  as  promptly  as is
practicable  under the  circumstances,  shall notify Insurer  whether Fund shall
continue to make Portfolio shares available after such termination. If Portfolio
shares continue to be made available after such  termination,  the provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in effect and thereafter  either Fund or Insurer may
terminate the  Agreement,  as so continued  pursuant to this Section 10.3,  upon
prior written notice to the other  Parties,  such notice to be for a period that
is reasonable  under the  circumstances  but, if given by Fund,  need not be for
more than six months.


10.1. In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.2
hereof,  the Parties  agree to cooperate and give  reasonable  assistance to one
another  in taking  all  necessary  and  appropriate  steps for the  purpose  of
ensuring that a Separate Account owns no shares of a Portfolio beyond six months
from the date of  termination.  Such  steps  may  include,  without  limitation,
substituting other mutual fund shares for those of the affected Portfolio.


ARTICLE XI.
                                   AMENDMENTS


11.1. Any changes in the terms of this  Agreement  shall be made by agreement in
writing by the Parties hereto.


ARTICLE XII.
                                     NOTICE


12.1.  Each notice  required by this Agreement shall be given by certified mail,
return receipt requested, to the appropriate Parties at the following addresses:

           Insurer:



           Distributor:



           Fund:                    Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.
                                    30 Rockefeller Plaza
                                    New York, New York 10112
                                    Attention: Steven Swain

           LAM:                     Lazard Asset Management
                                    30 Rockefeller Plaza
                                    New York, New York 10112
                                    Attention: William Butterly

             with copies to:        Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
                                    180 Maiden Lane
                                    New York, New York 10038-4982
                                    Attn: Stuart H. Coleman, Esq.

         Notice  shall be  deemed  to be given  on the  date of  receipt  by the
         addresses as evidenced by the return receipt.


ARTICLE XIII.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS


13.1.  This  Agreement  has  been  executed  on  behalf  of the  Parties  by the
undersigned duly authorized officers in their capacities as officers of Insurer,
Distributor, LAM, and Fund.\


13.1.  If any  provision  of this  Agreement  is held or made invalid by a court
decision,  statute, rule, or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not
be affected thereby.


13.1.  The rights,  remedies,  and  obligations  contained in this Agreement are
cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights,  remedies and obligations,
at law or in equity,  that the Parties are  entitled to under  federal and state
laws.


13.1. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts,
each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


ARTICLE XIV.
                                       LAW


14.1.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement to be duly
executed and attested as of the date first above written.

                                                     [NAME OF INSURANCE COMPANY]


                                                     By:

Attest:_____________________


                                                     [NAME OF DISTRIBUTOR]


                                                     By:

Attest:_____________________


                                                  LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.


                                                     By:

Attest:_____________________


                                          LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC
                                          a division of Lazard Freres & Co., LLC


                                                     By:

Attest:______________________


<PAGE>



                                                                      SCHEDULE 1



Portfolios


Lazard Retirement  Emerging Markets Portfolio Lazard Retirement Equity Portfolio
Lazard Retirement Global Equity Portfolio Lazard Retirement International Equity
Portfolio  Lazard  Retirement   International   Fixed-Income   Portfolio  Lazard
Retirement  International  Small  Cap  Portfolio  Lazard  Retirement  Small  Cap
Portfolio Lazard Retirement Strategic Yield Portfolio


Separate Accounts and Contracts


                                                                      SCHEDULE 2

                        PORTFOLIO SHARE ORDER PROCESSING

Timely Pricing and Orders

1. Each Business  Day, Fund shall use its best efforts to make each  Portfolio's
closing net asset value per share  ("NAV") on that Day  available  to Insurer by
6:30 p.m. New York time.

2. At the end of each Business Day, Insurer shall use the information  described
above to calculate each Separate  Account's unit values for that Day. Using this
unit value,  Insurer  shall  process that Day's  Contract  and Separate  Account
transactions to determine the net dollar amount of each Portfolio's shares to be
purchased or redeemed.

3.  Insurer  shall  transmit net  purchase or  redemption  orders to Fund or its
designee by 9:00 a.m. New York time on the Business Day next following Insurer's
receipt of the information  relating to such orders in accordance with paragraph
1 above;  provided,  however, that Fund shall provide additional time to Insurer
in the event Fund is unable to meet the 6:30 p.m.  deadline  stated above.  Such
additional  time shall be equal to the  additional  time that Fund takes to make
the net asset values available to Insurer. For informational  purposes,  Insurer
shall  separately  describe the amount of shares of each Portfolio that is being
purchased,  redeemed, or exchanged from one Portfolio to the other. In addition,
Insurer  shall use its best  efforts to notify Fund in advance of any  unusually
large purchase or redemption orders.


Timely Payments

4. Insurer shall pay for any net purchase  order by wiring Federal Funds to Fund
or its  designated  custodial  account  by 12:00  noon New York time on the same
Business Day it transmits the order to Fund pursuant to paragraph 3 above.

5. Fund shall pay for any net redemption order by wiring the redemption proceeds
to Insurer,  except as provided  below,  within three (3) Business Days or, upon
notice to Insurer,  such  longer  period as  permitted  by the Act or the rules,
orders or regulations thereunder. In the case of any net redemption order valued
at or greater  than $1 million,  Fund shall wire such  amount to Insurer  within
seven days of the order. In the case of any net redemption  order requesting the
application  of proceeds from the  redemption of one  Portfolio's  shares to the
purchase of another  Portfolio's  shares,  Fund shall so apply such proceeds the
same Business Day that Insurer transmits such order to Fund.


Applicable Price

9. If Fund provides Insurer with materially  incorrect net asset value per share
information  through no fault of  Insurer,  Insurer,  on behalf of the  Separate
Account, shall be entitled to an adjustment to the number of shares purchased or
redeemed to reflect the  correct  net asset value per share in  accordance  with
Fund's current policies for correcting pricing errors. Any material error in the
calculation of net asset value per share,  dividend or capital gain  information
shall be reported promptly upon discovery to Insurer.



                                                                    Exhibit 8(f)


                         FORM OF PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT,  made and entered into this __ day of ________, 1998 by
and between GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE  INSURANCE TRUST, an unincorporated  business
trust formed under the laws of Delaware (the "Trust"),  GOLDMAN,  SACHS & CO., a
New York limited partnership (the  "Distributor"),  and  _________________  LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY, a ________ life insurance company (the "Company"), on its own
behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company identified herein.

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is a  series-type  mutual fund  offering  shares of
beneficial  interest  (the "Trust  shares")  consisting  of one or more separate
series  ("Series")  of shares,  each such Series  representing  an interest in a
particular  investment  portfolio of securities and other assets (a "Fund"), and
which Series may be subdivided into various classes  ("Classes")  with each such
Class supporting a distinct charge and expense arrangement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust was  established  for the  purpose of serving as an
investment vehicle for insurance company separate accounts  supporting  variable
annuity  contracts  and  variable  life  insurance  policies  to be  offered  by
insurance companies and may also be utilized by qualified retirement plans; and

     WHEREAS, the Distributor has the exclusive right to distribute Trust shares
to qualifying investors; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company  desires  that the Trust  serve as an  investment
vehicle for a certain  separate  account(s)  of the Company and the  Distributor
desires to sell  shares of certain  Series  and/or  Class(es)  to such  separate
account(s);

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of their mutual promises,  the Trust,
the Distributor and the Company agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                             Additional Definitions

     1.1.  "Account"  -- the  separate  account of the  Company  described  more
specifically in Schedule 1 to this Agreement.  If more than one separate account
is  described  on Schedule 1, the term shall refer to each  separate  account so
described.

     1.2.  "Business  Day" -- each day that the  Trust is open for  business  as
provided in the Trust's Prospectus.

     1.3.  "Code" -- the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  and any
successor thereto.

     1.4.  "Contracts"  -- the class or classes of  variable  annuity  contracts
and/or variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and described more
specifically on Schedule 2 to this Agreement.

     1.5.  "Contract  Owners" -- the owners of the Contracts,  as  distinguished
from all Product Owners.

     1.6.  "Participating  Account"  -- a separate  account  investing  all or a
portion of its assets in the Trust, including the Account.

     1.7.  "Participating  Insurance Company" -- any insurance company investing
in the Trust on its behalf or on behalf of a  Participating  Account,  including
the Company.

     1.8. "Participating Plan" -- any qualified retirement plan investing in the
Trust.

     1.9. "Participating  Investor" -- any Participating Account,  Participating
Insurance Company or Participating Plan, including the Account and the Company.

     1.10.  "Products" -- variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
policies supported by Participating Accounts, including the Contracts.

     1.11."Product Owners" -- owners of Products, including Contract Owners.

     1.12. "Trust Board" -- the board of trustees of the Trust.

     1.13.  "Registration  Statement"  -- with  respect to the Trust shares or a
class of Contracts,  the  registration  statement filed with the SEC to register
such  securities  under  the 1933  Act,  or the most  recently  filed  amendment
thereto,  in  either  case in the  form  in  which  it was  declared  or  became
effective.  The Contracts' Registration Statement for each class of Contracts is
described  more  specifically  on  Schedule  2 to this  Agreement.  The  Trust's
Registration Statement is filed on Form N-1A (File No. 333-35883).

     1.14. "1940 Act Registration Statement" -- with respect to the Trust or the
Account,  the registration  statement filed with the SEC to register such person
as an  investment  company  under  the  1940  Act,  or the most  recently  filed
amendment  thereto.  The Account's 1940 Act Registration  Statement is described
more  specifically  on  Schedule  2 to this  Agreement.  The  Trust's  1940  Act
Registration Statement is filed on Form N-1A (File No. 811-08361).

     1.15.  "Prospectus" -- with respect to shares of a Series (or Class) of the
Trust or a class of  Contracts,  each version of the  definitive  prospectus  or
supplement  thereto  filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act.
With respect to any provision of this Agreement requiring a party to take action
in accordance with a Prospectus, such reference thereto shall be deemed to be to
the version for the applicable Series, Class or Contracts last so filed prior to
the taking of such  action.  For  purposes of Article IX, the term  "Prospectus"
shall include any statement of additional information incorporated therein.

     1.16.  "Statement of Additional  Information" -- with respect to the shares
of the Trust or a class of Contracts,  each version of the definitive  statement
of additional  information or supplement  thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to
Rule 497 under the 1933 Act.  With respect to any  provision  of this  Agreement
requiring a party to take action in  accordance  with a Statement of  Additional
Information,  such  reference  thereto shall be deemed to be the last version so
filed prior to the taking of such action.

     1.17. "SEC" -- the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     1.18. "NASD" -- The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     1.19. "1933 Act" -- the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1.20. "1940 Act" -- the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                                   ARTICLE II
                              Sale of Trust Shares

     2.1. Availability of Shares

                  (a)  The  Trust  has  granted  to  the  Distributor  exclusive
         authority to distribute  the Trust shares and to select which Series or
         Classes  of Trust  shares  shall  be made  available  to  Participating
         Investors. Pursuant to such authority, and subject to Article X hereof,
         the  Distributor  shall make  available  to the Company for purchase on
         behalf of the  Account,  shares of the  Series  and  Classes  listed on
         Schedule 3 to this  Agreement,  such  purchases  to be  effected at net
         asset value in  accordance  with  Section 2.3 of this  Agreement.  Such
         Series and Classes shall be made available to the Company in accordance
         with the terms and provisions of this Agreement until this Agreement is
         terminated  pursuant  to  Article  X or  the  Distributor  suspends  or
         terminates  the  offering  of shares of such  Series or  Classes in the
         circumstances described in Article X.

                  (b) Notwithstanding  clause (a) of this Section 2.1, Series or
         Classes of Trust shares in existence now or that may be  established in
         the  future  will  be  made  available  to  the  Company  only  as  the
         Distributor  may so provide,  subject to the  Distributor's  rights set
         forth in Article X to suspend or  terminate  the  offering of shares of
         any Series or Class or to terminate this Agreement.

                  (c) The parties  acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Trust may
         revoke the Distributor's authority pursuant to the terms and conditions
         of its distribution agreement with the Distributor;  and (ii) the Trust
         reserves the right in its sole discretion to refuse to accept a request
         for the purchase of Trust shares.

     2.2.  Redemptions.  The Trust shall redeem, at the Company's  request,  any
full or  fractional  Trust  shares held by the Company on behalf of the Account,
such  redemptions  to be effected at net asset value in accordance  with Section
2.3 of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not
redeem Trust shares  attributable to Contract Owners except in the circumstances
permitted  in  Article  X of this  Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  Trust  may  delay
redemption of Trust shares of any Series or Class to the extent permitted by the
1940 Act, any rules,  regulations  or orders  thereunder,  or the Prospectus for
such Series or Class.

     2.3. Purchase and Redemption Procedures

                  (a) The Trust  hereby  appoints the Company as an agent of the
         Trust for the limited  purpose of  receiving  purchase  and  redemption
         requests  on behalf of the Account  (but not with  respect to any Trust
         shares  that may be held in the  general  account of the  Company)  for
         shares of those Series or Classes made  available  hereunder,  based on
         allocations of amounts to the Account or subaccounts  thereof under the
         Contracts,  other transactions relating to the Contracts or the Account
         and customary processing of the Contracts. Receipt of any such requests
         (or effectuation of such transaction or processing) on any Business Day
         by the Company as such limited  agent of the Trust prior to the Trust's
         close  of  business  as  defined  from  time to time in the  applicable
         Prospectus  for such Series or Class (which as of the date of execution
         of this Agreement is defined as the close of regular trading on the New
         York  Stock  Exchange   (normally  4:00  p.m.  New  York  Time))  shall
         constitute  receipt by the Trust on that same  Business  Day,  provided
         that the Trust receives actual and sufficient notice of such request by
         8:00 a.m. New York Time on the next following Business Day. Such notice
         may be communicated by telephone to the office or person designated for
         such notice by the Trust, and shall be confirmed by facsimile.

                  (b) The  Company  shall pay for shares of each Series or Class
         on the  same day  that it  provides  actual  notice  to the  Trust of a
         purchase  request for such  shares.  Payment for Series or Class shares
         shall be made in Federal funds  transmitted  to the Trust by wire to be
         received  by the Trust by 12:00 noon New York Time on the day the Trust
         receives  actual  notice of the  purchase  request  for Series or Class
         shares  (unless the Trust  determines  and so advises the Company  that
         sufficient  proceeds are available  from  redemption of shares of other
         Series or Classes effected pursuant to redemption  requests tendered by
         the Company on behalf of the  Account).  In no event may proceeds  from
         the redemption of shares requested pursuant to an order received by the
         Company  after the Trust's  close of business  on any  Business  Day be
         applied  to the  payment  for  shares  for which a  purchase  order was
         received  prior to the  Trust's  close of  business on such day. If the
         issuance of shares is  canceled  because  Federal  funds are not timely
         received,   the  Company  shall   indemnify  the  respective  Fund  and
         Distributor  with respect to all costs,  expenses  and losses  relating
         thereto. Upon the Trust's receipt of Federal funds so wired, such funds
         shall cease to be the  responsibility  of the Company and shall  become
         the  responsibility  of the Trust. If Federal funds are not received on
         time, such funds will be invested, and Series or Class shares purchased
         thereby will be issued,  as soon as practicable after actual receipt of
         such funds but in any event not on the same day that the purchase order
         was received.

                  (c) Payment for Series or Class shares redeemed by the Account
         or the Company  shall be made in Federal funds  transmitted  by wire to
         the Company or any other person  properly  designated in writing by the
         Company,  such funds  normally to be  transmitted by 6:00 p.m. New York
         Time on the next Business Day after the Trust receives actual notice of
         the  redemption  order for Series or Class  shares  (unless  redemption
         proceeds  are to be applied to the  purchase  of Trust  shares of other
         Series or Classes in accordance with Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement),
         except  that the Trust  reserves  the  right to redeem  Series or Class
         shares in assets  other than cash and to delay  payment  of  redemption
         proceeds  to the  extent  permitted  by the  1940  Act,  any  rules  or
         regulations or orders  thereunder,  or the applicable  Prospectus.  The
         Trust  shall  not bear any  responsibility  whatsoever  for the  proper
         disbursement  or crediting of redemption  proceeds by the Company;  the
         Company alone shall be responsible for such action.

                  (d) Any  purchase  or  redemption  request for Series or Class
         shares held or to be held in the  Company's  general  account  shall be
         effected  at the net asset  value per share next  determined  after the
         Trust's actual receipt of such request, provided that, in the case of a
         purchase request,  payment for Trust shares so requested is received by
         the Trust in Federal funds prior to close of business for determination
         of such value,  as defined from time to time in the Prospectus for such
         Series or Class.

                  (e) Prior to the first purchase of any Trust shares hereunder,
         the Company and the Trust shall provide each other with all information
         necessary to effect wire  transmissions  of Federal  funds to the other
         party and all other  designated  persons pursuant to such protocols and
         security  procedures  as  the  parties  may  agree  upon.  Should  such
         information   change  thereafter,   the  Trust  and  the  Company,   as
         applicable,  shall  notify  the  other  in  writing  of  such  changes,
         observing the same  protocols and security  procedures,  at least three
         Business  Days in advance of when such  change is to take  effect.  The
         Company and the Trust shall observe customary procedures to protect the
         confidentiality  and security of such information,  but the Trust shall
         not be liable to the Company for any breach of security.

                  (f)  The  procedures  set  forth  herein  are  subject  to any
         additional terms set forth in the applicable  Prospectus for the Series
         or Class or by the requirements of applicable law.

     2.4.  Net Asset  Value.  The Trust shall use its best efforts to inform the
Company of the net asset value per share for each Series or Class  available  to
the  Company as soon as  reasonably  practicable  after the net asset  value per
share for such Series or Class is calculated. The Trust shall calculate such net
asset value in accordance with the Prospectus for such Series or Class.

     2.5.  Dividends and  Distributions.  The Trust shall furnish  notice to the
Company as soon as  reasonably  practicable  of any income  dividends or capital
gain distributions  payable on any Series or Class shares.  The Company,  on its
behalf and on behalf of the Account, hereby elects to receive all such dividends
and  distributions  as are payable on any Series or Class  shares in the form of
additional  shares of that Series or Class.  The Company  reserves the right, on
its behalf and on behalf of the Account,  to revoke this election and to receive
all such dividends and capital gain distributions in cash; to be effective, such
revocation  must be made in  writing  and  received  by the  Trust at least  ten
Business Days prior to a dividend or  distribution  date. The Trust shall notify
the  Company  promptly  of the  number of  Series  or Class  shares so issued as
payment of such dividends and distributions.

     2.6.  Book Entry.  Issuance  and  transfer of Trust shares shall be by book
entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Account.
Purchase  and  redemption  orders  for  Trust  shares  shall be  recorded  in an
appropriate ledger for the Account or the appropriate subaccount of the Account.

     2.7.  Pricing  Errors.  Any material errors in the calculation of net asset
value,  dividends or capital gain information shall be reported immediately upon
discovery  to the  Company.  An error  shall be deemed  "material"  based on our
interpretation  of the SEC's position and policy with regard to materiality,  as
it may be  modified  from  time to  time.  Neither  the  Trust,  any  Fund,  the
Distributor,  nor any of their  affiliates  shall be liable for any  information
provided to the Company pursuant to this Agreement which information is based on
incorrect  information  supplied  by or on  behalf of the  Company  or any other
Participating Company to the Trust or the Distributor.

     2.8.  Limits on Purchasers.  The Distributor and the Trust shall sell Trust
shares only to insurance companies and their separate accounts and to persons or
plans  ("Qualified  Persons") that qualify to purchase shares of the Trust under
Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations  thereunder without impairing the
ability of the Account to consider  the  portfolio  investments  of the Trust as
constituting  investments  of the  Account  for the  purpose of  satisfying  the
diversification  requirements of Section  817(h).  The Distributor and the Trust
shall not sell Trust shares to any insurance  company or separate account unless
an  agreement  complying  with  Article  VIII of this  Agreement is in effect to
govern such sales.  The Company  hereby  represents and warrants that it and the
Account are Qualified Persons.

                                   ARTICLE III
                         Representations and Warranties

     3.1. Company.  The Company represents and warrants that: (i) the Company is
an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under  [______________]
insurance law; (ii) the Account is a validly  existing  separate  account,  duly
established  and  maintained  in  accordance  with  applicable  law;  (iii)  the
Account's  1940  Act  Registration  Statement  has  been  filed  with the SEC in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of the  1940  Act  and  the  Account  is duly
registered  as  a  unit  investment  trust   thereunder;   (iv)  the  Contracts'
Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC; (v) the Contracts
will be  issued in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with all  applicable
Federal and state laws;  (vi) the Contracts  have been filed,  qualified  and/or
approved for sale, as applicable,  under the insurance  laws and  regulations of
the  states in which the  Contracts  will be  offered;  (vii) the  Account  will
maintain  its  registration  under the 1940 Act and will comply in all  material
respects with the 1940 Act; (viii) the Contracts  currently are, and at the time
of issuance and for so long as they are outstanding  will be, treated as annuity
contracts or life insurance policies, whichever is appropriate, under applicable
provisions of the Code; and (ix) the Company's  entering into and performing its
obligations  under this  Agreement  does not and will not  violate  its  charter
documents or by-laws,  rules or  regulations,  or any agreement to which it is a
party. The Company will notify the Trust promptly if for any reason it is unable
to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     3.2.  Trust.  The Trust  represents  and warrants that: (i) the Trust is an
unincorporated  business  trust  duly  formed  and  validly  existing  under the
Delaware  law; (ii) the Trust's 1940 Act  Registration  Statement has been filed
with the SEC in accordance  with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Trust is
duly registered as an open-end management  investment company thereunder;  (iii)
the Trust's Registration  Statement has been declared effective by the SEC; (iv)
the Trust shares will be issued in compliance in all material  respects with all
applicable  federal laws;  (v) the Trust will remain  registered  under and will
comply  in all  material  respects  with the 1940  Act  during  the term of this
Agreement;  (vi) each Fund of the  Trust  intends  to  qualify  as a  "regulated
investment  company"  under  Subchapter  M of the  Code and to  comply  with the
diversification  standards  prescribed  in  Section  817(h)  of the Code and the
regulations  thereunder;  and (vii) the investment  policies of each Fund are in
material compliance with any investment  restrictions set forth on Schedule 4 to
this Agreement.  The Trust,  however,  makes no representation as to whether any
aspect of its operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and expenses and
investment  policies)  otherwise complies with the insurance laws or regulations
of any state.

     3.3.  Distributor.  The  Distributor  represents and warrants that: (i) the
Distributor is a limited  partnership  duly organized and in good standing under
New York law;  (ii) the  Distributor  is  registered  as a  broker-dealer  under
federal and applicable  state  securities  laws and is a member of the NASD; and
(iii) the  Distributor  is  registered  as an  investment  adviser under federal
securities laws.

     3.4. Legal Authority. Each party represents and warrants that the execution
and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  herein  have  been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate,
partnership or trust action, as applicable, by such party, and, when so executed
and delivered,  this Agreement will be the valid and binding  obligation of such
party enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     3.5.  Bonding  Requirement.  Each party represents and warrants that all of
its directors,  officers,  partners and employees  dealing with the money and/or
securities  of the Trust are and shall  continue to be at all times covered by a
blanket  fidelity  bond or similar  coverage  for the benefit of the Trust in an
amount not less than the amount required by the applicable rules of the NASD and
the federal  securities  laws.  The aforesaid  bond shall  include  coverage for
larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company. All
parties shall make all reasonable  efforts to see that this bond or another bond
containing these provisions is always in effect,  shall provide evidence thereof
promptly to any other party upon written request therefor,  and shall notify the
other parties promptly in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                             Regulatory Requirements

         4.1.  Trust  Filings.  The Trust shall  amend the Trust's  Registration
Statement and the Trust's 1940 Act  Registration  Statement from time to time as
required  in order  to  effect  the  continuous  offering  of  Trust  shares  in
compliance  with applicable law and to maintain the Trust's  registration  under
the 1940 Act for so long as Trust shares are sold.

         4.2.  Contracts  Filings.   The  Company  shall  amend  the  Contracts'
Registration  Statement and the Account's 1940 Act  Registration  Statement from
time to time as  required  in order to effect  the  continuous  offering  of the
Contracts in compliance  with  applicable law or as may otherwise be required by
applicable law, but in any event shall maintain a current  effective  Contracts'
Registration  Statement and the Account's registration under the 1940 Act for so
long as the Contracts are outstanding  unless the Company has supplied the Trust
with an SEC no-action  letter or opinion of counsel  satisfactory to the Trust's
counsel to the effect that maintaining such Registration  Statement on a current
basis is no longer  required.  The Company shall be  responsible  for filing all
such Contract  forms,  applications,  marketing  materials  and other  documents
relating to the Contracts  and/or the Account with state insurance  commissions,
as required or customary,  and shall use its best efforts: (i) to obtain any and
all approvals  thereof,  under  applicable state insurance law, of each state or
other  jurisdiction  in which Contracts are or may be offered for sale; and (ii)
to keep such approvals in effect for so long as the Contracts are outstanding.

         4.3. Voting of Trust Shares.  With respect to any matter put to vote by
the  holders  of Trust  shares  ("Voting  Shares"),  the  Company  will  provide
"pass-through"  voting privileges to owners of Contracts registered with the SEC
as long as the 1940 Act  requires  such  privileges  in such cases.  In cases in
which  "pass-through"  privileges  apply,  the Company  will (i) solicit  voting
instructions from Contract Owners of SEC-registered  Contracts; (ii) vote Voting
Shares  attributable  to Contract  Owners in  accordance  with  instructions  or
proxies timely received from such Contract Owners;  and (iii) vote Voting Shares
held by it that are not attributable to reserves for SEC-registered Contracts or
for which it has not received timely voting  instructions in the same proportion
as  instructions  received in a timely  fashion  from  Owners of  SEC-registered
Contracts.  The Company  shall be  responsible  for ensuring  that it calculates
"pass-through"  votes for the Account in a manner consistent with the provisions
set forth above and with other Participating  Insurance  Companies.  Neither the
Company nor any of its affiliates will in any way recommend action in connection
with, or oppose or interfere  with,  the  solicitation  of proxies for the Trust
shares held for such Contract Owners, except with respect to matters as to which
the Company has the right under Rule 6e-2 or 6e-3(T) under the 1940 Act, to vote
Voting Shares without regard to voting instructions from Contract Owners.

         4.4. State Insurance Restrictions.  The Company acknowledges and agrees
that it is the responsibility of the Company and other  Participating  Insurance
Companies  to  determine  investment  restrictions  and any other  restrictions,
limitations or requirements  under state insurance law applicable to any Fund or
the Trust or the  Distributor,  and that  neither the Trust nor the  Distributor
shall bear any  responsibility  to the Company,  other  Participating  Insurance
Companies or any Product Owners for any such determination or the correctness of
such determination.  Schedule 4 sets forth the investment  restrictions that the
Company  and/or other  Participating  Insurance  Companies  have  determined are
applicable  to any Fund and with  which the Trust has agreed to comply as of the
date of this  Agreement.  The Company  shall inform the Trust of any  investment
restrictions  imposed by state  insurance  law that the Company  determines  may
become  applicable  to the  Trust or a Fund from time to time as a result of the
Account's  investment therein,  other than those set forth on Schedule 4 to this
Agreement.  Upon receipt of any such  information  from the Company or any other
Participating  Insurance Company, the Trust shall determine whether it is in the
best  interests of  shareholders  to comply with any such  restrictions.  If the
Trust  determines that it is not in the best interests of shareholders (it being
understood  that  "shareholders"  for this purpose shall mean Product Owners) to
comply with a restriction  determined to be applicable by the Company, the Trust
shall so  inform  the  Company,  and the  Trust and the  Company  shall  discuss
alternative accommodations in the circumstances. If the Trust determines that it
is in the best interests of shareholders to comply with such  restrictions,  the
Trust and the Company shall amend  Schedule 4 to this  Agreement to reflect such
restrictions, subject to obtaining any required shareholder approval thereof.

         4.5. Compliance. Under no circumstances will the Trust, the Distributor
or  any  of  their  affiliates  (excluding   Participating  Investors)  be  held
responsible or liable in any respect for any statements or representations  made
by them or their legal advisers to the Company or any Contract Owner  concerning
the applicability of any federal or state laws, regulations or other authorities
to the activities contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.6. Drafts of Filings. The Trust and the Company shall provide to each
other copies of draft  versions of any  Registration  Statements,  Prospectuses,
Statements of Additional Information, periodic and other shareholder or Contract
Owner  reports,   proxy  statements,   solicitations  for  voting  instructions,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
or supplements  to any of the above,  prepared by or on behalf of either of them
and that mentions the other party by name.  Such drafts shall be provided to the
other party  sufficiently  in advance of filing such materials  with  regulatory
authorities  in order to allow  such other  party a  reasonable  opportunity  to
review the materials.

         4.7. Copies of Filings. The Trust and the Company shall provide to each
other at least one complete copy of all Registration  Statements,  Prospectuses,
Statements of Additional Information, periodic and other shareholder or Contract
Owner  reports,   proxy  statements,   solicitations  of  voting   instructions,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
or supplements to any of the above,  that relate to the Trust,  the Contracts or
the Account,  as the case may be,  promptly  after the filing by or on behalf of
each such party of such  document with the SEC or other  regulatory  authorities
(it being understood that this provision is not intended to require the Trust to
provide to the Company copies of any such documents  prepared,  filed or used by
Participating Investors other than the Company and the Account).

         4.8.  Regulatory  Responses.  Each party shall promptly  provide to all
other parties  copies of responses to no-action  requests,  notices,  orders and
other  rulings  received  by such  party with  respect to any filing  covered by
Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

         4.9.     Complaints and Proceedings

                  (a) The Trust and/or the Distributor shall immediately  notify
         the Company of: (i) the issuance by any court or regulatory body of any
         stop order,  cease and desist  order,  or other  similar order (but not
         including  an order of a  regulatory  body  exempting  or  approving  a
         proposed  transaction  or  arrangement)  with  respect  to the  Trust's
         Registration  Statement or the Prospectus of any Series or Class;  (ii)
         any request by the SEC for any  amendment  to the Trust's  Registration
         Statement  or  the  Prospectus  of  any  Series  or  Class;  (iii)  the
         initiation  of any  proceedings  for  that  purpose  or for  any  other
         purposes  relating to the registration or offering of the Trust shares;
         or (iv) any other action or  circumstances  that may prevent the lawful
         offer or sale of Trust  shares  or any  Class or Series in any state or
         jurisdiction,  including, without limitation, any circumstance in which
         (A) such  shares are not  registered  and,  in all  material  respects,
         issued and sold in accordance with applicable  state and federal law or
         (B)  such  law  precludes  the  use of  such  shares  as an  underlying
         investment  medium  for  the  Contracts.  The  Trust  will  make  every
         reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order, cease
         and desist order or similar order and, if any such order is issued,  to
         obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

                  (b) The  Company  shall  immediately  notify the Trust and the
         Distributor of: (i) the issuance by any court or regulatory body of any
         stop order,  cease and desist  order,  or other  similar order (but not
         including  an order of a  regulatory  body  exempting  or  approving  a
         proposed  transaction  or  arrangement)  with respect to the Contracts'
         Registration Statement or the Contracts'  Prospectus;  (ii) any request
         by the SEC for any amendment to the Contracts'  Registration  Statement
         or Prospectus; (iii) the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose
         or for any other purposes  relating to the  registration or offering of
         the  Contracts;  or (iv) any  other  action or  circumstances  that may
         prevent  the  lawful  offer or sale of the  Contracts  or any  class of
         Contracts in any state or jurisdiction,  including, without limitation,
         any circumstance in which such Contracts are not registered,  qualified
         and  approved,  and,  in all  material  respects,  issued  and  sold in
         accordance  with  applicable  state and federal laws.  The Company will
         make every  reasonable  effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop
         order,  cease and desist order or similar  order and, if any such order
         is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

                  (c) Each party shall immediately notify the other parties when
         it receives notice,  or otherwise becomes aware of, the commencement of
         any litigation or proceeding  against such party or a person affiliated
         therewith  in  connection  with the issuance or sale of Trust shares or
         the Contracts.

                  (d) The Company shall provide to the Trust and the Distributor
         any complaints it has received from Contract  Owners  pertaining to the
         Trust or a Fund,  and the Trust and  Distributor  shall each provide to
         the  Company  any  complaints  it has  received  from  Contract  Owners
         relating to the Contracts.

         4.10.  Cooperation.  Each party hereto shall  cooperate  with the other
parties and all appropriate government authorities (including without limitation
the SEC,  the NASD and state  securities  and  insurance  regulators)  and shall
permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection
with any  investigation  or  inquiry  by any  such  authority  relating  to this
Agreement or the transactions  contemplated hereby.  However,  such access shall
not extend to attorney-client privileged information.

                                    ARTICLE V
               Sale, Administration and Servicing of the Contracts

         5.1. Sale of the Contracts.  The Company shall be fully  responsible as
to the Trust and the  Distributor  for the sale and marketing of the  Contracts.
The Company shall provide  Contracts,  the Contracts' and Trust's  Prospectuses,
Contracts' and Trust's Statements of Additional Information,  and all amendments
or  supplements  to any of the  foregoing  to  Contract  Owners and  prospective
Contract  Owners,  all in  accordance  with federal and state laws.  The Company
shall  ensure that all persons  offering  the  Contracts  are duly  licensed and
registered  under  applicable  insurance and securities  laws. The Company shall
ensure  that  each  sale  of  a  Contract   satisfies   applicable   suitability
requirements  under  insurance and securities  laws and  regulations,  including
without  limitation the rules of the NASD. The Company shall adopt and implement
procedures  reasonably designed to ensure that information  concerning the Trust
and the  Distributor  that is intended for use only by brokers or agents selling
the  Contracts  (i.e.,  information  that is not  intended for  distribution  to
Contract Owners or offerees) is so used.

         5.2.  Administration and Servicing of the Contracts.  The Company shall
be fully  responsible as to the Trust and the Distributor for the  underwriting,
issuance, service and administration of the Contracts and for the administration
of the Account,  including,  without limitation,  the calculation of performance
information for the Contracts,  the timely payment of Contract Owner  redemption
requests and  processing  of Contract  transactions,  and the  maintenance  of a
service  center,  such  functions  to be  performed  in all  respects at a level
commensurate with those standards prevailing in the variable insurance industry.
The Company shall provide to Contract  Owners all Trust  reports,  solicitations
for  voting   instructions   including  any  related  Trust  proxy  solicitation
materials,  and  updated  Trust  Prospectuses  as  required  under  the  federal
securities laws.

         5.3.  Customer  Complaints.  The  Company  shall  promptly  address all
customer  complaints and resolve such  complaints  consistent  with high ethical
standards and principles of ethical conduct.

         5.4. Trust Prospectuses and Reports.  In order to enable the Company to
fulfill its obligations  under this Agreement and the federal  securities  laws,
the Trust shall  provide the Company with a copy, in  camera-ready  form or form
otherwise  suitable for printing or duplication  of: (i) the Trust's  Prospectus
for the Series and Classes listed on Schedule 3 and any supplement thereto; (ii)
each Statement of Additional  Information and any supplement thereto;  (iii) any
Trust proxy soliciting  material for such Series or Classes;  and (iv) any Trust
periodic shareholder reports. The Trust and the Company may agree upon alternate
arrangements,  but in all cases,  the Trust  reserves  the right to approve  the
printing of any such  material.  The Trust shall provide the Company at least 10
days advance  written  notice when any such  material  shall  become  available,
provided, however, that in the case of a supplement, the Trust shall provide the
Company  notice  reasonable  in the  circumstances,  it  being  understood  that
circumstances  surrounding such supplement may not allow for advance notice. The
Company may not alter any  material so provided by the Trust or the  Distributor
(including  without  limitation  presenting  or  delivering  such  material in a
different  medium,  e.g.,  electronic  or  Internet)  without the prior  written
consent of the Distributor.

         5.5.  Trust  Advertising  Material.  No piece of  advertising  or sales
literature or other  promotional  material in which the Trust or the Distributor
is named  (including,  without  limitation,  material  for  prospects,  existing
Contract Owners,  brokers,  rating or ranking agencies, or the press, whether in
print, radio, television,  video, Internet, or other electronic medium) shall be
used by the  Company or any person  directly  or  indirectly  authorized  by the
Company, including without limitation,  underwriters,  distributors, and sellers
of the  Contracts,  except  with the prior  written  consent of the Trust or the
Distributor, as applicable, as to the form, content and medium of such material.
Any such piece shall be  furnished  to the Trust for such  consent  prior to its
use.  The Trust or the  Distributor  shall  respond to any  request  for written
consent on a prompt and timely  basis,  but failure to respond shall not relieve
the Company of the  obligation to obtain the prior written  consent of the Trust
or the Distributor.  After receiving the Trust's or Distributor's consent to the
use of any such material,  no further changes may be made without  obtaining the
Trust's or Distributor's  consent to such changes.  The Trust or Distributor may
at any  time in its  sole  discretion  revoke  such  written  consent,  and upon
notification  of such  revocation,  the Company shall no longer use the material
subject to such revocation.  Until further notice to the Company,  the Trust has
delegated  its  rights  and   responsibilities   under  this  provision  to  the
Distributor.

         5.6. Contracts  Advertising  Material. No piece of advertising or sales
literature or other promotional  material in which the Company is named shall be
used by the Trust or the  Distributor,  except with the prior written consent of
the  Company.  Any such piece shall be furnished to the Company for such consent
prior to its use. The Company shall  respond to any request for written  consent
on a prompt and timely  basis,  but  failure to respond  shall not  relieve  the
Company of the  obligation to obtain the prior  written  consent of the Company.
The Company may at any time in its sole discretion  revoke any written  consent,
and upon notification of such revocation,  neither the Trust nor the Distributor
shall use the  material  subject to such  revocation.  The  Company,  upon prior
written notice to the Trust, may delegate its rights and responsibilities  under
this provision to the principal underwriter for the Contracts.

         5.7. Trade Names.  No party shall use any other party's  names,  logos,
trademarks or service marks,  whether  registered or  unregistered,  without the
prior written consent of such other party, or after written consent therefor has
been revoked.  The Company shall not use in advertising,  publicity or otherwise
the name of the Trust,  Distributor,  or any of their  affiliates  nor any trade
name,  trademark,  trade  device,  service  mark,  symbol  or any  abbreviation,
contraction or simulation thereof of the Trust, Distributor, or their affiliates
without  the  prior  written  consent  of the Trust or the  Distributor  in each
instance.

         5.8.  Representations by Company. Except with the prior written consent
of  the  Trust,  the  Company  shall  not  give  any  information  or  make  any
representations  or  statements  about  the  Trust  or the  Funds  nor  shall it
authorize   or  allow  any  other  person  to  do  so  except   information   or
representations  contained in the Trust's Registration  Statement or the Trust's
Prospectuses  or in  reports  or proxy  statements  for the  Trust,  or in sales
literature or other promotional material approved in writing by the Trust or its
designee  in  accordance  with  this  Article  V,  or in  published  reports  or
statements of the Trust in the public domain.

         5.9. Representations by Trust. Except with the prior written consent of
the   Company,   the  Trust  shall  not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company,  the Account
or the Contracts other than the information or representations  contained in the
Contracts'  Registration  Statement  or  Contracts'  Prospectus  or in published
reports of the Account which are in the public domain or in sales  literature or
other promotional material approved in writing by the Company in accordance with
this Article V.

         5.10.  Advertising.  For purposes of this Article V, the phrase  "sales
literature or other promotional  material" includes,  but is not limited to, any
material  constituting sales literature or advertising under the NASD rules, the
1940 Act or the 1933 Act.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              Compliance with Code

         6.1.  Section 817(h).  Each Fund of the Trust shall comply with Section
817(h)  of the  Code  and  the  regulations  issued  thereunder  to  the  extent
applicable to the Fund as an investment company underlying the Account,  and the
Trust shall notify the Company  immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for
believing  that a Fund has  ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify
in the future.

         6.2.   Subchapter  M.  Each  Fund  of  the  Trust  shall  maintain  the
qualification of the Fund as a regulated  investment company (under Subchapter M
or any successor or similar  provision),  and the Trust shall notify the Company
immediately  upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Fund has ceased
to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

         6.3. Contracts. The Company shall ensure the continued treatment of the
Contracts  as  annuity  contracts  or  life  insurance  policies,  whichever  is
appropriate,  under applicable provisions of the Code and shall notify the Trust
and the  Distributor  immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing
that the  Contracts  have  ceased to be so  treated or that they might not be so
treated in the future.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                    Expenses

     7.1. Expenses. All expenses incident to each party's performance under this
Agreement  (including  expenses expressly assumed by such party pursuant to this
Agreement) shall be paid by such party to the extent permitted by law.

     7.2. Trust Expenses.  Expenses  incident to the Trust's  performance of its
duties and obligations under this Agreement include, but are not limited to, the
costs of:

     (a)  registration  and  qualification of the Trust shares under the federal
          securities laws;

     (b)  preparation  and  filing  with  the SEC of the  Trust's  Prospectuses,
          Trust's  Statement of  Additional  Information,  Trust's  Registration
          Statement,   Trust  proxy  materials  and  shareholder   reports,  and
          preparation of a camera-ready copy of the foregoing;

     (c)  preparation of all  statements and notices  required by any Federal or
          state securities law;

     (d)  all taxes on the issuance or transfer of Trust shares;

     (e)  payment of all  applicable  fees  relating  to the  Trust,  including,
          without  limitation,  all fees due under Rule 24f-2 in connection with
          sales  of Trust  shares  to  qualified  retirement  plans,  custodial,
          auditing,  transfer  agent  and  advisory  fees,  fees  for  insurance
          coverage and Trustees' fees; and

     (f)  any expenses  permitted to be paid or assumed by the Trust pursuant to
          a plan, if any, under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

     7.3. Company Expenses.  Expenses  incident to the Company's  performance of
its duties and obligations under this Agreement include, but are not limited to,
the costs of:

         (a)      registration  and  qualification of the Contracts  under   the
                  federal securities laws;

         (b)      preparation   and  filing  with  the  SEC  of  the  Contracts'
                  Prospectus and Contracts' Registration Statement;

         (c)      the  sale,   marketing  and  distribution  of  the  Contracts,
                  including    printing   and    dissemination   of   Contracts'
                  Prospectuses and compensation for Contract sales;

         (d)      administration of the Contracts;

         (e)      payment of all  applicable  fees  relating  to the  Contracts,
                  including, without limitation, all fees due under Rule 24f-2;

         (f)      preparation,  printing and dissemination of all statements and
                  notices to  Contract  Owners  required by any Federal or state
                  insurance law other than those paid for by the Trust; and

         (g)      preparation,  printing  and  dissemination  of  all  marketing
                  materials  for the  Contracts  and Trust  except  where  other
                  arrangements are made in advance.

         7.4. 12b-1 Payments.  The Trust shall pay no fee or other  compensation
to the Company under this  Agreement,  except that if the Trust or any Series or
Class adopts and  implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act to
finance  distribution  expenses,  then  payments  may be made to the  Company in
accordance  with such  plan.  The Trust  currently  does not  intend to make any
payments to finance distribution  expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
Act or in contravention of such rule,  although it may make payments pursuant to
Rule 12b-1 in the future. To the extent that it decides to finance  distribution
expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 and such formulation is required by the 1940 Act
or any  rules or  order  thereunder,  the  Trust  undertakes  to have a Board of
Trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Trust,  formulate
and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               Potential Conflicts

         8.1.  Exemptive Order.  The parties to this Agreement  acknowledge that
the Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC (the  "Exemptive  Order")
granting relief from various provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder
to the  extent  necessary  to  permit  Trust  shares  to be sold to and  held by
variable  annuity  and  variable  life  insurance   separate  accounts  of  both
affiliated  and  unaffiliated   Participating   Insurance  Companies  and  other
Qualified  Persons (as  defined in Section  2.8  hereof).  The  Exemptive  Order
requires  the Trust and each  Participating  Insurance  Company  to comply  with
conditions and undertakings  substantially as provided in this Article VIII. The
Trust will not enter into a participation agreement with any other Participating
Insurance Company unless it imposes the same conditions and undertakings on that
company as are imposed on the Company pursuant to this Article VIII.

         8.2.  Company  Monitoring  Requirements.  The Company  will monitor its
operations  and those of the Trust for the purpose of  identifying  any material
irreconcilable  conflicts or potential material irreconcilable conflicts between
or among the interests of Participating  Plans,  Product Owners of variable life
insurance policies and Product Owners of variable annuity contracts.

         8.3.  Company  Reporting  Requirements.  The Company  shall  report any
conflicts or  potential  conflicts to the Trust Board and will provide the Trust
Board, at least  annually,  with all  information  reasonably  necessary for the
Trust  Board to  consider  any  issues  raised  by such  existing  or  potential
conflicts or by the conditions and undertakings required by the Exemptive Order.
The Company also shall  assist the Trust Board in carrying  out its  obligations
including,  but not  limited  to: (a)  informing  the Trust  Board  whenever  it
disregards  Contract  Owner voting  instructions  with respect to variable  life
insurance policies,  and (b) providing such other information and reports as the
Trust Board may reasonably request. The Company will carry out these obligations
with a view only to the interests of Contract Owners.

         8.4. Trust Board  Monitoring and  Determination.  The Trust Board shall
monitor the Trust for the  existence  of any material  irreconcilable  conflicts
between  or among  the  interests  of  Participating  Plans,  Product  Owners of
variable  life  insurance  policies  and  Product  Owners  of  variable  annuity
contracts  and  determine  what action,  if any,  should be taken in response to
those conflicts.  A majority vote of Trustees who are not interested  persons of
the  Trust as  defined  in the 1940 Act  (the  "disinterested  trustees")  shall
represent  a  conclusive  determination  as  to  the  existence  of  a  material
irreconcilable  conflict  between or among the  interests of Product  Owners and
Participating  Plans and as to whether any proposed action  adequately  remedies
any material irreconcilable  conflict. The Trust Board shall give prompt written
notice to the Company and Participating Plan of any such determination.

         8.5.  Undertaking  to  Resolve  Conflict.  In the event that a material
irreconcilable  conflict of interest  arises between  Product Owners of variable
life  insurance  policies or Product  Owners of variable  annuity  contracts and
Participating Plans, the Company will, at its own expense,  take whatever action
is necessary to remedy such conflict as it adversely  affects Contract Owners up
to  and  including  (1)  establishing  a new  registered  management  investment
company,  and (2) withdrawing assets from the Trust attributable to reserves for
the Contracts subject to the conflict and reinvesting such assets in a different
investment  medium  (including  another  Fund of the  Trust) or  submitting  the
question  of whether  such  withdrawal  should be  implemented  to a vote of all
affected Contract Owners, and, as appropriate, segregating the assets supporting
the  Contracts  of any  group  of  such  owners  that  votes  in  favor  of such
withdrawal,  or offering to such owners the option of making such a change.  The
Company will carry out the  responsibility  to take the foregoing  action with a
view only to the interests of Contract Owners.

         8.6. Withdrawal.  If a material  irreconcilable conflict arises because
of the  Company's  decision to  disregard  the voting  instructions  of Contract
Owners of variable  life  insurance  policies  and that  decision  represents  a
minority  position  or would  preclude a majority  vote at any Fund  shareholder
meeting,  then,  at the request of the Trust Board,  the Company will redeem the
shares of the Trust to which the  disregarded  voting  instructions  relate.  No
charge  or  penalty,  however,  will  be  imposed  in  connection  with  such  a
redemption.

         8.7.  Expenses  Associated with Remedial Action.  In no event shall the
Trust be required to bear the expense of  establishing  a new funding medium for
any  Contract.  The Company shall not be required by this Article to establish a
new funding  medium for any  Contract if an offer to do so has been  declined by
vote of a majority of the Contract Owners materially  adversely  affected by the
irreconcilable material conflict.

         8.8.  Successor  Rules.  If and to the  extent  that Rule 6e-2 and Rule
6e-3(T) are amended,  or Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide exemptive relief from
any provisions of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated  thereunder with respect
to mixed and shared  funding on terms and conditions  materially  different from
those contained in the Exemptive  Order,  then (i) the Trust and/or the Company,
as  appropriate,  shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules
6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended,  or Rule 6e-3, as adopted,  as applicable,  to the
extent  such rules are  applicable,  and (ii)  Sections  8.2 through 8.5 of this
Agreement  shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions
substantially  identical to such  Sections  are  contained in such Rule(s) as so
amended or adopted.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                 Indemnification

         9.1.  Indemnification by the Company. The Company hereby agrees to, and
shall,  indemnify and hold harmless the Trust,  the  Distributor and each person
who  controls  or is  affiliated  with the Trust or the  Distributor  within the
meaning of such terms under the 1933 Act or 1940 Act (but not any  Participating
Insurance  Companies or Qualified  Persons) and any officer,  trustee,  partner,
director,  employee  or  agent of the  foregoing,  against  any and all  losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several (including any investigative,
legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts
paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to
which they or any of them may become subject under any statute or regulation, at
common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

               (a)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  of any
                    material  fact  contained  in  the  Contracts   Registration
                    Statement,  Contracts Prospectus,  sales literature or other
                    promotional  material  for the  Contracts  or the  Contracts
                    themselves  (or any  amendment or  supplement  to any of the
                    foregoing),  or arise out of or are based upon the  omission
                    to state  therein  a  material  fact  required  to be stated
                    therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein  not
                    misleading in light of the  circumstances in which they were
                    made;  provided that this  obligation to indemnify shall not
                    apply if such  statement  or  omission  was made in reliance
                    upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing
                    to the  Company by the Trust or the  Distributor  for use in
                    the Contracts Registration  Statement,  Contracts Prospectus
                    or in the  Contracts  or  sales  literature  or  promotional
                    material for the  Contracts  (or any amendment or supplement
                    to any of the  foregoing) or otherwise for use in connection
                    with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

         (b)      arise out of any untrue statement of a material fact contained
                  in the Trust Registration Statement, any Prospectus for Series
                  or Classes or sales literature or other  promotional  material
                  of the Trust (or any  amendment  or  supplement  to any of the
                  foregoing),  or the omission to state  therein a material fact
                  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
                  statements   therein   not   misleading   in   light   of  the
                  circumstances  in which they were made,  if such  statement or
                  omission  was made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
                  information  furnished to the Trust or  Distributor in writing
                  by or on behalf of the Company; or

         (c)      arise out of or are based  upon any  wrongful  conduct  of, or
                  violation  of federal or state law by, the  Company or persons
                  under its control or subject to its  authorization,  including
                  without limitation, any broker-dealers or agents authorized to
                  sell the  Contracts,  with  respect to the sale,  marketing or
                  distribution  of the  Contracts  or Trust  shares,  including,
                  without  limitation,  any  impermissible  use  of  broker-only
                  material,  unsuitable  or improper  sales of the  Contracts or
                  unauthorized representations about the Contracts or the Trust;
                  or

         (d)      arise as a result of any  failure  by the  Company  or persons
                  under its control (or subject to its authorization) to provide
                  services, furnish materials or make payments as required under
                  this Agreement; or

         (e)      arise out of any  material  breach by the  Company  or persons
                  under its control (or  subject to its  authorization)  of this
                  Agreement; or

         (f)      any breach of any warranties  contained in Article III hereof,
                  any failure to transmit a request for  redemption  or purchase
                  of Trust  shares  or  payment  therefor  on a timely  basis in
                  accordance with the procedures set forth in Article II, or any
                  unauthorized  use of the names or trade  names of the Trust or
                  the Distributor.

This  indemnification  is in  addition  to any  liability  that the  Company may
otherwise  have;  provided,   however,  that  no  party  shall  be  entitled  to
indemnification  if such  loss,  claim,  damage  or  liability  is caused by the
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty
by the party seeking indemnification.

         9.2.  Indemnification  by the Trust.  The Trust  hereby  agrees to, and
shall,  indemnify  and hold harmless the Company and each person who controls or
is affiliated  with the Company  within the meaning of such terms under the 1933
Act or 1940 Act and any officer,  director,  employee or agent of the foregoing,
against any and all losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or several
(including any investigative,  legal and other expenses  reasonably  incurred in
connection  with,  and any amounts paid in  settlement  of, any action,  suit or
proceeding  or any  claim  asserted),  to which  they or any of them may  become
subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise,  insofar as
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

               (a)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  of any
                    material fact contained in the Trust Registration Statement,
                    any Prospectus for Series or Classes or sales  literature or
                    other promotional material of the Trust (or any amendment or
                    supplement to any of the foregoing),  or arise out of or are
                    based upon the  omission  to state  therein a material  fact
                    required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
                    statements   therein   not   misleading   in  light  of  the
                    circumstances  in which they were made;  provided  that this
                    obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such statement or
                    omission was made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
                    information furnished in writing by the Company to the Trust
                    or  the  Distributor  for  use  in  the  Trust  Registration
                    Statement,   Trust   Prospectus   or  sales   literature  or
                    promotional  material  for the  Trust (or any  amendment  or
                    supplement to any of the  foregoing) or otherwise for use in
                    connection  with the sale of the  Contracts or Trust shares;
                    or

         (b)      arise out of any untrue statement of a material fact contained
                  in the Contracts Registration Statement,  Contracts Prospectus
                  or sales  literature  or other  promotional  material  for the
                  Contracts  (or  any  amendment  or  supplement  to  any of the
                  foregoing),  or the omission to state  therein a material fact
                  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
                  statements   therein   not   misleading   in   light   of  the
                  circumstances  in which they were made,  if such  statement or
                  omission was made in reliance  upon  information  furnished in
                  writing by the Trust to the Company; or

         (c)      arise out of or are based upon  wrongful  conduct of the Trust
                  or its Trustees or officers  with respect to the sale of Trust
                  shares; or

         (d)      arise as a  result  of any  failure  by the  Trust to  provide
                  services, furnish materials or make payments as required under
                  the terms of this Agreement; or

         (e)      arise  out  of  any  material  breach  by the  Trust  of  this
                  Agreement  (including  any  breach  of  Section  6.1  of  this
                  Agreement and any warranties contained in Article III hereof);

it being understood that in no way shall the Trust be liable to the Company with
respect  to  any  violation  of  insurance  law,  compliance  with  which  is  a
responsibility  of the Company under this  Agreement or otherwise or as to which
the Company  failed to inform the Trust in  accordance  with Section 4.4 hereof.
This  indemnification  is in  addition  to any  liability  that  the  Trust  may
otherwise  have;  provided,   however,  that  no  party  shall  be  entitled  to
indemnification  if such  loss,  claim,  damage  or  liability  is caused by the
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty
by the party seeking indemnification.

         9.3. Indemnification by the Distributor.  The Distributor hereby agrees
to, and shall,  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Company  and each person who
controls  or is  affiliated  with the  Company  within the meaning of such terms
under the 1933 Act or 1940 Act and any officer,  director,  employee or agent of
the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint
or several  (including any  investigative,  legal and other expenses  reasonably
incurred in connection  with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any action,
suit or  proceeding  or any claim  asserted),  to which  they or any of them may
become  subject  under any statute or  regulation,  at common law or  otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

               (a)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement  of any
                    material fact contained in the Trust Registration Statement,
                    any Prospectus for Series or Classes or sales  literature or
                    other promotional material of the Trust (or any amendment or
                    supplement to any of the foregoing),  or arise out of or are
                    based upon the  omission  to state  therein a material  fact
                    required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
                    statements   therein   not   misleading   in  light  of  the
                    circumstances  in which they were made;  provided  that this
                    obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such statement or
                    omission was made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
                    information furnished in writing by the Company to the Trust
                    or Distributor for use in the Trust Registration  Statement,
                    Trust Prospectus or sales literature or promotional material
                    for the Trust (or any  amendment or supplement to any of the
                    foregoing) or otherwise for use in connection  with the sale
                    of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

         (b)      arise out of any untrue statement of a material fact contained
                  in the Contracts Registration Statement,  Contracts Prospectus
                  or sales  literature  or other  promotional  material  for the
                  Contracts  (or  any  amendment  or  supplement  to  any of the
                  foregoing),  or the omission to state  therein a material fact
                  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
                  statements   therein   not   misleading   in   light   of  the
                  circumstances  in which they were made,  if such  statement or
                  omission was made in reliance  upon  information  furnished in
                  writing by the Distributor to the Company; or

         (c)      arise  out  of or  are  based  upon  wrongful  conduct  of the
                  Distributor  or persons  under its control with respect to the
                  sale of Trust shares; or

         (d)      arise as a result of any failure by the Distributor or persons
                  under its control to provide  services,  furnish  materials or
                  make payments as required  under the terms of this  Agreement;
                  or

         (e)      arise out of any material breach by the Distributor or persons
                  under its control of this  Agreement  (including any breach of
                  Section 6.1 of this Agreement and any warranties  contained in
                  Article III hereof);

it being  understood  that in no way  shall  the  Distributor  be  liable to the
Company with respect to any violation of insurance law, compliance with which is
a responsibility of the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or as to which
the Company  failed to inform the  Distributor  in  accordance  with Section 4.4
hereof.  This   indemnification  is  in  addition  to  any  liability  that  the
Distributor  may  otherwise  have;  provided,  however,  that no party  shall be
entitled to indemnification  if such loss, claim,  damage or liability is caused
by the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
duty by the party seeking indemnification.

         9.4. Rule of  Construction.  It is the parties'  intention that, in the
event of an occurrence  for which the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Company,
the Company shall seek  indemnification  from the Trust only in circumstances in
which the Trust is  entitled  to seek  indemnification  from a third  party with
respect to the same event or cause thereof.

         9.5. Indemnification  Procedures.  After receipt by a party entitled to
indemnification  ("indemnified  party")  under this  Article IX of notice of the
commencement  of any action,  if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the
indemnified party against any person obligated to provide  indemnification under
this Article IX ("indemnifying  party"),  such indemnified party will notify the
indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof as soon as practicable
thereafter,  provided that the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve it from any  liability  under this Article IX,  except to the extent
that the  omission  results  in a failure of actual  notice to the  indemnifying
party and such  indemnifying  party is damaged solely as a result of the failure
to give such notice. The indemnifying party, upon the request of the indemnified
party, shall retain counsel reasonably  satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent  the  indemnified  party and any  others  the  indemnifying  party may
designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements
of such  counsel  related  to  such  proceeding.  In any  such  proceeding,  any
indemnified  party shall have the right to retain its own counsel,  but the fees
and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such  indemnified  party
unless (i) the indemnifying  party and the indemnified party shall have mutually
agreed to the  retention of such  counsel or (ii) the named  parties to any such
proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party
and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel
would be inappropriate  due to actual or potential  differing  interests between
them.  The  indemnifying  party  shall not be liable for any  settlement  of any
proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with such consent
or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees
to  indemnify  the  indemnified  party from and against any loss or liability by
reason of such settlement or judgment.

         A successor by law of the parties to this  Agreement  shall be entitled
to the  benefits  of the  indemnification  contained  in this  Article  IX.  The
indemnification  provisions  contained  in this  Article  IX shall  survive  any
termination of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE X
                    Relationship of the Parties; Termination

         10.1.  Relationship  of Parties.  The  Company is to be an  independent
contractor vis-a-vis the Trust, the Distributor,  or any of their affiliates for
all purposes hereunder and will have no authority to act for or represent any of
them  (except  to the  limited  extent  the  Company  acts as agent of the Trust
pursuant  to  Section  2.3(a) of this  Agreement).  In  addition,  no officer or
employee of the Company  will be deemed to be an employee or agent of the Trust,
Distributor,  or any  of  their  affiliates.  The  Company  will  not  act as an
"underwriter"  or  "distributor" of the Trust, as those terms variously are used
in the 1940 Act, the 1933 Act, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         10.2.   Non-Exclusivity  and   Non-Interference.   The  parties  hereto
acknowledge  that  the  arrangement   contemplated  by  this  Agreement  is  not
exclusive;  the  Trust  shares  may be sold to  other  insurance  companies  and
investors  (subject to Section  2.8 hereof) and the cash value of the  Contracts
may be invested in other investment  companies,  provided,  however,  that until
this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article X:

         (a)      the  Company  shall  promote  the  Trust  and the  Funds  made
                  available  hereunder  on  the  same  basis  as  other  funding
                  vehicles available under the Contracts;

         (b)      the Company shall not, without prior notice to the Distributor
                  (unless otherwise required by applicable law), take any action
                  to operate  the  Account as a  management  investment  company
                  under the 1940 Act;

         (c)      the Company shall not,  without the prior  written  consent of
                  the Distributor (unless otherwise required by applicable law),
                  solicit,  induce  or  encourage  Contract  Owners to change or
                  modify  the  Trust  to  change  the  Trust's   distributor  or
                  investment  adviser,  to transfer or withdraw  Contract Values
                  allocated  to a  Fund,  or to  exchange  their  Contracts  for
                  contracts not allowing for investment in the Trust;

         (d)      the Company shall not substitute  another  investment  company
                  for one or more Funds without  providing written notice to the
                  Distributor  at least 60 days in advance of effecting any such
                  substitution; and

         (e)      the Company shall not withdraw the Account's investment in the
                  Trust or a Fund of the Trust except as necessary to facilitate
                  Contract Owner requests and routine Contract processing.

         10.3.  Termination  of Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall not terminate
until (i) the Trust is dissolved,  liquidated, or merged into another entity, or
(ii) as to any Fund that has been  made  available  hereunder,  the  Account  no
longer  invests in that Fund and the  Company  has  confirmed  in writing to the
Distributor,  if so requested by the  Distributor,  that it no longer intends to
invest in such Fund.  However,  certain  obligations of, or restrictions on, the
parties to this  Agreement  may  terminate as provided in Sections  10.4 through
10.6 and the Company may be required to redeem Trust shares  pursuant to Section
10.7 or in the  circumstances  contemplated  by  Article  VIII.  Article  IX and
Sections 5.7, 10.8 and 10.9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

         10.4.  Termination  of Offering of Trust Shares.  The obligation of the
Trust and the  Distributor  to make Trust  shares  available  to the Company for
purchase  pursuant to Article II of this Agreement shall terminate at the option
of the Distributor upon written notice to the Company as provided below:

          (a)  upon institution of formal  proceedings  against the Company,  or
               the Distributor's  reasonable  determination  that institution of
               such  proceedings  is being  considered by the NASD, the SEC, the
               insurance  commission of any state or any other  regulatory  body
               regarding the Company's duties under this Agreement or related to
               the sale of the  Contracts,  the  operation of the  Account,  the
               administration  of the Contracts or the purchase of Trust shares,
               or an expected or anticipated  ruling,  judgment or outcome which
               would, in the Distributor's reasonable judgment exercised in good
               faith, materially impair the Company's or Trust's ability to meet
               and  perform  the  Company's  or Trust's  obligations  and duties
               hereunder,  such termination effective upon 15 days prior written
               notice;

          (b)  in the event any of the Contracts are not  registered,  issued or
               sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law, such
               termination effective immediately upon receipt of written notice;

          (c)  if  the  Distributor  shall  determine,   in  its  sole  judgment
               exercised in good faith,  that either (1) the Company  shall have
               suffered a material  adverse  change in its business or financial
               condition  or (2) the  Company  shall  have been the  subject  of
               material  adverse  publicity  which is likely to have a  material
               adverse  impact upon the  business and  operations  of either the
               Trust or the Distributor, such termination effective upon 30 days
               prior written notice;

          (d)  if the  Distributor  suspends or terminates the offering of Trust
               shares of any Series or Class to all  Participating  Investors or
               only  designated  Participating  Investors,  if  such  action  is
               required by law or by regulatory  authorities having jurisdiction
               or if, in the sole discretion of the  Distributor  acting in good
               faith,  suspension  or  termination  is  necessary  in  the  best
               interests  of the  shareholders  of any Series or Class (it being
               understood  that  "shareholders"  for  this  purpose  shall  mean
               Product Owners),  such notice effective  immediately upon receipt
               of  written   notice,   it  being   understood  that  a  lack  of
               Participating  Investor  interest  in a Series  or  Class  may be
               grounds  for a  suspension  or  termination  as to such Series or
               Class and that a suspension  or  termination  shall apply only to
               the specified Series or Class;

          (e)  upon  the  Company's  assignment  of this  Agreement  (including,
               without limitation,  any transfer of the Contracts or the Account
               to  another   insurance   company   pursuant  to  an   assumption
               reinsurance  agreement) unless the Trust consents  thereto,  such
               termination effective upon 30 days prior written notice;

          (f)  if the Company is in  material  breach of any  provision  of this
               Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of
               the Trust within 10 days after written  notice of such breach has
               been delivered to the Company,  such  termination  effective upon
               expiration of such 10-day period; or

          (g)  upon  the  determination  of  the  Trust  s  Board  to  dissolve,
               liquidate or merge the Trust as contemplated by Section  10.3(i),
               upon termination of the Agreement  pursuant to Section  10.3(ii),
               or upon notice from the Company pursuant to Section 10.5 or 10.6,
               such  termination  pursuant  hereto to be effective  upon 15 days
               prior written notice.

Except in the case of an option  exercised  under  clause (b),  (d) or (g),  the
obligations  shall terminate only as to new Contracts and the Distributor  shall
continue to make Trust shares available to the extent necessary to permit owners
of Contracts in effect on the effective  date of such  termination  (hereinafter
referred to as "Existing  Contracts")  to reallocate  investments  in the Trust,
redeem  investments  in the Trust and/or  invest in the Trust upon the making of
additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts.

         10.5.  Termination  of Investment  in a Fund.  The Company may elect to
cease  investing in a Fund,  promoting a Fund as an investment  option under the
Contracts,  or withdraw its  investment or the  Account's  investment in a Fund,
subject to compliance  with  applicable  law,  upon written  notice to the Trust
within 15 days of the occurrence of any of the following events (unless provided
otherwise below):

          (a)  if the Trust informs the Company  pursuant to Section 4.4 that it
               will not cause such Fund to comply with  investment  restrictions
               as  requested  by the  Company  and the Trust and the Company are
               unable to agree upon any reasonable alternative accommodations;

          (b)  if shares in such Fund are not  reasonably  available to meet the
               requirements  of the  Contracts  as  determined  by  the  Company
               (including  any  non-availability  as a result of notice given by
               the   Distributor   pursuant   to  Section   10.4(d)),   and  the
               Distributor,  after receiving  written notice from the Company of
               such  non-availability,  fails to make available,  within 10 days
               after  receipt of such notice,  a sufficient  number of shares in
               such Fund or an alternate  Fund to meet the  requirements  of the
               Contracts;

          (c)  if such  Fund  fails  to meet  the  diversification  requirements
               specified  in  Section  817(h)  of the Code  and any  regulations
               thereunder and the Trust, upon written request,  fails to provide
               reasonable  assurance that it will take action to cure or correct
               such failure; or

          (d)  if such Fund ceases to qualify as a regulated  investment company
               under  Subchapter  M of the  Code,  as  defined  therein,  or any
               successor  or similar  provision,  or if the  Company  reasonably
               believes  that the Fund may fail to so  qualify,  and the  Trust,
               upon written request,  fails to provide reasonable assurance that
               it will take  action to cure or correct  such  failure  within 30
               days; or

Such termination shall apply only as to the affected Fund and shall not apply to
any other Fund in which the Company or the Account invests.

         10.6.  Termination of Investment by the Company.  The Company may elect
to cease  investing  in all  Series  or  Classes  of the  Trust  made  available
hereunder,  promoting the Trust as an investment option under the Contracts,  or
withdraw its  investment  or the Account s investment  in the Trust,  subject to
compliance  with applicable law, upon written notice to the Trust within 15 days
of the  occurrence of any of the following  events  (unless  provided  otherwise
below):

         (a)      upon  institution of formal  proceedings  against the Trust or
                  the  Distributor  (but only with  regard to the  Trust) by the
                  NASD, the SEC or any state securities or insurance  commission
                  or any other regulatory body; or

         (b)      if  the  Trust  or  Distributor  is in  material  breach  of a
                  provision of this  Agreement,  which breach has not been cured
                  to the  satisfaction  of the  Company  within  10  days  after
                  written  notice of such breach has been delivered to the Trust
                  or the Distributor, as the case may be.

         10.7.   Company  Required  to  Redeem.   The  parties   understand  and
acknowledge  that it is essential for compliance with Section 817(h) of the Code
that the Contracts qualify as annuity contracts or life insurance  policies,  as
applicable,  under  the  Code.  Accordingly,  if any of the  Contracts  cease to
qualify as annuity contracts or life insurance  policies,  as applicable,  under
the Code, or if the Trust  reasonably  believes that any such Contracts may fail
to so  qualify,  the Trust shall have the right to require the Company to redeem
Trust shares  attributable  to such Contracts upon notice to the Company and the
Company  shall so redeem  such  Trust  shares in order to ensure  that the Trust
complies  with the  provisions  of  Section  817(h)  of the Code  applicable  to
ownership of Trust  shares.  Notice to the Company  shall  specify the period of
time the  Company has to redeem the Trust  shares or to make other  arrangements
satisfactory to the Trust and its counsel,  such period of time to be determined
with reference to the  requirements  of Section 817(h) of the Code. In addition,
the Company may be required to redeem Trust  shares  pursuant to action taken or
request made by the Trust Board in accordance with the Exemptive Order described
in  Article  VIII or any  conditions  or  undertakings  set forth or  referenced
therein,  or other SEC rule,  regulation  or order that may be adopted after the
date hereof. The Company agrees to redeem shares in the circumstances  described
herein and to comply with applicable  terms and  provisions.  Also, in the event
that the  Distributor  suspends or terminates  the offering of a Series or Class
pursuant to Section 10.4(d) of this Agreement,  the Company, upon request by the
Distributor,  will  cooperate  in  taking  appropriate  action to  withdraw  the
Account's investment in the respective Fund.

         10.8.   Confidentiality.   The  Company  will  keep   confidential  any
information  acquired as a result of this  Agreement  regarding the business and
affairs of the Trust, the Distributor, and their affiliates.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                 Applicability to New Accounts and New Contracts

         The parties to this Agreement may amend the schedules to this Agreement
from time to time to  reflect,  as  appropriate,  changes in or  relating to the
Contracts,  any Series or Class,  additions  of new classes of  Contracts  to be
issued by the Company and  separate  accounts  therefor  investing in the Trust.
Such  amendments  may be made  effective  by  executing  the  form of  amendment
included on each schedule  attached  hereto.  The  provisions of this  Agreement
shall be equally  applicable to each such class of Contracts,  Series,  Class or
separate account,  as applicable,  effective as of the date of amendment of such
Schedule,  unless the context otherwise requires.  The parties to this Agreement
may amend this Agreement from time to time by written agreement signed by all of
the parties.


                                   ARTICLE XII
                           Notice, Request or Consent

         Any  notice,  request  or  consent  to be  provided  pursuant  to  this
Agreement is to be made in writing and shall be given:

                  If to the Trust:
                           Douglas C. Grip
                           President
                           Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
                           One New York Plaza
                           New York, NY  10004

                  If to the Distributor:
                           Douglas C. Grip
                           Vice President
                           Goldman Sachs & Co.
                           One New York Plaza
                           New York, NY  10004

                  If to the Company:
                           [Name]
                           [Title]
                           ________________ Life Insurance Company
                           [Street Address]
                           [City, State]

or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other  party.  Each such  notice,  request or consent to a party shall be
sent by registered or certified United States mail with return receipt requested
or by overnight  delivery  with a nationally  recognized  courier,  and shall be
effective upon receipt.  Notices pursuant to the provisions of Article II may be
sent by facsimile to the person designated in writing for such notices.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  Miscellaneous

         13.1.  Interpretation.  This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  and  the
provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the state
of  Delaware,  without  giving  effect to the  principles  of conflicts of laws,
subject to the following rules:

         (a)      This Agreement  shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933
                  Act, 1940 Act and Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
                  and the rules,  regulations and rulings thereunder,  including
                  such exemptions from those statutes, rules, and regulations as
                  the SEC may  grant,  and the terms  hereof  shall be  limited,
                  interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

         (b)      The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of
                  reference  only and in no way define or  delineate  any of the
                  provisions  hereof or otherwise  affect their  construction or
                  effect.

         (c)      If any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  be held or made
                  invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the
                  remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         (d)      The  rights,   remedies  and  obligations  contained  in  this
                  Agreement  are  cumulative  and are in addition to any and all
                  rights,  remedies and obligations,  at law or in equity, which
                  the  parties  hereto are  entitled  to under state and federal
                  laws.

     13.2.Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or
more  counterparts,  each of which  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

     13.3.  No  Assignment.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any of the rights and
obligations  hereunder may be assigned by the Company,  the  Distributor  or the
Trust without the prior written consent of the other parties.

     13.4.Declaration  of Trust. A copy of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
is on file with the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  and notice is
hereby given that this  instrument  is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the
Trust as  trustees,  and is not binding  upon any of the  Trustees,  officers or
shareholders  of the Trust  individually,  but binding  only upon the assets and
property  of the  Trust.  No  Series  of the  Trust  shall  be  liable  for  the
obligations of any other Series of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of the  parties  hereto  has  caused  this
Agreement to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly  authorized  officer
on the date specified below.


                                    GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
                                               (Trust)



Date:  ___________                  By:
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                            (Distributor)



Date:  ___________                  By:
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



                    __________________ LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                               (Company)



Date:  ___________                  By:
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                   Schedule 1

                             Accounts of the Company
                             Investing in the Trust

Effective as of the date the  Agreement was  executed,  the  following  separate
accounts of the Company are subject to the Agreement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                          <C>
                              Date Established by
Name of Account and           Board of Directors of the     SEC 1940 Act Registration    Type of Product Supported
Subaccounts                   Company                       Number                       by Account
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================



                        [Form of Amendment to Schedule 1]

Effective  as of , the  following  separate  accounts  of the Company are hereby
added to this Schedule 1 and made subject to the Agreement:


- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                          <C>
                              Date Established by
Name of Account and           Board of Directors of the     SEC 1940 Act Registration    Type of Product Supported
Subaccounts                   Company                       Number                       by Account
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
</TABLE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this
Schedule 1 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.


Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust                        [           ]
                                                         Life Insurance Company

Goldman, Sachs & Co.



                                   Schedule 2

                              Classes of Contracts
                         Supported by Separate Accounts
                              Listed on Schedule 1


Effective as of the date the Agreement was  executed,  the following  classes of
Contracts are subject to the Agreement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                          <C>
                              SEC 1933 Act Registration
Policy Marketing Name         Number                        Contract Form Number         Annuity or Life
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
</TABLE>


                        [Form of Amendment to Schedule 2]

Effective as of _______,  the following classes of Contracts are hereby added to
this Schedule 2 and made subject to the Agreement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                          <C>
                              SEC 1933 Act Registration     Name of Supporting Account
Policy Marketing Name         Number                                                     Annuity or Life
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================

- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------- ============================
</TABLE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this
Schedule 2 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.





Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust                        [        ]
                                                          Life Insurance Company

Goldman, Sachs & Co.



                                   Schedule 3

                            Trust Classes and Series
                                 Available Under
                             Each Class of Contracts


Effective as of the date the Agreement was executed, the following Trust Classes
and Series are available under the Contracts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
<S>                                                         <C>
   Contracts Marketing Name                                 Trust Classes and Series
   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
</TABLE>



                       [Form of Amendment to Schedule 3]

Effective as of __________________, this Schedule 3 is hereby amended to reflect
the following changes in Trust Classes and Series:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
   <S>                                                      <C>
   Contracts Marketing Name                                 Trust Classes and Series
   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================

   -------------------------------------------------------- ===============================================
</TABLE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this
Schedule 3 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.



Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust                        [         ]
                                                          Life Insurance Company

Goldman, Sachs & Co.


                                   Schedule 4

                             Investment Restrictions
                             Applicable to the Trust

Effective as of the date the Agreement was  executed,  the following  investment
restrictions are applicable to the Trust:



                        [Form of Amendment to Schedule 4]


Effective  as of  ___________________,  this  Schedule  4 is hereby  amended  to
reflect the following changes:



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this
Schedule 4 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.


Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust                        [         ]
                                                          Life Insurance Company

Goldman, Sachs & Co.




                                                                    Exhibit 8(g)



                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                                  By and Among

                             OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST

                                       And

                               [INSURANCE COMPANY]

                                       And

                                OCC DISTRIBUTORS


     THIS  AGREEMENT,  made and entered into this day of  _________  199_ by and
among [INSURANCE COMPANY],  a ________ Corporation  (hereinafter the "Company"),
on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company named in
Schedule 1 to this Agreement,  as may be amended from time to time (each account
referred to as the "Account"),  OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST, an open-end  diversified
management  investment  company  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of
Massachusetts (hereinafter the "Fund") and OCC DISTRIBUTORS,  a Delaware general
partnership (hereinafter the "Underwriter").

     WHEREAS,  the  Fund  engages  in  business  as  an  open-end   diversified,
management  investment company and was established for the purpose of serving as
the  investment  vehicle for separate  accounts  established  for variable  life
insurance  contracts and variable  annuity  contracts to be offered by insurance
companies  which  have  entered  into  participation   agreements  substantially
identical to this Agreement (hereinafter  "Participating  Insurance Companies");
and

     WHEREAS,  beneficial  interests in the Fund are divided into several series
of shares,  each representing the interest in a particular  managed portfolio of
securities and other assets (the "Portfolios"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Fund has  obtained  an order from the  Securities  & Exchange
Commission  (alternatively referred to as the "SEC" or the "Commission"),  dated
February  22,  1995  (File  No.  812-9290),   granting  Participating  Insurance
Companies and variable  annuity  separate  accounts and variable life  insurance
separate accounts relief from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and
15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,  (hereinafter the "1940
Act")  and  Rules  6e-2(b)(15)  and  6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder,  to the  extent
necessary  to  permit  shares  of the  Fund to be sold to and  held by  variable
annuity separate accounts and variable life insurance  separate accounts of both
affiliated  and  unaffiliated  Participating  Insurance  Companies and qualified
pension  and  retirement  plans  (hereinafter  the  "Mixed  and  Shared  Funding
Exemptive Order");and

     WHEREAS,  the  Fund is  registered  as an  open-end  management  investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are  registered  under the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Company has  registered  or will  register  certain  variable
annuity contracts (the "Contracts") under the 1933 Act; and

     WHEREAS, the Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated asset
account,  established  by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors of the Company
under the  insurance  laws of the State of  _________,  to set aside and  invest
assets attributable to the Contracts; and

     WHEREAS,  the Company has registered the Account as a unit investment trust
under the 1940 Act; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Underwriter  is registered as a  broker-dealer  with the SEC
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  (hereinafter  the "1934
Act"),  and is a  member  in  good  standing  of  the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD"); and

     WHEREAS,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable   insurance  laws  and
regulations,  the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios  named in
Schedule 2 on behalf of the Account to fund the Contracts and the Underwriter is
authorized to sell such shares to unit investment  trusts such as the Account at
net asset value; NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of their mutual promises, the
Company, the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.   Sale of Fund Shares

     1.1. The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the Fund
which the Company  orders on behalf of the Account,  executing  such orders on a
daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt and acceptance by
the Fund or its agent of the order for the shares of the Fund.  For  purposes of
this Section  1.1, the Company  shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of
such orders from each  Account and  receipt by such  designee  shall  constitute
receipt by the Fund;  provided  that the Fund  receives  notice of such order by
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the next following Business Day. "Business Day" shall
mean any day on which the New York Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading  and on
which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

     1.2. The Company  shall pay for Fund shares on the next  Business Day after
it places an order to  purchase  Fund  shares in  accordance  with  Section  1.1
hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire.

     1.3. The Fund agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for purchase
at the applicable net asset value per share by Participating Insurance Companies
and their separate  accounts on those days on which the Fund  calculates its net
asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC; provided,  however,  that the Board of
Trustees of the Fund  (hereinafter the "Directors") may refuse to sell shares of
any  Portfolio to any person,  or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of
any  Portfolio  if such action is required by law or by  regulatory  authorities
having  jurisdiction or is, in the sole  discretion of the Directors,  acting in
good  faith  and in  light of  their  fiduciary  duties  under  federal  and any
applicable  state laws,  necessary in the best interests of the  shareholders of
any Portfolio.

     1.4.  The Fund and the  Underwriter  agree that  shares of the Fund will be
sold only to  Participating  Insurance  Companies and their  separate  accounts,
qualified  pension and  retirement  plans or such other persons as are permitted
under  applicable  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
(the "Internal Revenue Code"), and regulations promulgated thereunder,  the sale
to which will not impair the tax treatment currently afforded the contracts.  No
shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

     1.5.  The  Fund  and the  Underwriter  will not  sell  Fund  shares  to any
insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing  provisions
substantially  the same as Articles I, III, V, and VII of this  Agreement are in
effect to govern such sales.  The Fund shall make available upon written request
from the Company (i) a list of all other  Participating  Insurance Companies and
(ii) a copy of the Participation  Agreement executed by any other  Participating
Insurance Company.

     1.6. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash,  upon the Company's  request,  any
full or  fractional  shares  of the Fund  held by the  Company,  executing  such
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt and
acceptance by the Fund or its agent of the request for redemption.  For purposes
of this Section  1.6, the Company  shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt
of requests for redemption  from each Account and receipt by such designee shall
constitute receipt by the Fund; provided the Fund receives notice of request for
redemption  by 10:00  a.m.  Eastern  Time on the next  following  Business  Day.
Payment shall be in federal funds  transmitted by wire to the Company's  account
as  designated by the Company in writing from time to time, on the same Business
Day the Fund receives  notice of the  redemption  order from the Company  except
that the Fund reserves the right to delay payment of redemption proceeds, but in
no event may such  payment be delayed  longer  than the period  permitted  under
Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act.  Neither the Fund nor the Underwriter  shall bear
any  responsibility  whatsoever  for the proper  disbursement  or  crediting  of
redemption proceeds;  the Company alone shall be responsible for such action. If
notification  of redemption is received after 10:00 a.m.  Eastern Time,  payment
for redeemed shares will be made on the next following Business Day.

     1.7. The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of the Portfolios
named in  Schedule  2  offered  by the then  current  prospectus  of the Fund in
accordance with the provisions of such  prospectus.  The Company agrees that all
net amounts  available  under the Contracts shall be invested in the Fund, or in
the Company's  general account;  provided that such amounts may also be invested
in an  investment  company  other  than the Fund if (a)  such  other  investment
company,  or series  thereof,  has  investment  objectives  or policies that are
substantially  different  from the  investment  objectives  and  policies of the
Portfolios  of the Fund named in Schedule  2; or (b) the Company  gives the Fund
and the  Underwriter  45 days written notice of its intention to make such other
investment company available as a funding vehicle for the Contracts; or (c) such
other  investment  company was available as a funding  vehicle for the Contracts
prior to the date of this  Agreement  and the  Company so  informs  the Fund and
Underwriter  prior  to  their  signing  this  Agreement;  or  (d)  the  Fund  or
Underwriter consents in writing to the use of such other investment company.

     1.8. Issuance and transfer of the Fund's shares will be by book entry only.
Stock  certificates  will not be issued to the Company or any Account.  Purchase
and redemption  orders for Fund shares will be recorded in an appropriate  title
for each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

     1.9. The Fund shall furnish notice as soon as reasonably practicable to the
Company of any income,  dividends or capital gain  distributions  payable on the
Fund's  shares.  The Company  hereby  elects to receive all such  dividends  and
distributions  as are payable on the Portfolio  shares in the form of additional
shares of that Portfolio. The Company reserves the right to revoke this election
and to receive all such  dividends  and  distributions  in cash.  The Fund shall
notify  the  Company  of the  number of shares  so  issued  as  payment  of such
dividends and distributions.

     1.10.  The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each Portfolio
available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably  practical after
the net asset value per share is  calculated  and shall use its best  efforts to
make such net asset value per share  available by 5:30 p.m.,  Eastern Time, each
business day.

ARTICLE II.  Representations and Warranties

     2.1. The Company  represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will be
registered  under the 1933 Act and that the Contracts will be issued and sold in
compliance  with all  applicable  federal  and state laws.  The Company  further
represents  and warrants that it is an insurance  company duly  organized and in
good  standing  under  applicable  law  and  that  it has  legally  and  validly
established  each Account as a segregated  asset account under  applicable state
law and has  registered  each Account as a unit  investment  trust in accordance
with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as segregated  investment  accounts
for the Contracts,  and that it will maintain such  registration  for so long as
any  Contracts  are  outstanding.  The  Company  shall  amend  the  registration
statement  under the 1933 Act for the Contracts and the  registration  statement
under the 1940 Act for the  Account  from time to time as  required  in order to
effect the continuous  offering of the Contracts or as may otherwise be required
by applicable law. The Company shall register and qualify the Contracts for sale
in accordance  with the securities laws of the various states only if and to the
extent deemed necessary by the Company.

     2.2.  The  Company  represents  that it  believes  that the  Contracts  are
currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as annuity contracts under
applicable  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code and that it will make every
effort to  maintain  such  treatment  and that it will  notify  the Fund and the
Underwriter  immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing that the
Contracts  have  ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in
the future.

     2.3. The Fund  represents  and warrants  that Fund shares sold  pursuant to
this Agreement  shall be registered  under the 1933 Act and duly  authorized for
issuance in accordance with applicable law and that the Fund is and shall remain
registered  under the 1940 Act for as long as the Fund shares are sold. The Fund
shall amend the registration statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the
1940 Act  from  time to time as  required  in order  to  effect  the  continuous
offering of its shares.  The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale
in  accordance  with the laws of the  various  states  only if and to the extent
deemed advisable by the Fund or the Underwriter.

     2.4.  The Fund  represents  that it is  currently  qualified as a Regulated
Investment  Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and that it
will make every effort to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any
successor or similar provision) and that it will notify the Company  immediately
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or
that it might not so qualify in the future.

     2.5.  The Fund  represents  that its  investment  objectives,  policies and
restrictions  comply with applicable  state investment laws as they may apply to
the Fund.  The Fund  makes no  representation  as to  whether  any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies)  complies with the insurance laws and  regulations  of any state.  The
Company  alone shall be  responsible  for  informing  the Fund of any  insurance
restrictions  imposed by state  insurance laws which are applicable to the Fund.
To the extent  feasible and  consistent  with market  conditions,  the Fund will
adjust its  investments to comply with the  aforementioned  state insurance laws
upon  written  notice  from  the  Company  of  such  requirements  and  proposed
adjustments, it being agreed and understood that in any such case the Fund shall
be allowed a reasonable period of time under the circumstances  after receipt of
such notice to make any such adjustment.

     2.6.  The Fund  currently  does not intend to make any  payments to finance
distribution  expenses  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act or  otherwise,
although it may make such payments in the future.  To the extent that it decides
to finance distribution  expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1, the Fund undertakes to
have its Board of Trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the
Fund,  formulate  and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance  distribution
expenses.

     2.7. The  Underwriter  represents  and warrants that it is a member in good
standing of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., ("NASD") and
is  registered  as  a  broker-dealer  with  the  SEC.  The  Underwriter  further
represents  that it will sell and distribute the Fund shares in accordance  with
all applicable  federal and state securities laws,  including without limitation
the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

     2.8. The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing
under the laws of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply with applicable
provisions of the 1940 Act.

     2.9. The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Fund's Adviser, OpCap
Advisors,  is and shall remain duly registered under all applicable  federal and
state  securities  laws and that the Adviser will perform its obligations to the
Fund in accordance with the laws of  Massachusetts  and any applicable state and
federal securities laws.

     2.10.  The Fund and  Underwriter  represent  and warrant  that all of their
directors,    officers,    employees,    investment    advisers,    and    other
individuals/entities  having  access to the funds and/or  securities of the Fund
are and  continue  to be at all  times  covered  by a blanket  fidelity  bond or
similar  coverage  for the  benefit  of the Fund in an amount  not less than the
minimal  coverage  as  required  currently  by Rule  17g-(1)  of the 1940 Act or
related  provisions as may be promulgated  from time to time. The aforesaid Bond
includes  coverage  for  larceny and  embezzlement  and is issued by a reputable
bonding company.

     2.11.  The  Company  represents  and  warrants  that all of its  directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or  securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket  fidelity
bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund, in an amount not less than
$5 million.  The aforesaid includes coverage for larceny and embezzlement and is
issued by a reputable bonding company. The Company agrees to make all reasonable
efforts to see that this bond or another bond  containing  these  provisions  is
always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the Underwriter in the event
that such coverage no longer applies.

ARTICLE III.  Prospectuses and Proxy Statements; Voting

     3.1. The Underwriter shall provide the Company,  at the Company's  expense,
with  as many  copies  of the  Fund's  current  prospectus  as the  Company  may
reasonably request for use with prospective  contractowners and applicants.  The
Underwriter shall print and distribute,  at the Fund's or Underwriter's expense,
as many copies of said  prospectus  as necessary  for  distribution  to existing
contractowners or participants. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the
Fund  shall  provide  such  documentation  including  a final  copy of a current
prospectus  set in  type  at the  Fund's  expense  and  other  assistance  as is
reasonably  necessary  in  order  for the  Company  at least  annually  (or more
frequently if the Fund  prospectus is amended more  frequently)  to have the new
prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's new prospectus  printed  together in
one  document.  In such  case  the Fund  shall  bear its  share of  expenses  as
described above.

     3.2. The Fund's  prospectus  shall state that the  Statement of  Additional
Information for the Fund is available from the Underwriter or alternatively from
the Company (or, in the Fund's discretion,  the Prospectus shall state that such
Statement is available from the Fund),  and the  Underwriter (or the Fund) shall
provide such  Statement,  at its expense,  to the Company and to any owner of or
participant  under a Contract who requests  such  Statement or, at the Company's
expense,  to any  prospective  contractowner  and  applicant  who requests  such
statement.

     3.3. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its
proxy material,  if any,  reports to shareholders  and other  communications  to
shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably  require and shall
bear the costs of distributing them to existing contractowners or participants.

     3.4. If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:

          (i)  solicit voting instructions from contractowners or participants;

          (ii) vote the Fund  shares  held in the  Account  in  accordance  with
               instructions received from contractowners or participants; and

          (iii)vote  Fund  shares  held  in the  Account  for  which  no  timely
               instructions  have been received,  in the same proportion as Fund
               shares  of  such  Portfolio  for  which  instructions  have  been
               received from the Company's contractowners or participants;

so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to
require pass through voting privileges for variable contractowners.  The Company
reserves the right to vote Fund shares held in any  segregated  asset account in
its own right, to the extent permitted by law. Participating Insurance Companies
shall  be  responsible  for  assuring  that  each  of  their  separate  accounts
participating in the Fund calculates  voting  privileges in a manner  consistent
with other Participating Insurance Companies.

     3.5.  The Fund will comply with all  provisions  of the 1940 Act  requiring
voting by  shareholders,  and in  particular  as required,  the Fund will either
provide  for  annual  meetings  or  comply  with  Section  16(c) of the 1940 Act
(although  the Fund is not one of the trusts  described in Section 16(c) of that
Act) as well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further,
the Fund will act in accordance with the SEC  interpretation of the requirements
of Section  16(a) with  respect to  periodic  elections  of  directors  and with
whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.

ARTICLE IV.  Sales Material and Information

     4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund
or the Underwriter, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material
in which the Fund or the Fund's adviser or the  Underwriter  is named,  at least
fifteen  business days prior to its use. No such  material  shall be used if the
Fund or the Underwriter reasonably objects in writing to such use within fifteen
business days after receipt of such material.

     4.2. The Company shall not give any information or make any representations
or statements on behalf of the Fund or  concerning  the Fund in connection  with
the  sale  of the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or  representations
contained in the  registration  statement or prospectus for the Fund shares,  as
such  registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from
time to time,  or in  reports  or proxy  statements  for the  Fund,  or in sales
literature  or  other  promotional  material  approved  by  the  Fund  or by the
Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the Underwriter. The Fund
and the Underwriter agree to respond to any request for approval on a prompt and
timely basis.

     4.3.  The Fund or the  Underwriter  shall  furnish,  or  shall  cause to be
furnished,  to the Company or its  designee,  each piece of sales  literature or
other  promotional  material  in which the  Company or its  separate  account is
named,  at least fifteen  business days prior to its use. No such material shall
be used if the Company  reasonably objects in writing to such use within fifteen
business days after receipt of such material.

     4.4. The Fund and the  Underwriter  shall not give any  information or make
any  representations  on behalf of the Company or concerning  the Company,  each
Account,  or  the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or  representations
contained in a registration  statement or prospectus for the Contracts,  as such
registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain
or approved by the Company for distribution to  contractowners  or participants,
or in sales literature or other  promotional  material  approved by the Company,
except with the permission of the Company.  The Company agrees to respond to any
request for approval on a prompt and timely basis.

     4.5. The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all
registration  statements,  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,
reports,  proxy statements,  sales literature and other  promotional  materials,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
to any of the above,  that relate to the Fund or its  shares,  contemporaneously
with the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

     4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all
registration  statements,  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,
reports,  solicitations  for voting  instructions,  sales  literature  and other
promotional  materials,  applications  for  exemptions,  requests for  no-action
letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Contracts or
each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC or
other regulatory authorities.

     4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature or other
promotional  material" includes,  but is not limited to, advertisements (such as
material  published,  or designed  for use in, a newspaper,  magazine,  or other
periodical, radio, television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape display,
signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media), sales literature
(i.e.,  any written  communication  distributed or made  generally  available to
customers  or the public,  including  brochures,  circulars,  research  reports,
market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other
advertisement,  sales literature, or published article), educational or training
materials or other  communications  distributed or made  generally  available to
some  or  all  agents  or  employees,  registration  statements,   prospectuses,
statements of additional  information,  shareholder reports, and proxy materials
and any other material  constituting  sales literature or advertising under NASD
rules, the 1940 Act or the 1933 Act.

ARTICLE V.  Fees and Expenses

     5.1. The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation to the
Company under this  Agreement,  except that if the Fund or any Portfolio  adopts
and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance  distribution  expenses,
then,  subject to obtaining any required  exemptive  orders or other  regulatory
approvals,  the  Underwriter  may  make  payments  to  the  Company  or  to  the
underwriter  for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in
writing. Currently, no such payments are contemplated.

     5.2. All expenses  incident to  performance  by the Fund of this  Agreement
shall be paid by the Fund to the extent  permitted  by law. All Fund shares will
be duly  authorized  for issuance and registered in accordance  with  applicable
federal law and to the extent deemed  advisable by the Fund, in accordance  with
applicable  state law,  prior to sale.  The Fund shall bear the expenses for the
cost of registration  and  qualification  of the Fund's shares,  preparation and
filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration statement, Fund proxy materials
and reports,  setting in type,  printing and distributing the prospectuses,  the
proxy materials and reports to existing  shareholders  and  contractowners,  the
preparation of all statements and notices  required by any federal or state law,
all taxes on the  issuance or transfer of the Fund's  shares,  and any  expenses
permitted to be paid or assumed by the Fund  pursuant to a plan,  if any,  under
Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

ARTICLE VI.  Diversification

     6.1. The Fund will at all times  invest money from the  Contracts in such a
manner as to ensure that the  Contracts  will be treated as  variable  contracts
under the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued  thereunder.  Without
limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund will comply with Section 817(h) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code and Treasury  Regulation  1.817-5,  relating to the
diversification  requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance
contracts  and  any  amendments  or  other  modifications  to  such  Section  or
Regulations in accordance with  guidelines  provided by the Company prior to the
execution  of this  Agreement  and as  necessary  thereafter.  In the event of a
breach of this Article VI by the Fund, it will take all reasonable  steps (a) to
notify the Company of such breach and (b) to adequately diversify the Fund so as
to achieve  compliance  with the grace  period  afforded by Treasury  Regulation
1.817-5.

ARTICLE VII.   Potential Conflicts

     7.1. The Board of Trustees of the Fund (the "Fund  Board") will monitor the
Fund  for the  existence  of any  material  irreconcilable  conflict  among  the
interests of the  contractowners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund.
An  irreconcilable  material  conflict  may  arise  for a  variety  of  reasons,
including:  (a) an action by any state  insurance  regulatory  authority;  (b) a
change in applicable  federal or state  insurance,  tax, or  securities  laws or
regulations,   or  a  public  ruling,   private  letter  ruling,   no-action  or
interpretative  letter,  or any similar action by insurance,  tax, or securities
regulatory  authorities;  (c) an  administrative  or  judicial  decision  in any
relevant  proceeding;  (d) the manner in which the  investments of any Portfolio
are  being  managed;   (e)  a  difference  in  voting   instructions   given  by
Participating  Insurance  Companies or by variable annuity contract and variable
life insurance contractowners;  or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the
voting  instructions  of  contractowners.  The Board shall  promptly  inform the
Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the
implications  thereof. A majority of the Fund Board shall consist of persons who
are not "interested" persons of the Fund.

     7.2.  The  Company  has  reviewed  a copy of the Mixed and  Shared  Funding
Exemptive Order, and in particular, has reviewed the conditions to the requested
relief set forth therein. As set forth in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive
Order,  the Company will report any potential or existing  conflicts of which it
is aware to the Fund  Board.  The  Company  agrees to assist  the Fund  Board in
carrying out its  responsibilities  under the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive
Order, by providing the Fund Board with all information reasonably necessary for
the Fund Board to consider any issues raised. This includes,  but is not limited
to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Fund Board whenever contractowner
voting instructions are disregarded.  The Fund Board shall record in its minutes
or other  appropriate  records,  all reports  received by it and all action with
regard to a conflict.

     7.3. If it is determined by a majority of the Fund Board,  or a majority of
its disinterested  Directors,  that an irreconcilable  material conflict exists,
the Company and other Participating  Insurance Companies shall, at their expense
and to the extent  reasonably  practicable  (as  determined by a majority of the
disinterested  Directors),  take  whatever  steps  are  necessary  to  remedy or
eliminate  the  irreconcilable  material  conflict,  up to  and  including:  (1)
withdrawing  the assets  allocable to some or all of the separate  accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different  investment
medium,  including  (but not  limited  to)  another  Portfolio  of the Fund,  or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected  contractowners  and, as appropriate,  segregating the assets of
any appropriate  group (i.e.,  variable annuity  contractowners or variable life
insurance contractowners, of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that
votes in favor of such segregation,  or offering to the affected  contractowners
the  option  of making  such a change;  and (2)  establishing  a new  registered
management investment company or managed separate account.

     7.4. If the Company's  disregard of voting instructions could conflict with
the majority of contractowner  voting  instructions,  and the Company's judgment
represents a minority  position or would  preclude a majority  vote, the Company
may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the Account's investment in
the Fund and terminate  this  Agreement  with respect to such Account.  Any such
withdrawal and  termination  must take place within 60 days after the Fund gives
written  notice to the Company that this provision is being  implemented.  Until
the end of such 60 day period the  Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept
and implement  orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares
of the Fund.

     7.5. If a particular state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the
Company  conflicts with the majority of other state insurance  regulators,  then
the Company will  withdraw the  Account's  investment  in the Fund and terminate
this Agreement with respect to such Account. Any such withdrawal and termination
must take  place  within  60 days  after the Fund  gives  written  notice to the
Company that this provision is being  implemented.  Until the end of such 60 day
period the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by
the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

     7.6. For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a majority
of the  disinterested  members of the Fund Board  shall  determine  whether  any
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in
no event will the Fund or Quest  Advisors be required to establish a new funding
medium for the  Contracts.  The Company  shall not be required by Section 7.3 to
establish a new funding  medium for the  Contracts if an offer to do so has been
declined by vote of a majority of contractowners  materially  adversely affected
by the irreconcilable material conflict.

     7.7.  The  Company  shall at least  annually  submit to the Fund Board such
reports,  materials or data as the Fund Board may reasonably request so that the
Fund Board may fully carry out the duties  imposed upon it as  delineated in the
Mixed and Shared Funding  Exemptive Order, and said reports,  materials and data
shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Fund Board.

     7. 8. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3 (T) are amended, or
Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the Act
or the rules promulgated  thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as
defined in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions
materially  different  from  those  contained  in the Mixed and  Shared  Funding
Exemptive Order, (a) the Fund and/or the Participating  Insurance Companies,  as
appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2
and 6e-3 (T), as amended,  and Rule 6e-3,  as adopted,  to the extent such rules
are  applicable;  and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this
Agreement  shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions
substantially  identical to such  Sections  are  contained in such Rule(s) as so
amended or adopted.

ARTICLE VIII.  Indemnification

     8.1. Indemnification By The Company (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and
hold  harmless  the  Fund,  the  Underwriter,  and  each  of the  Fund's  or the
Underwriter's directors,  officers, employees or agents and each person, if any,
who  controls  or is  associated  with the Fund or the  Underwriter  within  the
meaning of such terms  under the  federal  securities  laws  (collectively,  the
"indemnified  parties"  for  purposes of this  Section  8.1) against any and all
losses, claims, damages,  liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the written consent of the Company) or litigation  (including  reasonable  legal
and other expenses),  to which the indemnified  parties may become subject under
any statute,  regulation,  at common law or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses  (or actions in respect  thereof) or
settlements:

          (i)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statements  or alleged
               untrue   statements  of  any  material  fact   contained  in  the
               registration  statement,  prospectus  or statement of  additional
               information  for the  Contracts or contained in the  Contracts or
               sales literature or other promotional  material for the Contracts
               (or any  amendment or  supplement  to any of the  foregoing),  or
               arise  out of or are  based  upon  the  omission  or the  alleged
               omission to state  therein a material  fact required to be stated
               therein  or  necessary  to  make  the   statements   therein  not
               misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made;
               provided that this  agreement to indemnify  shall not apply as to
               any  indemnified  party if such  statement  or  omission  or such
               alleged  statement or omission  was made in reliance  upon and in
               conformity  with  information  furnished  to the Company by or on
               behalf  of  the  Fund  for  use in  the  registration  statement,
               prospectus  or  statement  of  additional   information  for  the
               Contracts  or in the  Contracts  or  sales  literature  or  other
               promotional  material  for the  Contracts  (or any  amendment  or
               supplement)  or otherwise for use in connection  with the sale of
               the Contracts or Fund shares; or

          (ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or  representations  by
               or  on  behalf  of  the  Company   (other  than   statements   or
               representations  contained  in the Fund  registration  statement,
               Fund  prospectus,  Fund  statement of additional  information  or
               sales  literature or other  promotional  material of the Fund not
               supplied by the Company or persons under its control) or wrongful
               conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect
               to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

          (iii)arise out of any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement of
               a material  fact  contained in the Fund  registration  statement,
               Fund  prospectus,  statement of additional  information  or sales
               literature  or  other  promotional  material  of the  Fund or any
               amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto  or the  omission  or
               alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to be
               stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
               misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made,
               if such a statement or omission was made in reliance  upon and in
               conformity with information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf
               of the Company or persons under its control; or

          (iv) arise as a result of any  failure by the  Company to provide  the
               services and furnish the materials or to make any payments  under
               the terms of this Agreement; or

          (v)  arise out of any  material  breach of any  representation  and/or
               warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or
               result  from any other  material  breach by the  Company  of this
               Agreement;

except  to  the  extent  provided  in  Sections  8.1(b)  and  8.3  hereof.  This
indemnification  shall be in  addition  to any  liability  which the Company may
otherwise have.

                   (b) No party  shall be entitled  to  indemnification  if such
loss, claim, damage,  liability or litigation is due to the willful misfeasance,
bad faith,  gross negligence or reckless  disregard of duty by the party seeking
indemnification.
                  (c) The  indemnified  parties will promptly notify the Company
of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against them in connection
with the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the  Contracts or the  operation
of the Fund.

                  8.2.  Indemnification By the Underwriter

                   (a) The  Underwriter,  on its own behalf and on behalf of the
Fund,  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Company  and each of its
directors,  officers,  employees or agents and each person, if any, who controls
or is  associated  with the  Company  within the meaning of such terms under the
federal securities laws (collectively, the "indemnified parties" for purposes of
this  Section  8.2)  against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities
(including   amounts  paid  in  settlement  with  the  written  consent  of  the
Underwriter) or litigation  (including  reasonable  legal and other expenses) to
which the indemnified parties may become subject under any statute,  regulation,
at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements:

          (i)  arise out of or are based  upon any untrue  statement  or alleged
               untrue   statement  of  any  material   fact   contained  in  the
               registration  statement,  prospectus  or statement of  additional
               information for the Fund or sales literature or other promotional
               material of the Fund (or any  amendment or  supplement  to any of
               the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
               the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
               be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
               misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made;
               provided that this  agreement to indemnify  shall not apply as to
               any  indemnified  party if such  statement  or  omission  or such
               alleged  statement or omission  was made in reliance  upon and in
               conformity with information  furnished to the Underwriter or Fund
               by or on  behalf  of the  Company  for  use  in the  registration
               statement,  prospectus or statement of additional information for
               the Fund or in sales literature or other promotional  material of
               the Fund (or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto) or otherwise
               for use in  connection  with  the sale of the  Contracts  or Fund
               shares; or

          (ii) arise  out of or as a result  of  statements  or  representations
               (other  than  statements  or  representations  contained  in  the
               Contracts or in the Contract or Fund registration statement,  the
               Contract or Fund prospectus, statement of additional information,
               or  sales  literature  or  other  promotional  material  for  the
               Contracts or of the Fund not supplied by the  Underwriter  or the
               Fund or persons under the control of the  Underwriter or the Fund
               respectively)  or wrongful conduct of the Underwriter or the Fund
               or  persons  under the  control  of the  Underwriter  or the Fund
               respectively,  with  respect to the sale or  distribution  of the
               Contracts or Fund shares; or

          (iii)arise out of any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement of
               a  material   fact   contained  in  a   registration   statement,
               prospectus,   statement  of  additional   information   or  sales
               literature or other  promotional  material covering the Contracts
               (or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto), or the omission
               or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to
               be  stated   therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statement  or
               statements  therein not misleading in light of the  circumstances
               in which they were made,  if such  statement or omission was made
               in reliance upon and in conformity with information  furnished to
               the  Company  by or on behalf of the  Underwriter  or the Fund or
               persons under the control of the Underwriter or the Fund; or

          (iv) arise as a result  of any  failure  by the  Fund to  provide  the
               services  and  furnish  the  materials  under  the  terms of this
               Agreement (including a failure,  whether unintentional or in good
               faith  or   otherwise,   to  comply   with  the   diversification
               requirements and procedures  related thereto specified in Article
               VI of this  Agreement  except if such  failure is a result of the
               Company's  failure  to comply  with the  notification  procedures
               specified in Article VI); or

          (v)  arise  out  of  or  result  from  any  material   breach  of  any
               representation  and/or  warranty made by the  Underwriter  or the
               Fund in this  Agreement  or arise out of or result from any other
               material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter or the Fund;

except  to  the  extent  provided  in  Sections  8.2(b)  and  8.3  hereof.  This
indemnification  shall be in addition to any liability which the Underwriter may
otherwise have.

                   (b) No party  shall be entitled  to  indemnification  if such
loss, claim, damage,  liability or litigation is due to the willful misfeasance,
bad faith,  gross negligence or reckless  disregard of duty by the party seeking
indemnification.

                   (c)  The   indemnified   parties  will  promptly  notify  the
Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in
connection  with the issuance or sale of the  Contracts or the  operation of the
Account.

          8.3. Indemnification Procedure

                  Any person  obligated  to provide  indemnification  under this
Article  VIII  ("indemnifying  party" for the purpose of this Section 8.3) shall
not be liable  under the  indemnification  provisions  of this Article VIII with
respect to any claim made against a party entitled to indemnification under this
Article  VIII  ("indemnified  party" for the purpose of this Section 8.3) unless
such  indemnified  party shall have notified the  indemnifying  party in writing
within a reasonable  time after the summons or other first legal process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
indemnified  party (or after  such  party  shall  have  received  notice of such
service on any designated  agent),  but failure to notify the indemnifying party
of any such claim shall not relieve the  indemnifying  party from any  liability
which it may have to the  indemnified  party against whom such action is brought
under the  indemnification  provision of this Article VIII, except to the extent
that the  failure  to notify  results  in the  failure  of actual  notice to the
indemnifying  party and such indemnifying party is damaged solely as a result of
failure to give such  notice.  In case any such  action is brought  against  the
indemnified  party, the indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate,  at
its own expense,  in the defense thereof.  The indemnifying  party also shall be
entitled to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to the party
named in the action. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified
party of the indemnifying  party's  election to assume the defense thereof,  the
indemnified  party shall bear the fees and  expenses of any  additional  counsel
retained  by it,  and the  indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such party
under this  Agreement for any legal or other expenses  subsequently  incurred by
such party  independently  in  connection  with the defense  thereof  other than
reasonable costs of  investigation,  unless (i) the  indemnifying  party and the
indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or
(ii) the named parties to any such proceeding  (including any impleaded parties)
include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation
of both  parties by the same  counsel  would be  inappropriate  due to actual or
potential  differing interests between them. The indemnifying party shall not be
liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent
but if  settled  with  such  consent  or if  there be a final  judgment  for the
plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from
and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

                  A successor by law of the parties to this  Agreement  shall be
entitled to the benefits of the indemnification  contained in this Article VIII.
The indemnification  provisions contained in this Article VIII shall survive any
termination of this Agreement.

          8.4. Contribution

                  In order to provide  for just and  equitable  contribution  in
circumstances in which the indemnification  provided for in this Article VIII is
due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be  unenforceable
with respect to a party  entitled to  indemnification  ("indemnified  party" for
purposes of this Section 8.4) pursuant to the terms of this Article  VIII,  then
each party  obligated  to  indemnify  pursuant to the terms of this Article VIII
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a
result of such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  and  litigations in such
proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the
parties to this Agreement in connection  with the offering of Fund shares to the
Account and the acquisition,  holding or sale of Fund shares by the Account,  or
if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportions as is
appropriate to reflect the relative net benefits  referred to above but also the
relative fault of the parties to this  Agreement in connection  with any actions
that lead to such losses, claims, damages,  liabilities or litigations,  as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations.

ARTICLE IX.  Applicable Law

     9.1.  This  Agreement   shall  be  construed  and  the  provisions   hereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     9.2. This Agreement  shall be subject to the  provisions of the 1933,  1934
and 1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings  thereunder,  including
such exemptions from those statutes,  rules and regulations as the SEC may grant
(including, but not limited to the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and
the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

ARTICLE X.  Termination

     10.1. This Agreement shall terminate:

          (a)  at the option of any party upon one-year  advance  written notice
               to the  other  parties  unless  otherwise  agreed  in a  separate
               written agreement among the parties; or

          (b)  at the  option  of  the  Company  if  shares  of  the  Portfolios
               delineated in Schedule 2 are not reasonably available to meet the
               requirements of the Contracts as determined by the Company; or

          (c)  at the option of the Fund upon institution of formal  proceedings
               against  the  Company  by  the  NASD,   the  SEC,  the  insurance
               commission of any state or any other  regulatory  body  regarding
               the Company's  duties under this Agreement or related to the sale
               of  the  Contracts,  the  administration  of the  Contracts,  the
               operation  of the  Account,  or the  purchase of the Fund shares,
               which  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
               ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

          (d)  at  the  option  of  the  Company  upon   institution  of  formal
               proceedings  against the Fund or the Underwriter by the NASD, the
               SEC, or any state securities or insurance department or any other
               regulatory  body,  which would have a material  adverse effect on
               the  Fund's  or  the   Underwriter's   ability  to  perform   its
               obligations under this Agreement; or

          (e)  at the  option of the  Company  or the Fund upon  receipt  of any
               necessary   regulatory   approvals   and/or   the   vote  of  the
               contractowners   having  an  interest  in  the  Account  (or  any
               subaccount)  to  substitute  the  shares  of  another  investment
               company  for the  corresponding  Portfolio  shares of the Fund in
               accordance  with  the  terms of the  Contracts  for  which  those
               Portfolio  shares had been  selected  to serve as the  underlying
               investment  media.  The Company  will give 30 days prior  written
               notice  to the  Fund of the  date of any  proposed  vote or other
               action taken to replace the Fund's shares; or

          (f)  at the option of the Company or the Fund upon a determination  by
               a majority of the Fund Board, or a majority of the  disinterested
               Fund Board  members,  that an  irreconcilable  material  conflict
               exists among the interests of (i) all  contractowners of variable
               insurance products of all separate accounts or (ii) the interests
               of the Participating Insurance Companies investing in the Fund as
               delineated in Article VII of this Agreement; or

          (g)  at the option of the  Company if the Fund  ceases to qualify as a
               Regulated  Investment  Company under Subchapter M of the Internal
               Revenue Code, or under any successor or similar provision,  or if
               the  Company  reasonably  believes  that  the Fund may fail to so
               qualify; or

          (h)  at the  option  of the  Company  if the  Fund  fails  to meet the
               diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof; or

          (i)  at the  option  of any  party  to this  Agreement,  upon  another
               party's material breach of any provision of this Agreement; or

          (j)  at the option of the Company,  if the Company  determines  in its
               sole  judgment  exercised in good faith,  that either the Fund or
               the  Underwriter  has suffered a material  adverse  change in its
               business,  operations  or financial  condition  since the date of
               this  Agreement or is the subject of material  adverse  publicity
               which  is  likely  to have a  material  adverse  impact  upon the
               business and operations of the Company; or

          (k)  at the  option  of the  Fund  or  Underwriter,  if  the  Fund  or
               Underwriter  respectively,  shall  determine in its sole judgment
               exercised in good faith, that the Company has suffered a material
               adverse change in its business, operations or financial condition
               since the date of this  Agreement  or is the  subject of material
               adverse  publicity  which is  likely to have a  material  adverse
               impact  upon  the  business  and   operations   of  the  Fund  or
               Underwriter; or

          (l)  at the option of the Fund in the event any of the  Contracts  are
               not issued or sold in accordance with  applicable  federal and/or
               state law.  Termination shall be effective  immediately upon such
               occurrence without notice.

     10.2. Notice Requirement

          (a)  In the event that any termination of this Agreement is based upon
               the provisions of Article VII, such prior written notice shall be
               given in advance of the effective date of termination as required
               by such provisions.

          (b)  In the event that any termination of this Agreement is based upon
               the provisions of Sections 10.1(b) - (d) or 10.1(g) - (i), prompt
               written  notice of the election to terminate  this  Agreement for
               cause shall be furnished by the party  terminating  the Agreement
               to the  non-terminating  parties,  with  said  termination  to be
               effective  upon  receipt  of such  notice by the  non-terminating
               parties.

          (c)  In the event that any termination of this Agreement is based upon
               the  provisions  of Sections  10.1(j) or 10.1(k),  prior  written
               notice of the  election to  terminate  this  Agreement  for cause
               shall be furnished by the party terminating this Agreement to the
               non-terminating parties. Such prior written notice shall be given
               by the party  terminating  this Agreement to the  non-terminating
               parties  at  least  30  days   before  the   effective   date  of
               termination.

     10.3.  It is  understood  and  agreed  that  the  right to  terminate  this
Agreement  pursuant to Section 10.1(a) may be exercised for any reason or for no
reason.

     10.4. Effect of Termination

          (a)  Notwithstanding  any  termination of this  Agreement  pursuant to
               Section  10.1 of this  Agreement,  and  subject to Section 1.3 of
               this  Agreement,  the  Company  may  require  the  Fund  and  the
               Underwriter to, continue to make available  additional  shares of
               the Fund for so long after the  termination  of this Agreement as
               the Company desires  pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
               Agreement as provided in paragraph  (b) below,  for all Contracts
               in effect on the effective  date of termination of this Agreement
               (hereinafter referred to as "Existing Contracts").  Specifically,
               without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts shall be
               permitted  to  reallocate   investments   in  the  Fund,   redeem
               investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund upon the making
               of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. The
               parties  agree  that  this  Section  10.4  shall not apply to any
               terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII
               terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

          (b)  If  shares  of the  Fund  continue  to be  made  available  after
               termination of this Agreement  pursuant to this Section 10.4, the
               provisions  of this  Agreement  shall remain in effect except for
               Section 10.1(a) and thereafter the Fund, the Underwriter,  or the
               Company may terminate the Agreement,  as so continued pursuant to
               this Section 10.4,  upon written notice to the other party,  such
               notice  to  be  for  a  period  that  is  reasonable   under  the
               circumstances but, if given by the Fund or Underwriter,  need not
               be for more than 90 days.

     10.5. Except as necessary to implement  contractowner initiated or approved
transactions, or as required by state insurance laws or regulations, the Company
shall not redeem Fund shares  attributable  to the Contracts (as opposed to Fund
shares  attributable  to the  Company's  assets  held in the  Account),  and the
Company shall not prevent contractowners from allocating payments to a Portfolio
that was  otherwise  available  under  the  Contracts,  until 90 days  after the
Company shall have notified the Fund or Underwriter of its intention to do so.

ARTICLE XI.  Notices
         Any notice  shall be deemed duly given only if sent by hand,  evidenced
by written receipt or by certified mail, return receipt requested,  to the other
party at the address of such party set forth  below or at such other  address as
such party may from time to time  specify in  writing  to the other  party.  All
notices  shall be deemed given three  business  days after the date  received or
rejected by the addressee.
                  If to the Fund:
                  Mr. Bernard H. Garil
                  President
                  OpCap Advisors
                  200 Liberty Street
                  New York, NY  10281

                  If to the Company:

                  [Name]
                  [Title]
                  [Co. Name]
                  [Address]

                  If to the Underwriter:

                  Deborah Kaback, Esq.
                  Secretary
                  OCC Distributors
                  200 Liberty Street
                  New York, NY  10281

ARTICLE XII.  Miscellaneous

     12.1. All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of
the Fund for the  enforcement  of any claims  against  the Fund as  neither  the
Directors,  officers,  agents or shareholders  assume any personal liability for
obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

     12.2.  Subject to law and  regulatory  authority,  each party  hereto shall
treat as confidential all information  reasonably  identified as such in writing
by any other party hereto (including  without limitation the names and addresses
of the owners of the Contracts)  and,  except as contemplated by this Agreement,
shall not disclose,  disseminate or utilize such confidential  information until
such  time as it may come into the  public  domain  without  the  express  prior
written consent of the affected party.

     12.3.  The  captions in this  Agreement  are included  for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

     12.4.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  simultaneously  in  two  or  more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

     12.5. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall
not be affected thereby.

     12.6.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without the
prior written consent of all the parties.

     12.7.  Each party  hereto  shall  cooperate  with each other  party and all
appropriate  governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the
NASD and state  insurance  regulators)  and  shall  permit  each  other and such
authorities  reasonable  access to its books and records in connection  with any
investigation  or  inquiry  relating  to  this  Agreement  or  the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

     12.8.  Each  party  represents  that the  execution  and  delivery  of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been
duly authorized by all necessary  corporate or trust action,  as applicable,  by
such party and when so executed and delivered  this  Agreement will be the valid
and binding obligation of such party enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     12.9.  The  parties  to this  Agreement  may  amend the  schedules  to this
Agreement from time to time to reflect  changes in or relating to the Contracts,
the Accounts or the Portfolios of the Fund.


                   IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  hereto has caused
this  Agreement  to be  executed  in its name and behalf by its duly  authorized
representative as of the date and year first written above.
                                    Company:
                           [NAME OF INSURANCE COMPANY]


SEAL                              By: ______________________________

                                  Fund:

                                  OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST



SEAL                              By: ______________________________

                                  Underwriter:

                                  OCC DISTRIBUTORS



                                  By: ______________________________



                                   Schedule 1

                             Participation Agreement
                                      Among
                   OCC Accumulation Trust, [Insurance Company]
                                       and
                                OCC Distributors


         The following separate accounts of [Insurance Company] are permitted in
accordance  with the provisions of this Agreement to invest in Portfolios of the
Fund shown in Schedule 2:

[name of Separate Account(s)]



[Date]


                                   Schedule 2

                             Participation Agreement
                                      Among
                   OCC Accumulation Trust, [Insurance Company]
                                       and
                                OCC Distributors


         The Separate Account(s) shown on Schedule 1 may invest in the following
Portfolios of the OCC Accumulation Trust:

[Date]



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission